Food Safety and Standards Regulations, 2010

S.NO CONTENTS Pg. No

Chapter 1 General 1
Part 1.1 Title and Commencement
Part 1.2 Definitions
Chapter 2 Food Authority and Transaction of Business 6
Part 2.1 Food Authority
Salaries and terms and conditions of service of employees of Food
Regulation 2.1.1 Authority
Regulation 2.1.2 Procedure for transaction of business
Part 2.2 Central Advisory Committee
Regulation 2.2.1 Procedure for transaction of business
Part 2.3 Scientific Committee and Panels
Regulation 2.3.1 Procedure for establishment and operations of the Scientific Committee
Regulation 2.3.2 Procedure for establishment and operations of the Scientific Panels
Part 2.4 Jurisdiction of Designated Officer
Chapter 3 Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses 7
Part 3.1 Definitions
Part 3.2 Registration and License for Food Business
Regulation 3.2.1 Registration of petty food business
Regulation 3.2.2 License of food business
Regulation 3.2.3 Application for License
Regulation 3.2.4 Processing of Application
Regulaiton 3.2.5 Procedure for License under certain local areas
Regulaiton 3.2.6 Validity and Renewal of Registration and License
Regulaiton 3.2.7 Suspension or cancellation of Registration certificate or License
Modifications, expansions, change in premises after grant of license and
Regulaiton 3.2.8 registration
Regulaiton 3.2.9 Mode of payment
Regulaiton 3.2.10 Transfer of Registration certificate or License
Regulaiton 3.2.11 Appeal
Regulaiton 3.2.12 Return
Regulaiton 3.2.13 Food business operator to be bound by Directors
Regulaiton 3.2.14 Power of Authority to constitute advisory committees
SCHEDULES Schedule 1
List of Business falls under the purview of Central Licensing
Authority
Schedule 2
Forms
Forms A - Application for Registration / Renewal of Registration
Form B - Application for License / Renewal of license with
Annexures
Annexures related to Form A and B
Annexure 1 - Declaration (for both Form A and Form B)
Annexure 2 - Documents to be enclosed with new application for
license to State/Central Licensing Authority (for Form B only)
Annexure 3 - Conditions of License (for Form B only)
Form C - License Format

-i-
 Form D - 1 Annual Returns to be filed for business other than milk
and milk products
Form D - 2 - Part I- Monthly Returns to be filed for milk and milk
products business
Form D - 2 - Part II- Annual Returns to be filed for milk and milk
products business
Schedule 3
Fee for Grant/ Renewal of License / Registration / License Fees
Schedule 4
General Hygienic and Sanitary practices to be followed by Food
Business operators
Part I - Practices to be followed by Petty Food Business operators
applying for Registration
Part II - Practices to be followed by all Food Business Operators
applying for License
Part III - Practices to be followed by Food Business Operators
engaged in manufacture, processing, storing & selling of Milk and
Milk Products
Part IV- Practices to be followed by Food Business Operators
engaged in manufacture, processing, storing & selling of Meat
and Meat Products
Part V- Practices to be followed by Food Business Operators
engaged in catering / food service establishments
Chapter 4 Packaging and Labelling Regulations 150
Part 4.1 Packaging
Regulation 4.1.1 General Requirements
Regulation 4.1.2 Product specific requirements
Part 4.2 Labelling
Regulation 4.2.1 General Requirements
Regulation 4.2.2 Labeling of Pre packaged Foods
Part 4.3 Manner of Declaration
Regulation 4.3.1 General Conditions
Regulation 4.3.2 Principal Display Panel
Regulation 4.3.3 The height of numeral in the declaration
Part 4.4 Specific Requirements/ Restrictions on manner of labelling
Regulation 4.4.1 Labelling of infant milk substitute and infant food
Regulation 4.4.2 Labeling of edible oils and fats
Regulation 4.4.3 Labeling of irradiated Food
Regulation 4.4.4 Other Product Specific Requirements
Regulation 4.4.5 Specific restrictions on product labels
Part 4.5 Restriction on advertisement
Part 4.6 Exemptions fom labelling requirements
Part 4.7 Notice of addition, admixture or deficiency in food
Chapter 5 Food Product Standards 202
Part 5.1 Dairy products and analogues
Regulation 5.1.1 Milk
Regulation 5.1.2 Cream
Regulation 5.1.3 Malai
Regulation 5.1.4 Dahi or Curd
Regulation 5.1.5 Chhana or Paneer

- ii -
Regulation 5.1.6 Cheeses
Regulation 5.1.7 Dairy based Desserts/ Confections
Regulation 5.1.8 Evaporated/Condensed Milk and Milk Products
Regulation 5.1.9 Foods for Infant nutrition
Regulation 5.1.10 Butter, Ghee and Milk fats
Regulation 5.1.11 Chakka and Shrikhand
Regulation 5.1.12 Fermented Milk products
Regulation 5.1.13 Whet Products
Regulation 5.1.14 Casein Products
Part 5.2 Fats, oils and fat emusions
Regulation 5.2.1 Definitions
Regulation 5.2.2 Oils
Regulation 5.2.3 Interesterified Vegetable Fat
Regulation 5.2.4 Partially Hydrogenated Soyabean Oil
Regulation 5.2.5 Edible Fats
Regulation 5.2.6 Margarine and Fat Spreads
Regulation 5.2.7 Hydrogenated Vegetable Oils
Part 5.3 Fruits and Vegetable Products
Regulation 5.3.1 Thermally Processed Fruits
Regulation 5.3.2 Thermally Processed Fruit Cocktail / Tropical Fruit Cocktail
Regulation 5.3.3 Thermally Processed Vegetables
Regulation 5.3.4 Thermally Processed Curried Vegetables / Ready to Eat Vegetables
Regulation 5.3.5 Thermally Processed Vegetable soups
Regulation 5.3.6 Thermally Processed Fruits Juices
Regulation 5.3.7 Thermally Processed Vegetable Juices
Regulation 5.3.8 Thermally Processed Tomato Juice
Regulation 5.3.9 Thermally Processed Fruit Nectars
Thermally Processed Fruit Beverages / Fruit Drink/ Ready to Serve Fruit
Regulation 5.3.10 Beverages
Thermally Processed Mango Pulp / Puree and Sweetened Mango Pulp /
Regulation 5.3.11 Puree
Thermally Processed Fruit Pulp / Puree And Sweetened Fruit Pulp /
Regulation 5.3.12 Puree other than Mango
Regulation 5.3.13 Thermally Processed Concentrated Fruit / Vegetable Juice Pulp/ Puree
Regulation 5.3.14 Thermally Processed Tomato Puree And Paste
Regulation 5.3.15 Soup Powders
Fruit/Vegetable Juice / Pulp/ Puree With Preservatives For Industrial Use
Regulation 5.3.16 only:
Concentrated Fruit Vegetable Juice /Pulp / Puree With Preservatives For
Regulation 5.3.17 Industrial Use Only
Regulation 5.3.18 Tamarind Pulp/Puree And Concentrate
Regulation 5.3.19 Fruit Bar/ Toffee
Regulation 5.3.20 Fruit/Vegetable, Cereal Flakes
Regulation 5.3.21 Squashes, Crushes, Fruit Syrups/Fruit Sharbats and Barley Water
Regulation 5.3.22 Ginger Cocktail
Regulation 5.3.23 Synthetic Syrup for use in Dispensers for carbonated water
Regulation 5.3.24 Murabba
Regulation 5.3.25 Candied, Crystallised And Glazed Fruit / Vegetable / Rhizome / Fruit Peel
Regulation 5.3.26 Mango Chutney
Regulation 5.3.27 Tomato Ketchup and Tomato Sauce

- iii -
 Culinary Pastes / Fruits and Vegetable Sauces Other Than Tomato Sauce
Regulation 5.3.28 and Soya Sauce
Regulation 5.3.29 Soyabean Sauce
Regulation 5.3.30 Carbonated Fruit Beverages or Fruit Drink
Regulation 5.3.31 Jam
Regulation 5.3.32 Fruit Jelly
Regulation 5.3.33 Fruit Cheese
Regulation 5.3.34 Marmalades
Regulation 5.3.35 Dehydrated Fruits
Regulation 5.3.36 Dehydrated Vegetables
Regulation 5.3.37 Frozen Fruits/Fruit Products
Regulation 5.3.38 Frozen Vegetables
Regulation 5.3.39 Frozen Curried Vegetables/Ready-to-Eat Vegetables
Regulation 5.3.40 Fruit Based Beverage Mix/Powdered Fruit Based Beverage
Regulation 5.3.41 Fruits and Vegetable Chutney
Regulation 5.3.42 Pickles
Regulation 5.3.43 Table Olives
Regulation 5.3.44 Grated Desiccated Coconut
Regulation 5.3.45 Vinegar
Regulation 5.3.46 Nuts and Raisins
Regulation 5.3.47 Bean
Part 5.4 Cereal and Cereal Products
Regulation 5.4.1 Atta
Regulation 5.4.2 Maida
Regulation 5.4.3 Semolina (Suji or Rewa)
Regulation 5.4.4 Besan
Regulation 5.4.5 Pearl Barley (Jau)
Regulation 5.4.6 Food Grains
Regulation 5.4.7 Corn Flour (Maize starch)
Regulation 5.4.8 Corn Flakes
Regulation 5.4.9 Custard Powder
Regulation 5.4.10 Macaroni Products
Regulation 5.4.11 Malted and Malt based foods
Regulation 5.4.12 Rolled Oats
Regulation 5.4.13 Solvent Extracted Flour
Regulation 5.4.14 Starchy Foods
Regulation 5.4.15 Bakery Products
Part 5.5 Meat and Meat Products
Regulation 5.5.1 Definitions
Regulation 5.5.2 Meat and Meat Products
Part 5.6 Fish and Fish Products
Part 5.7 Sweeteners including honey
Regulation 5.7.1 Sweets and Confectionary
Regulation 5.7.2 Sugar
Regulation 5.7.3 Misri
Regulation 5.7.4 Honey
Regulation 5.7.5 Ice Lollies or Edible Ices
Regulation 5.7.6 Gur or Jaggery
Regulation 5.7.7 Dextrose

- iv -
Regulation 5.7.8 Golden Syrup
Regulation 5.7.9 Synthetic Syrup or Sharbat
Regulation 5.7.10 Saccharin Sodium
Regulation 5.7.11 Dried Glucose Syrup
Regulation 5.7.12 Diketopiperazine
Regulation 5.7.13 Acesulfame Potassium
Regulation 5.7.14 Sucralose
Part 5.8 Salt, Spices, Condiments and related products
Regulation 5.8.1 Caraway (Shiahjira)
Regulation 5.8.2 Cardamom (Elaichi)
Regulation 5.8.3 Chillies and Capsicum (Lal Mirchi)
Regulation 5.8.4 Cinnamon (Dalchini)
Regulation 5.8.5 Cassia (Taj)
Regulation 5.8.6 Cloves (Laung)
Regulation 5.8.7 Coriander (Dhania)
Regulation 5.8.8 Cumin (Zeera, Kalaunji)
Regulation 5.8.9 Fennel (Saunf)
Regulation 5.8.10 Fenugreek (Methi)
Regulation 5.8.11 Ginger (Sonth, Adrak)
Regulation 5.8.12 Mace (Jaipatri)
Regulation 5.8.13 Mustard (Rai, Sarson)
Regulation 5.8.14 Nutmeg (Jaiphal)
Regulation 5.8.15 Pepper Black (Kalimirch)
Regulation 5.8.16 Poppy (Khas Khas)
Regulation 5.8.17 Saffron (Kesar)
Regulation 5.8.18 Turmeric (Haldi)
Regulation 5.8.19 Curry Powder
Regulation 5.8.20 Mixed Masala
Regulation 5.8.21 Aniseed (Saunf)
Regulation 5.8.22 Ajowan (Bishops seed)
Regulation 5.8.23 Dried Mango Slices
Regulation 5.8.24 Dried Mango Powder (Amchur)
Regulation 5.8.25 Pepper White
Regulation 5.8.26 Garlic (Lahsun)
Regulation 5.8.27 Celery
Regulation 5.8.28 Dehydrated Onion (Sukha Pyaj)
Regulation 5.8.29 Asafoetida
Regulation 5.8.30 Edible Common Salt
Part 5.9 Beverages (Other than Dairy and Fruits & Vegetable based)
Regulation 5.9.1 Tea
Regulation 5.9.2 Coffee
Regulation 5.9.3 Chicory
Regulation 5.9.4 Coffee - Chicory Mixture
Regulation 5.9.5 Beverages - Alcoholic
Regulation 5.9.6 Beverages Non Alcoholic - Carbonated
Regulation 5.9.7 Mineral Water
Regulation 5.9.8 Packaged Drinking Water
Part 5.10 Other Food products and Ingredients

-v-
Regulation 5.10.1 Baking Powder
Regulation 5.10.2 Catechu
Regulation 5.10.3 Gelatin
Regulation 5.10.4 Silver Leaf
Regulation 5.10.5 Pan Masala
Part 5.11 Proprietary Foods
Part 5.12 Irradiation of Food
Regulation 5.12.1 Definitions
Regulation 5.12.2 Dose of Irradiation
Regulation 5.12.3 Requirement for the process of Irradiation
Regulation 5.12.4 Restrictions on Irradiation of Food
Regulation 5.12.5 Record of Irradiation of Food
Regulation 5.12.6 Standards of Irradiated Food
Regulation 5.12.7 Storage, Package and Sale of Irradiated Food
Regulation 5.12.8 Restrictions on sale of Irradiated Food
Chapter 6 Substances added to Food 454
Part 6.1 Food Additives
Regulation 6.1.1 Definitions
Regulation 6.1.2 Colouring Matter
Regulation 6.1.3 Artificial Sweeteners
Regulation 6.1.4 Preservatives
Regulation 6.1.5 Anti-Oxidants
Regulation 6.1.6 Emulsifying and Stabilising Agents
Regulation 6.1.7 Anticaking Agents
Regulation 6.1.8 Antifoaming agents in edible oils and fats
Regulation 6.1.9 Use of release agents
Regulation 6.1.10 Flavouring agents and related substances
Regulation 6.1.11 Use of Flavours Enhancers
Regulation 6.1.12 Sequestering and buffering agents (acids, bases, and salts)
Regulation 6.1.13 Use of Glycerol Esters of Wood Resins
Regulation 6.1.14 Use of Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate
Regulation 6.1.15 Use of Lactulose Syrup in foods
Regulation 6.1.16 Other substances to be used in Specified limits
Regulation 6.1.17 Carry over of Food Additives
Part 6.2 Standards of Additives
Regulation 6.2.1 Food Colours
Chapter 7 Prohibition and Regulation of Sales 509
Part 7.1 Sale of certain admixtures prohibited
Part 7.2 Restriction on use of certain ingredients
Part 7.3 Prohibition and Restriction on sale of certain products
Regulation 7.3.1 Prohibition on sale of food articles coated with Mineral oil
Regulation 7.3.2 Restriction on sale of Carbia Callosa and Honey dew
Regulation 7.3.3 Food resembling but not pure Honey not be marketed as Honey
Product not to contain any substance which may be injurious to
Regulation 7.3.4 Health
Regulation 7.3.5 Prohibition of use of Carbide gas in ripening of fruits
Regulation 7.3.6 Sale of fresh Fruits and Vegetables
Regulation 7.3.7 Sale or use for sale of admixtures of Ghee or Butter prohibited

- vi -
 Restriction on sale of Ghee having less Reichert value than that
Regulation 7.3.8 specified for the area where such ghee is sold
Restriction on sale of Til oil produced in Tripura, Assam and West
Regulation 7.3.9 Bengal
Regulation 7.3.10 Special provisions relating to Vegetable Oil and fat
Regulation 7.3.11 Restriction on sale of Kangra Tea
Regulation 7.3.12 Condition for sale of Flavoured Tea
Regulation 7.3.13 Restriction on sale of Common Salt
Regulation 7.3.14 Use of flesh of naturally dead animals or fowls prohibited
Regulation 7.3.15 Special provisions relating to Milk
Regulation 7.3.16 Restrictions relating to conditions for sale
Chapter 8 Contaminants, Toxins and Residues 525
Part 8.1 Metal Contaminants
Part 8.2 Crop Contaminants and Naturally Occuring Toxic Substances
Part 8.3 Residues
Regulation 8.3.1 Restriction on the use of Insecticides
Regulation 8.3.2 Antibiotic and other pharma-cologically active substances
Chapter 9 Laboratory and Sample Analysis 549
Part 9.1 Referral Laboratory
Regulation 9.1.1 Functions
Regulation 9.1.2 Referral laboratory for State/UT/Local area
Regulation 9.1.3 Notified Laboratories for Import
Part 9.2 Procedure of Sampling
Regulation 9.2.1 Quantity of sample to be sent to the Food analyst
Chapter 10 Others 558
Part 10.1 Guarantee
APPENDIX Appendix A
Limits of Food Additives
Appendix B
Microbiological Requirements
Appendix C
Forms
Form A - Form of Guarantee
Form B - Declaration
Form C - Certificate of Analysis by the Referral Food Laboratory
Form D - Report of the Food Analyst

- vii -
 Food Safety and Standards Regulations, 2010

In exercise of the powers under section 92 of the Food Safety and

Standards Act, 2006 (34 of 2006), the Food Safety and Standards
Authority hereby makes the following Regulations

CHAPTER 1 – GENERAL

Part 1.1: Title and commencement

Regulation 1.1.1: These regulations may be called the Food Safety

and Standards Regulations, 2010.

Regulation 1.1.2: They shall extend to the whole of India.

Part 1.2: Definitions

Regulation 1.2.1: In these regulations unless the context otherwise

requires:
1. “Act” means the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (Act 34 of
2006);

2. “Best before” means the date which signifies the end of the period
under any stated storage conditions during which the product shall
remain fully marketable and shall retain any specific qualities for
which tacit or express claims have been made and beyond that date
the food may still be perfectly satisfactory;

3. “Date of manufacture” means the date on which the food

becomes the product as described;

--1--
4. “Date of packaging” means the date on which the food is placed
in the immediate container in which it will be ultimately sold;

5. "District" means a local area as defined by the Authority for the

purpose of the Food safety and Standards Act, 2006. The district
can be categorized on the basis of:
• Concentration of specific category of food businesses which
may need special attention
• Specific risk assessment
• Any other specific regulatory requirements

6. “Health claims” means any representation that states, suggests

or implies that a relationship exists between a food or a constituent
of that food and health and include nutrition claims which describe
the physiological role of the nutrient in growth, development and
normal functions of the body, other functional claims concerning
specific beneficial effect of the consumption of food or its
constituents, in the context of the total diet, on normal functions or
biological activities of the body and such claims relate to a positive
contribution to health or to the improvement of function or to
modifying or preserving health, or disease risk reduction claim
relating to the consumption of a food or food constituents, in the
context of the total diet, to the reduced risk of developing a disease
or health related condition;

7. "Infant" means a child not more than twelve months of age;

8. "Licensing Authority” means the Designated Officer appointed

--2--
 under section 36 (i) of the Act by the food safety commissioner of
the state for the local area and includes an officer to whom powers
of issue of a licence has been delegated by the Designated Officer;

9. "Label” means any tag, brand, mark, pictorial or other descriptive

matter, written, printed, stenciled, marked, embossed graphic,
perforated, stamped or impressed on or attached to container,
cover, lid or crown of any food package. For the purpose of
declaration of month and year of manufacture, the provisions under
rule 6(B) of Standards of Weights and Measures (Packaged
Commodities) Rules, 1977 shall apply.

10. “Lot number” or “code number” or “batch number” means

the number either in numericals or alphabets or in combination
thereof, representing the lot number or code number or batch
number, being preceded by the words “Lot No” or “Lot” or “code
number” or “Code” or Batch No” or “Batch” or any distinguishing
prefix by which the food can be traced in manufacture and
identified in distribution.

11. "Multipiece package" means a package containing two or more

individually packaged or labelled pieces of the same commodity of
identical quantity, intended for retail either in individual pieces or
packages as a whole.

12. “Nutrition claim” means any representation which states,

suggests or implies that a food has particular nutritional properties
which are not limited to the energy value but include the protein,
fat and carbohydrates, vitamins and minerals;

--3--
13. "Non- Vegetarian Food” means an article of food which
contains whole or part of any animal including birds, fresh water or
marine animals or eggs or products of any animal origin, but not
including milk or milk products, as an ingredient;

14. "Nutritional food" means the food claimed to be enriched with

nutrients, such as, minerals, proteins or vitamins

15. “Prepackaged” or “Pre-packed food”, means food, which is

placed in a package of any nature, in such a manner that the
contents cannot be changed without tampering it and which is
ready for sale to the consumer.
Note: The expression “package” wherever it occurs in these
Regulations, shall be construed as package containing prepacked
food articles.

16. "Principal Display Panel" means that part of the

container/package which is intended or likely to be displayed or
presented or shown or examined by the customer under normal and
customary conditions of display, sale or purchase of the commodity
contained therein.

17. “Risk reduction" in the context of health claims means

significantly reducing a major risk factor for a disease or health-
related condition;'

18. “Use – by date” or “Recommended last consumption date”

or “Expiry date” means the date which signifies the end of the

--4--
 estimated period under any stated storage conditions, after which
product probably will not have the quality attributes normally
expected by the consumers and the food shall not be marketable;

19. “Vegetarian Food” means any article of Food other than Non-
Vegetarian Food as defined above of this article.

20. “Wholesale package” means a package containing -

a. `a number of retail packages, where such first mentioned
package is intended for sale, distribution or delivery to an
intermediary and is not intended for sale direct to a single
consumer; or
b. a commodity of food sold to an intermediary in bulk to enable
such intermediary to sell, distribute or deliver such
commodity of food to the consumer in smaller quantities.

The expressions used in these Regulations but have not been

defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Act
or as provided in the regulations, chapters and Appendices.

--5--
 CHAPTER 2 – Food Authority and Transaction of Business

Part 2.1: Food Authority

Regulation 2.1.1: Salaries and terms and conditions of service of

employees of Food Authority of India
Regulation 2.1.2: Procedure for transaction of business

Part 2.2: Central Advisory Committee

Regulation 2.2.1: Procedure for transaction of business

Part 2.3: Scientific Committee and Panels

Regulation 2.3.1: Procedure for establishment and operations of the

Scientific Committee

Regulation 2.3.2: Procedure for establishment and operations of the

Scientific Panels

Part 2.4: Jurisdiction of Designated officer

Regulation 2.4.1 The commissioner of Food Safety shall, by order,
appoint the Designated officer, who shall not be below the rank of a Sub-
Divisional Officer, to be in-charge of food safety administration for each
district

--6--
CHAPTER 3 – Licensing and Registration of Food Businesses

Part 3.1 Definitions

In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,-
Regulation 3.1.1 “Central Licensing Authority” means Designated
Officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Food Authority of
India in his capacity of Food Safety Commissioner.
Regulation 3.1.2 “Petty Food Manufacturer” means any food
manufacturer, who
a. manufactures or sells any article of food himself or a petty
retailer, hawker, itinerant vendor or temporary stall holder;
or
b. such other food businesses including small scale or cottage or
such other industries relating to food business or tiny food
businesses with an annual turnover not exceeding Rs 12 lakhs
and/or whose
i. production capacity of food (other than milk and milk
products and meat and meat products) does not exceed
100 kg/ltr per day or
ii. production or procurement or collection of milk is up to
500 litres of milk per day or
iii. slaughtering capacity is 2 large animals or 10 small
animals or 50 poultry birds per day or less

Regulation 3.1.4 “Registering Authority” means Food Safety Officer

or any official in Panchayat, Municipal Corporation or any other local body
in an area, notified as such by the State Food Safety Commissioner for
the purpose of registration as specified in these Regulations.

--7--
Regulation 3.1.5 “State Licensing Authority” means Designated
Officers appointed under Section 36(1) of the Act by the Food Safety
Commissioner of a State or UT.

1. Words and expressions used herein and not defined, but defined
under the Act or in any other regulations under the Act, shall have
the meaning respectively assigned to them therein.

Part 3.2 Registration and License for Food Business

All Food Business Operators in the country will be registered or licensed in

accordance with the procedures laid down hereinafter without prejudice to
the availability of safe and wholesome food for human consumption.

Regulation 3.2.1 Registration of petty food business

(1). Every petty food manufacturer shall register themselve with the
Registering Authority by submitting an application for registration in
Form A under Schedule 2 of these Regulations along with a fee as
provided in Schedule 3.

(2). The Food Business Operator shall follow the basic hygiene and
safety requirements provided in Schedule 4 (Part I) of these
Regulations and provide a self attested declaration of adherence to
these requirements with the application in the format provided in
Annexure-1 under Schedule 2

(3). The Registering Authority shall consider the application and may
either grant registration or reject it with reasons to be recorded in

--8--
 writing or issue notice for inspection, within 7 days of receipt of an
application for registration

(4). In the event of an inspection being ordered, the registration shall

be granted by the Registering Authority after being satisfied with
the safety, hygiene and sanitary conditions of the premises within a
period of 30 days.

(5). If registration is not granted, or denied, or inspection not ordered

within 7 days as provided in above sub regulation (3) or no decision
is communicated within 30 days as provided in above sub
regulation (4), the Food Business Operator may start its business,
provided that it will be incumbent on the Food Business operator to
comply with any improvement suggested by the Registering
Authority at any later time.

Provided that registration shall not be refused without giving the

applicant an opportunity of being heard and for reasons to be
recorded in writing.

(6). The Registering Authority shall issue a registration certificate and

a photo identity card, which shall be displayed at a prominent place
at all times within the premises or vehicle or cart or any other place
where the person carries on the Petty Food Business.

(7). The Registering Authority or any officer or agency specifically

authorized for this purpose shall carry out food safety inspection of
the registered establishments at least once in a year.

--9--
Regulation 3.2.2 License for food business
(1). Subject to Regulation 3.2.1, no person shall commence any food
business unless it possesses a valid license under these
Regulations.

Provided that any person or Food Business Operator carrying on

food business on the date of notification of these Regulations, under
a license, registration or permission, as the case may be, under the
Acts or Orders mentioned in the Second Schedule of the Act shall
get their existing license converted into the license/registration
under these regulations following an application made by the Food
Business Operator to the Licensing/Registering Authority within one
year of notification of these Regulations. No license fee will have to
be paid for the remaining period of the validity of the earlier license
or registration granted under any of the said Acts or Orders Non-
compliance with this provision by a Food Business Operator will
attract penalty under section 55 of the Act.

Provided further that any Food Business Operator holding

Registration/License under any other Act/Order as specified under
schedule 2 of the FSS Act, 2006 with no specific validity or expiry
date, and other wise entitiled to obtain a license under these
regulations, shall have to apply and obtain a Registration/License
under these Regulations within one year from the date of
notification by paying the applicable fees.

(2). Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Regulation 3.2.2(1)

above or in any of the registration or license certificates issued
under existing Acts or Orders mentioned in the second schedule of

- - 10 - -
 the Act, the Licensing Authority, if it has reason to believe that the
Food Business Operator has failed to comply with all or some of the
conditions of the existing registration or license or the safety
requirements given in Schedule 4, may give appropriate direction
to the Food Business Operator to comply with.

(3). License for commencing or carrying on food business, which falls

under Schedule 1, shall be granted by the Central Licensing
Authority. For importing any type of food items including food
ingredients and additives a food business Operator shall have to
obtain a license from the Central Licensing Authority,
Provided that Food Authority may through notification make such
changes or modify the list given in the Schedule I as considered
necessary.

(4). License for commencing or carrying on food business, which are not
covered under Schedule 1, shall be granted by the concerned
State Licensing Authority.

(5). The Food Business Operator shall ensure that all conditions of
license as provided in Annexure 2 of Form B in Schedule 2 and
safety, sanitary and hygienic requirements provided in the
Schedule 4 are complied with at all times .

Provided that no person shall manufacture, import, sell, stock,

exhibit for distribution or sale any article of food which has been
subjected to the treatment of irradiation, except under a license
obtained from Department of Atomic Energy under the Atomic
Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Regulations, 1996.

- - 11 - -
 Provided further that the Licensing Authority shall ensure periodical
food safety audit and inspection of the licensed establishments
through its own or authorised agencies.

Regulation 3.2.3 Application for license to the Licensing Authority

An application for the grant of a license shall be made in Form B of
Schedule 2 to the concerned Licensing Authority as specified in
Regulation 3.2.2 (3) and 3.2.2 (4) and it will be accompanied by a
self-attested declaration in the format provided in the Annexure-1
and copies of documents mentioned in the Annexure 2 of Schedule-
2 along with the applicable fees prescribed in Schedule 3.

Regulation 3.2.4 Processing of Application for license

(1). A license shall, subject to the provisions of these Regulations, be
issued by the concerned Licensing Authority within a period of 60
days from the date of receipt of the completed application along
with all required documents and fees.

(2). On the receipt of the completed application along with all required
documents and fees, the concerned Licensing Authority shall issue a
unique application number to each applicant that will be referred to
in all future correspondence between the Licensing Authority and
the applicant.

(3). If, upon scrutiny of the application within 15 days from the date of
receipt of the application, the concerned Licensing Authority
requires any additional information with respect to an application or
if the application is incomplete, the Licensing Authority may inform

- - 12 - -
 the applicant in writing, to furnish such additional information or
complete the application, as the case may be, within 30 days from
such notice.

(4). On receiving the complete information and documents the Licensing

Authority shall direct the Food Safety Officer or any other person
specially designated for such functions to inspect the premises in a
manner and according to Regulations as laid down by the Food
Authority. The Licensing Authority may issue a notice to the
applicant, if it deems fit, guiding food business Operator on
necessary steps to be taken or changes or alteration to be made in
the premises in order to ensure general sanitary and hygienic
conditions as specified in Schedule 4.

(5). Within a period of 30 days from receipt of an inspection report the

concerned Licensing Authority shall consider the application and
may either grant or reject the license.
Provided that no applicant shall be refused a license without being
given an opportunity of being heard and for reasons to be recorded
in writing.

(6). The Licensing Authority shall issue a License in Format C under

Schedule 2 of these Regulations, a true copy of which shall be
displayed at a prominent place at all times within the premises
where the Food Business Operator carries on the food business.

Regulation 3.2.5 Procedure for License under certain local areas

- - 13 - -
(1). A single license may be issued by the licensing authority for one or
more articles of food and also for different establishments or
premises in the same local area including collection and chilling
units run by milk cooperatives or its members.

(2). The Central Licensing Authority may after satisfying itself about the
adequacy of the mechanism to ensure food safety in a Government
organization like Railways, Defense etc., with a large number of
food establishments, authorise an officer of that organization to
function as a Designated officer under sec. 36(3) of the Act who will
be responsible for the safety of the food served by those
establishments and to ensure that all other conditions laid down for
running food business under the Act and these Regulations are
complied with. Provided that the Food Authority may carry out food
safety audit of these establishments once in a year through its own
or accredited agencies.

Regulation 3.2.6 Commencement of Business

An applicant may commence his food business and the concerned
licensing Authority shall not deny the applicant to commence such
business if, from the date of making the completed application, a
license is not issued within 60 days or the applicant has not
received any intimation of inadequacy under Regulation 3.2.4(3)
or inspection report indicating defects from the concerned licensing
authority under Regulation 3.2.4(4).

Regulation 3.2.7 Validity and Renewal of Registration and License

(1). A Registration or license granted under these Regulations shall be
valid and subsisting, unless otherwise specified,

- - 14 - -
 i. for a period of 1 to 5 years as desired by the Food Business
Operator, from the date of issue of registration or license subject
to remittance of fee applicable for the period and compliance with
all conditions of license.

(2) Any application for the renewal of a registration or license granted

under these Regulations shall be made in Form A or B of
Schedule 2, as the case may be, not later than 30 days prior to
the expiry date indicated in the license.

(3) The Registration or License shall continue to be in force till such

time that the orders are passed on the renewal application which in
no case shall be beyond 30 days from the date of expiry of
registration or license.

(4) Any renewal application filed beyond the period mentioned under
Regulation 3.2.7 (2) above but before the expiry date, shall be
accompanied by a late fee of Rs 100 per day of delay

(5) Any Registration or license not applied for renewal within the
period mentioned in Regulation 3.2.7 (2) or 3.2.7 (4) above
shall expire and the Food Business Operator shall stop all business
activity at the premises. The Food Business Operator will have to
apply for fresh Registration or license as provided in Regulation
3.2.1 and 3.2.3 as the case may be, if it wants to continue the
business.

(6) Food Business Operator having valid certificate of a accredited

food safety auditor or from agency accredited by Food Authority or
any other organisation authorised by food Authority for this purpose

- - 15 - -
 will not be normally required to be inspected before renewal of
license .

Provided that Designated Officer may order an inspection before

renewal if considered necessary for reasons recorded in writing.

Regulation 3.2.8 Suspension or cancellation of Registration

Certificate or license

(1). The Registering or Licensing Authority in accordance with the

provisions of section 32 of the Act may, after giving the concerned
Food Business Operator a reasonable opportunity of being heard,
suspend any registration or license in respect of all or any activities for
which the registration/license has been granted under these
Regulations after recording a brief statement of the reasons for such
suspension, if there is ground to believe that the Food Business
Operator has failed to comply with the conditions and the period
mentioned in any Improvement Notice served under Section 32 of the
Act. A copy of such statement shall be furnished to the concerned Food
Business Operator whose Registration or license has been suspended.

(2). The registering or licensing authority, as the case may be, shall
direct an inspection of the Food Business Operator’s premise(s) within
a reasonable period which shall not be less than 14 days from the date
of order of suspension.

(3). In the event that the Registering or Licensing authority is of the

opinion, on a review of the inspection report, that the Food Business
Operator has still failed to rectify the defects or omissions or comply
with the conditions of the improvement notice causing the suspension,

- - 16 - -
 such authority may cancel the license/registration of the Food Business
Operator after giving him an opportunity to show cause as provided
under Section 32 (3) of the Act.

(4). Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations, the

Registering or Licensing Authority may also suspend or cancel any
registration or license forthwith in the interest of public health for
reasons to be recorded in writing.

(5). A suspension or cancellation of registration or license under these

Regulations shall not entitle the Food Business Operator for any
compensation or refund of fee(s) paid in respect of the registration
certificate or license or renewal thereof.

(6). The concerned Food Business Operator may make fresh application
for inspection in case of suspension and fresh application for
Registration or license in case of cancellation to the concerned
authority after taking necessary precautions and making necessary
changes or alterations after a minimum period of 3 months from the
date of cancellation under Regulation 3.2.8 (3) above.

Regulation 3.2.9 Modifications, Expansion or Changes in premise

after grant of license or registration
(1). Food Business Operators shall ensure that the Registering or
Licensing Authority always has up-to-date information on their food
business establishments and shall inform the relevant Authority of
any modifications or additions or changes in product category,
layout, expansion, closure, or any other material information based

- - 17 - -
 on which the license was granted and such information shall be
conveyed before the changes occur.

Provided that any change that alters the information contained in

the license certificate shall require an approval or endorsement in
license prior to start of business with such changes. The Food
Business Operator shall submit the original license to the Licensing
Authority along with a fee equivalent to one year license fee for
effecting necessary changes. The Authority may approve and issue
an amended license incorporating such changes in activities within
30 days from the date of receipt of such information. While
approving the aforementioned changes the concerned registering or
licensing Authority shall take into account the feasibility of carrying
on the business and the legal and other relevant aspects of the
desired modifications or additions or changes in activities and, if
required, may order an inspection of the premises before granting
the approval.

Regulation 3.2.10 Mode of payment:

All fees and charges payable under these regulations shall be paid
vide pay order or demand draft or any online mode of payment as
may be prescribed in this regard, by the concerned Food Safety
Commissioner,

Regulation 3.2.11 Transfer of registration certificate or License in

case of death
(1). In the event of death of the holder of a Registration certificate or
license, such certificate or license shall subsist for the benefit of the

- - 18 - -
 legal representative or any family member the deceased or until the
expiry of:-
(a). the period of 90 days from the date of death of the holder of
a Registration certificate or license; or
(b). such longer period as the Designated Officer may allow, with
reasons to be recorded in writing.

(2). The legal representative or family member of the deceased holder

of the registration certificate or license shall apply to the concerned
Authority for transfer of such certificate or license in his favour.

(3). The registering or licensing Authority, as the case may be, may,
after making such enquiry as it may deem fit, either approve the
transfer of the Registration certificate or license if satisfied that the
applicant is the legal representative, or refuse the request. Provided
that the registering or licensing authority shall not refuse the
request without giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard
and for reasons to be recorded in writing.

(4). Upon filing of application for transfer and pending the decision of
the authority the registration or license shall continue to be in force.

Regulation 3.2.12 Appeal

(1). A Food Business Operator aggrieved by an order of the Registering
Authority or Licensing Authority, as the case may be, under these
Regulations may prefer an appeal to the concerned Designated
officer or the Food Safety Commissioner, as per provisions laid
down under Section 31(8) and 32 (4) - (5) of the Act.

- - 19 - -
Regulation 3.2.13 Return
(1). Every licensee shall on or before 31st May of each year, submit a
return electronically or in physical form as may be prescribed by the
concerned Food Safety Commissioner, in 'Form D-1’ provided in
Schedule 2 of these Regulations to the Licensing Authority in respect
of each class of food products handled by him during the previous
financial year.

Provided however that Licensees engaged in manufacturing of milk

and/or milk products shall file such return in form D-2, Part-II as
provided in Schedule-2 of these regulations.

Provided further that every licensee engaged in manufacturing milk

and/or milk products shall also file monthly return by 10th of every
month for the previous month in the form D-2, Part I as provided in
Schedule-2 of these regulations.

(2). A separate return shall be filed for every license issued under the
Regulations, irrespective of whether the same Food Business Operator
holds more than one license.

(3). Any delay in filing return beyond 31st May of each year shall attract
a penalty of Rs 100 per day of delay.

Regulation 3.2.14 Food Business Operator to be bound by

directions or order
Every Food Business Operator to whom any direction or order is issued in
pursuance of any provisions of this order shall be bound to comply with

- - 20 - -
such directions or order and any failure on the part of the Food Business
Operator to comply with such direction or order shall be deemed to be
contravention of the provisions of these Regulations and will attract legal
action under the provisions of the Act.

Regulation 3.2.15 Power of Authority to constitute advisory

committees
Notwithstanding anything contained in any of the regulations under the
Act the Food Authority shall have power to constitute advisory
committees to assist, aid or advise on any matter concerning food safety
or product specific issues.

- - 21 - -
 Schedule 1
List of food business falls under the purview of Central Licensing
Authority
[See Regulation 3.2.2 (3)]

I. Dairy units including milk chilling units equipped to handle or process

more than 50 thousand litres of liquid milk/day or 2500 MT of milk
solid per annum.
II. Vegetable oil processing units and units producing vegetable oil by the
process of solvent extraction and refineries including oil expeller unit
having installed capacity more than 2 MT per day.
III. All slaughter houses equipped to slaughter more than 50 large animals
or 150 or more small animals including sheep and goats or 1000 or
more poultry birds per day
IV. Meat processing units equipped to handle or process more than 500 kg
of meat per day or 150 MT per annum
V. All food processing units other than mentioned under (i) to (iv)
including relabellers and repackers having installed capacity more than
2 MT/day except grains, cereals and pulses milling units.
VI. 100 % Export Oriented Units
VII. All Importers importing food items for commercial use.
VIII. All Food Business Operators manufacturing any article of Food which
does not fall under any of the food categories prescribed under these
regulations or deviates in any way from the prescribed specification for
additives therein.
IX. Retail chains operating in three or more states
X. Food catering services in establishments and units under Central
government Agencies like Railways, Air and airport, Seaport, Defence
etc.

- - 22 - -
 Schedule 2
Form ‘A’

Application for Registration / Renewal of Registration under Food

Safety and Standards Act, 2006
[See Regulation 3.2.1 and Regulation 3.2.7 ]

Kind of business:
 Itinerant / Mobile food vendor
 Hawker
 Home based canteens/dabba wallas
 Petty Retailer of snacks/tea shops
Photograph of
 Permanent/Temporary Stall holder
the Applicant
 Manufacturer/Processor
 Re Packer
 Religious gatherings, food stalls in fairs etc
 Milk producers (who are not member of dairy co
operative society)/ milk vendor
 Dhabha
 Fish/meat/poultry shop/seller
 Other(s), please specify:________

(a).Name of the Applicant/Company: -

_______________________________________

(b).Designation or Capacity:
 Individual
 Partner

- - 23 - -
  Proprietor
 Secretary of co-operative society.
 Others (Please specify)

(c).Proof of Identity of applicant:

_____________________________________
[Note: Please submit a copy of photo ID like Driving License, Passport,
Ration Card or Election ID card]

(d).Correspondence address:
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
______________________

Tel No:____________Mobile No.:____________

Fax No.:___________Email:________________________
[Note: In case the number(s) are a PP or common number(s), please
specify the name of the contact person as well]

(e).Area or Location where food business is to be conducted/Address of the

premises:
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
____________
(f).Description of the food items to be Manufactured or sold:

S.No. Name of Food Description

category

- - 24 - -
 Please attach separate sheet if required

(g).Total Annual turnover from the food business, if existing, alongwith any
supporting document(s) showing proof of income (*In case of renewal):

__________________________________________________________
______

(h) In case of new business - intended date of

start:__________________

(i) In case of seasonal business, state the opening and closing period
of the year:_______

(j) Source of water supply:

Public supply Private supply Any other source

(k) Whether any electric power is used in manufacture of the food

items:

 Yes
 No

- - 25 - -
If yes, please state the exact HP used or sanctioned Electricity load:
_______________

(l) I/We have forwarded a sum of Rs………towards registration fees

according to the provision of the Food Safety and Standards (Licensing
and Registration) Regulations, 2010 vide:

 Demand Draft no. (payable to ----------------)

 Cash

(Signature of the Applicant)

- - 26 - -
 Form ‘B’
Application for License / Renewal of license under Food Safety
and Standards Act, 2006
[See Regulation 3.2.2, Regulation 3.2.3 & Regulation 3.2.7]

Kind of business (Please tick more than one, if applicable):

 Manufacturing/Processing including sorting, grading etc.

 Milk Collection/chilling
 Slaughter House
 Solvent extracting unit
 Solvent extracting plant equipped with pre cleaning of oil seeds or
pre expelling of oil.
 Solvent extracting and oil refining plant.
 Packaging
 Relabeling (manufactured by third party under own packing and
labeling)
 Importing
 Storage/Warehouse/Cold Storage
 Retail Trade
 Wholesale Trade
 Distributor/Supplier
 Transporter of food
 Catering
 Dhabha or any other food vending establishment
 Club /canteen
 Hotel
 Restaurant

- - 27 - -
 Other(s), please specify:_____________________

1. Name of the Company:

_____________________________________________

2. Registered Office Address:

_______________________________________________

3. Address of Premise for which license is being applied

__________________________________________________________
____________________

4. Name and/or designation qualification and address of technically

qualified person in charge of operations as required under Regulation …..
Name:
Qualification:
Address:
Telephone Number(s):
Mobile no:
Email:
Photo Identity card no and expiry date

5. Name and/or designation, address and contact details of person

responsible for complying with conditions of license (if different from 4
Above):
Name:
Address:
Telephone Number(s):

- - 28 - -
Mobile no
Email:
Photo Identity card no and expiry date

6. Correspondence address (if different from 3 above)

__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
______________________

7. TelNo.:____________Mobile No.:______________
Fax No:_______________ Email:___________________

8. Food items proposed to be manufactured:

S.No. Name of Food Description/ Installed production capacity

Item

If required attach separate sheet

If already having valid license- mention annual quantity of each food
category manufactured during last three years

9. Installed Capacity food product wise (per

day)_____________________________________

10. For Dairy units

(i) Location and installed capacity of Milk Chilling Centers (MCC) / Bulk
Milk Cooling Centers (BMCs) owned or managed by the applicant.
S.No. Name and address of MCC/BMC Installed Capacity

- - 29 - -
 If required attach separate sheet

(ii) Average Quantity of milk per day to be used/handled in

a. in lean season___________________________
b. in flush season__________________________

11. For Solvent –Extracted Oil, De oiled meal and Edible Flour:
(i) Details of proposed business
Name of From Solvent –Extracted Oil, De oiled meal and Edible Flour Veg
Oil seed Oil
bearing or nut
material or
cake
Crude Neutralized Neutralized & Refined De Edible
Bleached oiled Flour
meal

If already having valid license- mention annual quantity of each product

manufactured during last three years

ii) Name and address of factory or factories used by the miller or solvent
extractor for processing oil bearing material produced or procured by him
or for refining solvent extracted Oil produced by him.

- - 30 - -
__________________________________________________________
________________
__________________________________________________________
________________

12. Sanctioned electricity load or HP to be used -

_________________________________

13. Whether unit is equipped with an analytical laboratory

______________________________
If yes the details thereof:-
_______________________________________________________

14. In case of renewal or transfer of license granted under other laws

as per proviso to Regulation 5(1) - period for which license required ( 1 to
5 years) ____________

15. I/We have forwarded a sum of Rs.___________ towards License

fees according to the provision of the Food Safety and Standards
(Licensing and Registration) Regulations, 2010 vide:
Demand Draft no (payable to ……………….)

(Signature of the Applicant/authorized signatory)

- - 31 - -
 Annexure I.
Declaration

I, Mr./Ms./Mrs. _________________ S/o / D/o Mr.

___________________,R/o ________________________ do hereby
solemnly affirm and declare that all information and particulars furnished
here by me are true and correct to the best of my knowledge. I further
declare that the food business conducted or proposed to be conducted
by/through me conforms/shall conform to the Food Safety and Standards
Act, Regulations/ Bye-laws enacted thereunder, and specifically to the
Guidelines on Hygiene and Sanitary Practices provided under Schedule 4
of the Registration and Licensing Regulations published by the Food
Safety and Standards Authority of India or any person authorized on its
behalf from time to time.

Dated:
(Signature)

- - 32 - -
 Annexure-2
Documents to be enclosed with new application for license to
State/Central Licensing Authority

1. Form-B duly completed and signed (in duplicate) by the proprietor/

partner or the authorised signatory

2. Blueprint/layout plan of the processing unit showing the dimensions in

metres/square metres and operation-wise area allocation.

3. List of Directors with full address and contact details

4. Name and List of Equipments and Machinery along with the number,
installed capacity and horse power used.

5. Photo I.D and address proof issued by Government authority of

Proprietor/Partner/Director(s)/Authorised Signatory.

6. List of food category desired to be manufactured. ( In case of

manufacturers)

7. Authority letter with name and address of responsible person

nominated by the manufacturer along with alternative responsible person
indicating the powers vested with them viz assisting the officers in
inspections, collection of samples, packing & dispatch.

8. Analysis report (Chemical & Bacteriological) including pesticide residue

of water to be used as ingredient in food from a recognised/ public health
laboratory to confirm the potability indicating the name of authorised

- - 33 - -
representative of Lab who collected the sample and date of collecting
sample

9. Proof of possession of premises. (Sale deed/ Rent agreement/

Electricity bill, etc.)

10. Partnership Deed/Affidavit/Memorandum & Articles of Association

towards the constitution of the firm.

11. NOC from manufacturer in case of Re-labellers

12. Food safety management system plan or certificate if any

13. Source of milk or procurement plan for milk including location of

milk collection centres etc in case of Milk and Milk Products processing
units.

14. Source of raw material for meat and meat processing plants

15. Pesticide residues report of water to be used as ingredient in case

of units manufacturing Packaged drinking water, packaged Mineral water
and/or carbonated water from a recognised/ public health laboratory
indicating the name of authorised representative of Lab who collected the
sample and date of collecting sample

16. Recall plan, if any

17. NOCs from Municipality or local body and from State Pollution
Control Board except in case of notified industrial area.

- - 34 - -
During renewal or transfer of license given under other laws
existing prior to these Regulations
1. Any change in documents or information provided during grant of
previous license

2. Certificate or Plan of Food Safety Management system being adopted

(for units under Central Licensing it has to be a certificate from accredited
agencies)

3. List of workers with their medical fitness certificates.

4. Name, qualification and details of technical personnel in charge of

operation.

- - 35 - -
 Annexure 3
Conditions of License

All Food Business Operators shall ensure that the following conditions are
complied with at all times during the course of its food business.

Food Business Operators shall:

1. Display a true copy of the license granted in Form C shall at all times
at a prominent place in the premises
2. Give necessary access to licensing authorities or their authorised
personnel to the premises
3. Inform Authorities about any change or modifications in activities
4. Employ at least one technical person to supervise the production
process. The person supervising the production process shall possess at
least a degree in Science with Chemistry/Bio Chemistry/Food and
Nutrition/ Microbiology or a degree or diploma in food technology/ Dairy
technology/ dairy microbiology/ dairy chemistry/ dairy engineering /oil
technology /veterinary science /hotel management & catering technology
or any degree or diploma in any other discipline related to the specific
requirements of the business from a recognized university or institute or
equivalent.
5. Furnish periodic annual return 1st April to 31st March, within 31st May
of each year. For manufacture of Milk and Milk Products monthly returns
also to be furnished.
6. Ensure that no product other than the product indicated in the license/
registration is produced in the unit.

- - 36 - -
7. Maintain factory’s sanitary and hygienic standards and worker’s
Hygiene as specified in the Schedule – 4 according to the category of food
business.
8. Maintain daily records of production, Raw materials utilization and
sales in separate register. ( whichever is applicable)
9. Ensure that the source and standards of raw material used are of
optimum quality.
10. Food Business Operator shall not manufacture, store or expose for
sale or permit the sale of any article of food in any premises not
effectively separated to the satisfaction of the licensing authority from
any privy, urinal, sullage, drain or place of storage of foul and waste
matter.
11. Ensure Clean-In-Place systems (wherever necessary) for regular
cleaning of the machine & equipments.
12. Ensure testing of all chemical and microbiological contaminants in
food products through own or NABL/recognized labs atleast once in a
month.
13. Ensure that required temperature is maintained throughout the
supply chain from the place of procurement or sourcing till it reaches the
end consumer including chilling, transportation, storage etc.

Other conditions
1. Proprietors of hotels, restaurants and other food stalls who sell or
expose for sale savouries, sweets or other articles of food shall put up a
notice board containing separate lists of the articles which have been
cooked in ghee, edible oil, vanaspati and other fats for the information of
the intending purchasers.
2. Food Business Operator selling cooked or prepared food shall display a
notice board containing the nature of articles being exposed for sale

- - 37 - -
3. Every manufacturer [including ghani operator] or wholesale dealer in
butter, ghee, vanaspati, edible oils, Solvent extracted oil, de oiled meal,
edible flour and any other fats shall maintain a register showing the
quantity of manufactured, received or sold, nature of oil seed used and
quantity, quantity of de oiled meal and edible flour used etc. as applicable
and the destination of each consignment of the substances sent out from
his manufactory or place of business, and shall present such register for
inspection whenever required to do so by the licensing authority.
4. No producer or manufacturer of vegetable oil, edible oil and their
products shall be eligible for license under this Act, unless he has his own
laboratory facility for analytical testing of samples.
5. Every sale or movement of stocks of solvent-extracted oil, ‘semi
refined’ or ‘raw grade I’, edible groundnut flour or edible coconut flour, or
both by the producer shall be a sale or movement of stocks directly to a
registered user and not to any other person, and no such sale or
movement shall be effected through any third party.
6. Every quantity of solvent-extracted oil, edible groundnut flour or edible
coconut flour, or both purchased by a registered user shall be used by
him in his own factory entirely for the purpose intended and shall not be
re-sold or otherwise transferred to any other person:
Provided that nothing in this sub-clause shall apply to the sale or
movement of the following:-
(i) karanjia oil;
(ii) kusum oil;
(iii) mahuva oil;
(iv) neem oil;
(v (vi) tamarind seed oil.
(vii) edible groundnut flour bearing the I.S.I.Certification Mark
(viii)edible coconut flour bearing the I.S.I.Certification Mark

- - 38 - -
7. No Food Business Operator shall sale or distribute or offer for sale or
dispatch or deliver to any person for purpose of sell any edible oil which
is not packed, marked and labelled in the manner specified in the
regulations unless specifically exempted from this condition vide
notification in the official Gazette issued in the public interest by Food
Safety Commissioners in specific circumstances and for a specific period
and for reasons to be recorded in writing.

- - 39 - -
 FORM ‘C’ - License Format
(See Regulation 3.2.4 (6))
Government of India
Food Safety and Standards Authority of India

License under FSS Act, 2006

License No _________________

1. Name and Registered Office address of licensee

___________________________________
2. Address of authorized premises
________________________________________________
3. Kind of Business
_______________________________________________________
4. For dairy business details of location with address and capacity of Milk
Chilling Centers (MCC) / Bulk Milk Cooling Centers (BMCs) owned by the
holder of licensee/RC

5. Category of License:
This license is granted under and is subject to the provisions of FSS Act,
2006 all of which must be complied with by the licensee.

Place:
Date:

Stamp and signature of Designated Officer

Food Safety and Standards Authority of India

- - 40 - -
Validation and Renewal
Renewal Period License Items of Food products Signature
Date of fee paid with capacities of
validity authorized to Designated
Manufacture/ Re- Officer
pack/ Re-label

- - 41 - -
 'FORM D-1’
Annual Return
(for business other than milk and milk products)
(See Regulation 3.2.13)

1. Name and address of Licensee:-

2. Address of the authorized premises for the manufacturing / Re-

Packing / Re-Labelling of food products:

3. License No. ..............................

4. Statement showing quantities of food products manufactured and

exported in Tonnes

Name of Size of can / Quantity Sale Value Quantity

the food bottle/any in MT price per exported/imported
product other Kg or per in Kg
package unit of
(like PP) or packing
bulk
package

1 2 3 4. 5 6

- - 42 - -
Name of the Rate per Kg or per Value Remarks
country or port of unit of packing C.I.F.
Export /F.O.B.
7 8 9 10

- - 43 - -
 ‘FORM D-2’
(See Regulation 3.2.13)
Part I
Monthly Return for Milk and Milk Products

For the month …………….. of the year ………..

1. Name and address of Licensee:-

2. Address of the authorized premises for the manufacturing/re-

packing/re-labelling of food products:

3. License No. ..............................

4. Milk Procurement

Type Total Av. Price Price Price Remarks, if any

of Qty. Rs/kg Rs./kg Rs./kg
milk (Tonnes) of milk of fat of SNF

Cow
Buffalo
Mixed

Rs/kg - Rupees per kilogramme

- - 44 - -
 5. Details of Receipts, Sale and Stocks of Products

Product Opening Receipts Product Closing

Name stock Produced Purchased sold stock
(tonnes) (tonnes) (tonnes) (tonnes) (tonnes)

1. Fresh milk
• Standardized
• Toned
• Double toned
• Whole
• Skimmed
• Others (Specify)
2. Milkfat products
• Butter
• Ghee
• Butteroil
3. Dried milks
• Skimmed
• Whole
4. Other milk products
____________________________________________
Place
Date
Signature of the Licensee

A register detailing the above information shall be maintained by each

licensee for inspections.

- - 45 - -
 'Form D-2'
Part II
Annual Return for Milk and Milk Products
For the year …….

1. Name and address of Licensee:-

2. Address of the authorized premises for the manufacturing/re-

packing/re-labelling of food products:

3. License No. ..............................

4. Statement showing quantities of food products manufactured and

exported in Tonnes with their sale value during the period ………….
Procurement
Price
Type of Total Procurement Total Rs / Price Price
milk Qty Total fat SNF kg Rs/kg Rs/kg
MT MT MT of of fat of SNF
milk
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Cow

Buffalo
Mixed
Products

- - 46 - -
Reconstitution
Whole Skimmed
Butter White
Utilized for making liquid milk milk
oil butter
milk or milk products powder powder
(tonne) (tonne)
(tonne) (tonne)
All liquid milks for sale
• In lean season (Apr-Sep)
• In flush season (Oct-Mar)

Other milk products

• In lean season (Apr-Sep)
• In flush season (Oct-Mar)

Annexure details regarding name, location etc.

Stocks

Product Opening stock Closing stock

Name (Tonnes) (Tonnes)

1. Fresh milk
• Standardized
• Toned
• Double toned
• Whole
• Skimmed
• Others (Specify)

- - 47 - -
2. Milkfat products
• Butter
• Ghee
• Butteroil
3. Dried milks
• Skimmed
• Whole
4. Other milk products
____________________________________________________
_____________________
Date:
Signature of the Licensee
A register detailing the above information shall be maintained by each
licensee for inspections. ‘

- - 48 - -
 SCHEDULE - 3

FEE FOR GRANT/ RENEWAL OF LICENCE

REGISTRATION / LICENCE FEE PER ANNUM IN RUPEES

1. Fees for Registration Rs 100

2. Fees for License issued by Central

Licensing Authority: Rs 7500

3. Fees for License issued by State Licensing Authority:

1. Manufacturer /Miller

(i) Above 1MT per day Production or 10,001 to 50,000 LPD of milk or 501
to 2500 MT of milk solids per annum
Rs. 5000/-

(ii) Below 1 MT of Production or 101 to 10,000 LPD of milk or 51 MT to

500 MT of milk solids per annum
Rs.3000/-

2. Hotels –3 Star and above Rs. 5000/-

3. All Food Service providers including restaurants/boarding houses,

clubs etc. serving food, Canteens (Schools, Colleges, Office, Institutions),
Caterers, Banquet halls with food catering arrangements, food vendors
like dabba wallas etc. Rs. 2000/-

4. Any other Food Business Operator Rs. 2000/-

The fees paid by any applicant for a licence shall not be

refundable under any circumstances.

- - 49 - -
 Issue of Duplicate registration or License

(1). Where a registration certificate or license is lost, destroyed, torn,

defaced or mutilated, the applicant may apply for a duplicate copy of the
registration certificate or license during the validity period, accompanied
with a fee amounting to 10% of the applicable License fee.
(2). On receipt of such an application, the Licensing Authority shall
grant a duplicate copy of the registration certificate or license, as the case
may be to the applicant with the word “Duplicate” appearing prominently
thereon.

- - 50 - -
 Schedule 4

General Hygienic and Sanitary practices to be followed by Food

Business operators

It is hereby recognized and declared as a matter of legislative

determination that in the field of human nutrition, safe, clean,
wholesome food for manufacturing purposes is indispensable to the
health and welfare of the consumer of the country; that majorly food
is a perishable commodity susceptible to contamination and
adulteration; that the production and distribution of an adequate
supply of clean, safe and wholesome food for processing,
manufacturing and direct consumption purposes are significant to
sound health and that minimum sanitary and hygienic conditions are
deemed to be necessary for the production and distribution of milk for
manufacturing purposes.

The establishment in which food is being handled, processed,

manufactured, stored, distributed by the food business operator
whether holder of registration certificate or a license as per the norms
laid down in these regulations and the persons handling them should
conform to the sanitary and hygienic requirement, food safety
measures and other standard as specified below. It shall also be
deemed to be the responsibility of the food business operator to
ensure adherence to necessary requirements.

In case inspection of the units is directed by the Registering or

Licensing Authority, the inspection should confirm that the following
measures are adopted by the unit as far as possible:

- - 51 - -
Part I - General Hygienic and Sanitary practices to be followed by
Petty Food Business Operators applying for Registration
(See Regulation 3.2.1(2))

A. SANITARY AND HYGIENIC REQUIREMENTS FOR FOOD

MANUFACTURER/ PROCESSOR
The place where food products are manufactured, shall comply with the
following requirements:

1. The premises to conduct food business for manufacturing should not

have area less than 20 m2 and adequate space for storage.
2. The premises shall be clean, adequately lighted and ventilated and
sufficient free space for movement.
3. The premises shall be located in a sanitary place and free from filthy
surroundings.
4. Floors and walls must be maintained in a sound condition. They should
be smooth and easy to clean.
5. Ceilings should be in good condition, smooth and easy to clean, with
no flaking paint or plaster.
6. The floor and skirted walls shall be washed daily with a disinfectant
like phenyl at the close of day’s business.
7. The premises shall be kept free from all insects by an insecticidal spray
having knock-down effect at the close of day’s business. No spraying
shall be done during the conduct of business, but instead fly swats/
flaps should be used to kill spray flies getting into the premises.
Windows, doors and other opening suited to screening shall be fly
proofed.
8. The water used in the manufacturing shall be potable and if required
chemical and bacteriological examination of the water shall be done at
regular intervals at any recognized laboratory.

- - 52 - -
9. Continuous supply of potable water shall be ensured in the premises.
In case of intermittent water supply, adequate storage arrangement
shall be made.
10. Equipment and machinery when employed shall be of such design
which will permit easy cleaning. Arrangements for cleaning of
containers, tables, working parts of machinery, etc. shall be
provided.
11. No vessel, container or other equipment, the use of which is likely to
cause metallic contamination injurious to health shall be employed in
the preparation, packing or storage of food. (Copper or brass vessels
shall have proper lining).
12. All equipments shall be kept clean, washed, dried and stacked at the
close of day’s business to ensure freedom from growth of mould/
fungi and infestation. All equipments shall be placed well away from
the walls to allow proper inspection.
13. There should be efficient drainage system and there shall be
adequate provisions for disposal of refuse.
14. The workers working in processing and preparation shall use clean
aprons, hand gloves, and head wears.
15. Persons suffering from infectious diseases shall not be permitted to
work. Any cuts or wounds shall remain covered at all time and the
person should not be allowed to come in direct contact to food.
16. All food handlers shall keep their finger nails trimmed, clean and
wash their hands with soap, detergent and water before commencing
work and every time after using toilet.
17. Scratching of body parts, hair shall be avoided during food handling
processes.

- - 53 - -
18. All food handlers should avoid wearing jewellery, false nails or other
items that might fall into food and also avoid touching their face or
hairs.
19. Eating, chewing, smoking, spitting and nose blowing shall be
prohibited within the premises.
20. All articles that are stored or are intended for sale shall have proper
cover to avoid contamination.
21. The vehicles used to transport foods must be maintained in good
repair and kept clean.
22. Foods while in transport in packaged form or in containers shall
maintain the required temperature.
23. Insecticides / disinfectants shall be kept and stored separately and
`away from food manufacturing / storing / handling areas.

B. SANITARY AND HYGIENIC REQUIREMENTS FOR UNITS OTHER

THAN MANUFACTURING
1. Location shall be away from rubbish, waste water, toilet facilities, open
drains and animals.
2. Rubbish bin with cover shall be provided.
3. Working surfaces of vending carts shall be hygienic, impermeable,
easy to clean (like stainless steel), 60 to 70 cm. from ground.
4. Sale points, tables, awnings, benches and boxes, cupboards, glass
cases, etc. shall be clean and tidy.
5. Cooking utensils and crockery shall be clean and in good condition. It
should not be broken/ chipped.
6. All containers shall be kept clean, washed and dried at the close of
day’s business to ensure freedom from growth of mould/ fungi and
infestation.

- - 54 - -
7. Vending cart shall be built of solid, rust/ corrosion resistant materials
and kept in clean and good condition.
8. Transported drinking water (treated water like bottled water, boiled/
filtered water through water purifier etc.) shall be in protected
containers of at least 20 litres.
9. Vending cart shall be protected from sun, wind and dust and when not
in use, food vending vans shall be kept in clean place and properly
protected.
10. Cooking, storage and serving shall not be done in utensils of
copper, cadmium, lead, non food grade plastic and other toxic
materials.
11. Utensils shall be cleaned of debris, rinsed, scrubbed with detergent
and washed under running tap water after every operation.
12. Wiping utensils shall be done with clean cloth.
13. Removing dust or crumb shall not be done by blowing on the plates
or utensils.
14. The person suffering from infectious disease shall not be permitted to
work.
15. All food handlers shall keep their finger nails trimmed, clean and
wash their hands with soap, detergent and water before commencing
work and every time after using toilet.
16. All food handlers should avoid wearing jewellery, false nails or other
items that might fall into food and also avoid touching their face or
hairs.
17. All articles that are stored or intended for sale shall have proper
cover to avoid contamination.
18. Eating, chewing, smoking, sniffing, spitting and nose blowing shall be
prohibited within the premises.

- - 55 - -
19. Adequate number of racks, shall be provided for storage of articles of
food, with clear identity of each commodity. Proper compartment for
each class shall also be provided wherever possible.

- - 56 - -
 Part-II
General Requirements on Hygienic and Sanitary Practices to be
followed by all Food Business Operators applying for License

The establishment in which food is being handled, processed,

manufactured, packed, stored, and distributed by the food business
operator and the persons handling them should conform to the
sanitary and hygienic requirement, food safety measures and other
standard as specified below. It shall also be deemed to be the
responsibility of the food business operator to ensure adherence to
necessary requirements.

In addition to the requirements specified below, the food business shall

identify steps in the activities of food business, which are critical to
ensuring food safety, and ensure that safety procedures are identified,
implemented, maintained and reviewed periodically.

1. LOCATION AND SURROUNDINGS

1.1 Food Establishment shall be located away from environmentally

polluted areas and industrial activities which produce disagreeable or
obnoxious odour, fumes, excessive soot, dust, smoke, chemical or
biological emissions and pollutants, and which pose a serious threat of
contaminating food; areas subject to flooding; areas prone to
infestations of pests; and areas where wastes, either solid or liquid,
cannot be removed effectively.
1.2 The premise should not be used for residential purpose, nor shall it has
or capable of having direct access inside the premise.

- - 57 - -
2. LAYOUT AND DESIGN OF FOOD ESTABLISHMENT PREMISES
2.1 The layout of the food establishment shall be such that food
preparation / manufacturing process are not subject to cross-
contamination from viz. receiving, pre-processing (viz. packaging,
dishing / portioning of ready-to-eat food). To prevent cross
contamination, the activities shall be totally compartmentalized and
strict measures should be taken to see that material movement
happens only in one direction without any backward flow and any
mixing up of various activities. Area occupied by machinery shall not
be more than 50% of the manufacturing area.

2.2 The floor of food processing / food service area shall be made of
impervious, non-absorbent, washable and non-toxic materials. Floor
surfaces shall remain dry and maintained in a sound condition so that
they are easy to clean and where necessary, disinfect. Floors shall be
sloped appropriately to facilitate drainage and the drainage shall flow
in a direction opposite to the direction of food preparation /
manufacturing process flow. The openings of the drains to be
thoroughly covered with wire mesh to prevent insects and rodents
from entering the processing area.

2.3 The walls shall be made of impervious, non-absorbent, washable and

non-toxic materials and require a smooth surface easy to clean up to
a height appropriate for the operations and wherever necessary,
disinfect.

2.4 Ceilings and overhead fixtures shall be designed, constructed,

finished and maintained so as to minimize the accumulation of dirt,

- - 58 - -
 condensation and growth of undesirable moulds and shedding of
paint or plaster particles. Sufficient number of Windows and exhaust
openings shall be provided to minimize accumulation of dirt.

2.5 Windows, doors & all other openings to outside environment shall be
well screened with wire-mesh or insect-proof screen as applicable to
protect the premise from fly and other insects / pests / animals & the
doors be fitted with automatic closing springs. The mesh or the
screen should be type which can be easily removed for cleaning.

2.6 Doors shall be made of smooth and non-absorbent surfaces so that

they are easy to clean and wherever necessary, disinfect.

3. EQUIPMENT

3.1 Equipment and containers that come in contact with food and used
for food handling, storage, preparation, processing, packaging and
serving shall be made of corrosion free materials, which do not
impart any toxicity to the food material. Equipment and utensils used
in the preparation of food shall be kept at all times in good order and
repair and in a clean and sanitary condition. No such utensil or
container shall be used for any other purpose.

3.2 Every utensil or container containing any food or ingredient of food

intended for sale shall at all times be either provided with a proper
fitting cover/lid or with a clean gauze net or other material of texture
sufficiently fine to protect the food completely from dust, dirt and
flies and other insects.

- - 59 - -
3.3 No utensil or container used for the manufacture or preparation of or
containing any food or ingredient of food intended for sale shall be
kept in any place in which such utensil or container is likely by
reason of impure air or dust or any offensive, noxious or deleterious
gas or substance or any noxious or injurious emanations, exhalation,
or effluvium, to be contaminated and thereby render the food
noxious.

3 Equipment shall be such located, designed and fabricated so that it

permits necessary maintenance and cleaning functions as per its
intended use and facilitates good hygiene practices inside the
premise including monitoring and audit.

3.4 Appropriate facilities for the cleaning and disinfecting of equipments

and instruments especially cleaning in place (CIP) system to be
adopted.

3.5 Equipment and containers for waste, by-products and inedible or

dangerous substances, shall be specifically identifiable and suitably
constructed.

3.6 Containers used to hold cleaning chemicals and other dangerous

substances shall be identified and stored separately to prevent
malicious or accidental contamination of food.

3.7 To put in place, if required, a waste water disposal system / effluent

treatment plant as approved by State Pollution Control Board

- - 60 - -
3.8 All items, fittings and equipment that touch or come in contact to
food must be:
• kept in good condition in a way that enables them to be kept clean
and wherever necessary, to be disinfected
• Chipped enameled containers will not be used. Stainless /aluminum /
glass containers, mugs, jugs, trays etc. suitable for cooking and
storing shall be used. Brass utensils shall be frequently provided
with in lining

4. FACILITIES

4.1 Water supply

4.1.1 Only potable water, meeting the requirements of Bureau of Indian
Standards specifications, with appropriate facilities for its storage,
distribution shall be used as an ingredient and also for food handling,
washing, processing and cooking. Water storage tanks shall be
cleaned periodically and records of the same shall be maintained in a
register.

4.1.2 Non potable water can be used provided it is intended only for
cooling of equipment, steam production, fire fighting & refrigeration
equipment and provided that pipes installed for this purpose preclude
the use of this water for other purposes and present no direct or
indirect risk of contamination of the raw material, dairy products or
food products so processed, packed & kept in the premise.

4.1.3 Non potable water pipes shall be clearly distinguished from those in
use for potable water.

- - 61 - -
4.2 For Cleaning Utensils / Equipments
Adequate facilities for cleaning, disinfecting of utensils and equipments
shall be provided. The facilities must have an adequate supply of hot
and cold water.

4.3 Washing of Raw materials

Adequate facilities for washing of raw food should be provided. Every sink
(or other facilities) for washing food must have an adequate supply
of hot and/or cold water. The water shall at least be of potable in
nature. These facilities must be kept clean and, where necessary,
disinfected. Sinks which are used for washing raw foods shall be kept
separate and that should not be used for washing utensils or any
other purposes.

4.4 Ice and Steam

Ice and steam used in direct contact with food shall be made form
potable water and shall comply with requirements specified under
4.1.1. Ice and steam shall be produced, handled and stored in such a
manner that no contamination can happen

4.5 Drainage and waste disposal

4.5.1 The disposal of sewage and effluents (solid, liquid and gas) shall be
in conformity with requirements of Factory / Environment Pollution
Control Board. Adequate drainage, waste disposal systems and
facilities shall be provided and they shall be designed and
constructed in such manner so that the risk of contaminating food or
the potable water supply is eliminated.

- - 62 - -
4.5.2 Waste storage shall be located in such that it does not contaminate
the food process, storage areas, the environment inside and outside
the food establishment and waste shall be kept in covered containers
and shall not be allowed to accumulate in food handling, food
storage, and other working areas.

4.5.3 Periodic disposal of the refuse / waste be made compulsory. No

waste shall be kept open inside the premise and shall not be
discharged outside the premise, on the road or drainage system.

4.5.4 Proper care shall be taken while disposing plastic /metal / glass
materials, bags, containers and others which are not environment
friendly.

4.5.5 Food waste and other waste materials shall be removed periodically
from the place where food is being handled or cooked or
manufactured to avoid building up. A refuse bin of adequate size with
a pedal operated cover shall be provided in the premises for
collection of waste material. This shall be emptied and washed daily
with a disinfectant and dried before next use.

4.6 Personnel facilities and toilets

4.6.1 Personnel facilities shall include proper washing and drying of hands
before touching food materials including wash basins and a supply of
hot and /or cold water as appropriate; separate lavatories, of
appropriate hygienic design, for males and females separately; and
changing facilities for personnel and such facilities shall be suitably

- - 63 - -
 located so that they do not open directly into food processing,
handling or storage areas.

4.6.2 Number of toilets depends on the number of employees (male

/female) in the establishment and they should be made aware of the
cleanliness requirement while handling food.

4.6.3 Rest and refreshments rooms shall be separate from food process
and service areas and these areas shall not lead directly to food
production, service and storage areas.

4.6.4 A display board mentioning do’s & don’ts for the workers shall be
put up inside a prominent place in the premise in English or in local
language for everyone’s understanding

4.7 Air quality and ventilation

Ventilation systems natural and /or mechanical including air filters,
exhaust fans, wherever required, shall be designed and constructed
so that air does not flow from contaminated areas to clean areas.

4.8 Lighting
Natural or artificial lighting shall be provided to the food establishment, to
enable the undertaking to operate in a hygienic manner. Lighting
fixtures must wherever appropriate, be protected to ensure that food
is not contaminated by breakages.

5. FOOD OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS

5.1 Procurement of raw materials

- - 64 - -
5.1.1 No raw material or ingredient thereof shall be accepted by an
establishment if it is known to contain parasites, undesirable micro-
organisms, pesticides, veterinary drugs or toxic items, decomposed
or extraneous substances, which would not be reduced to an
acceptable level by normal sorting and/or processing.

5.1.2 In addition the raw materials, food additives and ingredients,

wherever applicable, shall conform to the Regulations and regulations
laid down under the Act.

5.1.3 Records of raw materials, food additives and ingredients as well as

their source of procurement shall be maintained in a register for
inspection.

5.2 Storage of raw materials and food

5.2.1 Food storage facilities shall be designed and constructed to enable

food to be effectively protected from contamination during storage;
permit adequate maintenance and cleaning, to avoid pest access and
accumulation.

5.2.2 Cold Storage facility shall be provided to raw processed / packed

food according to the type and requirement.

5.2.3 Segregation shall be provided for the storage of raw, processed,

rejected, recalled or returned materials or products. Such areas,
materials or products shall be suitable if marked and secured. Raw
materials and food shall be stored in separate areas from printed

- - 65 - -
 packaging materials, stationary, hardware and cleaning materials /
chemicals.

5.2.4 Raw food, particularly meat, poultry and seafood products shall be
cold stored separately from the area of work-in-progress, processed,
cooked and packaged products. The conditions of storage in terms of
temperature and humidity requisite for enhancing the shelf life of the
respective food materials / products shall be maintained.

5.2.5 Storage of raw materials. Ingredients, work-in-progress and

processed / cooked or packaged food products shall be subject to
FIFO (First in, First Out) stock rotation system.

5.2.6 Containers made of non-toxic materials shall be provided for

storage of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished / ready to
serve products. The food materials shall be stored on racks / pallets
such that they are reasonably well above the floor level and away
from the wall so as to facilitate effective cleaning and prevent
harbouring of any pests, insects or rodents.

5.3 Food Processing / Preparation, Packaging and Distribution /

Service

5.3.1.Time and temperature control

5.3.1.1 The Food Business shall develop and maintain the systems to
ensure that time and temperature is controlled effectively where it is
critical to the safety and suitability of food. Such control shall include
time and temperature of receiving, processing, cooking, cooling,

- - 66 - -
 storage, packaging, distribution and food service upto the consumer,
as applicable.
5.3.1.2 Whenever frozen food / raw materials are being used /
handled / transported, proper care should be taken so that defrosted
/ thawed material shall not be stored back and after opening for
future use.
5.3.1.3 Such systems shall also specify tolerance limits for time and
temperature variations and the records thereof shall be maintained in
a register for inspection.
5.3.1.4 Wherever cooking is done on open fire, proper outlets for
smoke/steam etc. like chimney, exhaust fan etc. shall be
provided.

5.4 Food Packaging

5.5.1 Packaging materials shall provide protection for all food products to
prevent contamination, damage and shall accommodate required
labelling as laid down under the FSS Act & the Regulations there
under.

5.5.2 Only Food grade packaging materials to be used. For packaging

materials like aluminium plastic and tin, the standards to be followed
are as mentioned under the FSS Regulations and rules framed there
under.

5.5.3 Packaging materials or gases where used, shall be non-toxic and

shall not pose a threat to the safety and suitability of food under the
specified conditions of storage and use.

- - 67 - -
5.5 Food Distribution / Service

5.5.1 An appropriate supply chain needs to be incorporated in the system

to minimize food spoilage during transportation Processed / packaged
and / or ready-to-eat food shall be protected during transportation
and / or service.

5.5.2 Temperatures and humidity which is necessary for sustaining food

safety and quality shall be maintained. The conveyances and /or
containers shall be designed, constructed and maintained in such
that they can effectively maintain the requisite temperature,
humidity, atmosphere and other conditions necessary to protect food
Conveyances and / or containers used for transporting / serving
foodstuffs shall be non toxic, kept clean and maintained in good
condition in order to protect foodstuffs from any contamination.

5.5.3 Receptacles in vehicles and / or containers shall not be used for

transporting anything other than foodstuffs where this may result in
contamination of foodstuffs. Where the same conveyance or
container is used for transportation of different foods, or high risk
foods such as fish, meat, poultry, eggs etc., effective cleaning and
disinfections shall be carried out between loads to avoid the risk of
cross- contamination. For bulk transport of food, containers and
conveyances shall be designated and marked for food use only and
be used only for that purpose.

6. Management and Supervision

- - 68 - -
6.1 A detailed Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) to be developed for
proper management which in turn would help in identifying any
problem at exact point, so the course of damage control would be
faster

6.2 The Food Business shall ensure that technical managers and
supervisors have appropriate qualifications, knowledge and skills on
food hygiene principles and practices to be able which shall enable
them to ensure food safety and quality of its products, judge food
hazards, take appropriate preventive and corrective action, and to
ensure effective monitoring and supervision.

7 Food Testing Facilities

7.1 A well equipped, modern laboratory for testing of food materials /

food for physical, microbiological and chemical analysis in accordance
with the specification/standards laid down under the rules and
regulations shall be in place inside the premise for regular / periodic
testing and when ever required.

7.2 In case of any suspicion or possible contamination, food materials /

food shall be tested before dispatch from the factory.

7.3 If there is no in house laboratory facility, then regular testing shall be

done through an accredited laboratory. In case of complaints
received and if so required, the company shall voluntarily do the
testing either in the in-house laboratory or from a designated lab
outside.

- - 69 - -
8 Audit, Documentation and Records
8.1 A periodic audit of the whole system according to the SOP be done to
find out any fault / gap in the GMP / GHP system

8.2 Appropriate records of food processing / preparation, production /

cooking, storage, distribution, service, food quality, laboratory test
results, cleaning and sanitation, pest control and product recall shall
be kept and retained for a period of one year or the shelf-life of the
product, whichever is more.

9 SANITATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ESTABLISHMENT

PREMISES

9.1 Cleaning and maintenance

9.1.1 A cleaning and sanitation programme shall be drawn up and

observed and the record thereof shall be properly maintained, which
shall indicate specific areas to be cleaned; and cleaning frequency;
cleaning procedure to be followed, including equipment and materials
to be used for cleaning. Equipments used in manufacturing to be
cleaned and sterilized after each use at the end of the day.

9.1.2 Cleaning chemicals shall be handled and used carefully in

accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and shall be
stored separately away from food materials, in clearly identified
containers, to avoid any risk of contaminating food.

- - 70 - -
9.1.3 Preventive maintenance of equipment, machinery, building and
other facilities shall be carried out regularly as per the instructions of
the manufacturer, to prevent any hazards from entering into the food
while being processed or packed or served. Non-toxic, edible grade
lubricants shall be used.
9.2 Pest Control Systems
9.2.1 Food establishment shall be kept in good repairing condition to
prevent pest access and to eliminate potential breeding sites. Holes,
drains and other places where pests are likely to gain access shall be
kept in sealed condition or fitted with mesh / grills / claddings as
required and animals, birds and pets shall not be allowed to enter
into the food establishment areas/ premises.

9.2.2 Food materials shall be stored in pest-proof containers stacked

above the ground and away from walls.

9.2.3 Pest infestations shall be dealt with immediately and without

adversely affecting the food safety or suitability. Treatment with
permissible chemical, physical or biological agents, within the
permissible limits, shall be carried out without posing a threat to the
safety or suitability of food. Records of pesticides / insecticides used
along with dates and frequency shall be maintained.

10 PERSONAL HYGIENE

10.1 Health Status

10.1.1 Personnel known, or suspected, to be suffering from, or to be
a carrier of a disease or illness likely to be transmitted through food,
shall not be allowed to enter into any food handling area if there is a

- - 71 - -
 likelihood of their contaminating food. The Food Business shall
develop system, whereby any person so affected, shall immediately
report illness or symptoms of illness to the management and medical
examination of a food handler shall be carried out apart from the
periodic checkups, if clinically or epidemiologically indicated.

10.1.2 Arrangements shall be made to get the food handlers / employees

of the establishment medically examined once in a year to ensure
that they are free from any infectious, contagious and other
communicable diseases. A record of these examinations signed by a
registered medical practitioner shall be maintained for inspection
purpose.

10.1.3 The factory staff shall be compulsorily inoculated against the

enteric group of diseases once a year and a record towards that shall
be kept for inspection.

10.1.4 In case of an epidemic, all workers to be vaccinated irrespective of

the yearly vaccination.

10.2 Personal Cleanliness

10.2.1 Food handlers shall maintain a high degree of personal

cleanliness. The food business shall provide to all food handlers with
adequate and suitable clean protective clothing, head covering, face
musk, gloves and footwear and the food business shall ensure that
the food handlers at work wear only clean protective clothes, head
covering and footwear every day.

- - 72 - -
10.2.2 Food handlers, with any cut or wounds in their person, shall not
come in direct contact with food or food contact surfaces.

10.2.3 Food handlers shall always wash their hands with soap and clean
potable water, disinfect their hands and then dry with hand drier or
clean cloth towel or disposable paper at the beginning of food
handling activities; immediately after using the toilet; and after
handling raw food or any contaminated material, tools, equipment or
work surface, where this could result in contamination of other food
items.

10.3 Personal Behavior

10.3.1 Food handlers engaged in food handling activities shall refrain

themselves from smoking; spitting; chewing or eating; sneezing or
coughing over any food whether protected or unprotected food and
eating in food preparation and food service areas.

10.3.2 The food handlers should trim their nails and hair periodically, do
not encourage or practice unhygienic means while handling food.

10.3.3 Persons working directly with and handling raw materials or food
products shall maintain high standards of personal cleanliness at all
times. In particular:

a) they shall not smoke, spit, eat or drink in areas or rooms where raw
materials and food products are handled or stored;

- - 73 - -
b) wash their hands at least each time work is resumed and whenever
contamination of their hands has occurred; e.g. after coughing /
sneezing, visiting toilet, using telephone, smoking etc.
c) avoid certain hand habits - e.g. scratching nose, running finger
through hair, rubbing eyes, ears and mouth, scratching beard,
scratching parts of bodies etc.- that are potentially hazardous when
associated with handling food products, and might lead to food
contamination through the transfer of bacteria from the employee to
product during its preparation. When unavoidable, hands should be
effectively washed before resuming work after such actions.

10.3.4 Food handlers shall not wear any belonging such as rings,
bangles, jewellery, watches, pins and other items that pose a threat
to the safety and suitability of food.

10.4 Visitors
10.4.1 Generally visitors should be discouraged to go inside the food
handling areas. However, proper care has to be taken to ensure that
food safety & hygiene is not getting compromised due to visitors in the
floor area.
10.4.2 The Food Business shall ensure that visitors to its food
manufacturing, cooking, preparation, storage or handling areas must
wherever appropriate, wear protective clothing, footwear and adhere
to the other personal hygiene provisions envisaged in this section.

11 PRODUCT INFORMATION AND CONSUMER AWARNESS

All packaged food products shall carry a label and requisite information
shall be there as per provisions of Food Safety & Standards Act, 2006
and Regulations & Regulations made there under so as to ensure that

- - 74 - -
 adequate and accessible information is available to the next person in
the food chain to enable them to handle, store, process, prepare and
display the food products safely and correctly and that the lot or batch
can be easily traced and recalled if necessary.

12 TRAINING
12.1 The Food Business shall ensure that all food handlers are aware of
their role and responsibility in protecting food from contamination or
deterioration. Food handlers shall have the necessary knowledge and
skills which are relevant to the food processing / manufacturing,
packing, storing and serving so as to ensure the food safety and food
quality.

12.2 The Food Business shall ensure that all the food handlers are
instructed and trained in food hygiene and food safety aspects along
with personal hygiene requirements commensurate with their work
activities, the nature of food, its handling, processing, preparation,
packaging, storage, service and distribution.

12.3 Periodic assessments of the effectiveness of training shall be made,

as well as routine supervision and checks to ensure that food hygiene
and food safety procedures are being carried out effectively Training
programme shall be routinely reviewed and updated wherever
necessary.

- - 75 - -
 PART-III

Specific Hygienic and Sanitary Practices to be followed by Food

Business Operators engaged in manufacture, processing, storing
& selling of Milk and Milk Products

In addition to Part-2, the dairy establishment in which dairy based food is

being handled, processed, manufactured, stored, distributed and
ultimately sold by the food business operator, and the persons
handling them should conform to the sanitary and hygienic
requirement, food safety measures and other standard as specified
below.

I. SANITARY REQUIREMENTS

1. Dairy Establishments shall have the following:

a) facilities for the hygienic handling and protection of raw materials and
of non-packed or non-wrapped dairy products during loading and
unloading, transport & storing including Bulk Milk cooling facilities

b) appropriate arrangements for protection against pests is must;

c) instruments and working equipment intended to come into direct

contact with raw materials and dairy products which are made of
corrosion-resistant material and which are easy to clean and disinfect;

d) special watertight, non-corrodible containers in which to put raw

materials or dairy products intended for human consumption. Where

- - 76 - -
 such raw materials or dairy products are removed through conduits,
these shall be constructed and installed in such a way so as to avoid
any risk of contamination of other raw materials or dairy products;

e) appropriate facilities for the cleaning and disinfecting of equipment and

instruments especially cleaning in place (CIP) system;

f) an waste water disposal system which is hygienic and approved by

Pollution Control Board;

g) a lockable room or a secure place for the storage of detergents,

disinfectants
and other similar substances;

h) facilities for cleaning & disinfecting of tanks used for transporting

dairy products and raw milk. These containers have to be cleaned after
every use.

2. Dairy establishments shall have working areas of sufficient size for

work to be carried out under adequate hygienic conditions; their
design and layout shall be such as to preclude contamination of the
raw materials and the dairy products.

3. In areas where raw materials are handled and dairy products are
manufactured, the areas shall have the following:
a) soild, waterproof flooring which is easy to clean and disinfect and
which allows water to drain away, and equipment to remove water;

- - 77 - -
b) walls which have smooth surfaces and are easy to clean, are durable
and impermeable and which are covered with light-coloured coating;

c) ceilings or roof linings which are easy to clean in those areas where
exposed or non-packaged raw materials or dairy products are handled;

d) doors made of non-corrodible materials which are easy to clean;

e) ventilation and, where necessary, good steam and water-vapour

extraction facilities in accordance with Factory Act, 1948;

f) adequate natural or artificial lighting in accordance with Factory Act,

1948;

g) an adequate number of facilities with hot and cold running water, or

water pre-mixed to a suitable temperature, for cleaning and
disinfecting hands; taps in work rooms and lavatories for cleaning and
disinfecting hands which shall be non hand-operable (e.g. foot
operated, sensor operated etc.), these facilities shall be provided with
cleaning and disinfecting materials and a hygienic means of drying
hands; and

h) facilities for cleaning tools, equipment and installations.

4. The occupier of a dairy establishment shall take appropriate measures

to avoid cross-contamination of dairy products in accordance with the
cleaning program specified earlier.

- - 78 - -
5. Where a dairy establishment produces food stuffs containing dairy
products together with other ingredients, which have not undergone
heat treatment or any other treatment having equivalent effect, such
dairy products and ingredients shall be stored separately to prevent
cross-contamination.

6. The production of heat-treated milk or the manufacture of milk-based

products, which might pose a risk of contamination to other dairy
products, shall be carried out in a clearly separated working area.

7. Instruments and equipment used for working on raw materials and

dairy products, floors, ceilings or roof linings, walls and partitions shall
be kept in a satisfactory state of cleanliness and repair, so that they
do not constitute a source of contamination to raw materials or dairy
products.

8. Equipment, containers and installations which come into contact with

dairy products or perishable raw materials used during production shall
be cleaned and if necessary disinfected according to a verified and
documented cleaning programme.

9. Equipment, containers, instruments and installations which come into

contact with microbiologically stable dairy products and the rooms in
which they are stored shall be cleaned and disinfected according to a
verified and documented Food Safety management system programme
drawn up by the occupier of the dairy establishment.

10. The processing establishment shall in principle be cleaned according

to a established, verified and documented Food safety management

- - 79 - -
 programme. The manufacturer / shall take appropriate measures to
avoid any kind of cross contamination.

11. Disinfectants and similar substances used shall be used in such a way
that they do not have any adverse effects on the machinery,
equipment, raw materials and dairy products kept at the dairy
establishment. They shall be in clearly identifiable containers bearing
labels with instructions for their use and their use shall be followed by
thorough rinsing of such instruments and working equipment with
potable water, unless supplier’s instructions indicate otherwise.

12. Any container or tank used for transporting or storage of raw milk
shall be cleaned and disinfected before re-use.

II. PERSONAL HYGIENE REQUIREMENTS

1. The Food Business Operator shall employ those persons only in such
an establishment to work directly with and handle raw materials
or dairy products if those persons have proved to the occupier’s
satisfaction by means of a medical certificate, on recruitment, that
there is no medical impediment to their employment in that capacity.

2. Persons working directly with and handling raw materials or dairy

products shall maintain the highest standards of personal cleanliness
at all times. In particular they shall

(a) wear suitable, clean working clothes and headgear which

completely encloses their hair;

- - 80 - -
(b) not smoke, spit, eat or drink in rooms where raw materials and
dairy products are handled or stored;

(c) wash their hands at least each time work is resumed and whenever
contamination of their hands has occurred; e.g. after coughing /
sneezing, visiting toilet, using telephone, smoking etc.

(d) cover wounds to the skin with a suitable waterproof dressing. No

person with injury on hand, even with dressing, shall be placed in any
product making/handling section.

(e) avoid certain hand habits - e.g. scratching nose, running finger
through hair, rubbing eyes, ears and mouth, scratching beard,
scratching parts of bodies etc. that are potentially hazardous when
associated with handling dairy products, and might lead to food
contamination through the transfer of bacteria from the employee to
product during its preparation. When unavoidable, hands should be
effectively washed before resuming work after such actions

3. The occupier shall take all necessary measures to prevent persons

liable to contaminate raw materials and dairy products from handling
them until the occupier has evidence that such persons can do so
without risk of contamination.

III. .SANITARY REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE

1. Immediately after procuring, raw milk shall be placed in a clean place,

which is suitably equipped so as to prevent any kind of
contamination.

- - 81 - -
2. Where raw milk is collected daily from a producer, it shall, if not
collected and brought to the dairy plant within four hours of milking,
be cooled as soon as practicable after procuring to a temperature of
4ºC and maintained at that temperature until processed;

3. Upon acceptance at a processing establishment milk shall, unless heat-

treated immediately, be cooled to a temperature of 4ºC or lower, if not
already at such temperature, and maintained at that temperature
until heat-treated.

4. When the pasteurization process is completed, pasteurized milk shall

be cooled immediately to a temperature of 4ºC or lower.

5. Subject to Paragraph 7 below, any dairy product not intended to be

stored at ambient temperature shall be cooled as quickly as possible
to the temperature established by the manufacturer of that product as
suitable to ensure its durability and thereafter stored at that
temperature.

6. Where dairy products other than raw milk are stored under cooled
conditions, their storage temperatures shall be registered and the
cooling rate shall be such that the products reach the required
temperature as quickly as possible.

7. The maximum temperature at which pasteurized milk may be stored

until it leaves the treatment establishment shall not exceed 5ºC.

- - 82 - -
8. Dairy products not intended to be stored at ambient temperature shall
be cooled as quickly as possible to the temperature established by
the manufacturer of that product as suitable to ensure its durability
and shelf life.

9. Where dairy products other than raw milk are stored under cool
conditions, their storage temperatures shall be recorded and the
cooling rate shall be adjusted in such a way that the products reach
the required temperature at the earliest.

IV. WRAPPING AND PACKAGING

1. The wrapping packaging of dairy products shall take place under

satisfactory hygienic conditions and in rooms provided for that
purpose.

2. The manufacture of dairy products and packaging operations may take

place in the same room if the following conditions are satisfied: -

(a) the room shall be sufficiently large and equipped to ensure the
hygiene of the operations;

(b) the wrapping and packaging shall have been brought to the
treatment or processing establishment in protective cover in which
they were placed immediately after manufacture and which protects
the wrapping or packaging from any damage during transport to the
dairy establishment, and they shall have been stored there under
hygienic conditions in a room intended for that purpose;

- - 83 - -
(c) the rooms for storing the packaging material shall be free from
vermin and from dust which could constitute an unacceptable risk of
contamination of the product and shall be separated from rooms
containing substances which might contaminate the products.
Packaging shall not be placed directly on the floor;

(d) packaging shall be assembled under hygienic conditions before

being brought into the room, except in the case of automatic assembly
or packaging, provided that there is no risk of contamination of the
products;

(e) packaging shall be done without delay. It shall be handled by

separate group of staff having experience in handling and product
wrapping and

(f) immediately after packaging, the dairy products shall be placed

in the designated rooms provided for storage under required
temperature.

3. Bottling or filling of containers with heat-treated milk and milk product

shall be carried out hygienically.

4. Wrapping or packaging may not be re-used for dairy products, except

where the containers are of a type which may be re-used after
thorough cleaning and disinfecting.

5. Sealing shall be carried out in the establishment in which the last heat-
treatment of drinking milk or liquid milk-base products has been
carried out, immediately after filling, by means of a sealing device

- - 84 - -
which ensures that the milk is protected from any adverse effects of
external origin on its characteristic. The sealing device shall be so
designed that once the container has been opened, the evidence of
opening remains clear and easy to check.

- - 85 - -
 Part IV
Specific Hygienic and Sanitary Practices to be followed by Food
Business Operators engaged in manufacture, processing, storing
& selling of Meat and Meat Products

A. Slaughter House

Every person / establishment who slaughters large animals and small

animals including sheep and goat or poultry birds within the premises
of his factory for production of meat/ meat products for supply / sale/
distribution to the public shall comply with the following requirements,
namely:-

1. General Requirements:

1.1 No Objection Certificate to be obtained from local Authority before

grant of licence.

2. Location of Premises:
Such establishments / Slaughter Houses should be a unit of meat market
located away from Vegetable, fish or other food markets and shall be
free from undesirable odour, smoke, dust or other contaminants. The
premises shall be located at elevated level in a sanitary place.

3. Premise requirements:
3.01 The slaughter house shall have a reception area/animal holding
yard/resting yard, lairage, slaughter hall, side halls for hide collection,
paunch collection, offals collection, and separation, holding room for

- - 86 - -
 suspected/condemned carcass, by-product harvesting, staff welfare
inspectors office, refrigeration room/cold room etc.

3.02 Every such establishment / Slaughter House shall make separate

provision in the slaughter hall for the slaughter of different species
which are proposed to be slaughtered (like large animal viz; Cattle and
Buffalo, Pigs and small animals like Sheep & Goat) and for different
methods of slaughter (like Halal, Jewish and Jhatka). After every type
of operation the slaughter house shall be cleaned, washed wiped/dried
and sanitized thoroughly.

3.03 The slaughter house shall have separation between clean and dirty
sections and shall be so organized that from the introduction of a live
animal into the slaughter house up to the emergence of meat and offal
classed as fit for human consumption there shall be a continuous
forward movement without any possibility of reversal, intersection or
overlapping between the live animal and meat, and between meat and
bye products or waste.

3.04 The reception area/animal holding yard/ resting yard shall have
facilities for watering and examining animals before they are sent to
holding pens/lairage. Animals suspected of contagious or infectious
diseases shall be segregated and kept in separate isolation pens which
shall also be provided with arrangements for watering and feeding.
After confirmation for any notifiable disease, the designated Veterinary
Authority shall notify the disease as per the existing procedures. The
resting yard must have overhead protective shelter.(This is not
mandatory for registration category)

3.05 The lairage shall be adequate in size for the number of animals to
be laired.

- - 87 - -
3.06 Separate space shall be provided for stunning (Wherever
applicable), for collection of blood and for dressing of the carcasses.
The slaughtering of an animal shall not be done in the sight of other
animals. The dressing of the carcass shall not be done on the floor.
Suitable hoists will be provided to hang the carcass before it is
eviscerated.

3.07 All the floors in lairage, slaughter halls, work rooms, hanging rooms
shall be of impervious and non-slippery material.

3.08 The internal walls will be paved with impervious glazed tiles up to 1
meter height in case of poultry and small animal ruminants and 5
meter height in case of large animal ruminants. The walls and floors
should be epoxy coated so as to avoid accumulation/absorption of
dust, blood/meat particles, microbial/fungal growth.

3.09 Ceiling or roofs shall be so constructed and finished so as to

minimise condensation, mould development, flaking and accumulation
of dirt.

3.10 Suitable and sufficient accommodation shall be provided for

segregation, storage and disposal of condemned meat.

3.11 The establishments / Slaughter Houses shall be so constructed and

maintained as to permit hygienic production.

- - 88 - -
3.12 Windows, doors and other openings suited to screening shall be fly
proof. All doors shall have strong springs so that they may close
automatically.

3.13 All operations in connection with the preparation or packing of meat

/ meat food products shall be carried out under strict hygienic
conditions. No portion of the establishments / Slaughter Houses
premises shall ever be used for living or sleeping purposes unless it is
separated from the factory by a wall.

3.14 There shall be efficient drainage and plumbing systems and all
drains and gutters shall be properly and permanently installed.
There shall be provision for the disposal of refuse.

3.15 The drainage system for blood shall either be underground with
facility for easy cleaning or a portable receptacle with lid. All
drainages will have traps and screens so as to prevent entry of
predators like rats, mice, vermin etc.

3.16 The rooms and compartments where edible products are handled
shall be separate and distinct from the rooms and compartments for
inedible products.

3.17 Suitable and separate space shall be provided for the storage of
hides and skins. This room shall have a separate exit.

- - 89 - -
3.18 A constant and sufficient supply of clean potable cold water with
pressure hose pipes and supply of hot water should be made available
in the slaughter hall during working hours.

3.19 Suitable and sufficient facilities shall be provided for persons

working in the slaughter house for changing their clothes and cleaning
their footwear, clothes and cleaning their hands before entering rooms
used for the preparation and storage of meat.

3.20 provision for latrines, toilets and change rooms will be provided.
Wherever five or more employees of either sex are employed, a
sufficient number of latrines, urinals, washbasins and bathrooms for
each sex shall be provided.

3.21 Suitable and sufficient facilities shall be provided in convenient

places with in the slaughter house for the sterilisation of knives &
sharpner (mushtala) and other equipment used in the slaughter house.
The knives & sharpner (mushtala) shall be of stainless steel for only.

3.22 Whenever cooking is done on open fire, chimneys shall be provided

for removal of smoke and soot.

3.23 Whenever the dressed meat is not used up for the preparation of
meat food products and some portion has to be stored without further

- - 90 - -
 immediate processing, such storage shall be in a room maintained at
0o C to 2o C.

3.24 All slaughter house refuge and waste materials will be suitably
processed to prepare animal bye products or dumped in pits that are
suitable covered so as to prevent its access to scavengers. For large
slaughter houses, a suitable provision of ETP will be made. A
clearance from Environment Control Pollution Board should be a
mandatory condition for such slaughter houses.

3.25 In case of small slaughter houses, this material should be

composed which can be used for manure purpose and in case of large
slaughter houses, this material should be rendered (cooked) in a
rendering plant to produce meat & bone meal & inedible fats.

3.26 Suitable and sufficient facilities shall be provided for the isolation of
meat requiring further examination by the authorised veterinary officer
in a suitable laboratory within the premises of the slaughter house.

3.27 Consistent with the size of the factory and volume and variety of
meat food products manufactured, a laboratory shall be provided,
equipped and staffed with qualified (chemist/analyst and Veterinary
Microbiologist)* and trained personnel. The licensing authority shall
accord approval of the laboratory after inspection.

The Chemist/analyst shall have passed graduation with Chemistry as one

subject and the. Veterinary Microbiologist shall be a qualified

- - 91 - -
 veterinarian with two years of experience in Meat analysis or having
degree of Master in Veterinary Public Health with specialization in Meat
Hygiene).

3.28. Adequate natural or artificial lighting should be provided throughout

the abattoir/ meat processing unit. Where appropriate, the lighting
should not alter colours and the intensity should not be less than 540
Lux (50 foot candles) at all inspection points, 220 Lux (20 foot
candles) in work rooms and 110 Lux (10 foot candles) in other areas.
Light bulbs and fixtures suspended over meat in any stage of
production should be of a safety type and protected to prevent
contamination of meat in case of breakage.To the possible extent meat
inspection shall be carried out in the day light. Every abattoir shall be
provided with well distributed artificial light.

4. Sanitary Practices:
4.01 Every part of the internal surface above the floor or pavement of
such slaughter house shall be washed thoroughly with hot lime wash
within the first 10 days of March, June, September and December.
Every part of the floor or pavement of the slaughter house and every
part of the internal surface of every wall on which any blood or liquid
refuse or filth may have been spilt or splashed or with which any
offensive or noxious matter have been brought into contact during the
process of slaughtering, dressing and cutting, shall be thoroughly
cleaned, washed with water, wiped/dried and disinfectant within three
hours after the completion of slaughter.

4.02 Rooms and compartments in which animals are slaughtered or any

product is processed or prepared shall be kept sufficiently free from

- - 92 - -
 steam, vapours and moisture and obnoxious odours so as to ensure
clean and hygienic operations. This will also apply to overhead
structures in those rooms and compartments.

4.03 All parts of the establishments / Slaughter Houses shall always be

kept clean, adequately lighted and ventilated and shall be regularly
cleaned, disinfected. The floorings shall be impervious and washed
daily. Lime washing, colour washing or painting as the case may be,
shall be done at least once in every twelve months.

4.04 All yards, outhouses, stores and all approaches to the

establishments / Slaughter Houses shall always be kept clean and in a
sanitary condition.

4.05 Suitable and sufficient receptacles furnished with closely fitted

covers shall be provided for collection and removal of all garbage filth
and refuse from the slaughter house at convenient time to a place
away from the factory for disposal.

4.06 All blood , manure, garbage, filth or other refuse from any animal
slaughtered and the hide, fat, viscera and offal there from, shall be
removed from the slaughter house within 8 hours after the completion
of the slaughtering and in such a manner and by such means as will
not cause nuisance at the premises or elsewhere. Every such vessel
or receptacle shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected immediately
after use and shall be kept thoroughly clean when not in actual use.

- - 93 - -
4.07 The inner side of the skin shall not be rubbed or caused to be
rubbed upon the ground within any portion of the slaughter hall. Hides
and skins shall not be dragged within the slaughter hall. No gut-
scraping, tripe cleaning, manufacture or preparation of meat food
products, household washing of clothes or work of any nature other
than is involved in the slaughter and dressing of the carcass shall be
permitted in any slaughter hall except in the adjuncts to the slaughter
hall intended for these products and purposes.

4.08 The premises shall be cleaned thoroughly with disinfectants, one

day in advance of production of meat food products and the
equipments shall be sterilised/sanitised before use. The rooms and
compartments in which any meat food product is prepared or handled
shall be free from dust and from odours emanating from dressing
rooms, toilet rooms, catch basins, hide cellars, casing rooms and
livestock pens.

4.09 Every practicable precaution shall be taken to exclude flies, rats,

mice and vermin from the establishments / Slaughter Houses. The
use of poisons for any purpose in rooms or compartments where any
unpacked product is stored or handled is forbidden. The use of
approved bait poisons in hide cellars, compartments where inedible
products are stored, outhouses or similar buildings containing canned
products is, however, not forbidden.

4.10 It shall be ensured that dogs, cats or birds do not have access to
the slaughter hall. Open areas in the factory shall be having covered
by wire rope netting to prevent carrion birds from access to the
slaughter hall or the factory.

- - 94 - -
4.11 Water used in the establishments / Slaughter Houses shall be
potable and suitable arrangements shall be made if bore well water is
used for production of meat and meat products. If required by the
licensing authority, the water shall be got examined chemically and
bacteriologic ally by a recognised laboratory. The water quality shall
comply the standards prescribed by the licensing Authority.

4.12 Warm meat’ meant for immediate sale need not be stored in cool
conditions. It can be transported in suitable a hygienic and sanitary
condition in clean insulated containers with covers (lids) to the meat
shops/selling units with precautions to ensure that no
contamination/cross contamination or deterioration takes place.

5. Equipment & Machinery:

5.1 The equipment and fittings in slaughter hall except for chopping
blocks, cutting boards and brooms, shall be of such material and of
such construction as to enable them to be kept clean. The
implements shall be of metal or other cleansable and durable
material resistant to corrosion.

5.2 No vessel, container or other equipment, the use of which is likely to

cause metallic contamination injurious to health shall be employed in
the preparation, packing or storage of meat food products. (Copper
or brass vessels shall always be heavily lined. No iron or galvanised
iron shall come in contact with meat food products).

6. Personnel Hygiene:

- - 95 - -
6.1 No person suffering from infectious or contagious diseases shall be
allowed to work in the factory. Arrangements shall be made to get the
factory staff medically examined at such intervals as the licensing
authority deems fit, to ensure that they are free from infectious,
contagious and other diseases. A record of these examinations signed
by a registered medical practitioner shall be maintained for inspection.

6.2 The staff shall be inoculated against the enteric group of diseases
once a year and a certificate thereof shall be kept for inspection.

6.3 In case of an epidemic, all workers should be inoculated or

vaccinated.

6.4 The workers working in processing and preparation shall be

provided with proper aprons and head wears which shall be clean. The
management shall ensure that all workers are neat, clean and tidy.

i) Animal Welfare

Animal welfare is a major concern in meat production. It is essential that

animals be reared, handled, transported, and slaughtered using
humane practices. A healthy and peaceful animal is an essential
requirement for hygienic slaughter and safety of the meat product.

Careful handling of animals during loading / unloading, transportation and

at slaughtering helps in improving the quality of meat and reduction in
losses in the value of the carcass/meat.

- - 96 - -
 1. Pre Slaughter Handling of Animal:

Livestock are transported en masse from the farm to the slaughterhouse,

a process called "live export". Depending on its length and
circumstances, this exerts stress and injuries on the animals and some
may die en route. Apart from being arguably inhumane, unnecessary
stress in transport may adversely affect the quality of the meat. In
particular, the muscles of stressed animals are low in water and
glycogen, and their pH fails to attain acidic values.

Transportation of Animals
Following requirements shall be satisfied for Transportation of Animals
from a farm to the slaughter house.

1.0 General Conditions

1.1 Only healthy animals in good condition shall be transported unless they
are meant for emergency slaughter. These animals should be certified by
a qualified veterinary inspector for freedom from infectious diseases and
ecto-parasitic diseases and their fitness to undertake the journey.

1.2 When animals are to be transported from endemic areas of a disease to

non-endemic areas, the animals should be given protective vaccination
and kept in quarantine for 30 days, before transportation.

1.3 Female animals in advance stages of pregnancy shall not be

transported.

1.4 When transporting large animals particularly bears/bulls, special

arrangements by providing suitable partitions should be made to protect

- - 97 - -
 the animals from infighting. Similar arrangements should also be made
to protect the young ones from crushing when they are transported.

1.5 To avoid exhaustion, the animals shall be given humane treatment and
care during transportation. The animals shall not be bound or chained
during transit and space provided for them shall be large enough to stand
or lie.

1.6 An attendant along with first aid equipment shall accompany the animals
in transit.

1.7 Before loading, the animals should not be fed heavily. Only light feed
may be allowed. For journeys less than 12 hours no feed may be carried
but for longer journeys sufficient feed shall be carried to last during the
journey. Watering facilities shall be provided at regular intervals.

1.8 Light and heavy animals shall be separated by providing partitions;

animals from different pens/sheds shall not be mixed during
transportation. Male stock shall not be transported with female stock
(adults).

1.9 All vehicles should be inspected for safety, suitability and cleanliness
before loading the animals. The floor and walls should be undamaged
and there should be no nails or sharp projections which may injure the
animals.

1.10 The Vehicles should be thoroughly sprayed with suitable disinfectant

before loading the animals.

- - 98 - -
1.11 A layer of clean sand to cover the floor to a thickness of not less than 6
cm shall be provided. This layer of sand shall be moistened with water
during the summer months. During hot months arrangements shall be
made to sprinkle water on the animals at frequent intervals. In winter, a
2-cm layer of clean sand with another 6-cm layer of whole-straw shall be
provided.

1.12 Animals when driven for loading or unloading shall never be struck with
stick. Driving could best be done by soft-rubber pipe.

1.13 If animals are to be transported in extreme cold or hot climate, it is

preferable to transport them in covered Lorries on road so that they may
not die or get exhausted or suffer from acute respiratory disease and
journey under such adverse climate shall be minimised.

1.14 Each consignment should bear a label showing the following

particulars:
a) Number and kind of the animals loaded;
b) Name, address and telephone number, if any, of the consignor;
c) Name address and telephone number, if any, of the consignee;
d) Quantity of feed provided; and
e) Instructions regarding feeding and watering.

2.0 Loading
2.1 While loading, extremes of temperatures shall be avoided.

2.2 Suitable ramp shall be provided for loading and unloading the animals.
The floor of the ramp shall have cleats at intervals, so that animals do not
slip as they climb or descend. The ramp shall be covered with straw to

- - 99 - -
 avoid slipping. Van at any time of loading and unloading shall be kept
clean to avoid slipping of animals.

2.3 In case of railway wagons when loading is done on the platform, the
door of the wagon may be used as ramp. In such cases, bails or bags of
hay, agricultural wastes etc. may be placed on the either side of the
dropped door to prevent the animals from getting their legs between the
sides of the wagons and platform.

3.0 Space Requirements

3.1 Overcrowding shall be avoided each animal shall have enough space to
lie down.

3.2 Railway wagons shall not accommodate more animals than those
specified in IS specifications.

3.3 The speed of truck transporting animals shall not exceed 40 kilometres
per hour, avoiding jerks and jolts. The truck shall not load any other
merchandise and shall avoid unnecessary stops on the road.

3.4 For journeys, exceeding 12 hours, the animals shall be transported by

railway. Loading shall be done by evening.

4.0 Slaughter:

Animals are slaughtered by being first stunned and then exsanguinated

(bled out). Stunning can be effected through asphyxiating the animals
with carbon dioxide, shooting them with a gun or a captive bolt pistol,
or shocking them with electric current.

- - 100 - -
4.1. Stunning:
Stunning before slaughter should be mandatory. By inducing
unconsciousness and insensibility, stunning can avoid and minimise
reactions of fear and anxiety as well as pain, suffering and distress
among the animals concerned. Stunning methods induce temporary
loss of consciousness and rely on prompt and accurate sticking
procedures to cause death.

It is important that the equipment utilized for stunning and slaughter is

maintained in good working condition and that all operators involved
are well trained and have a positive attitude towards the welfare of
animals.

Electrical stunning consists of passing electricity through the brain to

produce instantaneous insensibility.

The following method of slaughter shall be considered humane:-

(i) Mechanical stunning of cattle may be carried out by one of three
methods; captive bolt stunning, mushroom head percussive stunning
and pneumatic percussive stunning. For cattle, pneumatic stunning
should be preferred and the optimum position is that the centre of the
stunner should contact the animal at a point of intersection of lines
drawn from the medial corners of the eyes and the base of the ears.
The best position for pigs is on the midline just above eye level, with
the host directed down the line of the spinal cord and the optimum
position for sheep and goat is behind the poll, aiming towards the angle
of the jaw. If an animal shows signs of regaining consciousness after
the initial stun, the animal must be immediately killed by the use of a
captive bolt gun.

- - 101 - -
 (ii) Electrical stunning - Electrical Head Stunners may be preferred
for sheep and goat where both electrodes are placed on the head
region. Water bath electrical stunning may be used for poultry birds. A
low and controlled voltage must be maintained so that the stunning will
not damage the heart and brain or cause physical disability and death
to the animals. The minimum current level recommended for stunning
are indicated in the table below.
Species Minimum current levels
for head-only stunning
Cattle 1.5 Amps
Calves (bovines of less 1.0 Amps
than 6 month of age)
Pigs 1.25 Amps
Sheep and goats 1.0 Amps
Lambs 0.7 Amps
Broilers 100 milli Amps
Turkeys 150 milli Amps

(iii) Gas stunning – Stunning of pigs by exposure to carbon dioxide

(CO2) may be preferred. The concentration of CO2 should be 90% by
volume but shall not be less than 80% by volume and ideally pigs
should be exposed for 3 minutes. Sticking should be done immediately
after exit from the gas chamber. Over-crowding of animals should be
avoided in the gas chamber.

5. Precautions for animal welfare:

a. General:

- - 102 - -
 (1) The floor of the slaughter area should not cause slipping or falling
of animals.
(2) Vocalization is an indicator of animal discomfort and need to be
watched for.
(3) Use of electric pods for moving animal should be discouraged.
Movement of animals can be managed by grouping, use of plastic
wrapped sticks etc.
(4) Pen stocking density should be monitored. All animals should have
room to lie down simultaneously. The condition of animals arriving
for slaughter should be closely monitored so that injured, diseased
animals are not slaughtered.
(5) High pitch sounds such as whistling and yelling should be avoided
to spare distress to animals.

b. The following factors have been identified as critical to

animal welfare:
a. supervision and training of employees.
b. Designing of animal transport cart and unloading bay.
c. Proper construction of holding/resting pen, stunning box,
maintenance of stunning equipment, restraining systems, gates
and other animal handling equipment.
d. Avoiding distractions that make animals refuse to move.
e. Monitoring the condition of animals arriving at the plant.
f. Proper design of equipment in the slaughter house.
Keeping this in view, the following need to be observed to ensure
humane treatment of animals brought for slaughter:-

- - 103 - -
• Pre-slaughter handling of animal should be carefully done to reduce
stress. Resting of the animals is essential. Only animals which are
disease free and in a condition to walk should be brought for slaughter.
• Distractions that impede animal movements such as, reflections, air
blowing towards animals and movement or high pitch noise, need to be
avoided. Herding of animals should not be done through electric prods
but with the help of plastic bags or sticks.
• A high standard of training is required for employees to ensure that the
basic hygiene and safety practices are followed while handling animals.
• Equipment which is used for slaughter such as captive bolt stunner,
gates, hooks etc should be kept in good working condition and
cleanliness of floors etc. needs to be ensured. There should be daily
check to ensure the smooth working of equipment and cleanliness of
floors.
• The condition of the animals arriving at the plant should be monitored.
Animals which are injured or not in a condition to walk should not be
slaughtered.
• Inspecting personnel should pay particular attention to these points to
ensure reasonable standards of animal welfare.

6. Poultry welfare:

Welfare programme
The conditions under which broilers are housed and the way that they
are managed during their growing phase, transportation and slaughter
are set down in several government/industry endorsed Model Codes of
Practice designed to safeguard their welfare.
A model welfare program needs to be developed for pick-up, transport
and broiler/chicken processing sectors. Processing unit shall

- - 104 - -
incorporate elements of this welfare audit in their own quality plans &
manuals.

A Model programme shall envisage following:

Poultry Suppliers and processors must have a documented program for

poultry welfare envisaging following;

a. Catching: Poultry intended for slaughter plant should be clean and

in good health. Every reasonable precaution should be taken to
minimize injury to poultry. The catcher needs to be trained to this
effect.
b. Transport: For transport of poultry crates shall be in good repair.
There shall be no crate/cage damage that would allow injury to
poultry or allow crates to accidentally open. Transport crates
should not be over-filled and enough space should be provided to
allow all poultry to lie down.
c. Holding: Poultry held in storage sheds by should be provided
adequate ventilation and climate control such as fans or curtains.
d. Stunning: Stunning equipment should be maintained to confirm
that poultry are insensible prior to slaughter, and the time
between stunning and slaughter should be limited to minimize any
likelihood that poultry may regain consciousness prior to
slaughter.

Economic performance and welfare:

High standards of poultry welfare and high levels of flock performance
and economic performance are not incompatible – quite the contrary,
they go hand in hand. It simply makes good economic sense as well as
being in the poultry’s best interests to ensure that flocks are
maintained in an environment, in which they are thermally

- - 105 - -
comfortable, protected from injury, fed optimally and kept healthy.
Therefore, all measures described elsewhere to ensure that chickens
are kept in conditions which optimize their comfort (in terms of
temperature, humidity, air flow and air quality), in which they are
provided with water, shelter, and a high quality diet that matches their
physiological needs, and which optimize their health have just as
important effect in terms of poultry welfare as they do on the overall
efficiency of the farming operation.

Poultry health and welfare:

When producing chicken meat in a welfare-friendly manner it is also
important that the poultry receive prompt and appropriate medication
and treatment to prevent and treat diseases if this should become
necessary, and that they do not suffer any unnecessary pain, distress,
fear or physical injury. It is also important that sick or injured poultry
that cannot be adequately or successfully treated are culled quickly and
in a humane manner so that they do not suffer.

Humane slaughter (poultry):

While the chickens are reared specifically for human consumption and
they therefore at some stage have to be slaughtered, they should be
slaughtered in a humane manner, and all poultry are stunned
(rendered insensible to pain) prior to slaughter.
Slaughter equipment at all supply facilities should be properly
maintained to confirm that the poultry are slaughtered quickly.

7. Ante-mortem inspection

- - 106 - -
(1) All animals shall be rested before slaughter and shall be
subjected to ante-mortem examination and inspection well in
advance of the time of slaughter.
(2) No animal which has been received into a slaughter hall for the
purpose of being slaughtered shall be removed from the
slaughter hall before being slaughtered except with the written
consent of the Qualified Veterinary Doctor. An animal which, on
inspection is found to be not fit for slaughter shall be marked as
“suspect” and kept separately. Each such animal shall be marked
as “suspect” only by or under the personal supervision of the
Qualified Veterinary Doctor and the marking shall not be removed
or obliterated except by the Qualified Veterinary Doctor himself.
(3) An animal showing signs of any disease at the time of ante-
mortem inspection that would cause its carcass being
ultimately condemned on post-mortem shall be marked as
“condemned” and rejected.
(4) An animal declared as “suspect” on ante-mortem inspection but
which does not plainly show any disease or condition that would
cause its entire carcass to be condemned shall maintain its
identity as “suspect” until its carcass and all organs are finally
inspected by the Qualified Veterinary Doctor.
(5) No animal in a febrile condition shall be permitted for slaughter.
No suspect animal shall be slaughtered until all other animals
intended for slaughter on the same day have been slaughtered.
All animals which, on ante-mortem inspection, show symptoms of
railroad sickness, parturient paresis, rabies, tetanus or any
other communicable diseases shall be marked as “condemned”
and disposed of in accordance with the provisions contained in
sub paragraph (8) below.

- - 107 - -
(6) Animals presented for slaughter and found in a dying condition
on the premises of a factory due to recent disease shall be
marked as “condemned” and disposed of as provided for
“condemned” animals.
(7) Every animal which, upon examination, is found to show
symptoms of or is suspected of being diseased or animals
declared as “suspect” shall at once be removed for treatment to
such special pen and kept there for observation for such period
as may be considered necessary to ascertain whether the
animal is diseased or not.
(8) All animals declared as “condemned” on ante-mortem inspection
shall be marked as “condemned” and killed if not already dead.
Such carcasses shall not be taken into the factory to be
slaughtered or dressed, nor shall they be conveyed into any
department of the factory used for edible products, but shall be
disposed of in the manner as indicated in sub-paragraphs 12 to
15 of paragraph 24 for condemned carcasses.

8. Post-mortem inspection-
1. A careful and detailed post-mortem examination and inspection of
the carcasses and parts thereof of all animals slaughtered shall be
made soon after slaughter. All organs and parts of the carcasses and
blood to be used in the preparation of meat food products shall be held
in such a manner as to preserve their identity till the completion of the
post-mortem inspection so that they can be identified in the event of
the carcasses being condemned.

2. Every carcass including all detached parts and organs thereof which
show evidence of any condition which will render the meat or any part

- - 108 - -
or organ unfit for human consumption and which for that reasons may
require subsequent inspection, shall be retained by the Qualified
Veterinary Doctor. The identity of such carcass including the detached
parts and organs thereof shall be maintained until the final inspection is
completed. Retained carcasses, detached parts and organs thereof shall
be maintained until the final inspection is completed. Retained
carcasses, detached parts and organs thereof shall in no case be
washed, trimmed or mutilated in any manner unless otherwise
authorized by the Qualified Veterinary Doctor.

3. No air shall be blown by mouth into the tissues of any carcass or

part of a carcass.

4. Every carcass or part thereof which has been found to be unfit for
human consumption shall be marked by the Qualified Veterinary Doctor
as “Inspected and condemned”.
5. All such condemned carcasses, parts and organs thereof shall
remain in the custody of the Qualified Veterinary Doctor pending
disposal at or before the close of the day on which they are marked
“Inspected and condemned” in accordance with sub-paragraphs
(11),(12) and (13) below.

6. Carcasses, parts and the organs thereof found to be sound,

wholesome, healthful and fit for human consumption shall be marked
as “Inspected and passed”.

7. Carcasses found affected with anthrax before evisceration shall not

be eviscerated but condemned and disposed of immediately in
accordance with sub-paragraph (12) below. Any part of a carcass

- - 109 - -
contaminated with anthrax infected material through contact with
soiled instruments or otherwise shall be immediately condemned and
disposed of as provided in sub-paragraph (12) below.

8. The portion of the slaughtering department including equipment,

employees’ boots and aprons, etc., contaminated by contact with
anthrax material shall be cleaned and thoroughly disinfected
immediately.

9. When on inspection only a portion of a carcass on account of slight

bruises is decided to be condemned, either the bruised portion shall be
removed immediately and disposed of in accordance with sub-
paragraph (13) below or the carcass shall be retained and kept till such
time it is chilled and the bruised portion removed and disposed of as
provided above.
10. Post-mortem inspection shall be a detailed one and shall cover all
parts of the carcass, the viscera, lymph glands and all organs and
glands.

11. The post-mortem inspection shall be in accordance with the general

rules laid down for such inspection in public slaughter houses under the
control of local bodies besides special instructions that may be issued
from time to time by the licensing authority.

12. All condemned carcasses, organs or parts thereof shall be

completely destroyed in the presence of the Qualified Veterinary Doctor
by incineration or denatured, after being slashed freely with a knife,
with crude carbolic acid, cresylic- disinfectant or any other prescribed
agent unless such carcasses, organs or parts thereof are sterilized for

- - 110 - -
the preparation of bone-cum-meat meal before leaving the slaughter
house premises, subject to sub-paragraph (13) below.

13. Carcasses, organs or parts thereof condemned on account of

anthrax shall be disposed of either by (i) complete incineration or (ii)
thorough denaturing with prescribed denaturant in the manner
prescribed in the foregoing paragraphs and also in accordance with the
rules and regulations prescribed by the local authority.

14. Destruction of condemned carcasses, organs or parts thereof shall

be carried out under the direct supervision of the Qualified Veterinary
Doctor.

15. If in the opinion of the Qualified Veterinary Doctor a carcass, organ

or part thereof is to be held back for further detailed examination the
carcass, organ or part concerned shall not be released till the
examination in detail is completed by the Qualified Veterinary Doctor
and it is declared thereafter by him as fit. When it is to be detained for
detailed examination, the carcass, organ or part thereof shall be
marked as “Held”. If on subsequent inspection, the carcass, organ or
part thereof is found to be unwholesome and unfit for human food, the
Qualified Veterinary Doctor shall mark such a carcass, organ or part
thereof as “condemned” and shall dispose it as described in the
foregoing paragraphs.

a. Sanitary and Hygienic Requirements for Meat processing

units

- - 111 - -
Following Sanitary and Hygienic requirements shall be satisfied in the
meat processing unit.

1. Location:

1.1 Meat processing unit should be located in areas not subjected to

regular and frequent flooding and free from objectionable odours,
smoke dust and other contaminants;

1.2 Roadways and areas serving the meat processing unit which are
within its boundaries or in its immediate vicinity should have a hard
paved surface suitable for wheeled traffic. There should be adequate
drainage and provision for cleaning;

1.3 Where appropriate meat processing unit should be so designed that

access can be controlled.

2. Building and Facilities:

2.1 The meat processing unit should provide adequate working space
for the satisfactory performance of all operations.

2.2 The construction should be sound and ensure adequate ventilation,

good natural or artificial lighting and easy cleaning.

2.3 The meat processing unit should be laid out and equipped so as to
facilitate proper supervision of meat hygiene including performance of
inspection and control;

- - 112 - -
2.4 The meat processing unit should be of such construction as to
protect against the entrance and harbouring of insects, birds, rodents
or other vermin as well as the entry of environmental contaminants
such as smoke, dust etc.

2.5 Buildings and facilities should be designed to provide separation by

partition, location or other effective means, between those operations
which may cause cross-contamination;

2.6 Meat processing unit should be laid out and equipped so as to

ensure, that edible meat does not come into contact with floors, walls
or other fixed structures, except those which are specifically designed
for contact with meat;

2.7 The construction and lay out of any chilling room, freezing room,
freezer store or freezer should satisfy the requirements of these rules;

2.8 In meat handling areas :

 Floors should be of waterproof, non-absorbent, washable non-
slippery and nontoxic materials, without crevices and should be easy to
clean and slope sufficiently for liquids to drain to trapped outlets;
 Walls should be of waterproof, non-absorbent, washable and
nontoxic materials and should be light coloured. Up to a height of at
least 1.5 metres,
they should be smooth and without crevices, and should be easy to
clean and walls and floors and between walls and ceilings should be
sealed and covered to facilitate cleaning;

- - 113 - -
  Ceilings should be so designed, constructed and finished as to
prevent any accumulation of dirt and minimize condensation, mould
development and flaking and should be easy to clean;
 Windows and other openings should be so constructed as to avoid
accumulation of dirt and those which open should be fitted with insect
screen. Screens should be easily movable for cleaning and kept in
good repair. Internal window sills, if present, should be sloped to
prevent use as shelves;
 Doors should have smooth, non-absorbent surfaces and where
appropriate, be self-closing and close fitting; and
 Stairs lift cages and auxiliary structures such as platforms, ladders,
chutes, should be so situated and constructed as not to cause
contamination of meat. They should be capable of being effectively
cleaned. Chutes should be constructed with inspection and cleaning
hatches;

2.9 The use of construction materials which cannot be adequately

cleaned and disinfected such as wood, should be avoided unless its use
would clearly not be a source of contamination, and

2.10 Office accommodation should be provided for the use of the meat
inspection agency.

3. Sanitary Facilities:

3.1 Water Supply:

- - 114 - -
3.1.1. An ample supply of potable water under pressure should be
available with facilities for its storage, where necessary for distribution,
and with protection against contamination;

3.1.2. An supply of hot potable water should be available at all times

during working hours;

Note – This provision is intended to cover water for both cleaning

purposes and the destruction of microorganisms (especially those
pathogenic to man) on knives, utensils etc., and coming into direct
contact with meat. For cleaning purposes the temperature of the water
should be 65 degree Celsius. The hot water for disinfection purposes
should be at 82 degree Celsius and dispensed in such a way (e.g. in
specially designed boxes near the working area) that blades of knives
etc., can be submerged in the water for an contact time (no less than
two minutes). Often this water supply is separate from other hot water
supplies used for cleaning, hand washing etc. But if there is only one
hot water supply the term “adequate” should mean that even at times
where large amounts of hot water is used (e.g. during cleaning
operations) the water supply from any tap in the establishment should
not be decreased;

3.1.3 Ice should be made from potable water and should be

manufactured, handled and stored so as to protect it from
contamination; and

3.1.4 Steam used in contact directly with meat should be produced

from potable water and contain no substances which may be hazardous
to health or may contaminate the food.

- - 115 - -
3.2 Effluent and Waste Disposal – Meat processing unit should have an
efficient effluent and waste disposal system. All effluent lines
(including sewer systems) should be large enough to carry peak loads
and should be constructed in such a manner as to avoid contamination
of potable water supplies. Biological oxygen demand level shall be less
than 1500, and for that an effluent treatment plant, if necessary may
be installed.

3.3 Facilities for Storage of Waste and Inedible Material. – Facilities

should be provided for the storage of waste and inedible material prior
to removal from the establishment. These facilities should be designed
to prevent access to waste or inedible material by pests and to avoid
contamination of food, potable water and equipment or building.

3.4 Changing Facilities and Toilets.- suitable and conveniently located

changing facilities and toilets should be provided in all establishments.
Toilets should be so designed as to ensure hygienic removal of waste
matter. These areas should be well lit and ventilated and should not
open directly on to food handling areas. Hand washing facilities with
warm or hot and cold water with suitable hygienic means of drying
hands should be provided adjacent to toilets and in such a position that
the employee must pass them when returning to the processing area.
Where hot and cold water are available mixing, taps should be
provided. Where paper towels are used, a sufficient number of
dispensers and receptacles should be provided near to each washing
facility. Taps of non-hand operable type are preferable. Notices should

- - 116 - -
be posted directing personnel to wash their hands after using the
toilets.

3.5. Hand Washing Facilities in Processing Areas:

3.5.1 Adequate and conveniently located facilities for hand washing and
drying should be provided wherever the process demands. Where
appropriate, facilities for hand disinfection should be provided. The
facilities should be furnished with properly trapped waste pipes leading
to drains.

3.5.2 All rooms used for deboning, preparing, packing or other

handling of meat should be equipped with adequate facilities for
cleaning and disinfecting implements, conveniently located for the use
of personnel during operations. These facilities are for use exclusively
in the cleaning and disinfection of knives, steels, cleavers, saws and
other implements.

3.5.3 All facilities for cleaning and disinfecting implements should be of

such nature and sizes as to permit proper cleaning and disinfection of
implements . These facilities should be constructed of corrosion –
resistant materials and should be capable of being easily cleaned.

3.5.4 All facilities for cleaning and disinfecting of implements should be

fitted with suitable means of supplying hot water in sufficient quantity
at all times while meat is being handled in that part of the Meat
Processing Unit.

- - 117 - -
 3.5.5 Lighting – Adequate natural or artificial lighting should be
provided throughout the meat processing unit. Where appropriate, the
lighting should not alter colours and the intensity should not be less
than

540 Lux (50 foot candles) at all inspection points.

220 Lux (20 foot candles) in work rooms.

110 Lux (10 foot candles) in other areas.

Light bulbs and fixtures suspended over meat in any stage of

production should be of a safety type and protected to prevent
contamination of meat in case of breakage.

3.6 Ventilation –ventilation should be provided to prevent excessive

heat, steam condensation, dust and to remove contaminated air. The
direction of the air flow should never be from a dirty area to clean area.
Ventilation openings should be provided with an insect screen or other
protective enclosure of non-corrodible material. Screens should be
easily removable for cleaning.

4. Equipment and Utensils :

4.1 Materials – All equipments, implements and utensils used in

establishments which come into contact with exposed meat and meat
products should present a smooth impervious surface and be resistant
to corrosion and should be made of material which is non-toxic, does
not transmit odour or taste, is free from pits and crevices, is non-

- - 118 - -
 absorbent and capable of withstanding repeated exposure to normal
cleaning and disinfection. Such equipment should be so constructed
that they may be easily cleaned.

4.2 Sanitary Design, Construction and Installation:

4.2.1 All equipments and utensils should be so designed and

constructed as to prevent hygienic hazards and permits easy and
thorough cleaning and disinfection and where practicable be visible for
inspection. Stationary equipment should be installed in such a manner
as to permit easy access and thorough cleaning.

4.2.2 Containers for inedible material and waste should be leak proof,
constructed of non-corrosive metal or other suitable impervious
materials which should be easy to clean or disposable and where
appropriate, able to be closed securely; and

4.2.3 All refrigerated spaces should be equipped with temperature

measurement or recording devices.

4.3 Equipment Identification – Equipment and utensils used for inedible

material or waste should be so identified and should not be used for
edible products.

5. Hygiene Requirements :
5.1 Maintenance. The buildings, rooms, equipment and all other
physical facilities of the meat processing unit, including drains, should
be maintained in good repair and in orderly condition. Except for

- - 119 - -
rooms where meat processing or cleaning operations are performed,
they should be free from steam, vapour and surplus water.

5.2 Cleaning and Disinfection – Cleaning and disinfection should meet

the following requirements :

(i) Amenities provided for the use of employee and the inspection
service including changing facilities, toilets and the inspection office
space should be kept clean at all times.

(ii) If rooms, intended and most of the time used for the handling,
preparation, processing, packaging on storage of meat, are used for
any other food preparation purposes, then cleaning and disinfection are
necessary immediately before and after such use.

(iii) The temperature in rooms for boning out and trimming should be
controlled and held suitably low, unless cleaning of equipment and
utensils are carried out at least every four hours;

(iv) To prevent contamination of meat, all equipments, implements,

tables, utensils including knives, cleaves, knife pouches, saws,
mechanical instruments and containers should be cleaned at frequent
intervals during the day and immediately cleaned and disinfected
whenever they come into contact with diseased material, infective
material or otherwise become contaminated. They shall also be cleaned
and disinfected at the conclusion of each working day.

(v) If any skip or trolley or any container used in a department where

edible material is handled, enters an area where inedible material is

- - 120 - -
handled it should be cleaned and disinfected immediately before re-
entering the edible department.

(vi) Immediately after the cessation of work for the day or at such
other times as may be required, the floors and wails should be cleaned
to remove contamination. Floor drains should be kept in good
condition and repair with strainers in place; and

(vii) Roadways and yards in the immediate vicinity of and serving the
meat processing unit should be kept clean.

5.3 Hygiene Control Programme.-It is desirable that each meat

processing unit in its own interest designates a single individual whose
duties are diverted from production, to be held responsible for the
cleanliness of the meat processing unit. His staff should be a
permanent part of the organisation or employed by the organisation
and should be well trained in the use of special cleaning tools, methods
of dismantling the equipment for cleaning and in the significance of
contamination and the hazards involved. A permanent cleaning and
disinfection schedule should be drawn up to ensure that all parts of the
meat processing unit are cleaned appropriately and that critical areas,
equipment and material and designed for cleaning and/or disinfection
daily or more frequently if required.

5.4 Storage and Disposal of Waste – Waste material should be handled

in such a manner so as to exclude contamination of food or potable
water. Precautions should be taken to prevent access to waste by
pest. Waste should be removed from the meat handling and other
working areas at intervals and at least daily. Immediately after

- - 121 - -
 disposal of the waste, receptacles used for storage and any equipment
which has come into contact with the taste should be cleaned and
disinfected. At least daily the waste storage area should also be
cleaned and disinfected.

5.5 Entry of dogs, cats or other pet animals is not allowed to enter
meat processing unit.

6. Pest Control
6.1 There should be an effective and continuous programme for the
control of insects, birds, rodents or other vermin. Meat processing unit
and surrounding areas should be regularly examined for evidence of
infestation.

6.2 Should pests gain entrance to the meat processing unit or

surrounding areas, eradication measures should be instituted. Control
measures involving treatment with physical or chemical or biological
agents should only be undertaken by or under direct supervision of
personnel who have a thorough understanding of the potential hazards
to health resulting from the use of these agents, including those which
may arise from residues retained in the product. Such measures
should be carried out in accordance with the recommendation of the
official agency having jurisdiction and with the full knowledge of its
inspector, and

6.3 Pesticides should only be employed if other precautionary methods

cannot be used effectively. Only pesticides approved for use in the
meat processing unit by competent authority should be used and the
greatest care should be exercised to prevent any contamination of the

- - 122 - -
 meat equipment or utensils. Before pesticides are applied all meat
should be removed from the room and all equipment and utensils
should be thoroughly washed prior to being used again.

6.5 Handling and Storage of Hazardous substances – Pesticides or other

substance which may represent a hazard should be labelled with a
warning about their toxicity and use. Except as required for purpose
of hygiene such substance which may contaminate meat packing
material and ingredients should be handled and stored in a part of the
meat processing unit which is not used for preparation, processing,
handling, packing or storage of meat. They should be handled and
dispensed only by authorised and properly trained personnel. Extreme
care should be taken to avoid contamination of meat. However,
materials employed in the construction and maintenance of an
establishment may be used at any time with the approval of an
inspector.

6.6 Personal Effects and Clothing : - Personal effects and clothing

should not be deposited in meat handling areas.

6.7 Maintenance Tools – Cleaning and maintenance tools and products

should not be stored in meat handling area.

7. Personnel Hygiene and Health Requirements :

7.1 Medical examination – Persons who come into contract with

meat in the course of their work should have a medical examination
prior to their employment. Medical examination of a meat handler
shall be carried out routinely and when clinically or
epidemiologically indicated, at least once in 12 months.

- - 123 - -
7.2 Communicable Diseases – The management should take care
to ensure that no person, while known or suspected to be suffering
form, or to be a carrier of a disease likely to be transmitted through
meat or while afflicted with infected wounds, skin infections, sores
or with diarrhoea, is permitted to work in any area in any capacity
in which there is any likelihood of such a person directly or
indirectly contaminating meat with pathogenic microorganisms.
Any person so affected should immediately report to the
management that he is ill.

7.3 Injuries – Any person who is cut or injured should discontinue

working with meat and until he is suitably bandaged should not be
engaged in any meat processing unit in the preparation, handling,
packing or transportation of meat. No person working in any meat
processing unit should wear exposed bandage unless the bandage
is completely protected by a water proof covering which is
conspicuous in colour and is of such a nature that it cannot become
accidentally detached. first aid facilities should be provided for this
purpose.

7.4 Washing of Hands : Every person engaged in a meat handling

area should wash his hands frequently and thoroughly with a
suitable hand cleaning preparation under running potable water
while on duty. Hands should always be washed before commencing
work, immediately after using the toilets, after handling
contaminated material and whenever else necessary. After
handling diseased or suspect materials hands should be washed and
disinfected immediately. Notices requiring hand-washing should be
displayed.

- - 124 - -
8. Personnel Cleanliness:
8.1 Every person engaged in an area in meat processing unit where
meat is handled should maintain a high degree of personnel cleanliness
while on duty, and should at all times while so engaged wear suitable
protective clothing including head covering and foot wear, all of which
should be washed unless designed to be disposed and which should be
maintained in a clean condition consistent with the nature of the work
in which the person is engaged.

8.2 Aprons and similar items should not be washed on the floor; and

8.3 Such items should not be left on equipment in the working area.

8.4 Personal Behavior : Any behavior which can potentially contaminate

the meat such as eating, use of tobacco, chewing, spitting, should be
prohibited in any part of meat processing unit used for the preparation,
handling, packaging or transportation of meat.

8.5 Visitors: Every person who visits an area in any meat processing
unit where meat is handled should wear clean protective clothing and
head cover.

b. Sanitary &Hygienic Requirements for the Retail Meat

Shops

For ensuring the hygiene and safety of meat being sold at retail meat
shops, the following requirements should be followed under the
supervision of the qualified Veterinary staff..

1. Location of Meat Shop

- - 125 - -
1. The meat shop / sale outlet should be a unit of meat market located
away from Vegetable, fish or other food markets and shall be free
from undesirable odour, smoke, dust or other contaminants.
Wherever a meat markets is not available, individual meat shop can
be set up considering the above factors, which have a direct bearing
on the hygiene conditions of the premises and health of consumers.

(a) The minimum distance between the licensed meat shop and
any place of worship should not be less than 50 meters;

(b) The condition of 100 meters distance will apply in case the
premises situated directly opposite to the entry gate of religious
place of any community.

2. All the meat shops located in the vicinity of religious places shall be
fitted with black glass doors, which must be kept, closed all times
except in case of entry or exit. It must be the responsibility of the
meat shop owners to maintain a high standard of hygiene not only
inside the shops, but also in the way leading to the shops road
pavements or other adjoining place, particularly for insanitary
materials originating from the meat business for example, blood,
part of offal, meat scraps

2. Size of Meat Shops

Considering the constraints of commercial space in residential areas in
concerned Panchayats / Municipalities the size of meat shops may vary
according to the size of business and activities being carried out there

- - 126 - -
 in the meat shops. However it will be desirable that shops are less than
4 sq m of floor area

2.2 The height of shop in all above categories of meat shops should be
not less than 3 meters, while in case of air-conditioned meat shops, it
should not be less than 2.5 meters.

3. Premises

3.01 The premises shall be structurally sound. The walls up to the

height of minimum 5 feet from the floor level shall be made of
impervious concrete material (e.g. glazed tiles or hygienic panels, etc.)
for easy washing and cleaning purposes.

3.02 The floor should be made of impervious and non-slippery

materials with a slope for easy cleaning and removal of filth, waste and
dirty water. The slope of the floor shall not be less than 5 cm. for a
floor of 3 meters.

3.03 All the fittings in the stall should be of non-corroding and non-
rusting type.

3.04 All processing tables, racks, shelves, boards, etc. shall have
zinc/aluminium/stainless steel/marble-granite to of facilitate proper
cleaning.

3.05 A sign board indicating the type of meat sold shall be displayed
prominently. Nothing else but meat should be sold at the premises.

- - 127 - -
3.06 The premises should have provision of sewer connection for
drainage of wastewater.

3.07 There should be provision of continuous supply of potable water

inside the premises. In case the water supply is from bore well the
arrangement for softening of water for making the same potable shall
be made in the premises and intermittent store arrangement should be
made.

3.08 The door of the shop should be of self-closing type, and the sale
counter should have a provision for small window with wire glass
sliding. The door of the shop should be of dark glass top and be kept
closed. No carcasses should be kept in a manner so as to be seen by
the public view from outside.

4. Ventilation

4.01 The meat shop should be ventilated with facility of cross

ventilation and may be provided with at-least one electric fan and one
exhaust fan.

4.02 The rails and hanging hooks, if provided for hanging carcasses,
should be of non-corrosive metal. The non-corrosive hanging hooks for
carcasses shall be 30 cm. apart and the distance between rails shall be
60 to 70 cm. depending upon the size of animals slaughtered and
carcasses hanged.

5. Equipment and Accessories

- - 128 - -
5.01 The meat shop should have suitable arrangement for fly proofing
in the form of air-curtains, flytraps, etc.

5.02 It should have display cabinet type refrigerator of size for

maintaining a temperature of 4 to 8 degrees C. or freezing cabinet if
the meat is to be stored for more than 48 hours.

5.03 The weighing scales used shall be of a type which obviates

unnecessary handling and contamination and the sketch of the scale
shall be made of stainless steel or nickel coated.

5.04 The knives, tools and hooks used shall be made of stainless
steel. Sufficient cupboards or racks should be for storing knives,
hooks, clothes and other equipments.

5.05 There should be a provision of geysers in all the meat shops to

have hot water at a temperature not less than 82 degree C to clean the
premises and equipment used in meat shop.

5.06 Washbasin made of stainless steel / porcelain shall be provided

with liquid soap dispenser or other soap and nail brush for thorough
cleaning of hands.

5.07 The chopping block should be of food-grade synthetic material,

which does not contaminate the meat. If the block is of wooden it
should be of hardwood trunk, which is solid enough and should not
contaminate the meat.

- - 129 - -
5.08 A waste bin with a pedal operated cover shall be provided in the
premises for collection of waste material.

6. Transportation

6.01 The transportation of carcasses from the slaughter house to the

premises shall be done under hygienic conditions in boxes of adequate
size linked with zinc/aluminium/stainless steel or wire gauze meat
safes, which must be washed daily.

6.02 The transportation of carcasses from the slaughter house to the

meat shops should be done in insulated vans refrigerated. Under no
circumstances, carcasses will be transported in vehicles used for
commuting of human beings, or in an exposed condition.

7. Pest Control

7.01 The meat shop should have an effective and continuous

programme for control of insects, rodents or other vermin within the
premises. The surrounding area of the shop should also be free from
insects, birds, rodents and other vermin.

7.02 The pest control measures adopted by the owner of shop should
be kept as a record in the premises to be shown to any officer of the
concerned Panchayats / Municipalities responsible for local
administration/Corporation at the time of inspection.

- - 130 - -
 7.03 Chlorinated hydrocarbons, organo-phosphorus compounds and
synthetic perithroids, rodenticides etc should neither be used as
pesticide nor shall be stored at the meat shop.

7.04 No live animals or birds should be allowed inside or adjacent to

the meat shops.

8. Personnel Hygiene

8.01. Every person employed for meat handling at the meat shop shall
be medically examined annually by a authorized registered medical
practitioner and examination shall include examination of sputum and
x-ray of the chest for tuberculosis. The medical examination shall also
include examination of stool for protozoal and helminthic infestations
for those parasites, which are transmitted by ingestion, and also for the
presence of enteropathogenic Escherichia coli, Salmonella, Shigella
spieces and Vibrio cholera.

8.02. A certificate / records of medical fitness of all workers handling

meat should be kept as a record in the premises to be shown to any
officer of the concerned Panchayats / Municipalities responsible for local
administration / Corporation at the time of inspection.

8.03. No worker suspected to be suffering from fever, vomiting,

diarrhoea, typhoid, dysentery or boils, cuts and sores and ulcers
(however small) shall be permitted to work in the meat shops.

8.04 All the workers of the meat shop shall keep their finger nails short
and clean and wash their hands with soap or detergent and hot water

- - 131 - -
before commencement of work and after each absence, especially after
using sanitary conveniences.

8.05. Eating, spitting, nose cleaning or the use of tobacco in any form
or chewing betel leaves shall be prohibited within the premises of meat
shop processing, packing and storage area of the unit. “No smoking
“and “No Spitting “boards shall be prominently displayed in the shop.

9. Sanitary Practices
9.01 The chopping block should be sanitized daily by covering its top
with sea-salt, after cleaning it with hot water at close of business
activity.

9.02 The floor should be washed with appropriate disinfectant /

detergent / sanitizer at the start and close of the business each
working day.
9.03 There should be high standard of cleanliness and tidiness in the
working area of shop with no organic or other material lying on the
floor.

9.04 The refrigerated / freezing cabinet should be regularly cleaned

and well maintained.

9.05 Slaughtering of animal / birds inside the shop premises should be

strictly prohibited.

9.06 The carcasses shall not be allowed to be covered with wet-clothes.

- - 132 - -
9.07 Wholesome meat obtained from the authorized slaughter house
shall only be sold at the meat shops and a record thereof shall be kept
in the premises to be shown to any officer of the concerned Panchayats
/ Municipalities responsible for local administration Corporation at the
time of inspection.

9.08 Waste bins should be emptied, transported for disposal as per the
arrangements made by the concerned Panchayats / Municipalities and
waste bin / dhalau ( burial pits) shall be treated daily with a
disinfectant.

9.09 The premises shall not be used for residential purposes nor it shall
communicate with any residential quarter. No personal belonging like
clothing, bedding, shoes etc. shall be kept in the premises. Only
dressed carcasses of clean meat shall be stored at the premises.

9.10 Hides, skins, hoofs, heads and unclean gut will not be allowed to
be stored in the premises at any time.

9.11 The chopping instruments should be cleaned with hot water at a

temperature of 82 degree C.

9.12 The preparation of food of any type inside the meat sale outlet
should be strictly prohibited.

9.13 The meat obtained from unauthorized sources or unstamped meat

is liable to be confiscated and destroyed.

- - 133 - -
9.14 Waste of the meat shop to be disposed of packed in heavy
polythene bags in dhalaos (burial pits).

10. Other Requirements

10.01 The prepared meat shall be packed in waxed paper and then
placed in polyethylene bags or packed directly in bags made of food
grade plastics.

10.02 Failure to comply with any of these instructions may entail legal
action against the defaulters, and even result in cancellation of licence
by the appropriate authority of the concerned
Panchayats/Municipalities/Corporation.

10.03 No Objection Certificate from law and order point of view to be

obtained from police department or the concerned
Panchayats/Municipalities/Corporation before grant of license for
buffalo meat and pork shop.

10.04 The concerned Panchayats/Municipalities responsible for local

administration in the country shall appoint qualified Veterinary staff for
the meat inspection (Ante mortem and Post mortem inspection) or if
regular staff cannot be made available or deployed for the purpose
shall make contractual arrangements for availing the services of
qualified Veterinary staff for meat inspection available with the Animal
Husbandry Depts. of the concerned state/UT in the country.

- - 134 - -
10.05 Veterinary health trade licence shall be granted subject to
fulfillment of all the above technical and administrative instructions in
relation to the trade.

- - 135 - -
 Part - V

Specific Hygienic and Sanitary Practices to be followed by

Practices to be followed by Food Business Operators engaged in
catering / food service establishments

In addition to Part-2 the Catering/ food Service establishment in which

food is being handled, processed, manufactured, stored, distributed and
ultimately sold to the customers and the persons handling them should
conform to the sanitary and hygienic requirement, food safety measures
and other standard as specified below.

It includes premises where public is admitted for repose or for

consumption of any food or drink or any place where cooked food is sold
or prepared for sale. It includes:

a) Eating Houses
b) Restaurants & Hotels
c) Snack Bars,
d) Canteens (Schools, Colleges, Office, Institutions)
e) Food Service at religious places
f) Neighbourhood Tiffin Services / dabba walas

I. GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES FOR WHOLE PREMISES

I. FOOD PREPARATION AREAS

The following rules apply to rooms where food is prepared. There will be
no smoke nuisance in the food preparation area. Wherever cooking or
frying of any kind is being done, a chimney having appropriate suction

- - 136 - -
 capacity as per the size of the kitchen has to be installed prior to start of
business.

II . Hand washing facilities and toilets

1. Adequate number of wash-hand basins made of porcelain/stainless

steel shall be provided along with soap to wash hands, with hot and
cold running water, and materials for cleaning hands and drying
them hygienically. Clean and dry towels shall be kept for the use of
customers.
2. Separate sinks must be provided, where necessary, for washing raw
food and cleaning equipment.
3. Sinks with a draining board, detergent and hot water shall be
provided to ensure proper cleaning of utensils, crockery and cutlery
there will be a separate place for washing pots and pains.
4. There must also be enough toilets and those must not lead directly
into food areas.
5. There shall be separate Sinks for washing utensils and raw food
items

2. Changing facilities:
Facilities for staff to change their clothes, where necessary must be
provided.

II. GOOD FOOD HYGIENE PRACTICES

1. Cleaning
• Food areas and equipment between different tasks, especially after
handling raw food shall be cleaned.

- - 137 - -
 • The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned in case if somebody spill
some food / water / drink.
• A systematic cleaning schedule and instructions has to be
developed by the FBO.
• Food handlers should strictly follow the systematic cleaning
schedule to make sure that surfaces and equipment are cleaned
when they need to be.

The schedule should include:

• what needs to be cleaned
• how often it needs to be cleaned
• how the cleaning should be done

Cleaning instructions should indicate:

• what cleaning products should be used
• how the products should be stored ( away from raw, cooked,
packed food) and used
• how much they should be used or diluted
• how long that should be left in contact with the surface
(following the manufacturer’s instructions)

2. Raw materials
1. Raw materials shall be purchased from reliable and known dealers
and checked for visible deterioration & off- odour.
2. Food ingredients shall be segregated from materials which are
evidently unfit for human consumption.
3. There should be no physical hazards and foreign body
contamination.

- - 138 - -
 4) All raw materials should be checked & cleaned physically as well as
in potable water thoroughly.
5) Raw materials should be purchased in quantities that correspond to
storage/ preservation capacity.
6) Packaged raw material must be checked for ‘expiry date’/ ‘best
before’/ ‘use by’ date, packaging integrity and storage conditions.
7) Receiving temperature of potentially high risk food should be at or
below 5 0C.
8) Receiving temperature of frozen food should be -18 0C or below
9) Raw paste, sauces etc. should be stored in properly covered
containers made of food grade material and checked regularly for
fungal growth, deterioration etc.

Preparation of fruits/ vegetables:

1) Fruits and vegetables that have been protected from cross-
contamination and properly conserved should be used.
2) Fruits and vegetables should be used after removing parts or items
in poor condition.
3) Whole fruits and vegetables should be washed in potable water
before being cut, mixed with other ingredients. Uncooked, ready-to-eat
fruits & vegetables should be with 50 ppm chlorinated water before
cutting, peeling or serving.
4) Fruits and vegetables should be peeled, squeezed and/or cut, as
appropriate, with clean equipment/ utensils made of non-absorbent
food grade materials.
5) Previously prepared fruits/vegetables should be kept in clean and
properly covered food grade containers under refrigeration or at a
maximum temperature suitable for the product in question.

- - 139 - -
Preparation of Non-veg. Products:-
1) Raw meat and processed meat should be separated from other
foods; items and surfaces.
2) Separate items (e.g. cutting boards, dishes, knives) and
preparation area for raw meats and poultry and marine products
should be used to avoid cross contamination of food.
3) Hands should be thoroughly washed before switching from
preparing raw meat or poultry or marine products to any other
activity.
4) Ensure proper cooking of all non veg. products.
5) Used surfaces should be washed with antibacterial cleaning
agent, rinsed properly with water and sanitized after preparing
raw meat/poultry.
6) Ensure that frozen products are thawed as per point no. 10
under high risk foods

3. Cooking
a) The preparation/ processing/ cooking should be adequate to
eliminate and reduce hazards to an acceptable level which might
have been introduced at the raw food level.
b) The preparation/ processing/ cooking methods should ensure that
the foods are not re- contaminated.
c) The preparation/ processing/ cooking of veg. & non-veg. products
should be segregated.
d) Food should not be overcooked (e.g. charring) leading to chemical
hazards.
e) Whenever cooking or reheating of food is done, it should be hot all
the way through. It is especially important to make sure that food

- - 140 - -
 is cooked thoroughly because there could be bacteria in the middle
of food.
f) Re-use of cooking oil should be avoided

4. Chilling
• Semi cooked or cooked dishes and other ready-to-eat foods such as
prepared salads and desserts having short shelf life should not be
left standing around at room temperature.
• Chilled food on delivery should be cold enough.
• Food items that need to be chilled should be put straight away into
the fridge.
• Cooked food should be cooled as quickly as possible and then put it
in the fridge.
• Chilled food should not be kept out of the fridge except for the
shortest time possible during preparation.
• Fridge and display units should be cold enough and as per
requirement.
• In practice, fridge should be set at 5˚C to make sure that food is
kept in chilled condition. Also, fridge and display units should be
maintained in good working condition to avoid food spoilage and
contamination.

4. Cross-contamination
Following things should be done to avoid cross - contamination.

• Raw food/ meat/poultry and ready-to-eat foods should be kept

separate at all times.
• Hands should be thoroughly washed after touching raw
meat/poultry.

- - 141 - -
 • Work surfaces, chopping boards and equipments should be
thoroughly cleaned before the preparing of food starts and after it
has been used
• Separate chopping boards and knives for raw fruit/ vegetables/
meat/poultry and ready-to-eat food should be used.
• Raw meat/poultry below ready-to-eat food should be kept in the
fridge.
• Separate fridge for raw meat/poultry should be kept.
• Staff should be made aware how to avoid cross-contamination.

III. PERSONAL HYGIENE

1. High standards of personal hygiene should be maintained.

2. All employees handling food should wash their hands properly:

• before preparing food

• after touching raw food or materials, specially meat/poultry or eggs
• after breaks
• after using the toilet
• after cleaning the raw materials or utensils / equipments

3. Staff working with food must wear suitable clean clothes and where
necessary, shall wear head cover, apron, musk mouth and use gloves etc.

4. Street shoes inside the food preparation area should not be worn while
handling & preparing food.
5. Food handlers should ensure careful food handling & protect food from
environmental exposure.
6. Food handlers should avoid following practices while handling food:

- - 142 - -
 • Chewing or smoking tobacco
• Chewing betel nut or gums
• Touching mouth, tongue, nose, eyes or other body parts
• Spitting, sneezing, coughing, etc.
• Touching ready-to-eat food with bare hands
• Handling food and money at same time
• not to wear watches or jewellery while preparing food

7. All food handlers should be medically fit and free from diseases.

IV. TRANSPORTATION & HANDLING OF FOOD

1) The vehicle/transportation being used to carry

cooked/prepared/processed food should be clean, should be dedicated
for this purpose and should not carry anything else.
2) Time required for transportation should be minimum, to avoid
microbial proliferation.
3) Cooked food served hot should be kept at a temperature of at least
600 C to prevent microbial growth.
4) Cooked food to be served cold should be kept below 50 C to prevent
growth of pathogens. Otherwise time of holding should be limited.
5) All foods during transportation must be kept covered and in such a
way as to limit pathogen growth or toxin formation by controlling
time of transportation, exposure, temperature control and using safe
water for cleaning etc.
7) Handling of food should be minimal. It should be ensured that utensils,
crockery, cutlery and specially hands of the food handlers/seller are
clean and sanitized.
8) All surplus food and unused thawed food should be discarded.

- - 143 - -
 9) Food to be kept for cold storage should be distributed in small volumes
to ensure uniform cooling.
10) It is recommended that even dry, fermented and acidified foods
should be stored in a cool and dry place.
11) All packaged food viz. sterilized milk, bottled beverages; canned
foods should be stored properly during transportation to ensure that
seals remain intact and undamaged.

V. STORAGE

1. It is very important to store food properly for the purpose of food

safety. Following things must be ensured:

• Foods should be cooked, stored and kept at right temperature

• Raw meat/poultry should be stored separately from other foods
• Veg. foods should always be stored above non-veg. foods and
cooked foods above uncooked foods on separate racks in the
refrigerator.
• Food after the ‘use by’ date should never be used, because it might
not be safe to eat.
• Storage temperature of frozen food should be -18oC or below.
• Storage temperature of potentially high risk food should be at or
below 5oC.
• Cooked food to be eaten later should be cooled quickly, and kept it
in the fridge – it can be practiced to put date on food packages or
containers, using stickers or any other way of identification ,before
keeping inside the fridge to keep track of food prepared date wise
and use accordingly to minimise wastage .
• Food with short shelf-life should be use first

- - 144 - -
 • Storage instructions over food packaging should be followed.
• Dried foods (such as grains and pulses) should be stored off the
floor, ideally in sealable containers, to allow proper cleaning and
protection from pests.

Stock rotation
The rule is FIFO (first in, first out) to make sure that older food is used
first. This will help to prevent wastage.

VI. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH RISK FOODS

This section deals selectively with few varieties of food which are high risk
as per HACCP and may need special attention. The type of foods covered
here are as follows:

1. Cut fruits/salads, fresh juices and beverages

1) Fresh fruits /vegetables cut or juiced should be used immediately;

however, short storage should be only under refrigeration in
sanitized and properly covered vessels.
2) Water used in beverages should be potable.
3) Ice used should be made of potable water only.
4) Food or beverages should not be stored in the same container used to
store the ice intended for consumption.
5) Juice concentrates must be checked regularly for any fungal growth /
change of colour, odour or gas formation in the bottle.
6) Juice dispensing machine should be cleaned and rinsed with water
regularly.

- - 145 - -
7) Containers made of food grade material should be used for collecting
juice.
8) Clean and intact utensils/crockery & cutlery / disposables should be
used for serving.

2. Confectionery products
1) Prepared confectionery products should be kept in airtight containers
and displayed hygienically.
2) Cream to be used is stored covered under refrigeration.
3) Finished products should be refrigerated with proper labels indicating
date of expiry.
4) Products should be properly wrapped/ packaged after proper cooling.
5) Only permitted food additives (colour, preservatives, flavouring agents
etc.) should be used.

3. Meat, poultry & fish products

1) Non veg. products/raw materials should be purchased (chilled products
temperature should be at 50C or below and frozen products at -18 0C
or below) from authorized/ licensed slaughter houses/vendors.
2) Processing area should be cleaned and disinfected promptly.
3) Preparation and processing of meat, poultry and marine products
should be separate.
4) Non-veg. products are washed with potable water before use.
5) Non-veg. products are cooked thoroughly (core temperature 750 C) for
at least 15 seconds or an effective time/temperature control e.g. 65 0C
for 10 minutes, 70 0C for 2 minutes.
6) Non-veg. products should be stored covered in refrigerator below the
veg. products.

- - 146 - -
7) Raw and cooked products should be stored physically separated with
cooked products at the top.
8) All refuse/waste should be promptly removed from preparation area.

4. Milk & dairy products

1) All equipments and utensils should be thoroughly washed and rinsed
with potable water before starting of work and at the end.
2) All mechanical equipments should be routinely cleaned, checked and
maintained.
3) All products should be routinely checked for spoilage/contamination
and shelf life.
4) Any spoiled/contaminated product should be promptly removed and
discarded.
5) Milk should be received in clean and hygienic conditions at
temperature below 50C.
6) Milk and milk products should be used immediately or pasteurized and
refrigerated.

5. Water based chutneys, sauces etc.

1) All fruits/vegetables should be washed properly before processing.
2) Clean and disinfected chopping boards/grinding stone/machine should
be used.
3) Personal hygiene of food handlers need to be ensured.
4) Water used in the chutneys should be safe and potable.
5) Only permitted food additives should be used, if required, and in added
in recommended quantities only.
6) Spoiled products should be discarded immediately after confirmation of
spoilage (change in colour/ texture/ odour).

- - 147 - -
7) Sauces and chutneys should be stored in glass/food grade plastic
containers with proper lids.
8) Clean and intact containers should be used for storing sauces and
chutneys.
9) Sauces and chutneys should be stored in refrigerator when not in use.
10) Perishable/uncooked chutneys should be consumed immediately.

6. Foods transported to point of sale from the point of cooking

1) Food should be reheated up to 700 C before consumption.
2) Food should be consumed within 4 hours of reheating.

7. Foods with Gravy

1) Food products should not be stored at room temperature for more than
2 hours during display or sale.
2) For prolonged storage, foods should be stored in refrigerators or kept
for hot holding at or above
60 0C.
3) No water should be added after cooking/reheating/boiling.

8. Fried Foods
1) Proper quality / branded oils/fats should be used for food preparation,
frying etc.
2) Use packaged oil only.
3) Use of oils with high trans fats (like vanaspati) should be avoided as
far as possible.
4) Re-heating and reuse of oil should be avoided as far as possible.
Therefore, avoid having leftover oil wherever possible.

9. Post Cooked Mixing

- - 148 - -
1) Ingredients added to the cooked food should be thoroughly washed/
cleaned.
2) After cooking or post cooked mixing, the food should be used
immediately.
3) Garnishes etc., if added should be prepared using fresh, thoroughly
washed and freshly cut vegetables and used immediately.

10. Thawing of Frozen Products

1) Frozen products should be thawed in
refrigerator/microwave/convection oven or under running potable water
well before cooking.
2) Only required portion of the food should be thawed at a time.
3) Thawed products should be used immediately and not refrozen or kept
in chiller.

- - 149 - -
 CHAPTER 4 – Packaging and Labelling Regulations

Part 4.1: Packaging

Regulation 4.1.1: General Requirements
1) A utensil or container made of the following materials or metals,
when used in the preparation, packaging and storing of food shall
be deemed to render it unfit for human consumption:—

(a) containers which are rusty;

(b) enameled containers which have become chipped and rusty;

(c) Copper or brass containers which are not properly

tinned

(d) containers made of aluminium not conforming in chemical

composition to IS:20 specification for Cast Aluminium &
Aluminium Alloy for utensils or IS:21 specification for
Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloy for utensils

(2) Containers made of plastic materials should conform to the

following Indian Standards Specification, used as appliances
or receptacles for packing or storing whether partly or wholly,
food articles namely :—

(i) IS : 10146 (Specification for Polyethylene in contact with

foodstuffs);

(ii) IS : 10142 (Specification for Styrene Polymers in contact

with foodstuffs);
(iii) IS : 10151 (Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), in
contact with foodstuffs);
(iv) IS : 10910 (Specification for Polypropylene in contact with
foodstuffs)
(v) IS : 11434 (Specification for Ionomer Resins in contact
with foodstuffs)

- - 150 - -
 (vi) IS : 11704 Specification for Ethylene Acrylic Acid (EAA)
copolymer.

(vii) IS : 12252 - Specification for Poly alkylene terephathalates

(PET).

(viii) IS : 12247 - Specification for Nylon 6 Polymer;

(ix) IS : 13601 - Ethylene Vinly Acetate (EVA)

(x) IS : 13576 - Ethylene Metha Acrylic Acid (EMAA)

(xi) Tin and plastic containers once used, shall not be re-used for
packaging of edible oils and fats;

PROVIDED that utensils or containers made of copper though not

properly tinned, may be used for the preparation of sugar
confectionery or essential oils and mere use of such utensils or
containers shall not be deemed to render sugar confectionery or
essential oils unfit for human consumption.

2) General packaging requirements for Canned products

(i) All containers shall be securely packed and
sealed
(ii) The exterior of the cans shall be free from
major dents, rust, perforations and seam
distortions.
(iii) Cans shall be free from leaks.

Regulation 4.1.2: Product specific requirements

1. Packaging requirements for Milk and Milk Products

- - 151 - -
 (a) Bottling or filling of containers with heat-treated milk and milk
product shall be carried out mechanically and the sealing of the
containers shall be carried out automatically.
(b) Wrapping or packaging may not be re-used for dairy products,
except where the containers are of a type which may be re-used
after thorough cleaning and disinfecting.
(c) Sealing shall be carried out in the establishment in which the last
heat-treatment of drinking milk or liquid milk-base products has
been carried out, immediately after filling, by means of a sealing
device which ensures that the milk is protected from any adverse
effects of external origin on its characteristic. The sealing device
shall be so designed that once the container has been opened,
the evidence of opening remains clear and easy to check.

(d) immediately after packaging, the dairy products shall be placed

in the rooms provided for storage.

2.Packaging requirements for Edible oil/ fat:

Tin Plate used for the manufacture of tin containers for packaging edible
oils and fats shall conform to the standards of prime grade quality
contained in B.I.S. Standards No. 1993 or 13955 or 9025 or 13954 as
amended from time to time and in respect of Tin containers for packaging
edible oils and fats shall conform to IS No. 10325 or 10339 as amended
from time to time.

3. Packaging requirements for Fruits and Vegetables Products

i) Every container in which any fruit product is packed shall be so

sealed that it can not be opened without destroying the licensing

- - 152 - -
 number and the special identification mark of the manufacture to
be displayed on the top or neck of the bottle.
ii) For Canned fruits, juices and vegetables, sanitary top cans made
up of suitable kind of tin plates shall be used
iii) For Bottled fruits, juices and vegetables, only bottles/ jars
capable of giving hermetic seal shall be used
iv) Juices, squashes, crush, cordials, syrups, barley waters and
other beverages shall be packed in clean bottles securely sealed.
These products when frozen and sold in the form of ice shall be
packed in suitable cartons. Juices and Pulps may be packed in
wooden barrels when sulphited.
v) For packing Preserves, Jams, Jellies, and Marmalades, new cans,
clean jars, new canisters, bottles, chinaware jars of aluminium
containers may be used for packing these products and it shall
be securely sealed.
vi) For Pickles, clean bottles, jars, wooden casks, tin containers
covered from inside with polythene lining of 250 gauge or
suitable lacquered cans shall be used.
vii) For Tomato Ketchups and Sauces, clean bottles shall be used.
If acidity doesnot exceed 0.5% as acetic acid, open top sanitary
cans may also be used.
viii) Vinegar and Chutney shall be packed in bottles or wooden
casks.
ix) Candied fruits and peels and dried fruits and vegetables can be
packed in paper bags, cardboard or wooden boxes, new tins,
bottles, jars, aluminium and other suitable approved containers.
x) Fruits and Vegetable products can also be packed in aseptic and
flexible packaging material having good grade quality conforming
to the standards laid down by BIS.

- - 153 - -
 4. Packaging requirements for Canned Meat Products
i) New sanitary top cans made from suitable kind of tin plate shall be
used. The cans shall be lacquered internally; they shall be sealed
hermetically after filling. The lacquer used shall be sulphur resistant
and shall not be soluble in fat or brine.
ii) Cans used for filling pork luncheon meat shall be coated internally
with edible gelatin, lard or lined with vegetable parchment paper
before being filled.
iii) Meat products packed in hermetically sealed containers shall be
processed to withstand spoilage under commercial conditions of
storage and transport.

5. Packaging requirements for Drinking Water (Both

Packaged and Mineral Water)

It shall be packed in clean, hygienic, colourless, transparent and

tamperproof bottles/containers made of polyethylene (PE)
(conforming to IS:10146 or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conforming to
IS : 10151 or polyalkylene terephthalate (PET and PBT) conforming
to IS : 12252 or polypropylene conforming to IS : 10910 or
foodgrade polycarbonate or sterile glass bottles suitable for
preventing possible adulteration or contamination of the water.
All packaging materials of plastic origin shall pass the prescribed
overall migration and colour migration limits

- - 154 - -
 PART 4.2: Labelling

Regulation 4.2.1: General Requirements

1) Every prepackaged food shall carry a label containing information

as required under these regulations unless otherwise provided;

2) Language of the particulars or declaration of the label:

The particulars of declaration required under these Regulations to
be specified on the label shall be in English or Hindi in Devnagri
script:

PROVIDED that nothing herein contained shall prevent the use of

any other language in addition to the language required under this
regulation.

3) Pre-packaged food shall not be described or presented on any label

or in any manner that is false, misleading or deceptive or is likely
to create an erroneous impression regarding its character in any
respect;

4) Label in pre-packaged foods shall be applied in such a manner that

they will not become separated from the container;

5) Contents on the label shall be clear, prominent, indelible and readily

legible by the consumer under normal conditions of purchase and
use;

6) Where the container is covered by a wrapper, the wrapper shall

carry the necessary information or the label on the container shall

- - 155 - -
 be readily legible through the outer wrapper and not obscured by it;

Regulation 4.2.2: Labelling of Pre-packaged Foods

I. Every package of food shall carry the following information on the
label.
(1) The Name of Food: The name of the food shall include trade name
or description of food contained in the package.
(2) List of Ingredients: Except for single ingredient foods, a list of
ingredients shall be declared on the label in the following
manner:-

(a) The list of ingredients shall contain an appropriate title, such as the
term “ingredients”;

(b) The name of ingredients used in the product shall be listed in

descending order of their composition by weight or volume, as the
case may be, at the time of its manufacture;

(c) A specific name shall be used for ingredients in the list of

ingredients;

Provided that for ingredients falling in the respective classes, the

following class titles may be used, namely:–

Name of the classes Class names

Edible vegetable oils/ Edible vegetable oil/ Edible
Edible vegetable fat vegetable fat or both
hydrogenated or Partially
hydrogenated oil
Animal fat / oil other than milk fat Give name of the source of fat.

- - 156 - -
 Pork fat, lard and beef fat or
extracts thereof shall be
declared by specific names
Starches, other than chemically modified Starch
starches
All species of fish where the fish Fish
constitutes an ingredient of another food
and provided that the labelling and
presentation of such food does not refer to
a species of fish
All types of poultry meat where such meat Poultry meat
constitutes an ingredient of another food
and provided that the labelling and
presentation of such a food does not refer
to a specific type of poultry meat
All types of cheese where cheese or Cheese
mixture of cheeses constitutes an
ingredient of another food and provided
that the labelling and presentation of such
food does not refer to a specific type of
cheese
All spices and condiments and their Spices and condiments or
extracts mixed spices/ condiments as
appropriate
All types of gum or preparations used in the Gum Base
manufacture of gum base for chewing gum
Anhydrous dextrose and dextrose Dextrose or Glucose
monohydrate
All types of Caseinates Caseinates

- - 157 - -
Press, expeller or refined cocoa butter Cocoa butter
All crystallized fruit Crystallized fruit
All milk and milk products derived solely Milk solids
from milk
Cocoa bean, Coconib, Cocomass, Cocoa Cocoa solids
press, Cocoa solids cakes, Cocoa powder
(Fine/Dust)

PROVIDED FURTHER that pork fat, lard and beef fat or extract
thereof shall be declared by their specific names

(d) where an ingredient itself is the product of two or more ingredients,

such a compound ingredients shall be declared in the list of
ingredients, and shall be accompanied by a list, in brackets, of its
ingredients in descending order of weight or volume, as the case
may be:

Provided that where a compound ingredient, constitutes less than

five percent of the food, the list of ingredients of the compound
ingredient, other than food additive, need not to be declared;

(e) Added water shall be declared in the list of ingredients except in

cases where water forms part of an ingredient, such as, brine,
syrup or broth, used in the compound food and so declared in the
list of ingredients:

Provided that water or other volatile ingredients evaporated in the

course of manufacture need not be declared;

- - 158 - -
 Provided further that in the case of dehydrated or condensed
food, which are intended to be reconstituted by addition of water,
the ingredients in such reconstituted food shall be declared in
descending order of weight or volume as the case may be, and shall
contain a statement such as “ingredients of the product when
prepared in accordance with the directions on the label”;

(f) Every package of food sold as a mixture or combination shall

disclose the percentage of the ingredient used at the time of the
manufacture of the food (including compound ingredients or
categories of ingredients), if such ingredient–

(i) is emphasised as present on the label through words or pictures or

graphics; or
(ii) is not within the name of the food but, is essential to characterise
the food and is expected to be present in the food by consumers, if
the omission of the quantitative ingredient declaration will mislead
or deceive the consumer.

Provided that where the ingredient has been used as flavouring agent,
the disclosure of such ingredient is not required:

Provided further that where the drained net weight is indicated on the
label as required or in case of such food products where specific
provisions are stipulated under these Regulations or where a pictorial
representation of a serving suggestion is made for consumer information
and use, the disclosure of such ingredient is not required.

- - 159 - -
PROVIDED FURTHER that in case of any bottle containing liquid milk or
liquid beverage having milk as an ingredient, soft drink, carbonated
water or ready-to-serve fruit beverages, the declarations with regard to
addition of fruit pulp and fruit juice shall invariably appear on the body of
the bottle.

(3) Nutritional information – Nutritional Information or nutritional

facts per 100 gm or 100ml or per serving of the product shall be given on
the label containing the following:-
(i) energy value in kcal;
(ii) the amounts of protein, carbohydrate (specify quantity
of sugar) and fat in gram (g);
(iii) the amount of any other nutrient for which a nutrition
or health claim is made:

PROVIDED that where a claim is made regarding the amount or type

of fatty acids or the amount of cholesterol, the amount of saturated
fatty acids, monounsaturated fatty acids and polyunsaturated fatty
acids in gram (g) and cholesterol in milligram (mg) shall be declared,
and the amount of trans fatty acid in gram (g) shall be declared in
addition to the other requirement stipulated above;

Wherever, numerical information on vitamins and minerals is declared, it

shall be expressed in metric units;

Where the nutrition declaration is made per serving, the amount in gram
(g) or milliliter (ml) shall be included for reference beside the serving
measure;

- - 160 - -
 PROVIDED that –
(i) the nutritional information may not be necessary, in case of
foods such as raw agricultural commodities, like, wheat, rice,
cereals, spices, spice mixes, herbs, condiments, table salt,
sugar, jaggery, or non –nutritive products, like, soluble tea,
coffee, soluble coffee, coffee-chicory mixture, packaged
drinking water, packaged mineral water, alcoholic beverages
or fruit and vegetables, processed and pre- packaged
assorted vegetables, fruits, vegetables and products that
comprise of single ingredient, pickles, papad, or foods served
for immediate consumption such as served in hospitals,
hotels or by food services vendors or halwais, or food
shipped in bulk which is not for sale in that form to
consumers.

(ii) The compliance to quantity of declared nutrients on the label

shall be according to the established practices.

Explanation – For the purpose of this provision, at the time of

analysis, due consideration, based on shelf-life, storage, and
inherent nature of the food shall be kept in view in case of
quantity declared nutrients;

(iii) The food, in which hydrogenated vegetable fats or bakery

shortening is used shall declare on the label that
‘hydrogenated vegetable fats or bakery shortening used-
contains trans fats;

Provided further that, a health claim of ‘trans fat free’ may be

- - 161 - -
 made in cases where the trans fat is less than 0.2 gm per
serving of food and the claim ‘saturated fat free’ may be made in
cases where the saturated fat does not exceed 0.1 gm per 100
gm or 100 ml of food.

(4) Veg/ Non veg declaration –

(i) Every package of "Non Vegetarian" food shall bear a declaration to
this effect made by a symbol and colour code as stipulated below to
indicate that the product is Non-Vegetarian Food. The symbol shall
consist of a brown colour filled circle having a diameter not less
than the minimum size specified in the Table mentioned in clause
4 of Regulation 4.2.2 (4), inside a square with brown outline
having sides double the diameter of the circle as indicated below :

Brown colour

the symbol shall be prominently displayed

(a) on principal dispaly panel of the package having
contrast background
(b) just close in proximity to the name or brand name of
the product
(c) on the pamphlets, leaflets, advertisements in any media

(ii) Where any article of food contains egg only as Non-Vegetarian

ingredient, the manufacturer, or packer or seller may give
declaration to this effect in addition to the said symbol.

(iii) Every package of Vegetarian Food shall bear a declaration to this

effect by a symbol and colour code as stipulated below for this purpose to
indicate that the product is Vegetarian Food. The symbol shall consist of

- - 162 - -
a green colour filled circle, having a diameter not less than the minimum
size specified in the Table below, inside the square with green outline
having side double the diameter of the circle, as indicated below :

(a) Green colour

(iv) Size of the logo

Area of principal display Minimum size of
Sl No. panel diameters in
mm
1. Upto 100 cms. Square 3
2. Above 100 cms. Square upto 4
500 cms square
3. Above 500 cms square upto 6
2500 cms square
4. Above 2500 cms. Square 8

(a) the symbol shall be prominently displayed

(i) on the package having contrast background on principal display
panel
(ii) just close in proximity to the name or brand name of the product
(iii) on the labels, containers, pamphlets, leaflets, advertisements in
any media
Provided also that the provisions of these regulations shall not
apply in respect of mineral water or packaged drinking water or
carbonated water or liquid and powdered milk.

(5) Declaration of Food Additives:

(i) For food additives falling in the respective classes and appearing in
lists of food additives permitted for use in foods generally, the

- - 163 - -
 following class titles shall be used together with the specific names
or recognized international numerical identifications:

Acidity Regulator, Acids, Anticaking Agent, Antifoaming Agent,

Antioxidant, Bulking Agent, Colour, Colour Retention Agent, Emulsifier,
Emulsifying Salt, Firming Agent, Flour Treatment Agent, Flavour
Enhancer, Foaming Agent, Gelling Agent, Glazing Agent, Humectant,
Preservative, Propellant, Raising Agent, Stabilizer, Sweetener, Thickener:

(ii) Addition of colours and/or Flavours-

(a) Extraneous addition of colouring matter to be mentioned on the

label – Where an extraneous colouring matter has been added to any
article of food, there shall be written on the label attached to any package
of food so coloured a statement in capital letters as below:
CONTAINS PERMITTED NATURAL COLOUR(S)
OR
CONTAINS PERMITTED SYNTHETIC FOOD COLOUR(S)
OR
CONTAINS PERMITTED NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC FOOD COLOUR(S)

(b) Extraneous addition of flavouring agents to be mentioned on

the label.

Where an extraneous flavouring agent has been added to any article of

food, there shall be written just beneath the list of ingredients on the
label attached to any package of food so flavoured, a statement in
capital letters as below :
CONTAINS ADDED FLAVOUR (specify type of flavouring
agent)

- - 164 - -
Note: — In addition to above statement, the common name or class
name of the flavour shall also be mentioned on label.

(C) In case both colour and flavour are used in the product, one of the
following combined statements in capital letters shall be displayed, just
beneath the list of ingredients on the label attached to any package of food so
coloured and flavoured, namely :-
CONTAINS PERMITTED NATURAL C0LOUR(S) AND ADDED FLAVOUR(S)
OR
CONTAINS PERMITTED SYNTHETIC FOOD COLOUR(S) AND ADDED FLAVOUR(S)
OR
CONTAINS PERMITTED NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC FOOD COLOUR(S) AND
ADDED FLAVOUR(S)
OR
CONTAINS PERMITTED NATURAL* /AND* SYNTHETIC* COLOUR(S) AND ADDED
FLAVOUR(S)
*Strike out whiechever is not applicable

When statement regarding addition of colours or flavours is displayed on

the label in accordance with the above regulation and Regulation 6.2.1
of these Regulations, respectively, addition of such colours or flavours
need not be mentioned in the list of ingredients.

(d) The common name or class name of the flavour shall also be
mentioned on the statement regarding added flavours.
Provided that in case of artificial flavouring substances, the label shall
declare the common name of the flavours, but in case of the natural
flavouring substances or nature identical flavouring substances, the class
name of flavours shall be mentioned on the label and it shall comply with
the requirement of label declaration as specified under Regulations
4.2.2

- - 165 - -
 PROVIDED FURTHER that when combined declaration of colours
and flavours are given, the international numerical identification number
of colours used shall also be indicated either under the list of ingredients
or along with the declaration.

Provide also further every package of synthetic food colours preparation

and mixture shall bear a label upon which is printed a declaration giving
the percentage of total dye content

(6) Name and complete address of the manufacturer

(i) The name and complete address of the manufacturer and the
manufacturing unit if these are located at different places and in
case the manufacturer is not the packer or bottler, the name and
complete address of the packing or bottling unit as the case may be
shall be declared on every package of food;

(ii) Where an article of food is manufactured or packed or bottled

by a person or a company under the written authority of some
other manufacturer or company, under his or its brand name, the
label shall carry the name and complete address of the
manufacturing or packing or bottling unit as the case may be, and
also the name and complete address of the manufacturer to the
company, for and on whose behalf it is manufactured or packed or
bottled;

(iii) Where an article of food is imported into India, the package of

food shall also carry the name and complete address of the
importer in India.

- - 166 - -
 PROVIDED FURTHER that where any food article manufactured
outside India is packed or bottled in India, the package containing
such food article shall also bear on the label, the name of the
country of origin of the food article and the name and complete
address of the importer and the premises of packing or bottling in
India.

(7) Net content

(i) Net Content by weight or volume or number, as the case may be,
shall be declared on every package of food; and

(ii) In addition to the declaration of net contents, a food packed in a

liquid medium shall carry a declaration of the drained weight of the
food.

Explanation 1.- For the purposes of this requirement the expression

“liquid medium” include water, aqueous solutions of sugar and salt,
fruit and vegetable juices or vinegar, either singly or in combination.

Explanation2.- In declaring the net quantity of the commodity

contained in the package, the weight of the wrappers and packaging
materials shall be excluded:

(iii) Where a package contains a large number of small items of

confectionery, each of which is separately wrapped and it is not
reasonably practicable to exclude from the net weight of the
commodity, the weight of such immediate wrappers of all the items
of the confectionery contained in the package, the net weight
declared on the package containing such confectionary or on the

- - 167 - -
 label thereof may include the weight of such immediate wrapper if
the total weight of such immediate wrapper does not exceed –

(a) eight per cent. Where such immediate wrapper is a waxed paper
or other paper with wax or aluminium foil under strip; or

(b) six per cent. In case of other paper of the total net weight of all
the items of confectionery contained in the package minus the
weight of immediate wrapper.

(8) Lot/Code/Batch identification

A batch number or code number or lot number which is a mark of
identification by which the food can be traced in the manufacture and
identified in the distribution, shall be given on the label.

Provided that in case of packages containing bread and milk

including sterilised milk, particulars under this clause shall not be
required to be given on the label.

(9) Date of manufacture or packing.-

The date, month and year in which the commodity is manufactured,
packed or pre-packed, shall be given on the label:
Provided that the month and the year of manufacture, packing or
pre-packing shall be given if the “Best Before Date” of the products is
more than three months:

PROVIDED FURTHER that in case any package contains commodity

which has a short shelf life of less than three months, the date,
month and year in which the commodity is manufactured or prepared

- - 168 - -
or pre-packed shall be mentioned on the label.

(10) Best Before

(i) the month and year in capital letters upto which the product
is best for consumption, in the following manner, namely:—

“BEST BEFORE ....... MONTHS AND YEAR

OR
“BEST BEFORE .......... MONTHS FROM PACKAGING
OR
“BEST BEFORE ............MONTHS FROM MANUFACTURE
(Note: — blank be filled up)

(ii) In case of package or bottle containing sterilised or Ultra High

Temperature treated milk, soya milk, flavoured milk, any
package containing bread, dhokla, bhelpuri, pizza, doughnuts,
khoa, paneer, or any uncanned package of fruits, vegetable,
meat, fish or any other like commodity, the declaration be made
as follows:—

“BEST BEFORE ……….DATE/MONTH/YEAR”

OR
“BEST BEFORE........DAYS FROM PACKAGING”
OR
“BEST BEFORE …….. DAYS FROM MANUFACTURE”

Note:
(a) blanks be filled up
(b) Month and year may be used in numerals

- - 169 - -
 (c) Year may be given in two digits

(iii) On packages of Aspartame, instead of Best Before date, Use by

date/recommended last consumption date/expiry date shall be given,
which shall be not more than three years from the date of packing;

(iv) In case of infant milk substitute and infant foods instead of Best
Before date, Use by date/recommended last consumption date/expiry
date shall be given,
Provided FURTHER that the declaration of best before date for
consumption shall not be applicable to
(i) wines and liquors
(ii) alcoholic beverages containing 10 percent or more by volume
of alcohol.

PROVIDED FURTHER that in the case of returnable new glass bottle

manufactured and used for packing of such beverages on or after 19th
March 2009 shall carry these declarations on its body”.

PROVIDED FURTHER that all the above provisions except date of

manufacture and “best before date” shall not apply in respect of
carbonated water (plain soda and potable water impregnated with carbon
dioxide under pressure) packed in returnable glass bottles

(11) Country of origin for imported food:

(i) The country of origin of the food shall be declared on the label of
food imported into India.
(ii) When a food undergoes processing in a second country which
changes its nature, the country in which the processing is

- - 170 - -
 performed shall be considered to be the country of origin for the
purposes of labelling.

(12) Instructions for use:

(i) Instructions for use, including reconstitution, where
applicable, shall be included on the label, if necessary, to
ensure correct utilization of the food.

Part 4.3: Manner of declaration

Regulation 4.3.1: General Conditions

1) Any information or pictorial device written, printed, or graphic

matter may be displayed in the label provided that it is not in conflict with
the requirements of these Regulations.

2) Every declaration which is required to be made on package under

these regulations shall be
(i) Legible and prominent, definite, plain and
unambiguous
(ii) Conspicuous as to size number and colour
(iii) as far as practicable, in such style or type of lettering as to be
boldly, clearly and conspicuously present in distinct contrast to the other
type, lettering or graphic material used on the package, and shall be
printed or inscribed on the package in a colour that contrasts
conspicuously with the background of the label
Provided that -
(a) Where any label information is blown, formed or moulded on a
glass or plastic surface or where such information is embossed or

- - 171 - -
 perforated on a package, that information shall not be required to be
presented in contrasting colours:

(b) Where any declaration on a package is printed either in the

form of a handwriting or hand script, such declaration shall be clear,
unambiguous and legible.

3) No declaration shall be made so as to require it to be read through any

liquid commodity contained in the package.

4) Where a package is provided with an outside container or wrapper,

such container or wrapper shall also contain all the declarations which
are required to appear on the package except where such container or
wrapper itself is transparent and the declarations on the package are
easily readable through such outside container or wrapper.

5) Labels not to contain false or misleading statements A label shall

not contain any statement, claim, design, device, fancy name or
abbreviation which is false or misleading in any particular concerning
the food contained in the package, or concerning the quantity or the
nutritive value or in relation to the place of origin of the said food:

PROVIDED that this regulation shall not apply in respect of established

trade or fancy names of confectionery, biscuits and sweets, such as,
barley, sugar or in respect of aerated waters, such as, Ginger Beer or
Gold-Spot or any other name in existence in international trade practice.

Regulation 4.3.2 Principal display panel: The information required

under these Regulations shall be given on the principal display panel of
the package or container and such information may be given in the

- - 172 - -
 following manner.
a. All information should be grouped together and given at one place..
OR
The pre-printed information be grouped together and given in one
place and

b. Online information or those not preprinted be grouped together in

another place.

1) Area of the principal display panel

The area of principal Display panel shall not be less than -
a) in the case of a rectangular container, forty percent of the product
of height and width of the panel of such container having the largest
area;
b) In case of cylindrical or nearly cylindrical, round or nearly round, oval
or nearly oval container, twenty percent of the product of the height
and average circumference of such container; or
c) In the case of container of any other shape, twenty percent
of the total surface area of the container except where there is label,
securely affixed to the container, such label shall give a surface area of
not l ess than ten percent of the total surface area of the container.
Provided that in the case of package having a capacity of five cubic
centimeters or less, the principal display panel may be card or tape
affixed firmly to the package or container and bearing the required
information under these Regulations.

Regulation 4.3.3 The height of numeral in the declaration

(i) The height of any numeral required under these regulations, on the
principal display panel shall not be less than -

- - 173 - -
 a. as shown in Table - I below if the net quantity is declared in
terms of weight or volume and
b. as shown in Table II below, if the net quantity is declared in
terms of length, area or number.

TABLE – I
Minimum height of numeral
Sl.
Net quantity in Minimum height in mm
No
Weight/volume
When blown, formed
Normal
Moulded, or perforated on
case
container
1. Upto 50g/ml 1 2
2. Above 50g/ml upto 200g/ml 2 4
Above 200 g/ml upto 1
3. 4 6
kg/litre
4. Above 1 kg/litre 6 8

(ii)
TABLE – II

Minimum height of numeral Minimum height in mm

Net quantity in Length area or When blown, formed,
Sl. Normal
number area of principal Moulded, or perforated on
No. case
display panel container
1. Upto 100 cms square 1 2
Above 100 cms. Square upto
2. 2 4
500 cms. Square
Above 500 cms. Square upto
3 4 6
2500 cms. Square
4. Above 2500 cms. Square 6 8

(ii) The height of letters in the declaration under Regulation 4.3.2

(2) shall not be less than 1 mm. When blown, formed, moulded,
embossed or perforated, the height of letters shall not be less than
2mm.

- - 174 - -
Provided that the width of the letter or numeral shall not be less than
one-third of its height, but this proviso shall not apply in the case of
numeral “I” and letters i, I and I:

Provided further that in case of label declarations required under Part

4.4 except in case declaration specifying instructions for use or
preparation of the product, the size of letters shall not be less than 3mm.

Part 4.4: Specific Requirements/ Restrictions on manner of

labelling

Regulation 4.4.1: Labelling of infant milk substitute and infant

food

1) An article of infant milk substitutes /infant foods whose standards

are not prescribed under Chapter 5, shall be manufactured for
sale, exhibited for sale or stored for sale only after obtaining the
approval of such articles of food and its label from Government of
India.

2) Without prejudice to any other provisions relating to labelling

requirements contained in these regulations, every container of
infant milk substitute or infant food or any label affixed thereto
shall indicate in a clear, conspicuous and in an easily readable
manner, the words “IMPORTANT NOTICE” in capital letters and
indicating thereunder the following particulars, namely:-
(i) a statement “MOTHER’S MILK IS BEST FOR YOUR BABY” in capital
letters. The types of letters used shall not be less than five
millimeters and the text of such statement shall be in the Central

- - 175 - -
 Panel of every container of infant milk substitute or infant food or
any label affixed thereto. The colour of the text printed or used shall
be different from that of the background of the label, container as
the case may be. In case of infant food, a statement indicating
“infant food shall be introduced only (after the age of six months and
upto the age of two years)” shall also be given;

(ii) a statement that infant milk substitute or infant food should be used
only on the advice of a health worker as to the need for its use and
the proper method of its use;

(iii) a warning that infant milk substitute or infant food is not the sole
source of nourishment of an infant;

(iv) a statement indicating the process of manufacture (e.g spray dried)

except in case of infant foods, instruction for appropriate and
hygienic preparation including cleaning of utensils, bottles and teats
and warning against health hazards of inappropriate preparations, as
under;
“Warning/ caution-Careful and hygienic preparation of infant
foods/infant milk substitute is most essential for health. Do not use
fewer scoops than directed since diluted feeding will not provide
adequate nutrients needed by your infant. Do not use more scoops
than directed since concentrated feed will not provide the water
needed by your infant”.

(v) the approximate composition of nutrients per 100 gms. of the

product including its energy value in Kilo Calories/Joules;

- - 176 - -
(vi) the storage condition specifically stating “store in a cool and dry
place in an air tight container” or the like (after opening use the
contents within the period mentioned or the expiry date whichever is
earlier);
(vii) the feeding chart and directions for use and instruction for discarding
leftover feed;
(viii) Instruction for use of measuring scoop (level or heaped) and the
quantity per scoop (scoop to be given with pack);
(ix) indicating the Batch No. Month and Year of its manufacture and
expiry date
(x) the protein efficiency ratio (PER) which shall be minimum 2.5 if the
product other than infant milk substitute is claimed to have higher
quality protein;
(xi) the specific name of the food additives, if permitted, shall be
declared in addition to appropriate class names.

3) No containers or label referred to in Regulation (ix) of 4.4.1 (2)

relating to infant milk substitute or infant food shall have a picture of
infant or women or both. It shall not have picture or other graphic
materials or phrases designed to increase the saleability of the infant
milk substitute or infant food. The terms “Humanised” or
“Maternalised” or any other similar words shall not be used. The
Package and/or any other label of infant milk substitute or infant food
shall not exhibit the words, “Full Protein Food”, “energy Food”,
Complete food” or “Health Food” or any other similar expression.

4) The containers of infant milk substitute meant for (premature baby

(born before 37 weeks)/low birth weight infant (less than 2500gm) or
labels affixed thereto shall indicate the following additional
information, namely:-

- - 177 - -
(i) the words [PREMATURE BABY (BORN BEFORE 37 WEEKS) LOW BIRTH
WEIGHT (LESS THAN 2.5 KG] in capital letters along with the product
name in central panel;

(ii) a statement “the low birth weight infant milk substitute shall be
withdrawn under medical advice as soon as the mother’s milk is
sufficiently available’; and

(iii) a statement “TO BE TAKEN UNDER MEDICAL ADVICE” in capital

letters.

5) The product which contains neither milk nor any milk derivatives
shall be labeled “contains no milk or milk product” in conspicuous
manner.
6) The container of infant milk substitute for lactose or lactose and
sucrose intolerant infants or label affixed thereto shall indicate
conspicuously “LACTOSE-FREE or SUCROSE-FREE or LACTOSE and
SUCROSE-FREE” in capital letters and statement “TO BE TAKEN
UNDER MEDICAL ADVICE” and shall also bear the following
statements, namely:-
“Lactose free Infant Milk Substitute should only be used in case of
diarrhea due to lactose intolerance.
The lactose free/sucrose free Infant Milk Substitute should be
withdrawn if there is no improvement in symptoms of intolerance".
7) The container of infant milk substitute meant for infants with allergy
to cow’s /buffalo’s milk protein or soy protein or label affixed
thereto shall indicate conspicuously “HYPOALLERGENIC FORMULA”

- - 178 - -
 in capital letters and statement “TO BE TAKEN UNDER MEDICAL
ADVICE”.

8) Declaration to be surrounded by line:

There shall be a surrounding line enclosing the declaration where
the words “unsuitable for babies” are required to be used.
(i) Distance of surrounding line:
The distance between any part of the words “unsuitable for babies”
surrounding the line enclosing these words shall not be less than
1.5 mm.

Regulations 4.4.2: Labelling of edible oils and fats

1) The package, label or the advertisement of edible oils and fats shall
not use the expressions “Super-Refined”, “Extra-Refined”, “Micro-
Refined”, “Double-Refined”, Ultra-Refined”, "Anti-Cholesterol”,
Cholesterol Fighter”, “Soothing to Heart”, “Cholesterol
Friendly”, "Saturated Fat Free” or such other expressions which are
an exaggeration of the
quality of the Product.

2) Every container in which solvent-extracted oil or de-oiled meal or

edible flour is packed for sale shall, at the time of sale by the
producer, bear the following particulars in English or Hindi
(Devnagri script) :-

(i) the name, trade name, if any, or description of the solvent-

extracted oil or de-oiled meal or edible flour, as the case may be:

- - 179 - -
 (ii) in the case of oil not conforming to the standards of quality for
“refined” grade solvent extracted oils specified in Article 1 of 5.2.7
for Edible vegetable oil/Vanaspati, a declaration in a type-size of
not less than 50 mm, as follows shall appear on the label:

(a) “NOT FOR DIRECT EDIBLE CONSUMPTION”, in the case of oils

complying with the requirements for the “semi-refined” or “raw-
grade 1” grades of oil specified in Article 1 of 5.2.7

(b) “FOR INDUSTRIAL NON-EDIBLE USES ONLY”, in the case of oils

not complying with the requirements under item (a) above;

(iii) the name and business particulars of the producer;

(iv) the net weight of the contents in the container;

(v) the batch number, month and year of manufacture:

Provided that where solvent extracted oils are transported in bulk
in rail tank-wagons or road tankers, or where de-oiled meal or edible
flour is transported in bulk either for storage in silos or transferred to
ship for bulk shipment, it shall be sufficient if the aforesaid particulars
are furnished in the accompanying documents.

3) Every container in which solvent is packed shall, at the time of

sale by the manufacturer or dealer thereof, bear the Indian Standards
Institution certification mark

4) Every container in which vanaspati, margarine, bakery shortening,

blended edible vegetable oils, mixed fat spread and refined vegetable oil

- - 180 - -
is packed in addition to other labelling requirements provided in these
regugulations shall bear the following particulars in English or Hindi in
Devnagri script:
a. the name/description of the contents, "free from Argemone
Oil";
b. the mass/volume of the contents;

5) Every container of refined vegetable oil shall bear the following label,
namely:-
“Refined (name of the Oil) Oil”

Provided that the container of imported edible oil shall also bear the
word, “Imported”, as prefix.

6) Every package containing an admixture of palmolein with groundnut oil

shall carry the following label, namely

“BLEND OF PALMOLEIN AND GROUNDNUT OIL"

Palmolein......per cent
Groundnut oil....per cent”

7) Every package containing an admixture of imported rape-seed oil with

mustard oil, shall carry the following label, namely :

“BLEND OF IMPORTED RAPE-SEED OILAND MUSTARD OIL"

Imported rape-seed oil.....per cent
Mustard oil.......per cent”

- - 181 - -
8) Every package of vanaspati made from more than 30 percent of Rice
bran oil shall bear the following label, namely :-
“This package of vanaspati is made from more
than 30 per cent Rice bran oil by weight"

9) Every package containing Fat Spread shall carry the following labels
namely:-

Milk Fat Spread

Use before ..............
Date of packing ............
Per cent by weight…………
Total Milk Fat Content ......

Mixed Fat Spread

Use before ..............
Date of packing ............
Per cent by weight…………
Milk Fat Content...........
Percent by weight.......
Total Milk Fat Content ......

Vegetable Fat Spread

Use before ..............
Date of packing ............
Per cent by weight…………
Total Fat Content ......

10) A package cotaining annatto colour in vegetable oils shall

- - 182 - -
 bear the following label namely :-
“Annatto colour in oil (Name of oil/oils) used

11) Every package containing an admixture of edible oils shall

carry the following label, namely:-
This blended edible vegetable oil contains an admixture of :

(i) ...................% by Weight

(ii)................% by Weight

(Name and nature of edible vegetable oils i.e. in raw or refined

form)
Date of Packing..................

There shall also be the following declaration in bold capital letters along
with the name of product on front/central panel,–
“NOT TO BE SOLD LOOSE”

Regulation 4.4.3: Labelling of irradiated Food

Irradiated foods.- The label of a food, which has been treated with
ionizing radiation, shall carry a written statement indicating the treatment in
close proximity to the name of the food.

In addition all packages of irradiated food shall bear the following

declaration and logo, namely :-

PROCESSED BY IRRADIATION METHOD

DATE OF IRRADIATION ..................

- - 183 - -
 LICENCE NO .......................................
PURPOSE OF IRRADIATION.....................

Regulation 4.4.4: Other Product Specific Labelling Requirements

1) Coffee-Chicory Mixture:- (i) Every package containing a mixture of

coffee and chicory shall have affixed to it a label upon which shall be
printed the following declaration:

Coffee blended with chicory

This mixture contains
Coffee..................... Per cent
Chicory.................... Per cent

(ii) Every package containing Instant Coffee-Chicory mixture shall

have affixed to it a label upon which shall be printed the following
declarations;
Instant Coffee-Chicory mixture made from blends
of coffee and chicory

Coffee......... Per Cent

Chicory........ Per cent

2) CONDENSED MILK OR DESSICATED (DRIED) MILK:

Every package containing condensed milk or desiccated (dried) milk shall

- - 184 - -
bear a label upon which is printed such one of the following declarations
as may be applicable or such other declaration substantially to the like
effect as may be allowed by the State Government
(i) In the case of condensed milk (unsweetened):
“CONDENSED MILK UNSWEETENED
(Evaporated Milk) (This tin contains the equivalent) of (x)......... litres of
toned milk”

(ii) In the case of condensed milk (sweetened):

CONDENSED MILK SWEETENED
This tin contains the equivalent of (x)......... litres of toned milk
with sugar added”

(iii) In the case of condensed skimmed milk (unsweetened):

"CONDENSED SKIMMED MILK UNSWEETENED" (Evaporated
Skimmed Milk) This tin contains the equivalent of (x)......... litres of
skimmed milk

(iv) In the case of condensed skimmed milk (sweetened):

“CONDENSED SKIMMED MILK SWEETENED"
This tin contains the equivalent of (x).......litres of skimmed milk with
sugar added”

(v) In the case of condensed milk (sweetened and flavoured):

“This has been flavoured with.............
NOT TO BE USED FOR
INFANTS BELOW SIX MONTHS”

(vi) In the case of condensed milk/condensed Skimmed milk

- - 185 - -
(unsweetened) Sterilised by Ultra High Temperature (UHT) treatment:

“This has been Sterilised by UHT Process”

(vii) In the case of milk powder:

“MILK POWDER
This tin contains the equivalent of
(x)..... litres of toned milk”

(viii) In the case of milk powder which contains lecithin:

"MILK POWDER IN THIS PACKAGE CONTAINS
LECITHIN"

(ix) In the case of partly skimmed milk powder :

“PARTLY SKIMMED MILK POWDER
This tin contains the equivalent of
(x)......... litres of partly skimmed milk
having......... per cent milk fat”

(x) In the case of skimmed milk powder:

“SKIMMED MILK POWDER
This tin contains the equivalent of (x)......... litres of skimmed milk”

3) The declaration shall in each case be completed by inserting at (x) the

appropriate number in words and in figures, for example, “one and a
half (1½)”, any fraction being expressed as eight quarters or a half, as
the case may be.

4) There shall not be placed on any package containing condensed milk

- - 186 - -
 or desiccated (dried) milk any comment on, explanation of, or
reference to either the statement of equivalence, contained in the
prescribed declaration or on the words “machine skimmed” “skimmed”
or “unsuitable for babies” except instructions as to dilution as follows:

“To make a fluid not below the composition of toned milk or skimmed
milk (as the case may be) with the contents of this package, add (here
insert the number of parts) of water by volume to one part by volume of
this condensed milk or desiccated (dried) milk”

Sweetened condensed milk and other similar products which are not
suitable for infant feeding shall not contain any instruction of modifying
them for infant feeding.

5) Wherever the word “milk appears on the label of a package of

condensed skimmed milk or of desiccated (dried) skimmed milk as the
description or part of the description of the contents, it shall be
immediately preceded or followed by the word “machine skimmed” or
“partly skimmed”, as the case may be.

6) Fluid milk: - The caps of the milk bottles shall clearly indicate the
nature of the milk contained in them. The indication may be either in
full or by abbreviation shown below :

(i) Buffalo milk may be denoted by the letter 'B'.

(ii) Cow milk may be denoted by the letter 'C'

(iii) Goat milk may be denoted by the letter 'G'

(iv) Standardized milk may be denoted by the letter 'S'

(v) Toned milk may be denoted by the letter 'T'

- - 187 - -
 (vi) Double toned milk may be denoted by the letter 'DT'
(vii) Skimmed milk may be denoted by the letter 'K'
(viii) Pasteurised milk may be denoted by the letter 'P; followed by
the class of milk. For example Pasteurised Buffalo milk shall bear
the letters 'PB '.
(ix) alternatively colours of the caps of the milk bottles shall be
indicative of the nature of milk contained in them, the classification
of colours being displayed at places where milk is sold\stored or
exhibited for sale, provided that the same had been simultaneously
intimated to the concerned Local (Health) Authority, Other media of
information like Press may also be utilised

7) Ice cream -- Every dealer in ice-cream or mixed ice-cream who in the

street or other place of public resort, sells or offers or exposes for sale,
ice-cream or ice-candy, from a stall or from a cart, barrow or other
vehicle or from a basket, phial, tray or other container used without a
staff or a vehicle shall have his name and address along with the name
and address of the manufacturer, if any, legibly and conspicuously
'displayed' on the stall, vehicle or container as the case may be.

8) Hingra :- Every container containing Hingra shall bear a label upon

which is printed a declaration in the following form, namely :
"This container contains Hingra ( Imported from Iran\Afghanistan) and is
certified to be conforming to the standards laid down in the Food Safety
and Standards regulations”

9) Light Black Pepper:- Every package containing light black pepper

shall bear the following label in addition to the Agmark seal and the
requirements prescribed under Regulation 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 of
these Regulations:

- - 188 - -
 “Light Black Pepper (Light berries)”

10) Every package Package containing “Cassia Bark” shall bear the following
“CASSIA BARK (TAJ)”

11) Every package containing “CINNAMON” shall bear the following label
“CINNAMON (DALCHINI)”

12) Every package of chillies which contains added edible oil shall bear the following
label:
“CHILLIES IN THIS PACKAGE CONTAINS AN ADMIXTURE OF NOT MORE THAN 2 PERCENT
OF……………….(NAME OF OIL) EDIBLE OIL”

13) Every package of ice-cream, kulfi, kulfa and chocolate ice-cream

containing starch shall have a declaration on a label as specified in
Regulation 4.2.2

14) Masala: Every package of mixed masala fried in oil shall bear the
following label:

“MIXED MASALA (FRIED) THIS MASALA HAS BEEN FRIED IN

(Name of the edible oil used)”

15) Compounded Asafoetida: Every container of compounded

asafoetida shall indicate the approximate composition of edible starch
or edible cereal flour used in the compound, on the label

16) Every package containing maida treated with improver or bleaching

agents shall carry the following label, namely :

- - 189 - -
 “WHEAT FLOUR TREATED WITH IMPROVER/BLEACHING
AGENTS, TO BE USED BY BAKERIES ONLY”

17) Unless otherwise provided in these regulations, every package of

malted milk food which contains added natural colouring matter except
caramel, shall bear the following label, namely:

“MALTED MILK FOOD IN THIS PACKAGE CONTAINS PERMITTED

NATURAL COLOURING MATTER”

18) Every advertisement for and/or a package of food containing added

Monosodium Glutamate shall carry the following declaration, namely :-

“THIS PACKAGE OF.............. (Name of the food) contains

added............ MONOSODIUM GLUTAMATE
NOT RECOMMENDED FOR INFANTS BELOW -12 MONTHS”

19) Every container of refined salseed fat shall bear the following label,
namely:
“REFINED SALSEED FAT FOR USE IN BAKERY AND
CONFECTIONERY ONLY”

20) Every container or package of table iodised salt or iron fortified

common salt containing permitted anticaking agent shall bear the
following label, namely:—
“IODIZED SALT / IRON FORTIFIED COMMON SALT*
CONTAINS PERMITTED ANTICAKING AGENT”
* Strike out whichever is not applicable

- - 190 - -
21) Every container or package of iron fortified common salt shall
bear the following label, namely
“IRON FORTIFIED COMMON SALT”

22) Every package of Dried Glucose Syrup containing sulphur dioxide

exceeding 40 ppm shall bear the following label namely
“DRIED GLUCOSE SYRUP FOR USE IN SUGAR CONFECTIONERY
ONLY”

23) A package containing tea with added flavour shall bear the
following label, namely:
“FLAVOURED TEA” (common name of permitted
flavour) percentage Registration No….

24) Every package of food which is permitted to contain artificial

sweetener mentioned in table given in Regulation 6.1.3 (2) of these
Regulations and an advertisement for such food shall carry the
following label, namely:—
(i) This ................. (Name of the artificial sweeteners).
(ii) Not recommended for children.
(iii) (a) *Quantity of sugar added ...……...... gm/100
gm.
(b) No sugar added in the product.
(iv) *Not for Phenylketoneurics (if Aspertame is added) *strike out
whatever is not applicable

25) In addition to the declaration under Regulation 4.4.4 (24) every

package of food which is permitted to contain artificial sweetener

- - 191 - -
 mentioned in table in Regulation 6.1.3 (2)of these Regulations and
an advertisement for such food shall carry the following label,
namely:—”
“CONTAINS ARTIFICIAL SWEETNER AND FOR CALORIE
CONSCIOUS”

26) The declaration under Regulation 4.4.4 (25) shall be provided

along with name or trade name of product and shall be of the half of
the size of the name/ trade name. The declaration may be given in two
sentences, but in the same box:

27) Every package of Aspertame (Methyl ester), Acesulfame K,

Sucralose and Saccharin Sodium marketed as Table Top Sweetener
and every advertisement for such Table Top Sweetener shall carry the
following label, namely:—
“Contains........... (name of artificial sweetener)
Not recommended for children”.

Provided that the package of aspertame (Methyl ester), marketed as

Table Top Sweetener and every advertisement for such Table Top
Sweetener shall carry the following label, namely:
“Not for Phenylketoneurics”

28) Every package of Pan Masala and advertisement relating thereto,

shall carry the following warning, namely :-

"Chewing of Pan Masala may be injurious to health"

29) Every package of supari and advertisement relating thereto shall

- - 192 - -
 carry the following warning in conspicuous and bold print, namely :-
“Chewing of Supari is Injurious to Health”

30) Every package of fruit squash by whatever name it is sold,

containing additional sodium or potassium salt shall bear the following
label, namely :-
“IT CONTAINS ADDITIONAL
SODIUM/POTASSIUM SALT”

31) Every package of Cheese (hard), surface treated with Natamycin,

shall bear the following label, namely :-
“SURFACE TREATED WITH NATAMYCIN"
32) Every package of Bakery and Industrial Margarine made from more
than 30 per cent of Rice Bran Oil shall bear the following label, namely
:-

This package of Bakery & Industrial Margarine is made from more

than 30 per cent of Rice Bran Oil by Wt.

33) Every package of food which is permitted to contain a mixture of

Aspertame (Methyl Ester) and Acesulfame Potassium Sweeteners
mentioned in the Table given in Regulation 6.1.3 (2), shall carry
the following label, namely:—

This ………........…… (Name of food) contains ………........…….....

contains an admixture of Aspertame (Methyl Ester and
Acesulfame Potassium. Not recommended for children.
(a) *Quantity of sugar added..…………... gm/100gm,

- - 193 - -
(b) No sugar added in the product.
*Not for Phenylketoneurics (if Aspertame is added)
*strike out whatever is not applicable
34) Every container or package of flavour emulsion and flavour paste
meant for use in carbonated or non-carbonated beverages shall carry
the following declaration, in addition to the instructions for dilution,
namely:—

FLAVOUR EMULSION AND FLAVOUR PASTE FOR USE IN CARBONATED OR

NON-CARBONATED BEVERAGES ONLY

35) Every package of drinking water shall carry the following

declaration in Capital letters having the size of each letter as
prescribed in Regulation 4.2.2 ;
“PACKAGED DRINKING WATER”
One time usable plastic bottles of packaged drinking water shall carry the
following declaration.
CRUSH THE BOTTLE AFTER USE

36) Every package of mineral water shall carry the following declaration
in capital letters having the size of each letter as prescribed in
Regulation 4.2.2 ;
“NATURAL MINERAL WATER”

One time usable plastic bottles of mineral water shall carry the following
declaration.
CRUSH THE BOTTLE AFTER USE

- - 194 - -
37) Every package of food having added caffeine shall carry the following
label, namely:—
“CONTAINS CAFFEINE”

Provided if caffeine is added in the products, it shall be declared

on the body of the Container/bottle.
Provided also that in case of returnable glass bottles, which are recycled
for refilling the Declaration of caffeine, may be given on the crown.

38) Every package of Low Fat Paneer/ Chhana shall carry the following
label, namely:-
“Low Fat Paneer / Chhana”

39) Every package of Cheese(s), if packed in polyfilm/wrapping of cloth,

shall bear the following label, namely:-
“Remove the outer packing before consumption”

40) Every package of Frozen Desert / Frozen Confection shall bear the
following label, namely:-
“Frozen Deserts / Frozen Confection Contain ………………. Milk Fat
/ Edible Vegetable Oil* / and Vegetable Fat*”
*strike out whatever is not applicable

41) Every container or package of common salt shall bear the following
label, namely:-

“COMMON SALT FOR IODISATION / IRON FORTIFICATION

/ANIMAL USE / PRSERVATION / MEDICINE / INDUSTRIAL USE
*strike out whichever is not applicable.”

- - 195 - -
42) Every package of biscuits, bread and cakes containing Oligofructose
shall bear the following declaration, namely:–
“Contains Oligofructose (dietary fiber) —— gm/100 gm”

43) Every package of fresh fruit if coated with wax shall carry
the following label, namely

Coated with wax (give name of wax)

Regulation
4.4.5: Specific restrictions on Product labels
(1) Labels not to contain reference to Act or rules or regulations
contradictory to required particulars – The label shall not contain any
reference to the Act or any of these regulations or any comment on, or
reference to, or explanation of any particulars or declaration required by
the Act or any of these regulations to be included in the label which
directly or by implication, contradicts, qualifies or modifies such
particulars or declaration.

(2) Labels not to use words implying recommendations by

medical profession – There shall not appear in the label of any
package, containing food for sale the words “recommended by the
medical profession” or any words which imply or suggest that the food is
recommended, prescribed, or approved by medical practitioners or
approved for medical purpose.

(3) Unauthorized use of words showing imitation prohibited

1) There shall not be written in the statement or label attached to any

package containing any article of food the word “imitation” or any

- - 196 - -
 word or words implying that the article is a substitute for any food,
unless the use of the said word or words is specifically permitted
under these regulations.
2) Any fruit syrup, fruit juice, fruit squash, fruit beverages, cordial,
crush or any other fruit products standardised under Chapter 5 of
FSSA Regulations, 2010 which does not contain the prescribed
amount of fruit juice or fruit pulp or fruit content shall not be
described as a fruit syrup, fruit juice, fruit squash, fruit beverages,
cordial, crush or any other fruit product as the case may be.

3) Any food product which does not contain the specified amount of
fruit and is likely to deceive or mislead or give a false impression to
the consumer that the product contains fruit, whether by use of
words or pictorial representation, shall be clearly and conspicuously
marked on the label as “(NAME OF THE FRUIT) FLAVOURED”.

4) Any food product which contains only fruit flavours, whether natural
flavours and natural flavouring substances or nature identical
flavouring substances, artificial flavouring substances as single or in
combination thereof, shall not be described as a fruit product and
the word “ADDED” (NAME OF FRUIT) FLAVOUR shall be used in
describing such a product;

5) carbonated water containing no fruit juice or fruit pulp shall not

have a label which may lead the consumer into believing that it is a
fruit product.

- - 197 - -
 6) Any fruit and vegetable product alleged to be fortified with vitamin
C shall contain not less than 40 mgms. of ascorbic acid per 100 gm.
of the product.

(4) Imitations not to be marked “pure”

The word “pure” or any word or words of the same significance shall not
be included in the label of a package that contains an imitation of any
food.

(5) Labelling prohibitions for Drinking Water (Both Packaged and

Mineral Water)

i) No claims concerning medicinal (preventative, alleviative or

curative) effects shall be made in respect of the properties of the product
covered by the standard Claims of other beneficial effects related to the
health of the consumer shall not be made.

ii) The name of the locality, hamlet or specified place may not form
part of the trade name unless it refers to a packaged water collected at
the place designated by that trade name.

iii) The use of any statement or of any pictorial device which may
create confusion in the mind of the public or in any way mislead the
public about the nature, origin, composition, and properties of such
waters put on sale is prohibited.
Note: Without prejudice to the standards laid down in this chapter,
whenever water is used in the manufacture or preparation of any article
of food, such water shall be free from micro-organisms likely to cause
disease and also free from chemical constitutents which may impair
health

- - 198 - -
Part 4.5: Restriction on advertisement
There shall be no advertisement of any food which is misleading or
contravening the provisions of Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006
(34 of 2006) or the rules/regulations made thereunder.

Part 4.6: Exemptions from labelling requirements-

Regulations 4.6.1
1) Where the surface area of the package is not more than 100 square
centimeters, the label of such package shall be exempted from the
requirements of list of ingredients, Lot Number or Batch Number or
Code Number, nutritional information and instructions for use, but
these information shall be given on the wholesale packages or multi
piece packages, as the case may be.

2) the ‘date of manufacture’ or ‘best before date’ or ‘expiry date’ may not
be required to be mentioned on the package having surface area of
less than 30 square centimeters but these information shall be given
on the wholesale packages or multipiece packages, as the case may
be;

3) in case of liquid products marketed in bottles, if such bottle is intended

to be reused for refilling, the requirement of list of ingredients shall be
exempted, but the nutritional information specified in Regulation
4.2.2 (3) these Regulations shall be given on the label.

PROVIDED that in case of such glass bottles manufactured after

March 19, 2009, the list of ingredients and nutritional information
shall be given on the bottle.

4) in case of food with shelf-life of not more than seven days, the ‘date of

- - 199 - -
 manufacture’ may not be required to be mentioned on the label of
packaged food articles, but the ‘use by date’ shall be mentioned on the
label by the manufacturer or packer.

5) In case of wholesale packages the particulars under Regulations 5,

10, of 4.2.2 and 5.12 of these Regulations and this Regulation need
not be specified.

Part 4.7: Notice of addition, admixture or deficiency in food

Regulations 4.7.1
1) Every advertisement and every price or trade list or label for an article
of food which contains an addition, admixture or deficiency shall
describe the food as containing such addition, admixture or deficiency
and shall also specify the nature and quantity of such addition,
admixture or deficiency. No such advertisement or price or trade list or
label attached to the container of the food shall contain any words
which might imply that the food is pure:

PROVIDED that for purpose of this regulation the following shall not be
deemed as an admixture or an addition, namely:
(a) salt in butter or margarine,
(b) vitamins in food.
2) Every package, containing a food which is not pure by reason of any
addition, admixture or deficiency, shall be labelled with an adhesive
label, which shall have the following declaration:

Declaration
This (a) ………. contains an admixture/addition of not
more

- - 200 - -
 than (b) …… per cent. of (c).............

(a) Here insert the name of food.

(b) Here insert the quantity of admixture which may be present.
(c) Here insert the name of the admixture or the name of
ingredient which is deficient.
Where the context demands it, the words “contains an admixture
of” shall be replaced by the words “contains an addition of” or “is deficient
in”.

3) Unless the vendor of a food containing an addition, admixture or

deficiency, has reason to believe that the purchaser is able to read and
understand the declaratory label, he shall give the purchaser, if asked,
the information contained in the declaratory label by word of mouth at
the time of sale.

4) Nothing contained in this regulation shall be deemed to authorize any

person to sell any article of food required under the Act or these
regulations to be sold in pure condition, otherwise than in its pure
condition.

5) Nothing contained in this Regulation shall apply in the case of sweets,

confectionery, biscuits, bakery products, processed fruits, aerated
water, vegetables and flavouring agents.

- - 201 - -
 CHAPTER 5: FOOD PRODUCT STANDARDS

PART 5.1: DAIRY PRODUCTS AND ANALOGUES

Regulation 5.1.1: MILK

1. DEFINITIONS:
1.1 MILK is the normal mammary secretion derived from complete
milking of healthy milch animal without either addition thereto or
extraction therefrom. It shall be free from colostrum. Milk of different
classes and of different designations shall conform to the standards laid
down in the Table below in Article 2.

Total urea content in the milk shall not be more than 700 ppm

1.2. PASTEURISATION—
The terms “Pasteurisation”, “Pasteurised” and similar terms shall be
taken to refer to the process of heating every particle of milk of different
classes to at least 630 C and holding at such temperature continuously for
at least 30 minutes or heating it to at least 71.50C and holding at such
temperature continuously for at least 15 seconds or an approved
temperature time combination that will serve to give a negative
Phosphatase Test.
All pasteurised milk of different classes shall be cooled immediately to
a temperature of 100 C, or less

1.3. STERILISATION :The term “sterilisation when used in association

with milk, means heating milk in sealed container continuously to a
temperature of either 1150 C for 15 minutes or at least 1300 C for a
period of one second or more in a continuous flow and then packed under
aseptic condition in hermatically sealed containers to ensure preservation
at room temperature for a period not less than 15 days from the date of
manufacture;

1.4. BOILED MILK means milk which has been brought to boil.

1.5. Flavoured Milk, by whatever name called, may contain nuts

(whole, fragmented or ground) chocolate, coffee or any other edible
flavour, edible food colours and cane sugar. Flavoured milk shall be

- - 202 - -
pasteurised, sterilised or boiled. The type of milk shall be mentioned on
the label.
1.6. MIXED MILK means a combination of milk of cow, buffalo, sheep,
goat or any other milch animal and may be a combination of any of
these milk which has been made and conforms to the standards given in
the Article 2 below.

1.7. STANDARDISED MILK means cow milk or buffalo milk or sheep

milk or goat milk or a combination of any of these milk that has been
standardised to fat and solids-not-fat percentage given in Article 2
below by the adjustment of milk solids. Standardised milk shall be
pasteurised and shall show a negative Phosphatase Test.

1.8. RECOMBINED MILK means the homogenised product prepared

from milk fat, non-fat-milk solids and water. Recombined milk shall be
pasteurised and shall show a negative Phosphatase test.

1.9. TONED MILK means the product prepared by admixture of cow or

buffalo milk or both with fresh skimmed milk; or by admixture of cow or
buffalo milk or both that has been standardised to fat and solids-not-fat
percentage given in Article 2 below by adjustment of milk solids. It shall
be pasteurised and shall show a negative Phosphatase Test. When fat or
dry non-fat-milk solids are used, it shall be ensured that the product
remains homogeneous and no deposition of solids takes place on
standing.
1.10. DOUBLE TONED MILK means the product prepared by
admixture of cow or buffalo milk or both with fresh skimmed milk, or by
admixture of cow or buffalo milk or both that has been standardised to
fat and solids-not-fat percentage given in Article 2 below by adjustment
of milk solids. It shall be pasteurised and shall show a negative
Phosphatase Test. When fat or dry non-fat milk solids are used, it shall
be ensured that the product remains homogeneous and no deposition of
solids takes place on standing.

1.11. SKIMMED MILK means the product prepared from milk from
which almost all the milk fat has been removed mechanically.

1.12. Full Cream Milk means milk or a combination of buffalo or cow

milk or a product prepared by combination of both that has been
standardised to fat and solids-not-fat percentage, given in Article 2
below, by adjustment/addition of milk solids, Full Cream Milk shall be
pasteurised. It shall show a negative phosphatase test. It shall be packed

- - 203 - -
 in clean, sound and sanitary containers properly sealed so as to prevent
contamination.

1.13 MILK PRODUCTS means the products obtained from milk such as
cream, malai, curd, skimmed milk curd, chhanna, skimmed-milk
chhanna, cheese, processed cheese, ice-cream, milk ices, condensed
milk-sweetened and unsweetened, condensed skimmed milk-sweetened
and unsweetened, milk powder, skimmed milk powder, partly skimmed
milk powder, khoa, infant milk food, table butter and desi butter.

Milk products shall not contain any substance not found in milk unless
specified in the standards.

2. The standards of different classes and designations of milk

shall be as given in the table below. Milk shall conform to both the
parameters for milk fat and milk solids not fat, independently, as
prescribed in columns (4) and (5) of the said table:

Minimum
percent
Class of Milk Designation Locality Milk Milk
Fat solids
not fat
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Assam,
Bihar,
Chandigarh
Delhi
Gujarat
Haryana
Jharkhand
Maharashtra
Meghalaya
Punjab
Sikkim
Uttar Pradesh
Uttarakhand
West Bengal 6.0 9.0
Buffalo Milk Raw, Andaman and
pasteurized, Nicobar
boiled, Andhra Pradesh

- - 204 - -
flavoured, Arunachal
sterlized Pradesh
Chhatisgarh
Dadra & Nagar
haveli
Goa, Daman & Diu
Himachal Pradesh
Jammu & Kashmir
& Karnataka

Kerala
Lakshadweep,
Minicoy &
Amindivi Island
Madhya Pradesh
Manipur
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa 5.0 9.0
Puducherry
Rajasthan
Tamil Nadu
Tripura

- - 205 - -
 Chandigarh
Haryana
Punjab 4.0 8.5

Cow Milk Raw, boiled, Andaman &

pasteurized, Nicobar Islands
flavoured Andhra Pradesh
and Arunachal
sterlized Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chhatisgarh
Dadra & Nagar
haveli
Delhi 3.5 8.5
Goa, Daman & Diu
Gujarat
Himachal Pradesh
Jammu & Kashmir

Jharkhand
Karnataka
Kerala
Lakshadweep,
Minicoy &
Adminidive
Islands
Madhya Pradesh
Maharashtra
Manipur 3.5 8.5
Meghalaya
Nagaland
Puducherry
Rajasthan
Sikkim
Tamil Nadu
Tripura

- - 206 - -
 Uttar Pradesh
Uttarakhand
West Bengal

Mizoram
Orissa

3.0 8.5

Chandigarh
Chhatisgarh
Haryana
Goat or Raw, boiled, Kerala 3.5 9.0
Sheep Milk pasteurized, Madhya Pradesh
flavoured Maharashtra
and Punjab
sterlized Uttar Pradesh
Uttarakhand

Andaman &
Nicobar Islands
Andhra Pradesh
Arunachal
Pradesh
Assam
Bihar
Chhatisgarh
Dadra and Nagar
haveli
Delhi

- - 207 - -
 Goa, Daman & Diu
Gujarat
Himachal Pradesh 3.0 9.0
Jammu & Kashmir
Jharkhand
Karnataka
Lakshadweep,
Minicoy &
Amindive Islands
Manipur
Meghalaya’
Mizoram
Nagaland
Orissa
Puducherry
Rajasthan
Sikkim,
Tamil Nadu
Tripura
West Bengal

Mixed Milk Raw, All India 4.5 8.5

pasteurised,
boiled,
flavoured
and
sterilised
Standardized Pasteurised, All India 4.5 8.5
milk flavoured
and
sterilised
Pasteurised, All India 3.0 8.5
flavoured
Recombined and
Milk sterilised
Toned Milk Pasteurised, All India 3.0 8.5
flavoured
and
sterilised
Double Pasteurised, All India 1.5 9.0
Toned milk flavoured
and
sterilised

- - 208 - -
Skimmed Raw, boiled, All India Not 8.7
Milk pasteurised, more
flavoured than
and 0.5
sterilised percent
Full Cream Pasteurised All India 6.0 9.0
Milk and
sterilised

NOTE :-(i) When milk is offered for sale without indication of the class
the standards prescribed for buffalo milk shall apply.
(ii) The heat treatment for the various designated milk shall be as
follows:

Designation Heat treatment

Raw Nil.
Pasteurised Pasteurisation.
Boiled Boiling
Flavoured Pasteurisation or Sterilisation
Sterilised Sterilisation

Regulation 5.1.2 CREAM:

1. CREAM including sterilised cream means the product of cow or

buffalo milk or a combination thereof. It shall be free from starch and
other ingredients foreign to milk. It may be of following three categories,
namely:-
1. Low fat cream--containing milk fat not less than 25.0 percent by
weight.
2. Medium fat cream--containing milk fat not less than 40.0 percent
by weight.
3. High fat cream--containing milk fat not less than 60.0 percent by
weight.
Note:- Cream sold without any indication about milk fat content shall
be treated as high fat cream.

- - 209 - -
2. Cream Powder means the product obtained by partial removal of
water from cream obtained from milk of cow and / or buffalo. The fat and
/ or protein content of the cream may be adjusted by addition and/ or
withdrawal of milk constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey
protein to casein ratio of the milk being adjusted. It shall be of uniform
colour and shall have pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour and
rancidity. It shall also be free from vegetable oil/ fat, mineral oil, added
flavour and any substance foreign to milk.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:-

(i) Moisture Not more than 5.0 percent

(ii) Milk fat Not less than 42.0 percent
(iii) Milk protein in Milk solid not fat Not less than 34.0 percent

Regulation 5.1.3: MALAI

1. MALAI means the product rich in butter fat prepared by boiling and
cooling cow or buffalo milk or a combination thereof. It shall contain not
less than 25.0 per cent milk fat.

Regulation 5.1.4: DAHI OR CURD

1. DAHI OR CURD means the product obtained from pasteurised or

boiled milk by souring, natural or otherwise, by a harmless lactic acid or
other bacterial culture. Dahi may contain added cane sugar. Dahi shall
have the same minimum percentage of milk fat and milk solids-not-fat as
the milk from which it is prepared.
Where dahi or curd is sold or offered for sale without any indication of
class of milk, the standards prescribed for dahi prepared from buffalo
milk shall apply.
Milk solids may also be used in preparation of this product.

Regulation 5.1.5: CHHANA OR PANEER

1. CHHANA OR PANEER means the product obtained from the cow

- - 210 - -
or buffalo milk or a combination thereof by precipitation with sour milk,
lactic acid or citric acid. It shall not contain more than 70.0 per cent
moisture and the milk fat content shall not be less than 50.0 per cent of
the dry matter.

Milk solids may also be used in preparation of this product.

Provided that paneer or chhana when sold as low fat paneer or chhana, it
shall conform to the following requirements:-
(i) Moisture Not more than 70.0 percent
(ii) Milk fat Not more than 15.0 percent of dry matter:

Provided further that such low fat paneer/chhana shall be sold in

sealed package only and shall bear proper label declaration as provided in
‘Article 38 of Regulation 4.4.4’.

Regulation 5.1.6: CHEESE

" Cheese2 (HARD) means the product obtained by draining after

coagulation of milk with a harmless milk coagulating agent under the
influence of harmless bacterial culture. It shall not contain ingredients not
found in milk, except coagulating agent, sodium chloride, calcium chloride
(anhydrous salt) not exceeding 0.02 percent by weight, annatto or
carotene colour, and may contain emulsifiers and/or stabilizers, namely
citric acid, sodium citrate or sodium salts of orthophosphoric acid and
polyphosphoric acid (as linear phosphate) exceeding 0.2 percent by
weight. Wax used for covering the outer surface shall not contain any
thing harmful to health. In case the wax is coloured, only permitted food
colour shall be used. Hard cheese shall contain not more than 43.0
percent moisture and not less than 42.0 percent milk fat of the dry
matter. Hard cheese may contain up to 3000 parts per million sorbic acid,
or its sodium, potassium or calcium salts calculated as sorbic acid, and/or
12.5 parts per million nisin either singly or in combination.
Natamycin may be used for surface treatment only, subject to the
following conditions, namely:-
(i) Maximum level of application shall not exceed 2 mg/dm3 of
cheese surface

2
The below mentioned standards for Cheese/ Yoghurt/ Ice cream/ Kulfi/ Chocolate/ Dried icecream mix are in
force, the revised standards for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September,
2010.

- - 211 - -
 (ii) The penetration depth shall not exceed 2 mm.
(iii) The maximum residue level in the finished product shall not
exceed 1 mg/dm3

Cheese3 means the ripened or unripened soft or semihard, hard and

extra hard product, which may be coated with food grade waxes or
polyfilm, and in which the whey protein / casein ratio does not exceed
that of milk. Cheese is obtained by coagulating wholly or partly milk and/
or products obtained from milk through the action of non-animal rennet
or other suitable coagulating agents and by partially draining the whey
resulting from such coagulation and/ or processing techniques involving
coagulation of milk and/ or products obtained from milk which give a final
product with similar physical, chemical and organoleptic characteristics.
The product may contain starter cultures of harmless lactic acid and / or
flavour producing bacteria and cultures of other harmless
microorganisms, safe and suitable enzymes and sodium chloride. It may
be in the form of blocks, slices, cut, shredded or grated cheese.
i) Ripened Cheese is cheese which is not ready for consumption
shortly after manufacture but which must be held for some time at such
temperature and under such other conditions as will result in necessary
biochemical and physical changes characterizing the cheese in question.
ii) Mould Ripened cheese is a ripened cheese in which the ripening
has been accomplished primarily by the development of characteristic
mould growth through the interior and/ or on the surface of the cheese.
iii) Unripened cheese including fresh cheese is cheese which is
ready for consumption shortly after manufacture.

Cheese or varieties of cheeses shall have pleasant taste and flavour

free from off flavour and rancidity.
It may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall
conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B:
Provided that cheese or varieties of cheeses coated with food grade
waxes/ or polyfilm / or wrapping of cloth shall bear proper label
declaration as provided in Article 39 of Regulation 4.4.4. It shall
conform to the following requirements:-
Milk Fat on Dry
Product Moisture basis

(1) (2) (3)

3
The deferred standards for Cheese read as under.

- - 212 - -
(i) Hard Pressed Not more than 39.0
Cheese percent Not less than 48.0

(ii) Semi Hard Not more than 45.0 Not less than 40.0
Cheese percent percent

Not more than 52.0 Not less than 45.0

(iii) Semi Soft Cheese percent percent

Not more than 80.0 Not less than 20.0

(iv) Soft Cheese percent percent

(v) Extra Hard Not more than 36.0 Not less than 32.0
Cheese percent percent

(vi) Mozzarella Not more than 60.0 Not less than 35.0
Cheese percent percent

Not more than 54.0 Not less than 35.0

(vii) Pizza Cheese percent percent

2. " Processed Cheese"11 means the product obtained by heating one

or mote types of hard cheeses with permitted emulsifiers and/or
stabilizers namely citric acid, sodium citrate, sodium salts of orthophoric
acid and polyphosphoric acid (as linear phosphate) with or without added
condiments, and acidifying agents, namely vinegar, lactic acid, acetic
acid, citiric acid and phosphoric acid. Processed cheese may contain not
more than 4.0 percent of anhydrous permitted emulsifiers and/or
stabilizers, provided that the content of anhydrous inorganic agents shall
in no case exceed 3.0 percent of the finished product. It shall not contain
more than 47.0 percent moisture. Processed cheese chiplets (packed
sliced cheese) when sold in a package other than tin, shall not contain
more than 50.0 percent moisture. The milk fat content shall not be less
than 40.0 percent of the dry matter. Processed cheese may contain upto
3000 parts per million sorbic acid , or its sodium, potassium or calcium
salts calculated as sorbic acid, and/or 12.5 parts per million nisin either
singly or in combination. It may contain calcium chloride (anhydrous) not
exceeding 0.02 percent by weight.

Processed Cheese2 means the product obtained by grinding, mixing,

1
The below mentioned standards for Processed Cheese (Regulation 5.1.6) are in force, the revised standards
for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.
2
The deferred standard for Processed Cheese are here as under

- - 213 - -
melting and emulsifying one or more varieties of cheeses with the aid of
heat and emulsifying agents. It may contain cream, butter, butter oil and
other milk products subject to maximum 5.0 percent lactose content in
the final product and edible common salt, vinegar / acetic acid, spices
and other vegetable seasoning and foods other than sugars properly
cooked or prepared for flavouring and characterization of the product
provided these additions do not exceed one sixth of the weight of the
total solids of the final product on dry matter basis and cultures of
harmless bacteria and enzymes. It shall have pleasant taste and smell
free from off flavour and rancidity. It may contain food additives
permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:-

(i) Moisture - Not more than 47.0 percent

(ii) Milk fat on dry basis - Not less than 40.0 percent.

PROVIDED that processed cheese chiplets (packed sliced cheese) when

sold in a package other than tin, shall not contain more than 50.0 percent
moisture.

3. " Processed Cheese Spread1 means a product obtained by

comminuting and mixing one or more types of cheese into a homogenous
mass with the aid of heat. It may or may not contain butter, cream,
butter oil, milk, skimmed milk, milk powder, cheese whey, sweet butter
milk or one or more of these or any of these from which part of water has
been removed. It may also contain permitted emulsifying and stabilizing
agents. It may also contain one or more of the sodium/potassium salts of
citric acid, phosphoric acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid in such quantities that
mass of the solids of such emulsifying agents is not more than 4 percent
of mass of the processed cheese spread. It may contain sequestering and
buffering agents, namely, lactic acid, acetic acid, citric acid and
phosphoric acid.

It may contain vegetable colouring matter such as annatto, carotene,

permitted flavouring agents and milk coagulating enzymes with or
without purified Calcium Chloride (anhydrous salt) not exceeding 0.02
percent and sodium citrate not exceeding 0.02 percent. it may contain
natural sweetening agents, namely, sugar, dextrose cane sugar, corn

1
The below mentioned standards for Processed Cheese Spread (Regulation 5.1.6) are in force, the revised
standards for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.

- - 214 - -
syrup, honey, corn syrup soild, maltose, malt syrup and hydrolyzed
lactose in a quantity necessary for seasoning and spices and condiments.
It may contain sodium Chloride not exceeding 3 percent by weitght.
Processed cheese spread may contain up to 3000 parts per million sorbic
acid or its sodium, potassium salts calculated as sorbic acid and or 12.5
parts per million nisin. It shall not contain more than 60 percent moisture
and milk fat content (on dry basis) shall not be less than 40 percent by
weight.

Processed Cheese Spread2 means the product obtained by grinding,

mixing, melting and emulsifying one or more varieties of cheese with
emulsifying agents with the aid of heat. It may contain Cream, Butter oil
and other dairy products, subject to a maximum limit of 5.0 percent
lactose in the final product, salt, vinegar, spices, condiments and
seasonings, natural carbohydrate sweetening agents namely sucrose,
dextrose, corn syrup, corn syrup solids, honey, maltose, malt syrup and
hydrolysed lactose and food properly cooked or otherwise prepared for
flavouring and characterization of the product provided these additions
do not exceed one sixth of the weight of total solids of the final product
on dry weight basis and cultures of harmless bacteria and enzymes. It
shall have pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour and rancidity.
It may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform
to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall
conform to the following requirements:-
(i) Moisture - Not more than 60.0 percent
(ii) Milk fat on dry basis - Not less than 40.0 percent.

4. Cheddar Cheese means ripened hard cheese obtained by

coagulating heated/pasteurised milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures
thereof with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, non-
animal rennet or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be in the
form of hard pressed block with a coating of food grade waxes or
wrapping of cloth or polyfilm. It shall have firm, smooth and waxy texture
with a pale straw to orange colour without any gas holes. It may contain
food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It
shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in
Appendix B. It shall conform to the following requirements:—
(i) Moisture - Not more than 39.0 percent

2
The deferred standard for Processed Cheese Spread are here as under

- - 215 - -
(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis - Not less than 48.0 percent

5. Danbo Cheese means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by

coagulating heated /pasteurised milk of cow and/ or Buffalo and mixtures
thereof with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, non-
animal rennet or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall be smooth
in appearance with firm texture and uniform yellow colour and may be
coated with food grade waxes or wrapping of cloth or polyfilm. It may
contain food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix
A. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in.
Appendix B. It shall conform to the following requirements:—

(i) Moisture Not more than 39.0 percent.

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 45.0 percent

6. Edam Cheese means the ripened semi hard cheese obtained by

coagulating heated / pasteurised milk of Cow and / or Buffalo or mixtures
thereof with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria non-
animal rennet or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have a firm
texture suitable for cutting with a yellowish colour and a hard rind which
may be coated with food grade waxes, wrapping of cloth, polyfilm or
vegetable oil. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—
(i) Moisture - Not more than 46.0 percent.
(ii) Milk Fat on Dry basis - Not less than 40.0 percent.
7. Gouda Cheese means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by
coagulating milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures
of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria non-animal / rennet or other
suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have firm texture suitable for
cutting, straw to yellowish colour and a hard rind which may be coated
with food grade waxes, wrapping of cloth, or vegetable oil. It may contain
food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It
shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in
Appendix B. It shall conform to the following requirements:—
(i) Moisture Not more than 43.0 percent

- - 216 - -
 (ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 48.0 percent.

8. Havarti Cheese means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by

coagulating milk of cow and / or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures
of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, non-animal rennet or other
suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have firm texture suitable for
cutting, a light yellow colour and may have a semi soft slightly greasy
rind. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

Requirements Havarti 30 percent 60 percent

Havarti Havarti

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Not more Not

Moisture Not more than Than 53.0 more
48.0 percent percent than
60.0 percent
Not
Milk Fat on Dry Not less than Not less than less
basis 30.0 percent than
Basis 45.0 percent 60.0
percent.

9. Tilsiter means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by coagulating

milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures of harmless
lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Bacterium linens, non-
animal rennet or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It shall have firm
texture suitable for cutting with a ivory to yellow colour with a firm rind
which may show red and yellow smear producing bacteria or coated with
food grade waxes or wrapping of cloth or polyfilm after removal of the
smear. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:–

Requirement Tilsiter 30 percent 60 percent

Tilsiter Tilsiter
(1) (2) (3) (4)

- - 217 - -
Moisture Not more than Not more than Not more
47.0 percent 53.0 percent than 39.0
percent
Milk fat on Dry Basis Not less than Not less than Not less
45.0 percent 30.0 percent than 60.0
percent

10. Cottage Cheese and Creamed Cottage Cheese means soft

unripened cheese obtained by coagulation of pasteurised skimmed milk of
Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures of harmless lactic
acid bacteria with or without the addition of other suitable coagulating
enzymes. Creamed Cottage Cheese is cottage cheese to which a
pasteurised creaming mixture of cream, skimmed milk, condensed milk,
non fat dry milk, dry milk protein, Sodium/ Potassium/ Calcium/
Ammonium caseinate is added. It shall have a soft texture with a natural
white colour. It may contain spices, condiments, seasonings and fruits
pulp. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:-

(i) Moisture Not more than 80.0 percent

Milk Fat(in Creamed Cottage
(ii) Not less than 4.0 percent
Cheese)

11. Cream Cheese (Rahmfrischkase) means soft unripened cheese

obtained by coagulation of pasteurised milk of cow and / or buffalo or
mixtures thereof and pasteurised cream with cultures of harmless lactic
acid producing bacteria with or without the addition of suitable
coagulating enzymes. It shall have a soft smooth texture with a white to
light cream colour. It may contain spices, condiments, seasonings and
fruits pulp. The product may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

(i) Moisture Not more than 55.0 percent.

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 70.0 percent.

12. Coulommiers Cheese means soft unripened cheese obtained by

- - 218 - -
coagulation of milk of cow and /or buffalo or mixtures thereof with
cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria and non-animal rennet
or other suitable coagulating enzymes and moulds characteristic of the
variety. It shall have soft texture and white to cream yellow colour and
may show presence of white mould including orange or red spots on the
surface. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

(i) Moisture Not more than 56.0 percent

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 46.0 percent

13. Camembert Cheese means ripened soft cheese obtained by

coagulating milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures
of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Penicillium
caseicolum and Bacterium linens non-animal rennet or other suitable
coagulating enzymes. It may be in the form of flat cylindrical shaped
cheese covered with white mould (Penicillum caseicolum) with occasional
orange coloured spots (Bacterium linens). It may contain food additives
permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to
the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall
conform to the following requirements:—

Requirements 30.0 40.0 45.0 50.0

percent percent percent percent
Camembert Camembert Camembert Camembert
cheese cheese cheese cheese
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Moisture Not more Not more Not more Not more
than 62.0 than 56.0 than 56.0 than 56.0
percent percent percent percent

Milk fat on Dry Not less Not less Not less Not less
Basis than 30.0 than 40.0 than 45.0 than 50.0
percent percent percent percent

14. Brie Cheese means soft ripened cheese obtained by coagulating

milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures of harmless

- - 219 - -
lactic acid producing bacteria and cultures of Penicillium caseicolum and
Bacterium linens, non-animal rennet and other suitable enzymes. It shall
be white to creamy yellow in colour with a smooth texture showing
presence of white mould (Penicillium caseicolum) with occasional orange
coloured spots (Bacterium linens) on the rind. It may contain food
additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to the
microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B.

It shall conform to the following requirements:-

(i) Moisture Not more than 56.0 percent

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry basis Not less than 40.0 percent

15. Saint Paulin - means ripened semi hard cheese obtained by

coagulating milk of Cow and / or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with non-
animal rennet, cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria or other
suitable enzymes. It shall have white to yellow colour with a firm and
flexible texture and a hard rind which may be coated with food grade
waxes or polyfilm. It may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

(i) Moisture Not more than 56.0 percent

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 40.0 percent

16. Samsoe means hard ripened cheese obtained by coagulating milk

of Cow and /or Buffalo or combination there of with non-animal rennet
and cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria or suitable
coagulating enzymes. It shall be yellow in colour with a firm texture
suitable for cutting and may have a rind with or without food grade
waxes or polyfilm coating. It may contain food additives permitted in
these regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the
microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform
to the following requirements:—

Requirements Samsoe 30 percent Samsoe

(1) (2) (3)

- - 220 - -
 Not more than 44.0 Not more than 50.0
(i) Moisture percent percent
(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Not less than 45.0 Not less than 30.0
Basis percent percent

17. Emmentaler means hard ripened cheese with round holes

obtained by coagulating milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof
with non-animal rennet, cultures of harmless lactic acid producing
bacteria or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It may contain Cupric
Sulphate not exceeding 15 mgm/Kg expressed as Copper. It shall have a
light Yellow colour and a firm texture suitable for cutting and may have a
hard rind. It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B.

It shall conform to the following requirements:-

(i) Moisture Not more than 40.0 percent.

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 45.0 percent

18. Provolone means pasta filata cheese obtained by coagulating milk

of Cow and/ or Buffalo or mixtures thereof with cultures of harmless lactic
acid producing bacteria, non-animal rennet or other suitable coagulating
enzymes. It may be smoked. It shall be white to yellow straw in colour
with a fibrous or smooth body and rind which may be covered with
vegetable fat/ oil, food grade waxes or polyfilm. It may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It shall
conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It
shall conform to the following requirements:—

(i) Moisture -
(a) Unsmoked Cheese Not more than 47.0 percent
(b) Smoked Cheese Not more than 45.0 percent
(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 45.0 percent

19. Extra Hard Grating Cheese means ripened cheese obtained by

coagulating milk of Cow and/ or Buffalo, goat/ sheep milk or mixtures
thereof with cultures of harmless lactic acid producing bacteria, non-
animal rennet, or other suitable coagulating enzymes. It may be white to
light cream in colour with a slightly brittle texture and an extra hard rind

- - 221 - -
which may be coated with vegetable oil, food grade waxes or polyfilm. It
may contain food additives permitted in these regulations including
Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements
prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

(i) Moisture Not more than 36.0 percent

(ii) Milk Fat on Dry Basis Not less than 32.0 percent

Regulation 5.1.7: DAIRY BASED DESSERTS/ CONFECTIONS

1 " Ice Cream, Kulfi and Chocolate1 Ice Cream means frozen
product obtained from cow or buffalo milk or a combination thereof or
from cream and/or other milk products, with or without the addition of
cane sugar, dextrose, liquid glucose and dried liquid glucose,
Maltodextrin, eggs, fruits, fruit juices, preserved fruits, nuts, chocolate,
edible flavours and permitted food colours. It may contain permitted
stabilizers and emulsifiers not exceeding 0.5 percetn by weight. The
mixture shall be suitably heated before freezing. The product shall
contain not less than 10.0 percent milk fat, 3.5 percent protein and 36.0
percent total solids.
Starch may be added to a maximum extent of 5.0 percent under a
declaration on a label as specified in Regulation 4.2.2

The standards for ice cream shall also apply to softy ice-cream.

In case of ice-cream, where the chocolate or like covering portion forms a

separate layer, only the ice-cream portion shall conform to the standards
of ice-cream.

Ice Cream, Kulfi, Chocolate Ice Cream or Softy Ice Cream2 means
the product obtained by freezing a pasteurised mix prepared from milk
and/ or other products derived from milk with the addition of nutritive
sweetening agents e.g. Sugar, Dextrose, Fructose, Liquid Glucose, Dried
liquid glucose, maltodextrin, high maltose corn syrup, honey, fruit and
fruit products, eggs and egg products, coffee, cocoa, ginger and nuts. It

1
The below mentioned standards for Ice Cream, Kulfi and Chocolate (Regulation 5.1.7) are in force, the
revised standards for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.
2
The deferred standard for Ice Cream, Kulfi and Chocolate are here as under

- - 222 - -
may also contain Chocolate, and bakery products such as Cake, or
Cookies as a separate layer and / or coating. It may be frozen hard or
frozen to a soft consistency. It shall be free from artificial sweetener. It
shall have pleasant taste and smell free from off flavour and rancidity. It
may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to
the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall
conform to the following requirements:—

Requirement Ice Cream Medium Fat Low Fat Ice

Ice Cream Cream
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Total Solid Not less than 36.0 Not less than Not less than
percent 30.0 percent 26.0 percent
Wt/Vol (gms/1) Not less than 525 Not less than Not less than
475 475
Milk Fat Not less than 10.0 Not less than Not more than
percent 5.0 percent 2.5 percent
but less than
10.0 percent
Milk Protein Not less than 3.5 Not less than Not less than
(Nx6.38) percent 3.5 percent 2.5 percent

Note: In case where Chocolate, Cake or similar food coating, base or

layer forms a separate part of the product only the Ice Cream portion
shall conform to the requirements given above. The type of ice-cream
shall be clearly indicated on the label otherwise standard for ice-cream
shall apply.

2. Dried Ice Cream Mix1 shall be the material prepared by spray or

other roller drying of ice-cream mix. It shall contain milk solids, sucrose
or corn syrup or refined sugar. It may contain permitted colours and
flavours. It may contain stabilizers and emulsifiers not exceeding 1.25
percent by weight. The product shall contain not less than 27.0 percent
milk fat and 9.5 percent protein and moisture shall not be more than 4
percent by weight. The sucrose content shall be not more than 40 percent
by weight.
The process of drying shall be mentioned on the table. It shall be packed
in hermatically sealed containers.

1
The below mentioned standards for Ice Cream, Kulfi and Chocolate (Regulation 5.1.7) are in force, the
revised standards for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.

- - 223 - -
Dried Ice Cream Mix/ Dried Frozen Dessert/ Confection2 means the
product in a powder form which on addition of prescribed amount of
water shall give a product conforming to the requirements of the
respective products, namely - ice cream, medium fat ice-cream, low fat
ice-cream as prescribed under Article 1 of Regulation 5.1.7 and frozen
confection, medium fat frozen confection and low fat frozen confection as
prescribed under Article 3 of 5.1.7 of these regulations except the
requirement of weight /volume for both the products. The moisture
content of the product shall not be more than 4.0 percent. It may contain
food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to the
microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B.

3. Frozen Dessert / Frozen Confection3 means the product

obtained by freezing a pasteurised mix prepared with milk fat and / or
edible vegetable oils and fat having a melting point of not more than 37.0
degree C in combination and milk protein alone or in combination / or
vegetable protein products singly or in combination with the addition of
nutritive sweetening agents e.g. sugar, dextrose, fructose, liquid glucose,
dried liquid glucose, maltodextrin, high maltose corn syrup, honey, fruit
and fruit products, eggs and egg products coffee, cocoa, ginger, and
nuts. It may also contain chocolate, cake or cookies as a separate layer
or coating. It may be frozen hard or frozen to a soft consistency. It shall
be free from artificial sweetener. It shall have pleasant taste and flavour
free from off flavour and rancidity. The product may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It shall
conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It
shall conform to the following requirements:-

Requirement Frozen Dessert/ Medium Fat Low Fat

Frozen Confection Frozen Frozen
Dessert/ Dessert/
Frozen Frozen
Confection Confection
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Total Solid Not less than 36.0 Not less than Not less than
percent 30.0 percent 26.0 percent
Wt/Vol (gms/1) Not less than 525 Not less than Not less than
475 475
Total Fat Not less than 10.0 Not less than Not more than

2
The deferred standards for Dried Ice Cream Mix are here as under
3
The said standards for Frozen Dessert/ Frozen confection are deffered till 6th September and will be functional
and operational on or after 7th September.

- - 224 - -
 percent 5.0 percent 2.5 percent
but less than
10.0 percent
Total Protein Not less than 3.5 Not less than Not less than
(N x 6.25) percent 3.5 percent 2.5 percent

Note:- In case where Chocolate, Cake or similar food coating, base or

layer forms a separate part of the product only the frozen dessert/
confection portion shall conform to the requirements given above. The
type of frozen confection shall be clearly indicated on the label otherwise,
standards of frozen dessert / frozen confection shall apply and every
package of Frozen Dessert / Frozen Confection shall bear proper label
declaration under Article 40 of Regulation 4.4.4.

4. "Milk Ices or Milk Lollies1 means the frozen product obtained

from milk, skimmed milk or milk product with or without the addition of
cane siugar, dextrose, liquid glucose, and dried glucose, eggs, fruits,
nuts, chocolate, edible flavours and permitted food colours. It may
contain permitted stabilizers not exceeding 0.5 percent of the product.
The mixture shall be suitably heat-treated before freezing. The product
shall contain not more than 2.0 percent milk fat, not less than 3.5
percent proteins and not less than 20.0 percent total solids.

Milk Ice or Milk Lolly2 means the product obtained by freezing a

pasteurised mix prepared from milk and / or other products derived from
milk with the addition of natural sweetening agents i.e. Sugar, Dextrose,
Fructose, Liquid glucose, Dried liquid glucose, maltodextrin, honey, fruit
and fruit products, eggs and egg products, coffee, cocoa, ginger, and
nuts. It may also contain Chocolate, and bakery products such as Cake or
Cookies as a separate layer and /or coating. It shall be free from artificial
sweetener. It shall have pleasant taste and smell free from off flavour
and rancidity. It may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:–

(1) Total solids (m/m) Not less than 20.0 percent

(2) Milk Fat (m/m) Not more than 2.0 percent
(3) Milk Protein (Nx6.38) Not less than 3.5 percent

1
The below mentioned standards for Milk Ices or Milk Lollies (Regulation 5.1.7) are in force, the revised
standards for these are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.
2
The deffered standard for Milk Ices or Milk Lollies are here as under

- - 225 - -
5. KHOYA by whatever variety of names it is sold such as Pindi,
Danedar, Dhap, Mawa or Kava means the product obtained from cow or
buffalo or goat or sheep milk or milk solids or a combination thereof by
rapid drying. The milk fat content shall not be less than 30 percent on dry
weight basis of finished product. It may contain citric acid not more than
0.1 per cent by weight. It shall be free from added starch, added sugar
and added colouring matter.

Regulation 5.1.8: EVAPORATED/ CONDENSED MILK & MILK

PRODUCTS

1. Evaporated Milk means the product obtained by partial removal of

water from milk of cow and/ or buffalo by heat or any other process
which leads to a product of the same composition and characteristics. The
fat and protein content of the milk may be adjusted by addition and/ or
withdrawal of milk constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey
protein to casein ratio of the milk being adjusted. It shall have pleasant
taste and flavour free from off flavour and rancidity. It shall be free from
any substance foreign to milk. It may contain food additives permitted in
Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements
prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:—

Product Milk Fat Milk Solids Milk Protein in milk solids

not fat
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(i)Evaporated Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
milk than 8.0 than 26.0 m/m
percent percent
m/m m/m
(ii)Evaporate Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
partly skimmed than 1.0 than 20.0 m/m
milk percent and percent
not more m/m
than 8.0
percent
m/m
(iii)Evaporated Not more Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
skimmed milk than 1.0 than 20.0 m/m
percent percent
m/m m/m
(iv)Evaporated Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent

- - 226 - -
high fat milk than 15.0 than 11.5 m/m
percent percent
m/m m/m

2. Sweetened Condensed Milk means the product obtained by

partial removal of water from milk of Cow and / or Buffalo with the
addition of sugar or a combination of sucrose with other sugars or by any
other process which leads to a product of the same composition and
characteristics. The fat and/ or protein content of the milk may be
adjusted by addition and / or withdrawal of milk constituents in such a
way as not to alter the whey protein to casein ratio of the milk being
adjusted. It shall have pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour
and rancidity. It shall be free from any substance foreign to milk. It may
contain food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix
A. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in
Appendix B. It shall conform to the following requirements:—

Product Milk Fat Milk Solids Milk Protein in milk solids

not fat
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(i)Sweetened Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
condensed milk than 9.0 than 31.0 m/m
percent percent
m/m m/m
(ii)Sweetened Not more Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
condensed than 1.0 than 26.0 m/m
skimmed milk percent percent
m/m m/m
(iii)Sweetened Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
condensed partly than 3.0 than 28.0 m/m
skimmed milk percent percent
m/m and m/m
not more
than 9.0
percent
m/m
(iv)Sweetened Not less Not less Not less than 34.0 percent
condensed high than 16.0 than 30.0 m/m
fat milk percent percent
m/m m/m

3. Milk Powder - means the product obtained by partial removal of

water from milk of Cow and / or Buffalo. The fat and / or protein content

- - 227 - -
of the milk may be adjusted by addition and/ or withdrawal of milk
constituents in such a way as not to alter the whey protein to casein ratio
of the milk being adjusted. It shall be of uniform colour and shall have
pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour and rancidity. It shall also
be free from vegetable oil/ fat, mineral oil, thickening agents, added
flavour and sweetening agent. It may contain food additives permitted in
these regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the
microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform
to the following requirements:-

Product Moisture Milk Milk Titrable Solubility Total

Fat protein acidity Percent ash on
in milk (ml dry
solids 0.1N weight
and NAOH / basis
not fat 10 gm
solids
not fat)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
(i) Whole Not more Not less Not less Not Not less Not
milk than 4.0 than than more than 99 more
powder percent 26.0 34.0 than than
m/m percent percent 18.0 7.3
m/m m/m percent
(ii)Partly Not more Not less Not less Not Not less Not
skimmed than 5.0 than 1.5 than more than 99 more
milk percent percent 34.0 than than
powder m/m percent 18.0 8.2
and not m/m percent
more
than
26.0
percent
m/m
(iii) Not more not Not less Not Not less Not
Skimmed than 5.0 more than more than 99 more
milk percent than 1.5 34.0 than than
powder percent percent 18.0 8.2
m/m m/m percent

Regulation 5.1.9: FOODS FOR INFANT NUTRITION

- - 228 - -
1. Infant Milk Food means the product prepared by spray drying of
the milk of cow or buffalo or a mixture thereof. The milk may be modified
by the partial removal/substitution of different milk solids;
carbohydrates, such as sucrose, dextrose and dextrins/maltodextrin,
maltose and lactose; salts like phosphates and citrates; vitamins A, D, E,
B Group, Vitamin C and other vitamins; and minerals like iron, copper,
zinc and iodine. The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin Compounds may
be used from:-
1. Calcium (Ca) - Calcium carbonate, Calcium chloride, Calcium
citrate, Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium phosphate
dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic;
2. Phosphorous (P) - Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium
phosphate dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic, Magnesium
phosphate dibasic, Potassium phosphate dibasic;
3. Chloride (Cl) - Calcium chloride, Choline chloride, Magnesium
chloride, Manganese chloride, Sodium chloride, Sodium chloride
iodized;
4. Iron (Fe) - Ferrous citrate, Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate,
Ferric pyrophosphate;
5. Magnesium (Mg) - Magnesium chloride, Magnesium oxide,
Magnesium phosphate dibasic;
6. Sodium (Na) - Sodium bicarbonate, Sodium chloride, Sodium
chloride iodized, Sodium citrate, Sodium phosphate monobasic;
7. Potassium (K) - Potassium phosphate dibasic;
8. Copper (Cu) - Cupric citrate, Cupric sulphate;
9. Iodine (I) - Potassium iodide, Sodium iodide;
10. Zinc (Zn) - Zinc sulphate;
11. Manganese (Mn) - Manganese chloride, Manganese sulphate;
12. Vitamin A - Retinyl acetate, Retinyl palmitate, Retinyl
propionate;
13. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
14. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 - Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 -
Cholecalciferol, Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
15. Vitamin E - d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-
alpha-tocopheryl acetate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-
tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
16.Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride,
Thiamine mononitrate;
17.Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) - Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5' -phosphate
sodium;

- - 229 - -
 18.Niacin - Nicotinamide, Nicotinic acid;
19.Vitamin B6 - Pyridoxine hydrochloride;
20.Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
21.Folacin - Folic acid;
22.Pantothenic acid - Calcium pantothenate, Panthenol;
23.Vitamin B12 - Cyanocobalamin, Hydroxycobalamin;
24.Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
25.Vitamin C - Ascorbic acid, Sodium ascorbate, Calcium
ascorbate, Ascorbyl-6-palmitate;
26.Choline - Choline bitartrate, Choline chloride;
27.Inositol;
28.Selenium - Sodium selenite.
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in
appearance. It shall be free from starch and added antioxidants. It shall
also be free from dirt, extraneous matter, preservatives and added colour
and flavour and from any material which is harmful to human health. It
shall not have rancid taste or musty odour. It shall not contain food
additives.

It shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-

1. Moisture, per cent by weight (not more than) 4.5

2. Total milk protein, per cent by weight (not less than) 12.0
3. Milk fat, per cent by weight (not less than) 18.0
4. Total ash, per cent by weight (not more than) 8.5
Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent by
5. weight (not more than) 0.1
6. Solubility:
Solubility Index maximum 2.0 ml
Solubility per cent by weight (not less than) 98.5
7. Vitamin A (as retinol) µg. per 100 g. (not less than) 350 µg
8. Added Vitamin D (expressed as Cholecalciferol or
Ergocalciferol) µg per 100g. (not less than) 4.5 µg
9. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 35 mg
10. Thiamine, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 185 µg
11. Riboflavin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 275 µg
12. Niacin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 1160 µg
13. Pyridoxine µg per 100 g. (not less than) 160 µg
14. Folic acid, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20 µg

- - 230 - -
 15. Pantothenic acid, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 1.4 mg

16 Vitamin B12, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 0.7 µg

17 Choline, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 32 mg
18 Vitamin K µg per 100 g. (not less than) 18 µg
19 Biotin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 7.0 µg
20 Sodium mg per 100 g. (not less than) 90 mg
21 Potassium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 370 mg
22 Chloride, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 250 mg
23 Calcium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 230 mg
24 Phosphorous, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 115 mg
25 Magnesium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 22 mg
26 Iron, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 5.0 mg
27 Iodine, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20 µg
28 Copper, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 280 µg
29 Zinc, mg per 100 g. (not less than) and 2.5 mg
not more than 5.0 mg
30 Manganese, µg per 100g. (not less than) 20 µg
31 Selenium, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 14 µg
32. Bacterial count, per g. (not more than) 10,000
33 Coliform count absent in 0.1 gram
34 Yeast and mould count absent in 0.1 gram
35 Salmonella and Shigella absent in 25 gram
36 E. coli absent in 0.1 gram
37 Staphylococcus aureas absent in 0.1 gram

It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or

in flexible pack made from film or combination or any of the substrate
made of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester metallised film or in such a
way to protect from deterioration.
It may be packed in nitrogen or a mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide.

2. INFANT FORMULA means the product prepared by spray drying

of the milk of cow or buffalo or mixture thereof. The milk may be
modified by partial removal/substitution of milk fat with vegetable oils
rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids and/or by different milk solids;
carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose and dextrins/ maltodextrin,
maltose and lactose; salts such as phosphates and citrates; vitamins A,
D, E, B and C group and other vitamins; minerals such as iron, copper,
zinc and iodine and others. Vegetables oils rich in polyunsaturated fatty
acids shall be added to partially substitute milk fat to an extent that the
product shall contain a minimum of 12 per cent by weight of milk fat and

- - 231 - -
a minimum of linoleate content of 1.398 g per 100 g. of the product.

The products shall also contain a minimum of 0.70 I.U. of vitamin E per
100 kcal. It may contain in addition to the vitamins and minerals listed,
other nutrients may be added when required in order to provide nutrients
ordinarily found in human milk such as, -

1. Carotenes Not less than 0.25 mg/L

2.Fluorine Not less than 0.107 mg/L
Not less than 9 mg/L (only L forms of
3. Amino acids amino acids should be used)
4. Non-protein nitrogen Not less than 173 mg/L
5. Nucleotides Not less than 11.7 mg/L
6.Carnitine Not less than 11.27 µg/L
7. Lactalbumin Not less than 1.4 g/L
8. Lactoferrin Not less than 0.27 g/L
9. Lysozyme Not less than 0.8 g/L
10.Fucose Not less than 1.3 g/L
11. Glucosamine Not less than 0.7 g/L
12. Inositol Not less than 0.39 g/L
13. Citric acid Not less than 0.35 g/L
14. Cholesterol Not less than 88 mg/L
15. Lipid Phosphorus Not less than 7 mg/L
Not less than PGE 150 mg/L
16. Prostaglandins Not less than PGF 400 mg/L

When any of these nutrients is added, the amount of these added

nutrients shall be declared on the label, which should be not less than
mentioned. It may contain medium chain triglycerides, taurine,
molybdenum and chromium.
The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin Compounds may be used
from:-

(1) Calcium (Ca) - Calcium carbonate, Calcium chloride, Calcium

citrate, Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium phosphate
dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic;
(2) Phosphorous (P) - Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium
phosphate dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic, Magnesium
phosphate dibasic, Potassium phosphate dibasic;
(3) Chloride (Cl) - Calcium chloride, Choline chloride,
Magnesium chloride, Manganese chloride, Sodium chloride,

- - 232 - -
 Sodium chloride iodized;
(4) Iron (Fe) - Ferrous citrate, Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate,
Ferric pyrophosphate;
(5) Magnesium (Mg) - Magnesium chloride, Magnesium oxide,
Magnesium phosphate dibasic;
(6) Sodium (Na) - Sodium bicarbonate, Sodium chloride, Sodium
chloride iodized, Sodium citrate, Sodium phosphate monobasic;
(7) Potassium (K) - Potassium phosphate dibasic;
(8) Copper (Cu) - Cupric citrate, Cupric sulphate;
(9) Iodine (I) - Potassium iodide, Sodium iodide;
(10) Zinc (Zn) - Zinc sulphate;
(11) Source of Manganese (Mn) - Manganese chloride, Manganese
sulphate.

Vitamins
1. Vitamin A - Retinyl acetate, Retinyl palmitate, Retinyl propionate;
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
3. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 - Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 -
Cholecalciferol, Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
4. Vitamin E - d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-alpha-
tocopheryl acetate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-
tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
5. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride,
Thiamin mononitrate;
6. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) - Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5' -phosphate
sodium;
7. Niacin - Nicotinamide, Nicotinic acid;
8. Vitamin B6 - Pyridoxine hydrochloride;
9. Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
10.Folacin - Folic acid;
11. Pantothenic acid - Calcium pantothenate, Panthenol;
12.Vitamin B12 - Cyanocobalamin, Hydroxycobalamin;
13.Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
14.Vitamin C - Ascorbic acid, Sodium ascorbate, Calcium
ascorbate, Ascorbyl-6-palmitate;
15.Choline - Choline bitartrate, Choline chloride;
16.Inositol;
17.Selenium - Sodium selenite.
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in
appearance. It shall be free from added starch, added colour and added
flavour. It shall not have rancid taste and musty odour.

- - 233 - -
 It may contain food additive listed below, -

Food Additives Maximum level in 100 ml of the

ready-to-drink product
pH – adjusting agents
Sodium hydroxide Limited by good manufacturing
Sodium hydrogen carbonate practice and within the limits for
Sodium carbonate Sodium and Potassium in all types
Potassium Hydroxide of infant formulae
Potassium hydrogen Carbonate
Potassium Carbonate
Calcium hydroxide

Sodium Citrate
Potassium Citrate Limited by good manufacturing
L (+) Lactic Acid practice in all types of infant
L (+) Lactic acid producing cultures formulae
Citric Acid

Antioxidants
Mixed tocopherols concentrate and
L-Ascorbyl palmitate 1 mg in all types of infant formulae

Mono and Diglycerides 0.4 gram

It shall conform to the following requirements namely:

1. Moisture, per cent by weight (not more than) 4.5

2. Total milk protein, per cent by weight (not less than) 10.0
and
not more than 16.0
3. Total fat, percent by weight (not less than) 18.0
Milk Fat, percent by weight (not less than) 12.0

- - 234 - -
 1.398g
Linoleate per 100 gram (not less than)
4. Total ash, per cent by weight (not more than) 8.5

5 Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent by 0.1

weight (not more than)

6 (a) Solubility: 2.0 ml

(a) Solubility Index maximum
(b) Solubility per cent by weight (not less than) 98.5
7. Vitamin A (as retinol) µg. per 100 g. (not less than) 350
µg
Added Vitamin D (expressed as Cholecalciferol or
8. Ergocalciferol) 4.5 µg
µg. per 100g. (not less than)
9. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 35 mg
10. Thiamine, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 185
µg
11. Riboflavin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 275
µg
12. Niacin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 1160 µg
13. Pyridoxine µg per 100 g. (not less than) 160 µg
14. Folic acid, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20 µg
15. Pantothenic acid, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 1.4 mg
16. Vitamin B12, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 0.7 µg
17. Choline, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 32 mg
18. Vitamin K µg per 100 g. (not less than) 18 µg
19. Biotin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 7.0 µg
20. Vitamin E (as a-tocopherol compounds) IU per 100g. 3.15 IU
(not less than)
21. Sodium mg per 100 g. (not less than) 90 mg
22. Potassium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 370 mg
23. Chloride, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 250 mg
24. Calcium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 230 mg
25. Phosphorous, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 115 mg
26. Magnesium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 22 mg
27. Iron, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 5.0 mg
28. Iodine, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20 µg
29. Copper, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 280 µg
30. Zinc, mg per 100 g. (not less than) and 2.5 mg
not more than 5.0 mg
31. Manganese, µg per 100g. (not less than) 20 µg
32. Selenium, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 14 µg
33. Bacterial count, per g. (not more than) 10,000

- - 235 - -
 34. Coliform count absent in 0.1 gram
35. Yeast and mould count absent in 0.1 gram
36. Salmonella and Shigella absent in 25 gram
37. E. coli absent in 0.1 gram
38. Staphylococcus aureas absent in 0.1 gram

Premature/Low birth weight infant milk substitutes-

Provided that the premature/low birth weight infant milk substitutes
shall also meet the following requirement in addition to the requirements
mentioned above:-
1. Protein shall be 2.25 - 2.75 gram per 100 kcal
2. Mineral contents shall not be less than 0.5 gram per 100 kcal.
The Calcium: Phosphorous ratio shall be 2:1. The Sodium,
Potassium and Chloride combined together shall be not less
than 40 milli equivalent per Litre;
3. Whey: Casein ratio shall be 60:40. Essential amino acids should
include taurine, cystine, tyrosine and histidine;

Lactose free infant milk substitute

Lactose and sucrose free infant milk substitute Sucrose free
infant milk substitute
Provided that the lactose free or lactose and sucrose free or sucrose
free infant milk substitutes shall also meet the following requirement in
addition to the requirements mentioned in the standard, provided that in
these three products edible vegetable oil may be used in place of milk fat
and lecithin may be used as an emulsifier:-
1. Soy protein-based, lactose-free formula shall have soy-protein
and carbohydrate as glucose, dextrose, dextrin/maltodextrin,
maltose and/or sucrose;
2. Lactose-free cow’s/buffalo’s milk-based formulas shall have
carbohydrate as glucose, dextrose, dextrin/maltodextrin,
maltose and sucrose.
Hypoallergenic infant milk substitutes
Provided that the Hypoallergenic infant milk substitutes shall also
meet the following requirement in addition to the requirements
mentioned in the standard:-
1. Protein shall be hydrolyzed whey or casein or;
2. 100% free amino acids as a protein source;

- - 236 - -
 It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers
or in flexible pack made from film or combination or any of the substrate
made of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester metallised film or in such a
way to protect from deterioration. It shall be packed in nitrogen or a
mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide.”

3. MILK-CEREAL BASED COMPLEMENTARY FOOD Milk-cereal

based complementary food commonly called as weaning food or
supplementary food means foods based on milk, cereal and/or legumes
(pulses), soyabean, millets, nuts and edible oil seeds, processed to low
moisture content and so fragmented as to permit dilution with water, milk
or other suitable medium.
Milk-cereal based complementary food is intended to supplement the diet
of infants after the age of six months.
Milk cereal based complementary food are obtained from milk, variety of
cereals, pulses, soyabean, millets, nuts and edible oil seeds after
processing. It may contain edible vegetable oils, milk solid, various
carbohydrates such as sucrose, dextrose, dextrins/ maltodextrin, maltose
and lactose, calcium salts; phosphates and citrates and other nutritionally
significant minerals and vitamins. It shall contain a minimum of 10 per
cent milk protein by weight of the product. It shall also contain minimum
5 per cent milk fat by weight. It shall not contain hydrogenated fats
containing trans-fatty acids. It may contain fungal alfa amylase upto a
maximum extent of 0.025 percent by weight, fruits and vegetables, egg
or egg products. It may also include amino acids such as lysine,
methionine, taurine, carnitine etc.

The source of Vitamin Compounds and Mineral Salts may be used

from,-
1. Calcium (Ca) - Calcium carbonate, Calcium phosphate tribasic,
Calcium sulphate;
2. Phosphorous (P) - Calcium phosphate tribasic;
3. Chloride (Cl) - Sodium chloride;
4. Iron (Fe) - Hydrogen reduced iron, Electrolytic iron;
5. Magnesium (Mg) - Magnesium chloride, Magnesium oxide,
Magnesium phosphate dibasic;
6. Sodium (Na) - Sodium chloride;
7. Zinc (Zn) - Zinc sulphate;

Vitamins

- - 237 - -
 1. Vitamin A - Retinyl acetate, Retinyl palmitate, Retinyl propionate;
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
3. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 -Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 -
Cholecalciferol, Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
4. Vitamin E - d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-alpha-
tocopheryl acetate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-
tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
5. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride,
Thiamine mononitrate;
6. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) -Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5' -phosphate
sodium;
7. Niacin - Nicotinamide, Nicotinic acid;
8. Vitamin B6 - Pyridoxine hydrochloride;
9. Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
10. Folacin - Folic acid;
11. Pantothenic acid - Calcium pantothenate, Panthenol;
12. Vitamin B12 - Cyanocobalamin, Hydroxycobalamin;
13. Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
14. Vitamin C - Ascorbic acid, Sodium ascorbate, Calcium
ascorbate, Ascorbyl-6-palmitate;
15. Choline - Choline bitartrate, Choline chloride;
16. Inositol;
17. Selenium- Sodium selenite.

It shall be in the form of powder, small granules or flakes, free from

lumps and shall be uniform in appearance.
It shall be free from dirt and extraneous matter and free from
preservatives and added colour and flavour. It shall be free from any
material, which is harmful to human health.
It may contain the following additives, -

Emulsifiers Maximum level in 100 gm

of the product on a dry
weight basis
Lecithin 1.5 gms
Mono and Diglycerides 1.5 gms

PH – adjusting agents
Sodium hydrogen carbonate
Sodium carbonate
Sodium Citrate

- - 238 - -
Potassium hydrogen
Carbonate Limited by good
Potassium Carbonate manufacturing practice
Potassium Citrate within the limit for sodium
Sodium Hydroxide
Calcium Hydroxide
Potassium Hydroxide
L (+) Lactic Acid
Citric Acid

Antioxidants

Mixed tocopherols 300 mg /kg fat, singly or in

concentrate combination
∞- Tocopherol 200mg / kg fat
L-Ascorbyl Palmitate

It shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-

1. Moisture, per cent by weight (not more than) 5.0
2. Total protein, per cent by weight (not less than) 15.0
3. Fat, per cent by weight (not less than) 7.5
4. Total Carbohydrate, per cent by weight (not less than) 55.0
5. Total ash, per cent by weight (not more than) 5.0
6. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent by 0.1
weight (not more than)
7. Crude fibre (on dry basis) per cent by weight (not more
than) 1.0

8. Vitamin A (as retinol) µg per 100 g. (not less than) 350 µg

Added Vitamin D, µg per 100 g. (expressed as
Cholecalciferol or
9. Ergocalciferol (not less than) 5 µg
10. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 25 mg
Thiamine (as hydrochloride), mg per 100 g. (not less
11. than) 0.5 mg
12. Riboflavin, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 0.3 mg
13. Niacin, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 3.0 mg
14. Folic acid µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20 µg
15. Iron, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 5.0 mg
16. Zinc mg per 100 g. (not less than) 2.5 mg
and not more than 5.0 mg
17.Bacterial count, per g. (not more than) 10,000
18. Coliform count absent in 0.1

- - 239 - -
 gram
0.1
19. Yeast and mould count absent in gram
20. Salmonella and Shigella absent in 25 gram
0.1
21. E. coli absent in gram
0.1
22. Staphylococcus aureas absent in gram

It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers or in

flexible pack made from film or combination or any of the substrate made
of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester metallised film or in such a way
to protect from deterioration.

4. PROCESSED CEREAL BASED COMPLEMENTARY FOOD

commonly called as weaning food or supplementary food means foods
based on cereal and/or legumes (pulses), soyabean, millets, nuts and
edible oil seeds, processed to low moisture content and so fragmented as
to permit dilution with water, milk or other suitable medium.
Processed cereal based complementary food are intended to supplement
the diet of infants after the age of six months and up to the age of two
years.
Processed cereal based complementary food are obtained from variety of
cereals, pulses, soyabean, millets, nuts and edible oil seeds after
processing. It shall contain milled cereal and legumes combined not less
than 75 percent. Where the product is intended to be mixed with water
before consumption, the minimum content of protein shall not be less
than 15% on a dry weight basis and the PER shall not be less than 70%
of that of casein. The sodium content of the products shall not exceed
100 mg/100 gram of the ready-to-eat product.

Hydrogenated fats containing trans-fatty acids shall not be added to the

products. It may also contain following ingredients: - protein
concentrates, essential amino acids (only natural L forms of amino acids
shall be used), iodized salt; milk and milk products; eggs; edible
vegetable oils and fats; fruits and vegetables; various carbohydrates such
as sucrose, dextrose, dextrin, maltose dextrin, lactose, honey, corn
syrup; malt; potatoes.
The source of Vitamin Compounds and Mineral Salts may be used from,-
1. Calcium (Ca) - Calcium carbonate, Calcium phosphate tribasic,
Calcium sulphate;
2. Phosphorous (P) - Calcium phosphate tribasic, Phosphoric acid;
3. Chloride (Cl) - Sodium chloride, Hydrochloric acid;

- - 240 - -
 4. Iron (Fe) - Hydrogen reduced iron, Electrolytic iron;
5. Sodium (Na) - Sodium chloride;
6. Zinc (Zn) - Zinc acetate, Zinc chloride, Zinc oxide, Zinc sulphate;
Vitamins
1. Vitamin A - Retinyl acetate, Retinyl palmitate, Retinyl propionate;
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
3. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 - Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 -
Cholecalciferol, Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
4. Vitamin E - d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-alpha-
tocopheryl acetate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-
tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
5. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride,
Thiamine mononitrate;
6. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) - Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5' -phosphate
sodium;
7. Niacin - Nicotinamide, Nicotinic acid;
8. Vitamin B6 - Pyridoxine hydrochloride;
9. Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
10.Folacin - Folic acid;
11. Pantothenic acid - Calcium pantothenate, Panthenol;
12.Vitamin B12 - Cyanocobalamin, Hydroxycobalamin;
13.Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
14.Vitamin C - Ascorbic acid, Sodium ascorbate, Calcium
ascorbate, Ascorbyl-6-palmitate;
15.Choline - Choline bitartrate, Choline chloride;
16.Inositol;
17.Selenium- Sodium selenite.

It shall be in the form of powder, small granules or flakes, free from

lumps and shall be uniform in appearance.

All ingredients, including optional ingredients, shall be clean, safe,

suitable and of good quality. It shall be free from preservatives, added
colour and flavour.

It may contain the following food additives:-

- - 241 - -
Name of the Food Maximum Level in a 100 g of Product on a
Additives dry weight basis
Emulsifiers
Lecithin 1.5 gram
Mono and Diglycerides 1.5 gram

pH Adjusting Agents
Limited by good manufacturing practice
Sodium hydrogen and
carbonate within the limits for sodium
Potassium hydrogen
carbonate}
Calcium carbonate} Limited by good manufacturing practice
L(+) lactic acid 1.5 gram
Citric acid 2.5 gram

Antioxidants
Mixed tocopherols
concentrate}
Alpha-tocopherol} 300 mg/kg fat, singly or in combination
L-Ascorbyl palmitate 200 mg/kg fat
L-Ascorbic acid and its
sodium and 50 mg, expressed as ascorbic acid and
potassium salts within limits for sodium

Enzymes
Malt carbohydrates Limited by good manufacturing practice

Leavening Agents
Ammonium carbonate}
Ammonium hydrogen
carbonate} Limited by good manufacturing practice

It shall also conform to the following requirements, namely:-

S.No Characteristics Requirements

1. Moisture, per cent by weight (not more than) 4.0
2. Total protein, per cent by weight (not less than) 15.0
3. Total Carbohydrate, per cent by weight (not less 55.0
than)
4. Total ash, per cent by weight (not more than) 5.0
5. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent 0.1
by weight (not more than) 0.1
6. Crude fibre (on dry basis) per cent by weight (not 1.0

- - 242 - -
 more than)
7. Vitamin A (as retinol) µg per 100 g. (not less than) 350 µg
8. Added Vitamin D, µg per 100 g. (expressed as
Cholecalciferol or Ergocalciferol (not less than) 5 µg
9. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 25 mg
10. Thiamine (as hydrochloride), mg per 100 g. (not 0.5 mg
less than)
11. Riboflavin, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 0.3 mg
12. Niacin, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 3.0 mg
13. Folic acid µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20.0 µg
14. Iron, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 5.0 mg
15. Zinc mg per 100 g. (not less than) 2.5 mg
and not more than 5.0 mg
16. Bacterial count, per g. (not more than) 10,000
17. Coliform count absent in 0.1 gram
18. Yeast and mould count absent in 0.1 gram
19. Salmonella and Shigella absent in 25 gram
20. E. coli absent in 0.1 gram
21. Staphylococcus aureas absent in 0.1 gram

It shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound containers or in

flexible pack made from film or combination of any or the substrate made
of board paper, polyethylene, polyester, metalised film or aluminum foil
in such a way to protect from deterioration.”

5. Follow-Up Formula-Complementary Food” means the product

prepared by spray drying of the milk of cow or buffalos or mixture
thereof. It may contain vegetable protein. Follow-up formula based on
milk shall be prepared from ingredients mentioned below except that a
minimum of 3 gram per 100 available Calories (or 0.7 gram per 100
kilojoules) of protein shall be derived from whole or skimmed milk as
such, or with minor modification that does not substantially impair the
vitamin or mineral content of the milk and which represents a minimum
of 90% of the total protein.

Follow-up formula for use as a liquid part of the complementary diet for
infants after the age of six months and up to the age of two years
when prepared in accordance with the instructions for use, 100 ml of the
ready-for-consumption product shall provide not less than 60 kcal (or
250 kJ) and not more than 85 kcal (or 355 kJ).

Follow-up formula shall contain the following nutrients indicated

below,

- - 243 - -
(1) Protein - Not less than 3.0 gram per 100 available calories (or 0.7
gram per 100 available kilojoules).
Not more than 5.5 g per 100 available calories (or 1.3 g
per 100 available kilojoules).
(Protein shall be of nutritional quality equivalent to that of casein or a
greater quantity of other protein in inverse proportion to its nutritional
quality. The quality of the protein shall not be less than 85% of that of
casein).
Essential amino acids may be added to follow-up formula to improve its
nutritional value. Only L forms of amino acids shall be used.

(2) Fat - Not less than 4 g per 100 Calories (0.93 gram per 100
available kilojoules)

Not more than 6 gram per 100 calories (1.4 gram per 100
available kilojoules)

Linoleic acid (in the form of glyceride) - Not less than 310 mg
(in the form per 100 Calories)
(or 74.09 mg per 100 available
of glyceride)

The products shall contain nutritionally available carbohydrates suitable

for the feeding of the older infant and young child in such quantities as to
adjust the product to the energy density in accordance with the
requirements given above.
It may also contain other nutrients when required to ensure that the
product is suitable to form part of a mixed feeding scheme intended for
use after six months of age. When any of these nutrients is added, the
food shall contain not less than Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDA)
amounts of these nutrients.
The source of Mineral Salts and Vitamin Compounds may be used
from, -
1. Calcium (Ca)-Calcium carbonate, Calcium chloride, Calcium
citrate, Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium phosphate
dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic;
2. Phosphorous (P)- Calcium phosphate monobasic, Calcium
phosphate dibasic, Calcium phosphate tribasic, Magnesium
phosphate dibasic, Potassium phosphate dibasic;
3. Chloride (Cl)-Calcium chloride, Choline chloride, Magnesium
chloride, Manganese chloride, Sodium chloride, Sodium chloride

- - 244 - -
 iodized;
4. Iron (Fe)- Ferrous citrate Ferrous lactate, Ferrous sulphate,
Ferric pyrophosphate;
5. Magnesium (Mg)- Magnesium chloride, Magnesium oxide,
Magnesium phosphate dibasic;
6. Sodium (Na)- Sodium bicarbonate, Sodium chloride, Sodium
chloride iodized, Sodium citrate, Sodium phosphate monobasic;
7. Potassium (K)- Potassium phosphate dibasic;
8. Copper (Cu)- Cupric citrate, Cupric sulphate;
9. Iodine (I)-Potassium iodide, Sodium iodide;
10.Zinc (Zn)- Zinc sulphate;
11. Source of Manganese (Mn)- Manganese chloride, Manganese
sulphate.
Vitamins
1. Vitamin A - Retinyl acetate, Retinyl palmitate, Retinyl propionate;
2. Provitamin A - Beta-carotene;
3. Vitamin D - Vitamin D2 - Ergocalciferol, Vitamin D3 -
Cholecalciferol, Cholecalciferol-cholesterol;
4. VitaminE-d-alpha-tocopherol, dl-alpha-tocopherol, d-alpha-
tocopheryl acetate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl acetate, d-alpha-
tocopheryl succinate, dl-alpha-tocopheryl succinate;
5. Thiamine (Vitamin B1) - Thiamine chloride hydrochloride,
Thiamine mononitrate;
6. Riboflavin (Vitamin B2) - Riboflavin, Riboflavin 5' -phosphate
sodium;
7. Niacin-Nicotinamide, Nicotinic acid;
8. Vitamin B6 - Pyridoxine hydrochloride;
9. Biotin (Vitamin H) - d-biotin;
10.Folacin - Folic acid;
11. Pantothenic acid - Calcium pantothenate, Panthenol;
12.Vitamin B12 - Cyanocobalamin, Hydroxycobalamin;
13.Vitamin K - Phytylmenaquinone;
14.Vitamin C - Ascorbic acid, Sodium ascorbate, Calcium
ascorbate, Ascorbyl-6-palmitate;
15.Choline - Choline bitartrate, Choline chloride;
16.Inositol;
17.Selenium - Sodium selenite.

- - 245 - -
The product shall be free of lumps and shall be uniform in appearance. It
shall be free from added starch and added colour and flavour. It shall not
have rancid taste and musty odour.

It may contain the following additives, -

Maximum Level in 100 ml of

pH-Adjusting Agents Product
Ready-for-Consumption

Sodium hydrogen carbonate}

Sodium carbonate}
Sodium citrate}
Potassium hydrogen
carbonate} Limited by good Manufacturing
Potassium carbonate} Practice within the limit for sodium
Potassium citrate}
Sodium hydroxide}
Calcium hydorxide}
Potassium hydroxide}
L(+) Lactic acid}
Citric acid}

Antioxidants
Mixed tocopherols concentrate} 3 mg singly or in combination
∞ - Tocopherol}

L-Ascorbyl palmitate} 5 mg singly or in combination.

It shall also conform to the following requirements,-

————————————————————————————————
S. No. Characteristics Requirements
————————————————————————————————
1. Moisture, per cent by weight (not more than) 4.5
2. Total milk protein, per cent by weight (not less than) 13.5
and
(not more than) 24.75
3. Total fat, per cent by weight (not less than) and 18.0
(not more than) 27.0
Linoleate per 100 gm (not less than) 1.398
4. Total ash, per cent by weight (not more than) 8.5

- - 246 - -
5. Ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid, per cent by
weight
(not more than) 0.1
6. Solubility:
Solubility Index maximum 2.0 ml.
Solubility per cent by weight (not less than) 98.5
7. Vitamin A (as retinol) µg per 100 g. (not less than) 350 µg
8. Added Vitamin D (expressed as Cholecalciferol or
Ergocalciferol)
µg per 100 g. (not less than) 4.5 µg
9. Vitamin C, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 36 mg
10. Thiamin, mcg per 100 g. (not less than) 180 µg
11. Riboflavin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 270 µg

12. Niacin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 1125µg

13. Pyridoxine µg per 100 g. (not less than) 202.50 µg
14. Folic acid, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20.0 µg
15. Pantothenic acid, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 1.35 mg
16. Vitamin B12, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 0.675µg
17. Choline, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 32 mg
18. Vitamin K µg per 100 g. (not less than) 18µg
19. Biotin, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 6.75µg
20. Vitamin E (as a- tocopherol compounds) I.U. per 100g 3.15 IU
(not less than)
21. Sodium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 90 mg
22. Potassium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 360 mg
247.50
23. Chloride, mg per 100 g. (not less than)
mg
24. Calcium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 405 mg
25. Phosphorous, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 270 mg
26. Magnesium, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 27 mg
27. Iron, mg per 100 g. (not less than) 5 mg
28. Iodine, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 22.50µg
29. Copper, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 280µg
30. Zinc, mg per 100 g. (not less than) and 2.5 mg
(not more than) 5.0 mg
31. Manganese, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 20µg
32. Selenium, µg per 100 g. (not less than) 14µg
33. Bacterial count, per g. (not more than) 10,000
34. Coliform count absent in 0.1gram
35. Yeast and mould count absent in 0.1gram
36. Salmonella and Shigella absent in 25 gram

- - 247 - -
37. E. coli absent in 0.1gram
38. Staphylococcus aureas absent in 0.1gram
It shall be packed in hermetically sealed, clean and sound containers
or in flexible pack made from film or combination or any of the substrate
made of Board paper, polyethylene, polyester metallised film or in such a
way to protect from deterioration. It shall be packed in nitrogen or a
mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide.

Regulation 5.1.10: BUTTER, GHEE & MILK FATS

1 Butter means the fatty product derived exclusively from milk of

Cow and/or Buffalo or its products principally in the form of an emulsion
of the type water-in-oil. The product may be with or without added
common salt and starter cultures of harmless lactic acid and / or flavour
producing bacteria. Table butter shall be obtained from pasteurised milk
and/ or other milk products which have undergone adequate heat
treatment to ensure microbial safety. It shall be free from animal, body
fat, vegetable oil and fat, mineral oil and added flavour. It shall have
pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour and rancidity. It may
contain food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix
A. It shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in
Appendix B.
Provided that where butter is sold or offered for sale without any
indication as to whether it is table or desi butter, the standards of table
butter shall apply.
It shall conform to the following requirements:

Milk solids
not Common
Product Moisture Milk Fat Fat salt
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Not more than Not less than Not more Not more
Table 16.0 percent 80.0 percent than 1.5 than 3.0
Butter m/m m/m percent m/m percent m/m

Desi Not less than

Cooking 76.0 percent
Butter – m/m – –

2. GHEE means the pure clarified fat derived solely from milk or curd

- - 248 - -
or from desi (cooking) butter or from cream to which no colouring matter
or preservative has been added. The standards of quality of ghee
produced in a State or Union Territory specified in column 2 of the Table
below shall be as specified against the said State or Union Territory in the
corresponding Columns 3,4,5 and 6 of the said Table.

- - 249 - -
- - 250 - -
Explanation.—By cotton tract is meant the areas in the States where
cotton seed is extensively fed to the cattle and so notified by the State
Government concerned.

3. Milkfat / Butter oil and Anhydrous Milk fat / Anhydrous

Butter oil means the fatty products derived exclusively from milk and/ or
products obtained from milk by means of process which result in almost
total removal of water and milk solids not fat. It shall have pleasant taste
and flavour free from off odour and rancidity. It shall be free from
vegetable oil/ fat, animal body fat, mineral oil, added flavour and any
other substance foreign to milk. It may contain food additives permitted
in these regulations including Appendix A. It shall conform to the
microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform
to the following requirements:–

- - 251 - -
Regulation 5.1.11: CHAKKA & SHRIKHAND

1. CHAKKA—means a white to pale yellow semi-solid product of good

texture and uniform consistency obtained by draining off the whey from
the Yoghurt obtained by the lactic fermentation of cow’s milk, buffalo’s
milk, skimmed milk and recombined or standardised milk which has been
subjected to minimum heat treatment equivalent to that of
pasteurisation. It shall have pleasant Yoghurt/Dahi like flavour. It shall
not contain any ingredient foreign to milk. It shall be free from mouldness
and free from signs of fat or water seepage or both. It shall be smooth
and it shall not appear dry. It shall not contain extraneous colour and
flavours. It shall conform to the following requirements, namely :-

Skimmed milk
Chakka Chakka
(i) Total solids, per cent by weight Min. 30 Min. 20
(ii) Milk fat (on dry basis)
per cent by weight Min. 33 Max.5
(iii) Milk protein (on dry basis)
per cent by weight Min. 30 Min. 60
(iv) Titrable acidity (As lactic
acid)per cent by weight Max. 2.5 Max. 2.5
(v) Total ash (on dry basis) per cent
by weight Max. 3.5 Max. 5.0
Chakka when sold without any indication shall conform to the standards
of Chakka.

2. SHRIKHAND-means the product obtained from chakka or

- - 252 - -
Skimmed Milk Chakka to which milk fat is added. It may contain fruits,
nuts, sugar, cardamom, saffron and other species. It shall not contain
any added colouring and artificial flavouring substances. It shall conform
to the following specifications, namely:-

(i) Total solids, per cent by weight Not less than 58

(ii) Milk fat (on dry basis) per cent by weight Not less than 8.5
(iii) Milk protein (on dry basis) per cent by weight Not less than 9
Titrable acidity (on dry basis) per cent by
(iv) weight Not more than1.4
Sugar (Sucrose) (on dry basis) per cent by
(v) weight Not less than 8.5
(vi) Total ash (on dry basis) per cent by weight Not more than 0.9

In case of Fruits Shrikhand it shall contain Milk fat (on dry basis) per cent
by weight... Not less than 7.0 and Milk Protein (on dry basis) per cent by
weight... Not less than 9.0.

Regulation 5.1.12: FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS

1. Yoghurt1 means a coagulated product obtained from toned milk,

pasteurized or boiled milk by lactic acid fermentation through lactobacillus
bulgaricus delbruckii var-bulgaricus and Streptococcus thermophillus. It
may also contain cultures of Bifidobacterium bifidus and Lactobacillus
acidophilus and if added, the declaration to this effect shall be made on
the label. The product shall have smooth surface and custard like
consistency with no whey separation. It may also contain –
(i) Milk powder, skimmed milk powder, whey powder, whey
proteins, water soluble milk proteins, caseinmates,
manufactured from pasteurized products and lactose
enzyme preparation;
(ii) Sugar, corn-syrup or glucose syrup in case of sweetened,
flavoured and fruit yoghurt only;
(iii) Fruits, fruit pulp, jam, fruit syrup, fruit juice etc. in
flavoured and fruit yoghurt only;
(iv) Permitted colours and flavours in flavoured and fruit
yoghurt only.
It may contain permitted stabilizers upto a maximum limit of 0.5 percent
by weight. It shall also meet the following requirements, namely:-

Yoghurt Yoghurt Yoghurt Fruit

1
The below mentioned standards for Yoghurt (Regulation 5.1.12) are in force, the revised standards for these
are pending final approval and are currently deferred till 6th September, 2010.

- - 253 - -
 Plain skimmed Sweetened yoghurt
and/or
flavoured
(i) Total milk solids 13.5 11.0 13.5 10.0
percent by weight not
less than
(ii) Milk fat, percent by 3.0 0.5 3.0 1.5
weight, not less than
(iii) Sugar, percent by - - 6.0 6.0
weight, not less than
(iv) Protein, percent by 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.6
weight, not less than

Titrable acidity of the product shall be from 0.8 to 1.2 percent by weight
(as lactic acid). The specified lactic acid bacterial count per gram of the
product shall not be less than 10,00,000 and Escherichia. Coli shall be
absent in the product.
The type of yoghurt shall be clearly indicated on the label otherwise
standard of Plain yoghurt shall apply.
Note – The yoghurt subjected to heat treatment after fermentation at
temperature not less than 650C shall be labeled as “Thermised or Heat
Treated Yoghurt” and shall conform to the above parameters except the
minimum requirement of specific lactic acid bacterial count per gm.

Yoghurt2 means a coagulated product obtained from pasteurised or

boiled milk or concentrated milk, pasteurised skimmed milk and /or
pasteurised cream or a mixture of two or more of these products by lactic
acid fermentation through the action of Lactobacillus bulgaricus and
Steptococcus thermophilus. It may also contain cultures of
Bifidobacterium bifidus and Lactobacillus acidophilus and if added a
declaration to this effect shall be made on the label. The microorganisms
in the final product must be viable and abundant. It may contain milk
powder, skimmed milk powder, unfermented buttermilk, concentrated
whey, whey powder, whey protein, whey protein concentrate, water
soluble milk proteins, edible casein, and caseinates manufactured from
pasteurised products. It may also contain sugar, corn syrup or glucose
syrup in sweetened yoghurt or fruits in fruits yoghurt. It shall have
smooth surface and thick consistency without separation of whey. It shall
be free from vegetable oil/ fat, animal body fat, mineral oil and any other
substance foreign to milk. The product may contain food additives
permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to the microbiological
requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
2
The deffered standards for Yoghurt are here as under

- - 254 - -
requirements:—

Product Milk Fat Milk solids Milk Sugar

not fat protein

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Not less
(i) Yoghurt Not less than 3.0 Not
8.5
less than
percent than 3.2 –
percent m/m m/m percent
m/m
(ii) Partly Not less than 0.5 Not less than Not less
skimmed percent m/m & 8.5 than 3.2 –
Yoghurt Not more than percent
3.0 percent m/m percent m/m m/m
Not less than Not less
(iii) Skimmed Not more than than 3.2
Yoghurt 0.5 percent m/m 8.5
percent m/m percent –
m/m

Not less Not less

(iv) Sweetened
Flavoured Not less than 3.0 Not
8.5
less than
percent than 3.2 than 6.0
Yoghurt percent m/m m/m percent percent
m/m m/m

Not less Not less

(v) Fruit Not less than 1.5 Not
8.5
less than
percent than 2.6 than 6.0
Yoghurt percent m/m m/m percent percent
m/m m/m

Provided that Titrable acidity as lactic acid shall not be less than 0.85
percent and not more than 1.2 percent. The specific lactic acid producing
bacterial count per gram shall not be less than 10,00,000. Provided
further that the type of Yoghurt shall be clearly indicated on the label
otherwise standards of plain Yoghurt shall apply. The Yoghurt subjected
to heat treatment after fermentation at temperature not less than 65
degree C shall be labelled as Thermised or Heat Treated Yoghurt and
shall conform to the above parameters except the minimum requirement
of specific lactic acid producing count per gram.

- - 255 - -
Regulation 5.1.13: WHEY PRODUCTS

1. Whey Powder means the product obtained by spray or roller

drying sweet whey or acid whey from which major portion of milk fat has
been removed. Sweet Whey means the fluid separated from the curd
after the coagulation of milk, cream, skimmed milk or buttermilk in the
manufacture of cheese, casein or similar products, principally with non-
animal rennet type enzymes.
Acid Whey is obtained after coagulation of milk, cream, skimmed milk or
buttermilk, principally with acids of the types used for manufacture of
edible acid casein, chhana, paneer, or fresh cheese. It shall be of uniform
colour with pleasant taste and flavour free from off flavour and rancidity.
It may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform
to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It shall
conform to the following requirements:—

Requirement Whey Powder Acid Whey Powder

(1) (2) (3)

Not more than

(i) Moisture 5.0 percent Not more than 4.5 percent

Not more than Not more than 2.0 percent

(ii) Milk Fat 2.0 percent m/m m/m
Not less than
(iii) Milk Protein (N x 10.0 percent Not less than 7.0 percent
6.38) m/m m/m

Not more than Not more than 15.0 percent

(iv) Total Ash 9.5 percent m/m m/m
(v) pH (in 10.0%
solution) Not less than 5.1 Not more than 5.1

(vi) Lactose content Not less than

expressed as anhydrous 61.0 percent Not less than 61.0 percent
Lactose m/m m/m
Note: (i) Although the powders may contain both anhydrous lactose
and lactose monohydrates, the lactose content is expressed
as anhydrous lactose.
(ii) 100 parts of lactose monohydrate contain 95 parts of
anhydrous lactose.

- - 256 - -
Regulation 5.1.14: CASEIN PRODUCTS

1. Edible Casein Products mean the products obtained by separating,

washing and drying the coagulum of skimmed milk.

2. Edible acid casein means the product obtained by separating,

washing and drying the acid precipitated coagulum of skimmed milk.

3. Edible non-animal rennet casein means the product obtained after

washing and drying the coagulum remaining after separating the whey
from the skimmed milk which has been coagulated by non-animal rennet
or by other coagulating enzymes

4. Edible caseinate means the dry product obtained by reaction of

edible casein or fresh casein curd with food grade neutralising agents and
which have been subjected to an appropriate heat treatment. It shall be
qualified by the name of the cation and the drying process used (Spray or
Roller dried).
The products shall be white to pale cream or have greenish tinge;
free from lumps and any unpleasant foreign flavour, it may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It shall
conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in Appendix B. It
shall conform to the following requirements:—

Non-animal
rennet
Requirements Casein Acid Casein Caseinate
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Not more than

Not more than 12.0 percent Not more than
(i) Moisture 12.0 percent m/m m/m 8.0 percent m/m

Not more than 2.0 Not more than Not more than
(ii) Milk Fat percent m/m 2.0 percent m/m 2.0 percent m/m

(iii) Milk Protein Not less than Not less than

(Nx6.38) on dry Not less than 84.0 90.0 88.0
weight basis percent m/m percent m/m percent m/m

Not less than Not less than

(iv) Casein in Not less than 95.0 95.0 95.0
Protein percent m/m percent m/m percent m/m

- - 257 - -
 Not more than
(v) Ash including Not less than 7.5 2.5
P2O5 percent m/m percent m/m –

Not less than 1.0 Not more than Not more than
(vi) Lactose percent m/m 1.0 percent m/m 1.0 percent m/m
Not more than
(vii) Free Acid ml 0.27
0.1N NaOH / gm – percent –

(viii) pH Value Not more than

in 10% – – 8.0

PART 5.2: FATS, OILS AND FAT EMULSIONS

Regulation 5.2.1 Definition

(1) “De-oiled meal” means the residual material left over when oil is
extracted by a solvent from any oil-bearing material;

(2) “Hydrogenation” means the process of addition of hydrogen to

an edible vegetable oil using a catalyst to produce a fat with
semi-solid consistency;

(3) “Margarine” means an emulsion of edible oils and fats with

water;

(4) “Refined vegetable oil” means any vegetable oil which is

obtained by expression or solvent extraction of vegetable oil
bearing materials, deacidified with alkali and/or by physical
refining and/or by miscella refining using permitted food grade
solvents followed by bleaching with absorbent earth and/or
activated carbon and deodorized with steam without using any
other chemical agents

- - 258 - -
(5) “Refining” means a process by which an expressed vegetable
oil or a solvent-extracted oil is deacidified-
(i) With alkali, or
(ii) by physical refining, or both, or
(iii) By miscella refining using permitted food grade solvent,
followed by bleaching with absorbent earth and/or activated
carbon or both of them and deodorized with steam without using
any other chemical agent;
(iv) refining includes the process of degumming using phosphoric
acid

(6) “Solvent-extracted oil” means any vegetable oil obtained from

oil-bearing material by the process of extraction by a solvent;

(7) “Solvent-extracted edible flour” means the ground material

obtained from specially prepared deoiled meal, that is, the
residual material left over when oil is extracted by a solvent from
oil cake immediately following the single-pressing of good quality
edible oilseeds;

(8) “Vegetable oils” means oils produced from oilcakes or oilseeds

or oil-bearing materials of plant origin and containing
glycerides;

(9) “Vegetable oil product” means any product obtained for edible
purposes by subjecting one or more edible oils to any or a
combination of any of the processes or operations, namely,
refining, blending, hydrogenation or interesterification and
winterization (process by which edible fats and oils are

- - 259 - -
 fractioned through cooling), and includes any other process
which may be notified by the Central Government in the official
Gazette;

Regulation 5.2.2 OILS:

1. COCONUT OIL (Naryal Ka tel) means the oil expressed from

copra obtained from the kernel of Cocos mucifera nuts. It shall be clear
and free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or mineral oil. It shall
conform to the following standards:-
Butyro refractometer 34.0 to 35.5
reading at 40oC
OR
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4481-1.4491;
Saponification value Not less than 250.
Iodine value 7.5 to 10.0
Polenske value Not less than 13.0

Not more than 6.0

Acid value per cent
Not more than 1.0
Unsaponifiable matter per cent
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

2. COTTON SEED OIL (Binola Ka Tel) means the oil extracted from
clean, sound delinted and decorticated cotton seeds (genus Gossypium).
It shall be refined. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or
other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

- - 260 - -
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40oC. 55.6 to 60.2

OR
o
Refractive Index at 40 C 1.4630-1.4660
Saponification value 190 to 198
Iodine value 98 to 112.
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent.
Acid value Not more than 0.50 per cent.

There shall be no turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 30oC for
24 hours

Bellier Test (Turbidity... 19.0 oC -21.0 oC temperature-Acetic acid method)

Test for Argemone oil shall be negative

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

3. GROUNDNUT OIL (moongh-phali-ka tel) means the oil

expressed from clean and sound groundnuts (Arachis hypogoes). It shall
be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 54.0 to 57.1
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4620-1.4640
Saponification value 188 to 196
Iodine value 85 to 99.
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent.
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Bellier test Turbidity
39oC to 41oC
temperature Acetic acid

- - 261 - -
 method

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

4. LINSEED OIL (Tisi ka tel) means the oil obtained by process of

expressing clean and sound linseed (Linum usitatissimum). It shall be
clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring or flavouring substance, or mineral oil. It shall
conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 69.5-74.3
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4720-1.4750
Saponification value 188 to 195
Iodine value Not less than 170
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent.
Acid value Not more than 4.0 percent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

5. MAHUA OIL means the oil expressed from clean and sound seeds
or nuts of Madhuca (Bassi latifolia or B. longifolia or a mixture of both). It
shall be clear and shall be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign

- - 262 - -
matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or
mineral oil. It shall be refined and shall conform to the following
standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 49.5 to 52.7
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4590 - 1.4611
Saponification value 187 to 196
Iodine value 58 to 70
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 2.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 0.50 per cent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
and Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

6 RAPE-SEED OIL (Toria Oil) MUSTARD OIL (Sarson ka tel)

means the oil expressed from clean and sound mustard seeds, belonging
to the compestris, juncea or napus varieties of Brassica. It shall be clear
free from rancidity, suspended or foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the
following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer reading at 40
o 48.0 to 60.5
C
Saponification value 168 to 177
96-112:
Iodine value polybromide test shall be
neagative
Not more than 1.2 per cent
Unsaponifiable matter
by weight
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent

- - 263 - -
 23.0 oC to 27.5 oC
Bellier test (Turbidity Method)
Temperature Acetic acid
Test for Argemone oil Negative
Test for Hydrocyanic Acid Negative

Test for argemone oil shall be negative

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

7. Olive oil means the oil expressed from the fruit of the olive tree
(Olea europaea sativa Hoffm. et Link). It shall be of three types:-

(i) Virgin olive oil means the oil obtained from the fruit of the olive tree
by mechanical or other physical means under conditions, particularly
thermal, which do not lead to alteration of the oil. Virgin olive oil is oil
which is suitable for consumption in the natural state without refining. It
shall be clear, yellow to green in colour, with specific odour and taste,
free from odours or tastes indicating alteration or pollution of oil. It shall
be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.

(ii) Refined olive oil means the oil obtained from virgin olive, the acid
content and or organoleptic characteristics of which render it unsuitable
for consumption in the natural state, by means of refining methods which
do not lead to alterations in the initial glyceridic structure. It shall be
clear, limpid without sediment, yellow in colour, without specific odour or
taste and free from odours or taste indicating alteration or pollution of oil.
It shall be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

iii. Refined olive-pomace oil means the oil obtained from “olive

- - 264 - -
pomace” by extraction by means of solvents and made edible by means
of refining methods which do not lead to alteration in the initial glyceridic
structure. It shall be clear, limpid, without sediment, yellow to yellow-
brown in colour, without specific odour or taste and free from odours or
tastes indicating alteration or pollution of the oil. It shall be free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A.

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm
It shall conform to the following standards:–

Refined olive Refined

Parameters Virgin olive oil
oil olive-
Pomace oil

B.R. Reading at 40ºC 51.0-55.6 51.0-55.6 51.6-55.9

Or
Refractive Index at 1.4604-
1.4600-1.4630 1.4600-1.4630
40ºC 1.4632
Saponification value
184-196 184-196 182-193
(mg KOH/g oil)
Iodine value (wijs) 75-94 75-94 75-92
Unsaponifiable
Not more
matter Not more than Not more than
than
(using light 15g/kg 15g/kg
30g/kg
petroleum)
Not more than Not more than Not more
Acid Value
6.0 5.0 than 0.5
Not more than Not more than Not
Bellier test
17 17 applicable
Semi-Siccative oil
Negative Negative Negative
test
Olive pomace oil test Negative Negative Negative

- - 265 - -
Cotton seed oil test Negative Negative Negative

Teaseed oil test Negative Negative Negative

Sesame seed oil
Negative Negative Negative
test
Test for Argemone oil Negative Negative Negative

8. POPPY SEED OIL means the oil expressed from poppy seeds
(Papaver somniferum). It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended
or other foreign matter separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 60.0 to 64.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4659 - 1.4685
Saponification value 186 to 194
Iodine value 133 to 143
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

9. SAFFLOWER SEED OIL (barry Ka tel) means the oil expressed

from the seeds of Carthamus tinctorius. It shall be clear, free from
rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring or flavouring substances, or mineral oil. It shall conform to the
following standards:-

- - 266 - -
 Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 62.4 to 64.7
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4674-1.4689
Saponification value 186-196
Iodine value 135-148
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature Acetic acid
method Not more than 16 oC

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

9.1 Safflowerseed oil and Safflowerseed oil (High Oleic

Acid) means the oil expressed from the seeds of Carthamus tinctorious L.
It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or mineral oil.
It shall contain not less than 70% oleic acid as percent of total fatty acid.
It shall conform to the following standards:–

High Oleic Acid

Parameters Safflowerseed Oil Safflowerseed Oil

B.R. Reading at
40ºC 51.0-57.1 61.7-66.4

Or
Refractive Index at
40ºC 1.460-1.464 1.467-1.470
Iodine value (wijs
method) 80-100 136-148
Saponification value 186-194 186-198

- - 267 - -
Unsaponifiable Not more than Not more than
matter 10g/kg 15g/kg
Not more than 4.0 Not more than 4.0
Acid Value mg/KOH/g oil mg/KOH/g oil
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature Acetic
acid method Not more than 16 oC Not more than 16 oC
Test for Argemone
oil Negative Negative

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

10. TARAMIRA OIL means the oil expressed from clean and sound
seeds of Taramira (Eruca sativa). It shall be clear, free from rancidity,
suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or
flavouring substances, or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following
standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 58.0 to 60.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4646-1.4659
Saponification value 174 to 177
Iodine value 99 to 105
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

- - 268 - -
11. TIL OIL (Gingelly or sesame oil) means the oil expressed from
clean and sounds of Til (Sesamum indicum), black, brown, white, or
mixed. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, or
mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 58.0 to 61.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4646-1.4665
Saponification value 188-193
Iodine value 103-120
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature Acetic acid Not more than 22 oC
method

Provided that the oil obtained from white sesame seeds grown in Tripura,
Assam and West Bengal shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 60.5 to 65.4
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4662-1.4694
Saponification value 185 to 190
Iodine value 115 to 120
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 2.5 per cent
Bellier test Turbidity temperature
Not more than 22 oC
Acetic acid method

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.

- - 269 - -
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
12 NIGER SEED OIL (Sargiya ka tel) means the edible oil obtained
by process of expressing clean and sound seeds of Guizotia abyssinica. It
shall be clear and free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, mineral or
other oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 61.0-65.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4665-1.4691
Saponification value 188-193
Iodine value 110 to 135
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.0 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature Acetic acid 25 oC – 29 oC
method

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

13 - SOYABEAN OIL means the oil expressed from clean and sound
soyabeans (Soja max) from which the major portion of the gums
naturally present have been removed by hydration and mechanical or
physical separation. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or
other foreign matter, separated water added colouring or flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 58.5 to 68.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4649-1.4710
Saponification value 189 to 195
Iodine value 120 to 141

- - 270 - -
 Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
Acid value Not more than 2.50 percent
Phosphorus Not more than 0.02 percent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

14 MAIZE (Corn) OIL means the oil, extracted from the gram of
clean and sound seeds of Zea Mays Linn. Fam. Graniniae, refined. It shall
be free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring or flavouring substances or Mineral oil. It shall
conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 56.7 to 62.5
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4637-1.4675
Saponification value 187 to 195
Iodine value 103 to 128
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
Acid value Not more than 0.50 percent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

- - 271 - -
15 REFINED VEGETABLE OIL means any vegetable oil which is
obtained by expression or solvent extraction of vegetable oil bearing
materials, deacidified with alkali and/or physical refining and/or by
miscella refining using permitted foodgrade solvents followed by
bleaching with absorbent earth and/or carbon and deodourised with
steam. No other chemical agent shall be used. The name of the vegetable
oil from which the refined oil has been manufactured shall be clearly
specified on the lable of the container. In addition to the under-
mentioned standards to which refined vegetable oils shall conform to the
standards prescribed in these regulations for the specified edible oils shall
also apply except for acid value which shall be not more than 0.5.
Moisture shall not exceed 0.10 per cent by weight.
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

1. The refined vegetable oil shall be obtained from the following

vegetable oils:

(i) Coconut Oil

(ii) Cottonseed Oil
(iii) Groundnut Oil
(iv) Nigerseed Oil
(v) Safflower Oil
(vi) Sesame Oil
(vii) Soyabean Oil
(viii) Sunflower Oil
(ix) Mustard/Rapeseed Oil
(x) Linseed Oil
(xi) Mahua Oil
(xii) Olive Oil
(xiii) Poppyseed Oil
(xiv) Taramira Oil
(xv) Maize (Corn) oil
(xvi) Watermelonseed Oil
(xvii) Palm Oil
(xviii) Palmolein
(xix) Palm Kernel Oil
(xx) Rice Bran Oil
(xxi) Salseed fat
(xxii) Mango Kernel fat
(xxiii) Kokum fat
(xxiv) Dhupa fat
(xxv) Phulwara fat

- - 272 - -
2. The refined vegetable oil shall comply with the following requirements:

The oils shall be clear and free from rancidity, adulterants, sediments,
suspended and other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring
and flavouring substances and flavouring substances and mineral oil

3. However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

16 ALMOND OIL means the oil expressed from he seeds of Prunus

amygdalus Batach, var, dulcis Kochne (sweet almond) or of Prunus
amygdalus Batach, var Amara Focke (bitter almond) without the
application of heat. It shall be clear from rancidity, suspended or other
foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 54 to 57
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4620-1.4639
Saponification value 186 to 195
Iodine value 90 to 109
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Bellier test Turbidity
temperature Acetic acid Not more than 60oC
method

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

17 WATER-MELON SEED OIL means the oil extracted from the

clean, sound seeds of the fruit of Water-Melon (Citrullus vulgaris Schrad,
Family: cucurbitaceae). It shall be clear, free from rancidity, adulterants,
sediments, suspended and other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring and flavouring substances and mineral oil. It shall conform to
the following standards:-

Not more than

Moisture and volatile matter
0.25 per cent

- - 273 - -
 Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 55.6 - 61.7
Or
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4630-1.4670
Saponification value 190 – 198
Iodine value 115 – 125
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

18 RAPE-SEED GROWN ABROAD OIL - (Toria-Ka-Tel) means:-

(i) the oil obtained from clean and sound rapeseed grown abroad
belonging to compestries, Juncea, or napus varieties of
Brassica by the method of expression or solvent extraction and
imported into India or,
(ii) the oil produced in India obtained from clean and sound
imported rapeseed belonging to compestries, Juncea, or napus
varieties or Brassica by the method of expression or solvent
extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or
other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring or
flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the
following standards, namely:-

- - 274 - -
Rapeseed oil imported into India or rapeseed oil obtained by solvent
extraction shall be supplied for human consumption only if it is
refined and it shall conform to the standards laid down under Article
15 of 5.2.2 except for acid value which shall be not more than 0.6.
Additionally, it shall have Flash Point (Penske Marten closed method)
not less than 250oC.
Test for argemone oil should be negative oil.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
and Appendix A
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

19 PALM OIL- Palm oil means the oil obtained from fleshy mesocarp
of fruits of the oil palm (Elaeis Guineensis) tree by the method of
expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity,
suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring and
flavouring substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following
standards, namely:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 50 oC 35.5 - 44.0
Or
Refractive Index at 50 oC 1.4491-1.4552
Melting point (capillary slip
Not more than 37 oC
method)

- - 275 - -
 Iodine value(Wij's method) 45-56
Saponification value 195-205
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.2 per cent
Acid value Not more than 10.0 percent

Indigenously produced raw Palm Oil obtained by method of expression

may be supplied for human consumption as such provided acid value is
not more than 6.0 But palm oil imported into the country or produced by
solvent extraction shall be refined before it is supplied for human
consumption and it shall conform to the standards laid down under
Article 15 of 5.2.2. Additionally, it shall have Flash Point (Pensky-
Marten closed method) - Not less than 250° C
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

20 PALMOLEIN means the liquid fraction obtained by fractionation of

palm oil obtained from the fleshy mesocarp of fruits of oil palm (Elaeis
Guineensis) tree by the method of expression or solvent extraction. It
shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter
separated water, added colouring and flavouring substances or mineral
oils. It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 43.7 - 52.5
Or
Refractive Index at 40 oC 1.4550 - 1.4610
Iodine value (Wij's method) 54-62
Saponification value 195-205
Cloud Point Not more than 18oC
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.2 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent

Further, if the palmolein is obtained from solvent extracted palm oil, it

shall be refined before it is supplied for human consumption and it shall
conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
Additionally, it shall have Flash Point (Penske Marten closed method) -

- - 276 - -
not less than 250oC.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative. However, it may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations and Appendix A
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

21 - PALM KERNEL OIL means the oil obtained from sound kernel of
the fruits of oil palm (Elaeis guinensis) tree by the method of expression
or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free from rancidity suspended, or
other foreign matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring
substances or mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards,
namely:-

Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 35.1 - 39.5
Or
Refractive Index at 40 oC 1.4490 - 1.4520
Iodine value (Wij's method) 10 – 23
Saponification value 237-255
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.2 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction, it shall

be supplied for human consumption only after refining and shall conform
to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2. Additionally, it
shall have Flash Point (Penske Marten closed method) - not less than
250oC.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

and Appendix A

The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

22 SUN FLOWER SEED OIL means the oil obtained from clean and
sound sunflower seeds or cake from the plants Helianthus annus linn
(Family:compositae) by the method of expression or solvent extraction. It
shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances or mineral oil.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

- - 277 - -
 Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 57.1 - 65.0
Or
Refractive Index at 40 oC 1.4640 - 1.4691
Iodine value (Wij's method) 100 – 145
Saponification value 188-194
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
Acid value Not more than 6.0 percent

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction, it shall

be supplied for human consumption only after refining and shall conform
to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2. Additionally, it
shall have Flash Point (Penske Marten closed method) - not less than
250oC.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

22.01 Imported Sunflowerseed oil and Sunflowerseed oil (High

Oleic Acid) means the oil obtained from clean and sound Sunflowerseed
or the High Oleic acid oil bearing Sunflowerseeds of Helianthus annuus L.
by the method of expression or solvent extraction. It shall be clear, free
from rancidity, suspended foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring or flavouring substance or mineral oil. It shall contain not less
than 75% oleic acid as percent of total fatty acids. It shall conform to the
following standards:–

High Oleic Acid Imported

Parameters Sunflowerseed Oil Sunflowerseed Oil

B.R. Reading 61.7-68.0 at 25ºC 52.5-63.2 at 40ºC

Or
Refractive Index 1.467-1.471 at 25ºC 1.461-1.468 at 40ºC
Iodine value (Wijs
method) 78-90 118-141

Saponification value
182-194 188-194

- - 278 - -
Unsaponifiable Not more than Not more than
matter 15g/kg 15g/kg

Not more than 4.0 Not more than 4.0

Acid Value mg/KOH/g oil mg/KOH/g oil
Test for Argemone
oil Negative Negative

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.
23 RICE BRAN OIL means the oil obtained from the layer around the
endosperm of rice obtained from paddy of Oryza Sativa Linn. Fam
Gramineae which is removed during the process of rice milling and is
generally known as rice bran.
Refined Rice Bran Oil shall be obtained from solvent extracted oil,
neutralised with alkali, bleached with bleaching earth or activated carbon
or both and deodorised with steam. Alternatively deacidification’
bleaching and deodorisation may be done by physical means.

The oil shall be clear and free from rancidity, adulterants, sediments,
suspended and other foreign matters, separated water and added
colouring and flavouring substances. The clarity of the oil shall be judged
by the absence of turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 35oC for
24 hrs. Rice Bran Oil shall be sold for human consumption only after
refining. It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

Not more than 0.1 percent by

Moisture and Volatile Matter
weight
Refractive Index
at 40 oC 1.4600 - 1.4700
Or
Butyro-refractometer
reading at 40 oC 51.0 – 66.4
Saponification value 180 - 195
Iodine value (Wij's method 90 - 105
Acid value Not more than 0.5

- - 279 - -
 Unsaponifiable matter,
percent by weight

for chemically refined Not more than 3.5

for physically refined Not more than 4.5

Oryzanol Content Not less than 1.0
Flash Point (Penske Marten
Not less than 250 oC
Closed method)

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

24 BLENDED EDIBLE VEGETABLE OIL means an admixture of any

two edible vegetable oils where the proportion by weight of any edible
vegetable oil used in the admixture is not less than 20 per cent. The
individual oils in the blend shall conform to the respective standards
prescribed by these regulations. The blend shall be clear, free from
rancidity, suspended or insoluble matter or any other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring matter, flavouring substances, mineral
oil, or any other animal and non-edible oils, or fats, argemone oils,
hydrocyanic acid, castor oil and tricresyl phosphate. It shall also conform
to the following standards, namely:-
a) Moisture and volatile matter not more than 0.2 per cent by weight;
b) Acid value:-

Nature of oil Acid Value

(1) Both raw edible vegetable oils in
Not more than 6.0
the blend
(2) One raw edible vegetable oil (s)
and one refined vegetable oil (s) in Not more than 5.0
the blend
(3) All refined edible vegetable oils
Not more than 0.5
in the blend

- - 280 - -
(4) Unsaponifiable matter-
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(a) Blended with rice bran oil
weight
(b) Blended with other edible
Not more than 1.50 percent by
vegetable oil
weight
(5) Flash point (Penske Martin
closed method) Not less then 250°C

Test for Argemone oil shall be negative

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human
consumption only after refining and shall conform to the standards laid
down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.

The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

Regulation 5.2.3 INTERESTERIFIED VEGETABLE FAT: means an

edible fatty material that has been so treated as to bring about a
rearrangement of fatty acid positions within the glyceride entities and
hence a change in the physical properties like melting point, viscosity,
specific gravity and the like with very little change in the constitution of
the fatty acids themselves by a process of interesterification of the
essentially neutral edible oil or fat, singly or in mixtures generally
through the use of alkaline catalysts exemplified by sodium or potassium
metals, or their ethoxides or hydroxides in the form either of anhydrous
powders or in anhydrous glycerol medium followed by such post-process
steps as washing, bleaching and deodourisation, the last of which can be
omitted if the interesterified fat is to be incorporated as part of the raw
material for further processing in edible fat products.

The interesterified fat shall be clear, free from soap, flavouring

substances, rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water and mineral oil. It shall conform to the following standards,
namely:-
(i) It shall not contain any harmful colouring, flavouring or any

- - 281 - -
 other matter deleterious to health;
(ii) No colour shall be added to interesterified fat unless so
authorised by Government, but in no event any colour
resembling the colour of ghee shall be added;
(iii) If any flavour is used, it shall be distinct from that of ghee in
accordance with a list of permissible flavours and in such
quantities as may be prescribed by Government:
Provided that diacetyl to the extent of not more than 4.0 ppm may be
added to interesterified fat exclusively meant for consumption by the
Armed Forces;
(iv) It shall not have moisture exceeding 0.25 per cent;
(v) The melting point as determined by capillary slip method shall
be from 31oC to 41oC, both inclusive;
(vi) The Butyro-refractometer reading at 40oC, shall not be less
than 48 or Refractive Index at 40oC shall not be less than
1.4580;
(vii) It shall not have unsaponifiable matter exceeding 2.0 per cent;
(viii) It shall not have free fatty acids (calculated as Oleic acid)
exceeding 0.25 per cent;
(ix) The product on melting shall be clear in appearance and shall
be free from staleness or rancidity, and pleasant to taste and
smell;
(x) It shall contain raw or refined sesame (til) oil not less than 5
per cent by weight, but sufficient so that when it is mixed with
refined groundnut oil in the proportion of 20:80, the colour
produced by the Baudouin Test shall not be lighter than 2.0
red units in a 1 cm. cell on a Lovibond scale;
(xi) It shall contain not less than 25 I.U. of synthetic Vitamin A per
gram at the time of packing and small show a positive test for
Vitamin A when tested by Antimony Trichloride (Carr-Price)
reagent (As per IS: 5886-1970);
(xii) No anti-oxidant, synergist, emulsifier or any other such
substance, other than those permitted by these regulations
including Appendix A shall be added to it except with the
prior sanction of the Government.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A

- - 282 - -
Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

Regulation 5.2.4 PARTIALLY HYDROGENATED SOYABEAN OIL

1. PARTIALLY HYDROGENATED AND WINTERISED SOYABEAN

OIL means deodourised product obtained by light (mild or “Brush”)
hydrogenation of degummed, deacidified, decolourised and winterised
soyabean oil. The oil shall be degummed by water with or without a food
grade additive, deacidified by either neutralisation with alkali or steam
distillation (physical refining) or miscella refining using permitted food
grade solvent, decolourised with bleaching earth and/or carbon, partially
hydrogenerated using nickel catalyst, winterised with or without the use
of a food grade solvent, filtered in a suitable filter press and deodourised
with steam.
The product shall be clear, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, castor
oil, mineral oil, and other vegetable and animal fats.
It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A. It shall conform to the following standards:

- - 283 - -
Test for argemone oil shall be negative

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

2. PARTIALLY HYDROGENATED SOYABEAN OIL means

deodourised product obtained by light (mild or “Brush”) hydrogenation of
degummed, deacidified, deolourised soyabean oil. The oil shall be
degummed by water with or without a food grade additive, deacidified by
either neutralisation with alkali or steam distillation (physical refining) or
miscella refining using permitted food grade solvent, decolourised with
bleaching earth and/or carbon and partially hydrogenated using nickel
catalyst. The product shall again be deacidified, bleached and
deodourised with steam.

The product shall be clear liquid at 35 degree C. It shall be clear on

melting, free from rancidity, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water, added colouring or flavouring substances, castor oil,
mineral oil or other vegetable and animal facts.

It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

- - 284 - -
Appendix A
It shall conform to the following standards:

Note :-
The edible oils prescribed under Regulation 5.2.2 shall be free from
Castor oil.

Further, if the oil is obtained by the method of solvent extraction and the
oil imported into India whether obtained by solvent extraction or
otherwise, it shall be supplied for human consumption only after refining
and shall conform to the standards laid down under Article 15 of 5.2.2.
The oil so refined shall not contain Hexane more than 5.00 ppm.

Regulation 5.2.5 EDIBLE FATS:

1. BEEF FAT OR SUET means fat obtained from a beef carcass. It shall
have a Saponification value varying from 193 to 200 and an Iodine value
from 35 to 46.

It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and

Appendix A

- - 285 - -
2. MUTTON FAT means fat obtained from the carcass of sheep. It shall
have a Saponification value varying from 192 to 195 and an Iodine value
from 35 to 46.
It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A

3. GOAT FAT means the rendered fat from goat. It shall have a
Saponification value varying from 193 to 196 and Iodine value from 36 to
45.
It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A

4. LARD means the rendered fat from hogs and shall not contain more
than one per cent of substances other than fatty acids and fat. It shall
have a Saponification value varying from 192 to 198 and Iodine value
from 52 to 65.
It may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A

5. COCOA BUTTER means the fat obtained by expression from the nibs
of the beans of Theobroma cocoa L. It shall be free from other oils and
fats, mineral oil and added colours. It shall conform to the following
standards:

Percentage of free fatty acids

(calculated as oleic acid) Not more than 1.5
Iodine value 32 to 42
Melting point 29o C to 34o C.
Butyro refractometer 40.9 to 48.0
reading at 40oC
OR
Refractive Index at 40oC 1.4530-1.4580;
Saponification value 185 to 200

6. LOW AND HIGH FAT COCOA POWDER means the powder which
is the partially defatted product derived from the cocoa bean the seed of
Theobroma cocoa L. It may be subjected to treatments during
manufacture with alkali and/or magnesium carbonate, bicarbonate, and
with tartaric, citric or phosphoric acids. It shall be free from rancidity,
dirt, filth, insects and insect fragments or fungus infestations.The product

- - 286 - -
may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It shall conform to
the following standards:-
Total ash Not more than 14.0 per cent
(on moisture and fat free basis).
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 1.0 per cent
(on moisture and fat free basis).
Alkalinity of total ash Not more than 6.0 per cent as K2O (on
moisture and fat free basis).
Cocoa Butter
i) For Low Fat Not less than 10.0 percent (on
moisture free basis)
ii) For High Fat Not less than 20.0 percent (on
moisture free basis)

7. REFINED SALSEED FAT means the fat obtained from seed kernels
of Sal trees, shorea robusta Gaertn, f.(N.O.dipterocarpaceae) which has
been neutralized with alkali, bleached with bleaching earth or activated
carbon or both, and deodorised with steam, no other chemical agents
being used. Alternatively, deacidification, bleaching and deodorisation
may be done by physical means. The material shall be clear on melting
and free from adulterants, sediment, suspended or other foreign matter,
separated water or added colouring substance. However, it may contain
food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A.
There shall be no turbidity after keeping the filtered sample at 40oC for
24 hours. It shall conform to the following standards:-

(i) Moisture Not more than 0.1

percent
(ii) Butyro refractometer reading at 400C 36.7 – 51.0
OR

Refractive Index at 400C

1.4500 – 1.4600
(iii) Iodine Value (Wijs’ Method) 31 – 45
(iv) Saponification value 180 – 195
(v) Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 2.5
percent by weight
(vi) Free fatty acids (expressed as Oleic Not more than 0.25
acid) percent by weight
Or
Acid value Not more than 0.5
(vii) 9:10 epoxy and 9:10 Dihydroxy stearic Not more than 3.0
acid percent by weight
(viii) Flash point (Pensky Marten closed Not less than 2500C

- - 287 - -
 method)

Test for argemone oil shall be negative

8. CAROB POWDER means the powder obtained from the roasted

pods of carob (fibbled carob) of Ceratonia Siliqua (L) Taub. (fam.
Leguminosae) and shall be free from husk. It shall be free from any
artificial colouring, flavouring, extraneous matter or glazing substance
and shall be in sound, dry and fresh condition, free from rancid or
obnoxious flavours. It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:-
Total ash Not more than 1.2 per cent by weight.
Acid insoluble matter Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
Tannin content Not less than 0.1 per cent
and not more than 0.15 per
cent.

9. Kokum Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound kernels
of Kokum (Garcinia indica choisy) “also known as kokum, by process of
expression or by a process of solvent extraction from cake or kernel. It
shall be refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and free from rancidity,
adulterants, sediments, suspended or other foreign matter, separated
water, added colouring and flavouring matters and mineral oil.” However,
it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations and
Appendix A.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

45.9—47.3
Butyro-refractometer reading at 40o C, or
(a)
Refractive Index at 40o C
1.4565 to 1.4575

(b) Saponification value 187—191.7

(c) Unsaponifiable matters Not more than 1.5
per cent by weight
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 32—40
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point Not less than 250o
Pensky-Martens (closed) method C

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

10. Mango Kernel Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound
kernels of Mango (Magifera Indica Linn) by process of expression or by a

- - 288 - -
process of solvent extraction from cake or kernel. It shall be refined. The
fat shall be clear on melting and free from rancidity, adulterants,
sediment suspended or other foreign matter, separated water, added
colouring and flavouring matters and mineral oil. However, it may contain
food additives permitted in these regulations and Appendix A.
It shall also conform to the following standards, namely :-

Butyro-refractometer reading at 400 43.7—51.6

(a) C,
or Refractive Index at 400 C 1.4550 to 1.4604
(b) Saponification value 185—198
(c) Unsaponifiable matters Not more than 1.5 per
cent by weight
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 32—57
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point Not more than 250o C
Pensky-Martens (closed) method
Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

11. Dhupa Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound
seed kernels of Dhupa, also known as Indian Copal (Vateria Indica Linn)
tree by process of expression or by a process of solvent extraction from
cake or kernel. It shall be refined. The fat shall be clear on melting and
free from rancidity, adulterants, sediment, suspended or other foreign
matter, separated water, added colouring and flavouring matter and
mineral oil. However, it may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations and Appendix A

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely :-

Butyro-refractometer reading at 47.5—49.5
0
(a) 40 C,
or Refractive Index at 400 C 1.4576 to 1.4590
(b) Saponification value 187—192

(c) Unsaponifiable matters Not more than 1.5 per cent by

weight.
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 36—43
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5
(f) Flash Point Not less than 2500 C
Penske-Martens (closed) method

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

- - 289 - -
12. Phulwara Fat means the fat obtained from clean and sound seed
kernels of Phulwara [variously named Aisandra Butyrace (Roxb) Baelni,
Madhuca Butyracea or Bassia Butyracea] by a process of expression or by
a process of solvent extraction from cake or Kernel. It shall be refined.
The fat shall be clear on melting and shall be free from rancidity,
adulterants sediments, suspended on other foreign matters, separated
water, added colouring and flavouring substances and mineral oil.
However, it may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
and Appendix A.

It shall also conform to the following Standards, namely :-

Butyro-refractometer reading at 48.6—51.0

400 C,
(a) or Refractive Index at 400 C 1.4584 to 1.4600
(b) Saponification value 192.5—199.4
Not more than 1.5 per cent by
(c) Unsaponifiable matters weight.
(d) Iodine value (wijs) 43.8—47.4
(e) Acid value Not more than 0.5

Flash Point
(f) Penske-Martens (closed) method Not less than 2500 C

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

Regulation 5.2.6 MARGARINE AND FAT SPREADS:

1. TABLE MARGARINE means an emulsion of edible oils and fats

with water. It shall be free from rancidity, mineral oil and animal body
fats. It may contain common salt not exceeding 2.5 per cent, skimmed
milk powder not exceeding 2 per cent; it may contain food additives
permitted in these regulations and Appendix A. It shall conform to the
following specifications, namely:—
Fat Not less than 80 per cent mass/mass.
Moisture Not less than 12 per cent and not more than 16
per cent mass/mass.
Vitamin A Not less than 30 I.U. per gram of the
product at the time of sale.
Melting point of 310C to 370C
extracted fat
(Capillary Slip method)

- - 290 - -
Unsaponifiable matter Not more than 1.5 per cent
of extracted fat by weight.
Free fatty acids Not more than 0.25 per cent
(as oleic acid) of by weight
extracted fat
or
Acid value Not more than 0.5

It shall contain not less than 5.0 percent of its weight of Til oil but
sufficient to ensure that when separated fat is mixed with refined
groundnut oil in the proportion of 20:80 the red colour produced by the
Baudouin test shall not be lighter than 2.5 red units in 1 cm cell on a
lovibond scale.

PROVIDED that such coloured and flavoured margarine shall also contain
starch not less than 100 ppm and not more than 150 ppm.

PROVIDED further that such coloured and flavoured margarine shall only
be sold in sealed packages weighing not more than 500gms.

Test for Argemone oil shall be negative

2. Bakery and Industrial Margarine- means an emulsion of

vegetable oil product with water. It shall be free from added colour and
flavour, rancidity, mineral oil and animal body fats. It may contain
common salt not exceeding 2.5 percent. However, it may contain food
additives permitted in these regulations and Appendix A. It shall
conform to the following standards, namely:-
Fat Not less than 80 per cent m/m.
Moisture Not less than 12 per cent and
Not more than 16 per cent m/m.
The separated fat of the products shall conform to the following :-
Not less than 30 IU per gram at the time
of packaging and shall show a positive
(i) Vitamin A test for Vitamin ‘A’ when tested by
Antimony trichloride (carrprice) reagents
(as per IS 5886-1970).
Melting point by
(ii) Capillary slip method 31°C - 41°C

- - 291 - -
 Not exceeding 2.0 per cent but in
case of the products where proportion of
Rice bran oil is more than 30 per cent by
wt. the unsaponifiable matter shall be not
(iii) Unsaponifiable matter
more than 2.5 per cent by wt. provided
quantity of Rice bran oil is declared on
the label of such product as laid down in
Article 32 of Regulation 4.4.4.
Free Fatty Acid Not more than 0.25 per cent.
calculated as Oleic
(iv) acid or

Acid value Not more than 0.5.

It shall contain raw or refined sesame oil (Til oil) in sufficient quantity
so that when the product is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the
proportion of 20 : 80, the colour produced by the Boudouin test shall not
be lighter than 2.0 red unit in a 1 cm. cell on a Lovibond scale.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

3. Fat spread means a product in the form of water in oil emulsion, of an

aquous phase and a fat phase of edible oils and fats excluding animal
body fats. The individual oil and fat used in the spread shall conform to
the respective standards prescribed by these regulations.
Fat spread shall be classified into the following three groups:-

S.No Types Characteristics

(a) Milk fat spread Fat content will be exclusively milk fat.
(b) Mixed fat spread Fat content will be a mixture of milk fat
with any one or more of hydrogenated,
unhydrogenated refined edible vegetable
Oils or interesterified fat.
Vegetable fat Fat content will be a mixture of any two
(c)
spread or more of hydrogenated,
unhydrogenated refined vegetable oils or
interesterfied fat.
The fat content shall be declared on the label. In mixed fat spread,
the milk fat content shall also be declared on the label alongwith the total
fat content.
The word ‘butter’ will not be associated while labelling the product.
It may ‘contain’ edible common salt not exceeding 2 per cent by weight in

- - 292 - -
aqueous phase; milk solid not fat: It may contain food additives
permitted in these regulations and Appendix A. It shall be free from
animal body fat, mineral oil and wax. Vegetable fat spread shall contain
raw or refined Sesame oil (Til oil) in sufficient quantity so that when
separated fat is mixed with refined groundnut oil in the proportion of
20.08 the red colour produced by Baudouin test shall not be lighter than
2.5 red units in 1 cm cell on a Lovibond scale.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) Fat Not more than 80 per cent

and not less than 40 per cent
by weight.

(ii) Moisture Not more than 56 per cent

and not less than 16 per cent
by weight.
(iii) Melting point of Not more than 37oC
Extracted fat (capillary
slip method) in case of
vegetable fat spread

(iv) Unsaponifiable matter

of extracted fat
(a) In case of milk fat Not more than 1 per cent by
weight
and mixed fat spread
(b) In case of Not more than 1.5 per cent
vegetable fat spread
(c) Acid value of
Not more than 0.5
extracted fat
(v) The vegetable fat Not less than 25 IU synthetic
spread shall contain vitamin ‘A’ per gram at the
time of packing and shall show
a positive test for vitamin ‘A’
when tested by Antimony
Trichloride (Carr-Price)
reagents (as per I.S. 5886 —
1970)”.

- - 293 - -
(vi) It shall contain Not less than 100 ppm and
Starch Not mor than 150 ppm

It shall be compulsorily sold in sealed packages weighing not more than

500g. under Agmark certificate mark.

Regulation 5.2.7 HYDROGENATED VEGETABLE OILS

1. VANASPATI means any refined edible vegetable oil or oils,

subjected to a process of hydrogenation in any form. It shall be
prepared by hydrogenation from groundnut oil, cottonseed oil and
sesame oil or mixtures thereof or any other harmless vegetable oils
allowed by the government for the purpose. Refined sal seed fat, if
used, shall not be more than 10 per cent of the total oil mix.
Vanaspati shall be prepared from one or more of the following
vegetable oils:
a. Coconut oil
b. Cotton-seed oil
c. Dhupa oil
d. Groundnut oil
e. Kokrum oil
f. Linseed oil
g. Mahua oil
h. Maize (Corn) oil
i. Mango kernel oil
j. Mustard/Rape-seed oil
k. Niger-seed oil
l. Palm oil
m. Phulwara oil
n. Rice bran oil
o. Sunflower (Kard/seed) oil

- - 294 - -
 p. Salseed oil (up to 10%)
q. Sesame oil
r. Soyabean oil
s. Sunflower oil
t. Watermelon seed oil
u. Vegetable oils imported for edible purposes:

It shall conform to the standards specified below:-

(i) It shall not contain any harmful colouring, flavouring or any

other matter deleterious to health;
(ii) No colour shall be added to hydrogenated vegetable oil unless
so authorised by Government, but in no event any colour
resembling the colour of ghee shall be added;
(iii) If any flavour is used, it shall be distinct from that of ghee in
accordance with a list of permissible flavours and in such
quantities as may be prescribed by Government:
Provided that diacetyl to the extent of not more than 4.0 p.p.m.
may be added to Vanaspati exclusively meant for consumption by
the Armed Forces;

(iv) The product on melting shall be clear in appearance and shall

be free from staleness or rancidity, and pleasant to taste and
smell;

(v) It shall contain raw or refined sesame (til) oil in sufficient

quantity so that when the vanaspati is mixed with refined
groundnut oil in the proportion of 20:80, the colour produced
by the Baudouin test shall not be lighter than 2.0 red units in a
1 cm. cell on a Lovibond scale;

(vi) No anti-oxidant, synergist, emulsifier or any other substance

shall be added to it except with the prior sanction of the
Government.
Provided that imported crude oil and fractions thereof shall not be
used by the products other than those who are engaged in
manufacture of vanaspati/any other hydrogenated oil produce and
are equipped in the same location with the facilities for generation

- - 295 - -
 of hydrogen gas and hydrogenation of the said imported crude palm
oil and fractions thereof with the gas so generated in the
manufacture of vanaspati/any other hydrogenated vegetable oil
product for edible consumption.

(vii) The product shall conform to the following requirements:

a) Moisture, percent by mass: Not more than 0.25
b) Melting point: 31 – 41 degree Celsius
c) Butyro-refractrometer reading at 60 degree Celsius :Not less
than 40.0
d) Unsaponifiable matter, per cent by mass:
i) Where the use of rice bran oil in vanaspati is less than 30
percent by mass: Not more than 2.0
ii) Where the use of rice bran oil in vanaspati is more than 30
percent by mass: Not more than 3.4
e) Free fatty acid (as oleic acid), percent by mass: Not
more than 0.25
f) Baudouin Test (in 1 cm cell on Lovibond scale): Not
lighter than 2.0 Red Units
g) Synthetic Vitamin ‘A’': Not less than 25.0 International units
per gram at the time of packing and shall test positive when tested
with Antimony Trichloride (carr-Price Reagent)
h) Residual Nickel: Not more than 1.5 ppm
i) Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

2. BAKERY SHORTENING means vanaspati meant for use as a

shortening or leavening agent in the manufacture of bakery products,
that is, for promoting the development of the desired cellular structure in
the bakery product with an accompanying increase in its tenderness and
volume; this will also confirm to the standards prescribed in Article 1 of
5.2.7 excepts that-

- - 296 - -
 (a) the melting point as determined by the capillary slip method
shall not exceed 41oC.
(b) if aerated, only nitrogen, air or any other inert gas shall be
used for the purpose and the quantity of such gas incorporated
in the product shall not exceed 12 per cent by volume thereof.
(c) it may contain added mono-glycerides and diglycerides as
emulsifying agents.

Test for argemone oil shall be negative.

PART 5.3: FRUIT & VEGETABLE PRODUCTS

Regulation 5.3.1: Thermally Processed Fruits

1. Thermally Processed Fruits

(Canned/Bottled/Flexible packaged/Aseptically packed) means
the products obtained from sound, matured, dehydrated, fresh or frozen,
peeled or un-peeled, previously packed, whole, halves or cut pieces of
fruits packed with any suitable packing medium and processed by heat,
in an appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a container, so
as to prevent spoilage. It may contain water, fruit juice, dry or liquid
nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments and any other ingredients
suitable to the product. The packing medium alongwith its strength shall
be declared on the label.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B. Drained weight of fruits shall be not
less than the weight given below:—
(i) Liquid pack Not less than 50.0 percent of net weight
of the contents
(ii) Solid Pack Not less than 70.0 percent of net weight
of the contents
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.2: Thermally Processed Fruit Cocktail / Tropical

- - 297 - -
Fruit Cocktail

1. Thermally Processed Fruit Cocktail / Tropical Fruit Cocktail

(Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And / Or Aseptically Packed)
means the product prepared from a mixture of fruits which shall be
declared on the label. Such fruits may be fresh, frozen, dehydrated or
previously processed. The fruit mixture may be packed with any suitable
packing medium and processed by heat in an appropriate manner before
or after being sealed in a container so as to prevent spoilage. The
packing medium alongwith its strength when packed shall be declared on
the label.

2. The name of the fruits used in the product and prepared in any style
shall be declared on the label alongwith the range of percentage of each
fruit used in the product. The drained weight of fruits shall be not less
than the weight given below:-

(a) Liquid pack 50.0 percent of net weight of contents

(b) Solid Pack 70.0 percent of net weight of contents

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B. The container shall be well filled with
the product and shall occupy not less than 90.0 percent of the water
capacity of the container, when packed in the rigid containers. The water
capacity of the container is the volume of distilled water at 20ºC which
the sealed container is capable of holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.3: Thermally Processed Vegetables

1. Thermally Processed Vegetables (Canned, Bottled/Flexible

pack / Aseptically Packed) means the product obtained from fresh,
dehydrated or frozen vegetables either singly or in combination with other
vegetables, peeled or un-peeled, with or without the addition of water,
common salt and nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments or any
other ingredients suitable to the product, packed with any suitable
packing medium appropriate to the product processed by heat, in an
appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a container so as to
prevent spoilage. The packing medium alongwith its strength shall be

- - 298 - -
declared on the label. The product may be prepared in any suitable style
appropriate to the product. The product may contain food additives
permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. The product shall
conform to the microbiological requirements given in Appendix B. The
name of the vegetables used in the product and prepared in any style
shall be declared on the label alongwith the range of percentage of each
vegetable used in the product. Drained weight of vegetables shall be not
less than the weight given below:-

(i) Liquid Pack 50.0 percent of net weight of

(a) Mushroom contents

(b) Green beans, carrots, peas, 50.0 percent of net weight of

sweet corn/ baby corn contents

(c) Mushroon Packed in sauce 25.0 percent of net weight of

contents

(d)Other Vegetables 50.0 percent of net weight of

contents
70.0 percent of net weight of
(ii) Solid Pack
contents

2. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.4: Thermally Processed Curried Vegetables /

Ready to Eat Vegetables

1. Thermally Processed Curried Vegetables / Ready to Eat

Vegetables means the product prepared from fresh, dehydrated or
frozen or previously processed vegetables, legumes, cereals or pulses,
whether whole or cut into pieces. The vegetable(s), either singly or in
combination, may be prepared in any suitable style applicable for the

- - 299 - -
respective vegetable in normal culinary preparation. It may contain salt,
nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments, edible vegetable oils and
fats, milk fat and any other ingredients suitable to the product and
processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being- in a
container, so as to prevent spoilage.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B.

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.5: Thermally Processed Vegetable soups

1. Thermally Processed Vegetable Soups (Canned, Bottled,

flexible pack And/ Or Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but
fermentable product, intended for direct consumption, prepared from
juice/ pulp/puree of sound, mature vegetables, fresh, dehydrated, frozen
or previously processed, singly or in combination, by blending with salt,
nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments and any other ingredients
suitable to the product, cooked to a suitable consistency and processed
by heat in an appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a
container, so as to prevent spoilage. It may be clear, turbid or cloudy.

2. The product shall have total soluble solids (m/m) not less than 5.0
percent except for tomato soup where it shall be not less than 7.0
percent (w/ w).

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B.

4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the

- - 300 - -
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.6: Thermally Processed Fruits Juices

1. Thermally Processed Fruits Juices (Canned, Bottled, Flexible

And/Or Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but fermentable
product, pulpy, turbid or clear, intended for direct consumption obtained
by a mechanical process from sound, ripe fruit or the fresh thereof and
processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after being sealed
in a container, so as to prevent spoilage. The juice may have been
concentrated and later reconstituted with water suitable for the purpose
of maintaining the essential composition and quality factors of the juice.
It may contain salt.

The product shall meet the following requirements:

One or more of the nutritive sweeteners may be added in amounts not

exceeding 50 g/kg but not exceeding 200g/kg in very acidic fruits except
in case of apple juice, orange juice, reconstituted from concentrate, grape
juice, pineapple juice (reconstituted from concentrate).

Minimum percentage
of fruit juice
Product Variety
required in the final
product
Any suitable kind and
Unsweetened Juice 100
variety
Any suitable kind and
Sweetened Juice 85
variety

Acidity expressed as
S. NO TSS Min (%)
Citric Acid Max (%)
1. Apple Juice 10 3.5 (as malic acid)
2. Orange Juice 10 3.5
3. Grape fruit juice 9 -
4. Lemon juice 6 4.0 min

- - 301 - -
5. Lime juice - 5.0 min
6. Grape juice 15 3.5
7. Pine apple juice 10 3.5
8. Black Current 11 3.5
9. Mango Pulp
12 3.5
(unsweetened)

9A Canned Mango Pulp

15 0.3% minimum
(Sweetened)
10.Guava or any other 6 (exclusive of added
3.5
pulp sugars)
11. Other fruit juices of
single species-not very 10 3.5
acidic
12. Other fruit juices of
single species- very 10 3.5
acidic
13. Other fruit juices of
single species or
10 3.5
combinbation tehrof-
very acidic

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in these

regulations including Appendix A. The product shall conform to the
microbiological requirements given in Appendix B.

The product shall meet the following requirements:-

- - 302 - -
 8. Black Current 11 3.5 200
9. Mango Guava or any 3.5
15 GMP
other pulp fruit

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.
Regulation 5.3.7 Thermally Processed Vegetable Juices

1. Thermally Processed Vegetable Juices (Canned, Bottled,

Flexible Pack And/Or Aseptically Packed) means the unfermented
but fermentable product or may be lactic acid fermented product

- - 303 - -
intended for direct consumption obtained from the edible part of one or
more vegetables, including roots, and tubers (e.g. carrots, garlic) stems
& shoots (e.g. Asparagus), leaves & flowers (e.g. spinach and cauliflower)
and legumes (e.g. peas) singly or in combination, may be clear, turbid or
pulpy, may have been concentrated & reconstituted with water suitable
for the purpose of maintaining the essential composition & quality factors
of the juice and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or
after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage. It may
contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments, vinegar, whey
or lactoserum having undergone lactic acid fermentation not more than
100 gm/kg and any other ingredients suitable to the product.

2. The product shall have total soluble solids free of added salts not less
than 5.0 percent (w/w).

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.8 Thermally Processed Tomato Juice:

1. Thermally Processed Tomato Juice means the unfermented juice

obtained by mechanical process from tomatoes (Lycopersicum esculentus
L) of proper maturity and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner,
before or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage. The
juice may have been concentrated and reconstituted with water for the
purpose of maintaining the essential composition and quality factors of
the juice. The product may contain salt and other ingredients suitable to
the product. The product shall be free from skin, seeds and other coarse
parts of tomatoes. The product shall have pleasant taste and flavour
characteristic of tomatoes free from off flavour and evidence of
fermentation.

- - 304 - -
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall conform to the requirements of Total
Soluble Solids m/m free of added salt to be not less than 5.0 percent.

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of water capacity of the container, when packed in
the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the volume of
distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of holding
when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.9 Thermally Processed Fruit Nectars:

1. Thermally Processed Fruit Nectars (Canned, Bottled, Flexible

Pack And / Or Aseptically Packed) means an unfermented but
fermentable pulpy or non-pulpy, turbid or clear product intended for
direct consumption made from fruit singly or in combination, obtained by
blending the fruit juice / pulp/fruit juice concentrate and/ or edible part of
sound, ripe fruit(s), concentrated or unconcentrated with water, nutritive
sweeteners/ artificial sweeteners and any other ingredient appropriate to
the product and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or
after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.

2. Lemon and Lime juice may be added as an acidifying agent in

quantities which would not impair characteristic fruit flavour of the fruit
used. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

TSS Min. Fruit Acidity

Min. Juice Expressed as
(%) Content (%) Citric Acid Max
(%)

NECTARS OF CITRUS
JUICE
Orange Nectar 15 40 1.5

- - 305 - -
Grape Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5

Pineapple Nectar 15 40 1.5

Mango Nectar
15 20 1.5

Guava Nectar 15 20 1.5

Peach Nectar 15 20 1.5

Pear Nectar 15 20 1.5

Apricot Nectar 15 20 1.5

Non-pulpy Black Currant

15 20 1.5
Nectar

Other Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5

Other Fruit Nectars of High

15 20 1.5
Acidity/
Pulpy / Strong Flavour

Mixed Fruit Nectar 15 20 1.5

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.10: Thermally Processed Fruit Beverages / Fruit

Drink/ Ready to Serve Fruit Beverages

1. Thermally Processed Fruit Beverages / Fruit Drink/ Ready to

Serve Fruit Beverages (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or
Aseptically Packed) means an unfermented but fermentable product
which is prepared from juice or Pulp/Puree or concentrated juice or pulp
of sound mature fruit. The substances that may be added to fruit juice or

- - 306 - -
pulp are water, peel oil, fruit essences and flavours, salt, sugar, invert
sugar, liquid glucose, milk and other ingredients appropriate to the
product and processed by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after
being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Total Soluble solid (m/m) Not less than 10.0 percent
(ii) Fruit juice content (m/m)
Lime/Lemon ready to serve
(a) beverage Not less than 5.0 percent
(b) All other beverage/drink Not less than 10.0 percent

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy
not less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.11: Thermally Processed Mango Pulp / Puree and

Sweetened Mango Pulp / Puree

1. Thermally Processed Mango Pulp / Puree and Sweetened

Mango Pulp / Puree (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or
Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but fermentable product
intended for direct consumption obtained from edible portion of sound,
ripe mangoes (Mangifera indica.L.), by sieving the prepared fruits, where
as, the puree is obtained by finely dividing the pulp by a finisher or other
mechanical means and processed by heat in an appropriate manner,
before or after being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.
2. It may contain one or more nutritive sweeteners in amounts not
exceeding 50 gm/ kg. However, the product shall be described as
sweetened Mango pulp/ puree if the amount of nutritive sweeteners is in
excess of 15 gm / kg.
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-
(i) Total Soluble Solids (m/m)
(a) Sweetened Not less than 15.0 percent
(b) Unsweetened Not less than 12.0 percent

- - 307 - -
 (Natural Mango Pulp)
Acidity as Citric Acid (For
sweetened canned mango
(ii) pulp) Not less than 0.3 percent

4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.
Regulation 5.3.12 Thermally Processed Fruit Pulp / Puree And
Sweetened Fruit Pulp / Puree other than Mango

1. Thermally Processed Fruit Pulp / Puree And Sweetened Fruit

Pulp / Puree other than Mango (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack
And / Or Aseptically Packed) means unfermented but fermentable
product intended for direct consumption obtained from edible portion of
sound, ripe fruit of any suitable kind & variety by sieving the prepared
fruits, where as, the puree is obtained by finely dividing the pulp by a
finisher or other mechanical means and processed by heat in an
appropriate manner, before or after being sealed in a container, so as to
prevent spoilage.

2. It may contain one or more nutritive sweeteners in amounts not

exceeding 50 gm/Kg. However, the product shall be described as
sweetened pulp/puree if the amount of nutritive sweeteners is in excess
of 15 gm. /kg.

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Total Soluble Solids (m/m) Not less than 6.0 percent
exclusive of added sugar
(ii) Acidity as Citric Acid Not less than 0.3 percent

The container shall be filled with the product and shall occupy not less
than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when packed in
the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the volume of
distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of holding
when completely filled.

- - 308 - -
Regulation 5.3.13 Thermally Processed Concentrated Fruit /
Vegetable Juice Pulp/ Puree

1. Thermally Processed Concentrated Fruit / Vegetable Juice

Pulp/ Puree (Canned, Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or Aseptically
Packed) means the unfermented product which is capable of
fermentation, obtained from the juice or pulp or puree of sound, ripe
fruit(s) / vegetable(s), from which water has been removed to the extent
that the product has a total soluble content of not less than double the
content of the original juice/ pulp/ puree prescribed vide in Regulation
5.3.6 and 5.3.7. Natural volatile components may be restored to the
concentrates where these have been removed. It may be pulpy, turbid or
clear and preserved by heat, in an appropriate manner, before or after
being sealed in a container, so as to prevent spoilage.

2. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.14 Thermally Processed Tomato Puree And

Paste

1. Thermally Processed Tomato Puree And Paste (Canned,

Bottled, Flexible Pack And/ Or Aseptically Packed) means
unfermented product which is capable of fermentation, obtained by
concentrating the juice of sound ripe tomatoes to the desired
concentration. It may contain salt and other ingredients suitable to the
products.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

- - 309 - -
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.15 Soup Powders:

1. Soup Powders means the products obtained by mechanical

dehydration of fresh vegetables/ fruits juice / pulp/puree of sound,
vegetables / fruits and or earlier concentrated, dehydrated, frozen or
processed fruits & vegetables, singly or in combination by blending with
salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and condiments and any other
ingredients suitable to the product, as appropriate to the product and
packed suitably to prevent spoilage.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall comply with the following requirements:–

(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 5.0 percent

Total soluble solids (m/m) (on dilution
(ii) on ready to serve basis) Not less than 5.0 percent

Regulation 5.3.16 Fruit/Vegetable Juice / Pulp/ Puree With

Preservatives For Industrial Use only:

1. Fruit/Vegetable Juice / Pulp/ Puree With Preservatives For

Industrial Use only means an unfermented but fermentable product,
pulpy, turbid or clear, obtained by a mechanical process from sound ripe
fruits/ vegetables.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of

- - 310 - -
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.17 Concentrated Fruit Vegetable Juice /Pulp /

Puree With Preservatives For Industrial Use Only:

1. Concentrated Fruit Vegetable Juice /Pulp / Puree With

Preservatives For Industrial Use Only means an unfermented
product, which is capable of fermentation, obtained from the juice or pulp
or puree of fruit(s) / vegetable (s), from which the water has been
removed to the extent that the product has a soluble solids content of
not less than double the content of the original juice, pulp, puree
prescribed under Regulation 5.3.6 and Regulation 5.3.7. It may be
pulpy, turbid or clear.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.18 Tamarind Pulp/Puree And Concentrate:

1. Tamarind Pulp/Puree And Concentrate means the unfermented

product which is capable of fermentation, obtained from fresh or dried
tamarind, by boiling with water and sieving it, and preserved either by
thermal processing or by using permitted preservatives.

2. The Tamarind Concentrate is the product obtained from tamarind

pulp/ puree from which water has been removed by evaporation to
achieve appropriate concentration.

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

- - 311 - -
 Ash Insoluble in
Minimum TSS Minimum Acidity
dilute
Percent Percent HCL Percent
(Maximum)
Tamarind 32 4.5 0.4
Pulp/Puree

Tamarind
65 9.0 0.8
Concentrate

4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.19 Fruit Bar/ Toffee:

1. Fruit Bar/ Toffee means the product prepared by blending

Pulp/Puree from sound ripe fruit, fresh or previously preserved, nutritive
sweeteners, butter or other edible vegetable fat or milk solids and other
ingredients appropriate to the product & dehydrated to form sheet which
can be cut to desired shape or size.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall comply with the following requirements:-

(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 20.0 percent

(ii) Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 75.0 percent
(iii) Fruit content (m/m) Not less than 25.0 percent

Regulation 5.3.20 Fruit/Vegetable, Cereal Flakes:

1. Fruit/Vegetable, Cereal Flakes means the product prepared by

blending fruit(s) Pulp/Puree of sound ripe fruit(s) / vegetables of any
suitable variety, fresh, frozen or previously preserved, starch, cereals &
nutritive sweeteners, other ingredients appropriate to the product with or
without salt & dehydrated in the form of flakes.

- - 312 - -
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall comply with the following requirements:-

(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 6.0 percent

(ii) Acid insoluble Ash (m/m) Not more than 0.5 percent
(iii) Starch (m/m) Not more than 25.0 percent

Regulation 5.3.21 Squashes, Crushes, Fruit Syrups/Fruit Sharbats

and Barley Water:

1. Squashes, Crushes, Fruit Syrups/Fruit Sharbats and Barley

Water means the product prepared from unfermented but fermentable
fruit juice/puree or concentrate clear or cloudy, obtained from any
suitable fruit or several fruits by blending it with nutritive sweeteners,
water and with or without salt, aromatic herbs, peel oil and any other
ingredients suitable to the products.
1.1 Cordial means a clear product free from any cellular matter,
obtained by blending unfermented but fermentable clarified fruit juice
with nutritive sweeteners & water with or without salt and peel oil and
any other ingredients suitable to the products.
1.2. Barley water means the product prepared from unfermented but
fermentable fruit juice by blending it with nutritive sweeteners, water
with or without salt and peel oil and barley starch not less than 0.25
percent and any other ingredient suittable to the product.

1.3 The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall comply with the following requirements:-

1.4 Any syrup/ sharbats containing a minimum of 10 percent of dry

- - 313 - -
fruits shall also qualify to be called as fruits syrups.
1.5 The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy
not less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.22 Ginger Cocktail:

1. Ginger Cocktail (Ginger Beer Or Gingerale) means the product

prepared by blending ginger juice or its oleoresin or essence with water
and nutritive sweeteners.
2. The product shall be free from extraneous matter. When suitably
diluted shall have the colour and flavour characteristic of the product.
3. The minimum total soluble solids shall not be less than 30.0 percent
(m/ m).
4. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.
5. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy
not less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.23 Synthetic Syrup for use in Dispensers for

carbonated water:

1. Synthetic Syrup for use in Dispensers for carbonated water

means carbonated water obtained by blending nutritive sweeteners with
water and other ingredients appropriate to the product.

2. The total soluble solid content (m/m) of the product shall not be less
than 30 percent. The product when suitably reconstituted shall conform to
the requirements of carbonated water and match in all respects, except
Carbon Dioxide contents, with similar product as bottled for direct
consumption. It shall be free from extraneous matter.

- - 314 - -
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.24 Murabba

1. Murabba means the product, prepared from suitable, sound whole

or cut grated fruits, rhizome or vegetables, appropriately prepared,
suitable for the purpose, singly or in combination, by impregnating it,
with nutritive sweeteners to a concentration adequate to preserve it.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall conform to the following composition:

(i) Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent
(ii) Fruit contents (m/m) Not less than 55.0 percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.25 Candied, Crystallised And Glazed Fruit /

Vegetable / Rhizome / Fruit Peel:

1.1 Candied Fruits / Vegetables/ Rhizome / Fruit Peel means the

product prepared from sound and ripe fruits, vegetables, rhizomes or fruit
peel, of any suitable variety, appropriately prepared, by impregnating it
with nutritive sweeteners to a concentration adequate to preserve it.
1.2 Crystallised Fruit / Vegetable/ Rhizome / Fruit Peel means
the product prepared from candied product by coating with pure
crystallised sugar or by drying the syrup on wet candied fruit.
1.3 Glazed Fruit/ Vegetable/Rhizome / Fruit Peel means the
product prepared from candied product by coating it with a thin

- - 315 - -
transparent layer of heavy syrup with or without pectin which has dried to
a more or less firm texture on the product.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:–

(i) The percentage of total sugar (w/w) Not less than 70.0
(ii) Percentage of reducing Sugar to total sugar Not less than 25.0

Regulation 5.3.26 Mango Chutney:

1. Mango Chutney means the product prepared from washed clean

sound mango (Mangifera indica L.) of any suitable variety, which have
been peeled, sliced or chopped or shreded or comminuted and cooked
with nutritive sweeteners. It may contain Salt, Spices, Condiments and
any other ingredient suitable to the product and preserved by thermal
processing/ or other means.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-
(i) Total Soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 50.0 percent
(ii) Fruit content (m/m) Not less than 40.0 percent
(iii) pH Not more than 4.6
(iv) Total ash Not more than 5.0 percent
(v) Ash insoluble in hydrochloric acid Not more than 0.5 percent
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.27 Tomato Ketchup and Tomato Sauce:

1. Tomato Ketchup and Tomato Sauce means the product prepared

by blending tomato juice/Puree/Paste of appropriate concentration with
nutritive sweeteners, salt, vinegar, spices and condiments and any other
ingredients suitable to the product and heating to the required
consistency. Tomato Paste may be used after dilution with water suitable

- - 316 - -
for the purpose of maintaining the essential composition of the product.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

Total Soluble solids (m/m)

(i) Not less than 25.0 percent
Salt free basis
(ii) Acidity as acetic acid Not less than 1.0 percent

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.28 Culinary Pastes / Fruits and Vegetable

Sauces Other Than Tomato Sauce and Soya Sauce

1. Culinary Pastes / Fruits and Vegetable Sauces Other Than

Tomato Sauce and Soya Sauce means a culinary preparation used as
an adjunct to food, prepared from edible portion of any suitable
fruit/vegetable including, roots, tubers & rhizomes, their pulps/purees,
dried fruits, singly or in combination by blending with nutritive
sweeteners, salt, spices and condiments and other ingredient appropriate
to the product.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. It

may contain caramel but shall not contain any other added colour
whether natural or synthetic. The product shall conform to the
microbiological requirements given in Appendix B. It shall meet the
following requirements:-

Total Soluble
Name of the Product Solids (Salt Acidity %
free basis) (as acetic acid)
(m/m)

- - 317 - -
(i) Chilli Sauce Not less than 8.0 Not less than 1.0
percent percent
Not less than 15.0 Not less than 1.2
(2) Fruits / Vegetable Sauces percent percent

(3) Culinary Paste/ Sauce Not less than 8.0 Not less than 1.0
percent percent
(4) Ginger Paste Not less than 3.0 Not less than 1.0
percent percent

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy
not less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.29 Soyabean Sauce:

1. Soyabean Sauce means the product obtained from wholesome

soyabeans, by fermenting the soyabean paste in which trypsin inhibitors
have been inactivated & blending with salt, nutritive sweeteners. It may
contain spices and condiments and other ingredients appropriate to the
product preserved by using permitted preservative.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

Total Soluble solids (m/m)

(i) Salt free basis Not less than 25.0 percent
(ii) Acidity as ascetic acid Not less than 0.6 percents

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.30 Carbonated Fruit Beverages or Fruit Drink:

- - 318 - -
1. Carbonated Fruit Beverages or Fruit Drink means any
beverage or drink which is purported to be prepared from fruit juice and
water or carbonated water and containing sugar, dextrose, invert sugar
or liquid glucose either singly or in combination. It may contain peel oil
and fruit essences. It may also contain any other ingredients appropriate
to the products.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Total Soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 10.0 percent
(ii) Fruit content (m/m)
(a) Lime or Lemon juice Not less than 5.0 percent
(b) Other fruits Not less than 10.0 percent
3. The product shall have the colour, taste & flavour characteristic of the
product & shall be free from extraneous matter.
4. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20ºC which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.31: Jam

1. Jam means the product prepared from sound, ripe, fresh,

dehydrated, frozen or previously packed fruits including fruit juices, fruit
pulp, fruit juice concentrate or dry fruit by boiling its pieces or pulp or
puree with nutritive sweeteners namely sugar, dextrose, invert sugar or
liquid glucose to a suitable consistency. It may also contain fruit pieces
and any other ingredients suitable to the products. It may be prepared
from any of the suitable fruits, singly or in combination. It shall have the
flavour of the original fruit(s) and shall be free from burnt or
objectionable flavours and crystallization.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirement:–
Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent

- - 319 - -
3. The product shall be manufactured from not less than 45 percent, by
weight, of original prepared, fruit, exclusive of any added sugar or
optional ingredients of finished product except where fruit is strawberry
or raspberry where it shall contain not less than 25 percent fruit.

Regulation 5.3.32 Fruit Jelly:

1. Fruit Jelly means the product prepared by boiling fruit juice or fruit
(s) of sound quality, with or without water, expressing and straining the
juice, adding nutritive sweeteners, and concentrating to such a
consistency that gelatinisation takes place on cooling. The product shall
not be syrupy, sticky or gummy and shall be clear, sparkling and
transparent.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-
Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent

3. The product shall be manufactured from not less than 45 percent, by

weight, of original prepared fruit, exclusive of any added sugar or optional
ingredients of finished product.

Regulation 5.3.33 Fruit Cheese:

1. Fruit Cheese means the product prepared from pulp/puree of

sound, ripe fruit (s), whether fresh, frozen or previously preserved or dry
fruits, by cooking with salt, nutritive sweeteners to attain a thick
consistency so that it sets on cooling. Cheese shall be neither too soft nor
too hard to chew. It may be prepared from any of the suitable fruits,
singly or in combination. It shall have the flavour of the original fruit(s)
and shall be free from burnt of objectionable flavours and crystallization.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirement:–
Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent

3. The product shall be manufactured from not less than 45 percent by

- - 320 - -
weight, of original prepared fruit, exclusive of any added sugar or optional
ingredients of finished product except where fruit is strawberry or
raspberry where it shall contain not less than 25 percent fruit.

Regulation 5.3.34 Marmalades:

1. Marmalades means a product prepared by boiling sound fruits with

peel, pulp and Juice, with or without water, added nutritive sweeteners
and concentrating to such a consistency that gelatinisation takes place on
cooling of the product. It shall not be syrupy, sticky or gummy and shall
be clear and transparent.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Total soluble solids (m/m) Not less than 65.0 percent
(ii) Fruit content except peel (m/m) Not less than 45.0 percent
(iii) Peel in suspension Not less than 5.0 percent

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20 degree C which the sealed container is
capable of holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.35 Dehydrated Fruits:

1. Dehydrated Fruits means the product, prepared from edible part

of suitable variety of sound fruit, free from blemishes, insect or fungal
infection, of appropriate maturity, from which, moisture has been
removed, under controlled conditions of temperature, humidity and
airflow, to the extent that the product is preserved.

2. It may be whole, sliced, quarters, pieces or powdered. The finished

product shall have uniform colour and shall be free from extraneous
matter. The product shall have moisture content not more than 20
percent m/m. When in powder form, it shall be free flowing and free from
agglomerates.

- - 321 - -
3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

Regulation 5.3.36 Dehydrated Vegetables:

1. Dehydrated Vegetables means the product, prepared from edible

portions of suitable variety of sound vegetable, free from insect or fungal
infection, free from blemishes, suitably prepared, from which moisture
has been removed under controlled conditions of temperature, humidity
& airflow, to the extent that the product is preserved.

2. It may be whole, sliced, quarters, pieces, flakes, kibbled granules or

powdered. The finished product shall have uniform colour and shall be
free from discolouration due to scorching or enzymatic reaction. It shall
be free from stalks, peels, stems and extraneous matter. When in powder
form, it shall be free flowing and free from agglomerates.

3. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the requirements as given in the Table below

Regulation 5.3.37 Frozen Fruits/Fruit Products:

1. Frozen Fruits/Fruit Products means the product frozen in blocks

- - 322 - -
or individually quick frozen and offered for direct consumption, if
required. Frozen Fruits/Fruit products are prepared from fresh, clean,
sound, whole, fruits of suitable maturity, free from insect or fungal
infection, which are washed, sufficiently blanched to inactivate enzymes,
if required, and are subjected to a freezing process in appropriate
equipment. Freezing operation shall not be regarded as complete unless
and until the product temperature has reached (minus) - 18°C at the
thermal center after thermal stablization. It may be prepared in any style
appropriate for the respective Fruits/Fruit product in normal culinary
preparation. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, milk solids, spices
and condiments and any other ingredient suitable to the product.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B.

Regulation 5.3.38 Frozen Vegetables:

1. Frozen Vegetables means the product frozen in blocks or

individually quick frozen and offered for direct consumption, if required.
Frozen vegetables are prepared from sound, clean vegetables of suitable
maturity, free from insect or fungal infection, which are washed,
sufficiently blanched to inactivate enzymes and are subjected to a
freezing process in appropriate equipment. Freezing operation shall not
be regarded as complete unless and until the product temperature has
reached (minus) - 18°C at the thermal center after thermal stabilization.
It may be prepared in any style appropriate for the respective vegetable
in normal culinary preparation. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners,
milk solids, spices and condiments and any other ingredient suitable to
the product.

2. It shall have normal colour characteristic of the individual Vegetable. It

shall have taste & flavour characteristic of the kind & variety of the
vegetable used & shall be free from sand, grit & other foreign matter.

3. The product shall test negative for peroxidase. The product shall
conform to the microbiological requirements given in Appendix B.

Regulation 5.3.39 Frozen Curried Vegetables/Ready-to-Eat

- - 323 - -
Vegetables:

1. Frozen Curried Vegetables/Ready-to-Eat Vegetables means

the product prepared from Fresh, Dehydrated or Frozen or previously
processed vegetables, legumes, cereals or pulses, whether whole or cut
into pieces. Vegetable(s) either singly or in combination may be prepared
in any suitable style applicable for the respective vegetables in normal
culinary preparation. It may contain salt, nutritive sweeteners, spices and
condiments, edible vegetable oils and facts and milk fat and any other
ingredients suitable to the product and subjected to freezing process in
appropriate equipments. Freezing operation shall not be regarded as
complete unless and until the product temperature has reached (minus) -
18°C at the thermal center after thermal sterilization.

2. The product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in

Appendix B.

Regulation 5.3.40 Fruit Based Beverage Mix/Powdered Fruit

Based Beverage:

1. Fruit Based Beverage Mix/Powdered Fruit Based Beverage

means a product, in powder form, intended for use after dilution,
obtained by blending fruit solids with nutritive sweeteners and other
ingredients appropriate to the product & packed in hermetically sealed
containers to prevent spoilage. It shall have colour & flavour
characteristic of the named fruit. It may contain Vitamins and Minerals.
2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 5.0

percent
(ii) Fruit juice content (m/m) when Not less than 5.0
reconstituted by dilution according percent
to direction for use

- - 324 - -
Regulation 5.3.41 Fruits and Vegetable Chutney:

1. Fruits and Vegetable Chutney means the product prepared from

washed, clean, sound raw fruit(s) and / or vegetable(s) of any suitable
variety, which have been peeled, sliced or chopped or shreded or
comminuted and cooked with nutritive sweetener. It may contain salt,
spices and condiments and any other ingredients suitable to the product
and preserved by thermal processing or other means.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

(i) Total soluble solids (m/m)

Not less than 50.0
(a) Fruit Chutney
percent
Not less than 25.0
(b) Vegetable Chutney
percent
Not less than 25.0
(c) Hot and Sour (Spicy Chutney)
percent
Not less than 40.0
(ii) Fruits and Vegetable content (m/m)
percent
(iii) pH Not more than 4.6
Not more than 5.0
(iv) Total ash (m/m)
percent
Ash insoluble in hydrochloric acid Not more than 0.5
(v)
(m/m) percent

3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled. This requirement shall not be applicable
for bulk packs for industrial use.

Regulation 5.3.42 Pickles:

1. Pickles means the preparation made from fruits or vegetables or

other edible plant material including mushrooms free from insect damage
or fungal infection, singly or in combination preserved in salt, acid, sugar
or any combination of the three. The pickle may contain onion, garlic,
ginger, sugar jaggery, edible vegetable oil, green or red chillies, spices,

- - 325 - -
spice extracts/oil, limejuice, vinegar/ acetic acid, citric acid, dry fruits and
nuts. It shall be free from copper, mineral acid, alum, synthetic colours
and shall show no sign of fermentation.

2. The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The

product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. Pickles may be of combinations as given below:-

(i) Pickles in Citrus juice or Brine conforming to the following

requirements:-
(a) Drained Weight Not less than 60.0 percent
Sodium Chloride content when packed
(b) in Brine Not less than 12.0 percent

Acidity as Citric Acid when packed In Not less than 1.2 percent
(c) Citrus Juice

(ii) Pickles in Oil

(a) Drained Weight Not less than 60.0 percent
Fruit and Vegetable pieces shall be practically remaining
(b) submerged in oil

(iii) Pickles in Vinegar

(a) Drained Weight Not less than 60.0 percent
(b) Acidity of vinegar as acetic acid Not less than 2.0 percent

(iv) Pickle without medium means the pickles other than enumerated
above. This may contain ingredients given in Para 1 of this
specification. Such pickles shall be labelled as “(give name of
vegetable or fruits) Pickle”.

Regulation 5.3.43 Table Olives:

1. Table Olives means the product obtained from sound clean fruits
of proper maturity from Olive tree (Olea europaea sativa Hoff of link) and
suitably processed and preserved by natural fermentation / thermal
processing or by addition of preservative. The product may be in the form
of green olives, olives turning colour before complete ripeness or black

- - 326 - -
olives and may be whole, stoned (pitted) stuffed, halved, quartered,
sliced, chopped, minced or in broken form. The product may contain
water, common salt, vinegar, olive oil, nutritive sweeteners and stuffing
material pimiento, onion, almond, celery, anchovy, olive, orange or
lemon peel, hazelnut capers etc singly or in combination or in the form of
a paste, spices, spice extracts and aromatic herbs. The product shall be
of uniform colour except seasoned olives and olives turning colour free
from any foreign matter, off flavour and taste and abnormal
fermentation. The product may contain food additive permitted in
Appendix A. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B. It shall conform to the following
requirements:-

Acidity of
Sodium Chloride PH of brine brine as
Product in brine in brine
lactic acid
(A) Green olives treated – – –
/untreated
(i) in hermetically Not less than 5.0 Not more –
sealed containers percent than 4.0

(ii) in non hermetically Not less than 6.0 Not more –

sealed containers percent than 4.5
Not less than
(iii) with natural lactic – – 0.4
fermentation Percent
(B) Seasoned green – – –
olives
(i) in hermetically Not less than 4.0 Not more –
sealed containers percent than 4.0

(ii) in non hermetically Not less than 6.0 Not more –

sealed containers percent than 4.5
(C) Olives turning
Not less than 6.0 – –
colour – all percent
Treatments
(D) Black Olives
Not less than 7.0 – –
(i) In brine percent
Not less than 10.0 – –
(ii) in dry salt percent

- - 327 - -
 Not more than 2.0 percent by
(E) Damaged matter count
(F) Insect damaged Not more than 2.0 percent by
Units count
(G) Foreign matter Not more than 1 unit/Kg

Explanations:- For the purpose of this paragraph,-

‘Damage Units’ mean units showing imperfection or damage to the
mesocarp which may or may not be associated with superficial marks;
‘Insect Damaged Units’ means units showing insect holes or deformed
fruits or those with abnormal stains or whose mesocarp has an abnormal
aspect;
‘Foreign matter’ means any vegetable matter not injurious to health
such as leaves, stem etc.

Regulation 5.3.44 Grated Desiccated Coconut:

1. Grated Desiccated Coconut means the product obtained by

peeling, milling and drying the kernel of coconut (cocos nucifera). The
product may be in the form of thin flakes, chips or shreds. The product
shall be white in colour free from foreign matter, living insects, mould,
dead insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination. The product
shall have pleasant taste and flavour, free from rancidity and evidence of
fermentation. The product may contain food additives permitted in
Appendix A. The products shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B. The product shall conform to the
following requirements:-

(i) Extraneous Vegetable matter Not more than 15 units/100 gm

(ii) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 3.0 percent
(iii) Total Ash (m/m) Not more than 2.5 percent
(iv) Oil Content (m/m) Not less than 55.0 percent
Acidity of extracted fat pressed
as
(v) Lauric Acid (m/m) Not more than 0.3 percent
(vi) Sulphur Dioxide Not more than 50.0 mg/kg
Explanation:– For the purpose of this paragraph Extraneous
vegetable matter means fragments of shell, fibre, peel and burnt

- - 328 - -
particles.

Regulation 5.3.45 VINEGAR:

1. Brewed Vinegar means a product obtained by alcoholic and acetic

acid fermentation of any suitable medium such as fruits, malt (brewed
exclusively from malted barley or other cereals), molasses, Jaggary,
Sugar Cane juice etc. with or without addition of caramel and spices. It
shall not be fortified with acetic acid.
a) The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. It shall meet the following requirements:-

Not less Than 3.75 percent

(i) Acidity (m/v) Calculated as acetic Acid
(ii) Total Solids (m/v) Not less than 1.5 percent
(iii) Total ash content Not less than 0.18 percent
(iv) It shall not contain sulphuric acid or any other mineral acid.
It shall be free from any foreign substances or colouring matter
except caramel.

b) The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy not
less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

2. Synthetic Vinegar means the product prepared from acetic acid

with or without caramel & spices and shall confirm to the following
requirements:
(i) Acidity of the product shall not be less than 3.75 percent m/v.
(ii) It shall not contain sulphuric acid or any other mineral acid. It shall
be free from any foreign substance or colouring matter except
caramel.
2. Synthetic vinegar shall be distinctly labelled as

SYNTHETIC - PREPARED FROM ACETIC ACID.

- - 329 - -
3. The container shall be well filled with the product and shall occupy
not less than 90.0 percent of the water capacity of the container, when
packed in the rigid containers. The water capacity of the container is the
volume of distilled water at 20°C which the sealed container is capable of
holding when completely filled.

Regulation 5.3.46 NUTS & RAISINS:

1. GROUNDNUT KERNEL (deshelled) for direct human consumption

commonly known as Moongphali are obtained from the plant Arachis
hypogols. The kernels shall be free from non-edible seeds such as mahua,
caster, neem or argemone etc.

It shall be free from colouring matter and preservatives. It shall be

practically free from extraneous matter, such as stones, dirt, clay etc. The
kernels shall conform to the following standards, namely:-
Moisture Not more than 7.0 per cent

Damaged kernel including Not more than 5.0 per cent slightly
damaged kernel by weight.

Aflatoxin content Not more than 30 parts per billion.

2. Raisins means the product obtained by drying sound, clean grapes

of proper maturity belonging to Vitis vinifera L. The product may be
washed, with or without seeds and stems and may be bleached with
Sulphur Dioxide. The product shall be free from foreign matter, living
insects, mould, dead insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination.
The product shall have uniform colour, pleasant taste and flavour, free
from odour and taste and evidence of fermentation. The product shall be
free from added colouring matter. The product may contain food
additives permitted in Appendix A. The product shall conform to the
microbiological requirements given in Appendix B. The product shall
conform to the following requirements:-
(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 15.0 percent
(ii) Damaged Raisins (m/m) Not more than 2.0 percent
(iii) Sugared Raisins (m/m) Not more than 15.0 percent

Explanation.- for the purpose of this paragraph,-

(i) ‘Damaged Raisins’ means raisins affected by sunburn, scars,

- - 330 - -
 mechanical injury which seriously affects the appearance,
edibility and keeping quality;
(ii) ‘Sugared Raisins’ means raisins with external or internal sugar
crystals which are readily apparent and seriously affect the
appearance of the raisins.

3. Pistachio Nuts means the product obtained from mature seeds of

Pistacia vera L which have been sun dried and their shells opened
naturally or mechanically. The product may be raw, roasted, salted
and/or lime juice treated. The product shall be free from foreign matter,
living insects, mould, dead insects, insect fragments and rodent
contamination. The product shall have pleasant taste and flavour, free
from odour and taste, mustiness and rancidity. The product shall be free
from food additives. The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirements given in Appendix B. The product shall conform to the
following requirements:-

(i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 7.0 percent

(ii) Unopened Shells (m/m) Not more than 2.0 percent
(iii) Empty Shells (m/m) Not more than 1.0 percent

Explanation.-for the purpose of this paragraph,-

(i) ‘Unopened Shells’ means shells which are not split open but
contain a fully developed kernel;
(ii) ‘Empty Shells’ means shells in which kernel is not developed;
(iii) ‘Mouldy Shells’ means nuts affected by mould.

4. Dates means the product obtained by drying sound, clean fruits of

proper maturity belonging to Phoenix dactylifera. The product may be
washed, pitted or unpitted, with or without cap, pressed or loose. The
product may be treated with sugar, glucose syrup, flour and vegetable
oil. The product shall be free from foreign matter, living insects, mould,
dead insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination. The product
shall have pleasant taste and smell, free from odour and evidence of
fermentation. The product shall be free from any added colouring matter.
The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The
product shall conform to the microbiological requirements given in
Appendix B. The product shall conform to the following requirements:-

- - 331 - -
 (i) Moisture (m/m) Not more than 30.0 percent

(ii) Ash insoluble in dil Hcl Not more than 0.1 percent
(iii) Blemished / Damaged Units Not more than 5.0 percent
(ii) (iv) Extraneous matter Not more than 1.0 percent

Explanation: - For the purpose of this paragraph -

(i) ‘Blemished’ means units showing scars, discoloration, sun burn,
dark spots on the surface;
(ii) ‘Damaged’ means dates affected by mashing and/ or tearing of the
flesh exposing the pit or significantly changing the appearance.
(iii) ‘Extraneous vegetable matter’ means stalks, pieces of shells,
pits, fibre, peel, etc.

5. Dry Fruits and Nuts means the products obtained by drying

sound, clean fruits and nuts of proper maturity. The product may be with
or without stalks, shelled or unshelled, pitted or unpitted or pressed into
blocks. The product shall be free from mould, living / dead insects, insect
fragments and rodent contamination. The product shall be uniform in
colour with a pleasant taste and flavour characteristic of the fruit/ nut
free from off flavour, mustiness, rancidity and evidence of fermentation.
The product shall be free from added colouring. The product shall
conform to the following requirements:-
(i) Extraneous Vegetable matter (m/m) Not more than 1.0 percent
(ii) Damaged/ Discoloured units (m/m) Not more than 2.0 percent
Acidity of extracted fat expressed as
(iii) Not more than 1.25 percent
oleic Acid

Explanation - For the purpose of this paragraph -

(i) ‘Extraneous vegetable matter’ means stalks, pieces of shells,
pits, fibre, peel;
(ii) ‘Damaged or Discoloured’ means units affected by sunburn,
scars mechanical injury, discolouration and insects.

Regulation 5.3.47 BEAN: means dry kidney shaped or flattened seeds

of the leguminous varieties used as food, either whole or prepared as dal.
It shall not contain hydrocyanic acid exceeding 20 parts per million as

- - 332 - -
determined by A.O. A.C. Maceration method.

PART 5.4 CEREALS & CEREAL PRODUCTS

Regulation 5.4.1 ATTA

1. ATTA OR RESULTANT ATTA means the coarse product obtained

by milling or grinding clean wheat free from rodent hair and excreta It
shall conform to the following standards:-

Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent

(when determined by heating
at 130-133oC for 2 hours).

Total ash Not more than 2.0 per cent

(on dry weight basis).

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.15 per dilute HCL

cent (on dry weight
basis).

Gluten Not less than 6.0 per cent (on dry weight
basis).

Alcoholic acidity Not more than 0.18 per cent

with 90 per cent alcohol (on dry weight basis).
expressed as H2SO4

It shall be free from rodent hair and excreta

2. FORTIFIED ATTA means the product obtained by adding one or

more of the following materials to atta, namely:-
(a) Calcium carbonate (prepared chalk, popularly known as Creta
preparata).
(b) Iron
(c) Thiamine
(d) Riboflavin, and
(e) Niacin.
The calcium carbonate powder, if added for fortification shall be in
such amount that 100 parts by weight of fortified atta shall contain not
less than 0.30 and not more than 0.35 parts by weight of calcium

- - 333 - -
carbonate. It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta

3. PROTEIN RICH (Paushtik) Atta means the product obtained by

mixing wheat atta with groundnut “or Soya flour”, or a combination of
both”. flour up to an extent of 10.0 per cent. Soya flour which is a solvent
extracted soya flour used in such mix shall conform to the standards of
Soya flour laid down under Article 1 of 5.4.13. It shall be free from insect
or fungus infestation, odour and rancid taste. It shall not contain added
flavouring and colouring agents or any other extraneous matter. It shall
conform to the following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 14.0 percent on dry basis.

Total ash Not more than 2.75 percent on dry basis.

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent on dilute HCl
dry basis.

Total protein (Nx Not less than 12.5 per cent on 6.25) dry
basis.

Crude fibre Not more than 2.5 per cent on dry basis.

Alcoholic acidity Not more than 0.12 per cent

(with 90 per cent on dry basis
Alcohol)
expressed as H2SO4

It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta

Regulation 5.4.2 MAIDA:

1. MAIDA means the fine product made by milling or grinding clean

wheat free from rodent hair and excreta and bolting or dressing the
resulting wheat meal. It shall conform to the following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 14.0 percent (when
determined by heating at 130-133oC
for 2 hours).

Total ash Not more than 1.0 per cent. (on dry weight
basis)

- - 334 - -
 Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent.
dilute HCl (on dry weight basis)
Not less than 7.5 per cent. (on dry
Gluten weight Basis)
Not more than 0.12 per cent. (On
Alcoholic acidity (with dry weight basis)
90 per cent Alcohol)
expressed as H2SO4

It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta.

If the product is to be used for bakery purpose, the following flour

treatment agents in the quantities mentioned against each may be used,
namely:-
Benzoyl peroxide (Max) 40 p.p.m.
Potassium bromate (Max) 20 p.p.m.
Ascorbic acid (Max) 200 p.p.m.

2. FORTIFIED MAIDA means the product obtained by adding one or

more of the following materials to maida, namely:-
(a) Calcium carbonate (preparated chalk popularly known as creta
preparata).
(b) Iron,
(c) Thiamine,
(d) Riboflavin, and
(e) Niacin.
The calcium carbonate powder, if added for fortification, shall be in
such amount that 100 parts by weight of fortified maida shall contain not
less than 0.30 and not more than 0.35 parts by weight of calcium
carbonate. It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta.

3. PROTEIN RICH (Paushtik) MAIDA means the product obtained

by mixing maida (wheat flour) with groundnut flour “or Soya flour; or a
combination of both” up to an extent of 10.0 per cent Soya flour which is
a solvent extracted flour used in such mix shall conform to the standards
of soya flour laid down under Article 1 of 5.4.13. It shall be free from
insect or fungus infestation, odour and rancid taste. It shall not contain
added flavour and colouring agents or any other extraneous matter. It
shall conform to the following standards:

- - 335 - -
 Moisture Not more than 14.0 per cent.

Total ash Not more than 1.0 per cent on dry basis.

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent on

dilute HCl dry basis.

Total protein (N x Not less than 12.5 per cent on 6.25)

dry basis.

Crude fibre Not more than 0.53 per cent on dry basis.

Alcoholic acidity Not more than 0.12 per cent.

(with 90 per cent
Alcohol) expressed
as H2SO4

Gluten Not less than 7.0 per cent on dry basis.

It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta

Regulation 5.4.3 SEMOLINA (Suji or Rawa):

1. SEMOLINA (Suji or Rawa) means the product prepared from

clean wheat free from rodent hair and excreta by process of grinding and
bolting. It shall be free from musty smell and off-odour and shall be
creamy yellow in colour. It shall conform to the following standards:-

Moisture Not more than 14.0% (with

determined by heating at 130-
133oC for 2 hours).

Total ash Not more than 1.0 percent (on dry

weight basis).

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent.

dilute HCl (on dry weight basis)

Gluten Not less than 6.0 percent (on dry

weight basis)

- - 336 - -
Alcoholic acidity (with Not more than 0.18 percent
90 percent (On dry weight basis)
Alcohol) expressed
as H2SO4

It shall be free from Rodent hair and excreta

Regulation 5.4.4 BESAN:

1. BESAN means the product obtained by grinding dehusked Bengal

gram (Cicer arietinum) and shall not contain any added colouring matter
or any other foreign ingredient.
Besan shall conform to the following standards:-
Total ash Not more than 5.0%.

Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.5%.

hydrochloric acid

Regulation 5.4.5 Pearl Barley (Jau)

1. Pearl Barley (Jau) shall be the product obtained from sound and
clean barley (Horbeum vulgare or hordeum distichon). It shall be whitish
in colour and shall be free from fermented, musty or other objectionable
taste or odour, adulterants and insect and fungus infestation and rodent
contamination. It shall not contain other foodgrains more than 1 per cent
by weight.
Barley powder shall be the product obtained by grinding clean and
sound dehusked barley (Hordeum vulgare or Hordeum distichon) grains.
Barley starches shall not be less than 98.0 per cent by weight.
Barley powder shall also conform to the following standards namely:-

Total ash (on dry basis) Not more than 1.0%.

Ash insoluble in dilute

Not more than 0.1%.
hydrochloric acid (on dry basis)
Crude fibre (on dry basis) Not more than 0.5%.

- - 337 - -
Alcoholic acidity (as H2SO4) Not more than 0.10 per cent.
with 90 per cent alcohol)

2. WHOLEMEAL BARLEY POWDER OR BARLEY FLOUR OR

CHOKER Yukt Jau ka Churan means the product obtained by grinding
clean and sound dehusked barley (Hordeum vulgare or Hordeum
distichun) grains free from rodent hair and excreta]. It shall conform to
the following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 14.0% (when
determined by heating at 130-133oC for 2
hours).

Total ash Not more than 3.0 percent.

(on dry weight basis)

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.5 per cent.

dilute HCl (on dry weight basis)

Alcoholic acidity (with 90 Not more than 0.17 percent

percent Alcohol) (On dry weight basis)
expressed as H2SO4

Regulation 5.4.6 Food grains:

1. Food grains meant for human consumption shall be whole or

broken kernels of cereals, millets and pulses. In addition to the
undermentioned standards to which foodgrains shall conform, they shall
be free from Argemone, Maxicana and Kesari in any form. They shall be
free from added colouring matter. The foodgrains shall not contain any
insecticide residues other than those specified in Regulation 8.3.1 and
the amount of insecticide residue in the foodgrains shall not exceed the
limits specified in Regulation 8.3.1 of the said Table. The foodgrains
meant for grinding/processing shall be clean, free from all impurities
including foreign matter (extraneous matter).

2. WHEAT
Description: Wheat shall be the dried mature grains of Triticum
aestivum Linn. or Triticum vulgare vill, triticum drum Desf., triticum
sphaerococcum perc., Triticum dicoccum schubl., Triticum Compactum
Host. It shall be sweet, clean and wholesome. It shall also conform to the

- - 338 - -
following standards namely:-

(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight

(obtained by heating the pulverised
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter -
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. By
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains Not more than 6 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight
including kernel bunt afected grains and
got affected grains. The limit of kernel
bunt affected grains ergot affected
grains shall not exceed 3.0 per cent and
0.05 per
cent by weight, respectively.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
Not more than 30 micrograms per
(vii) Aflatoxin
kilogram
Not more than 1000
(viii) Deoxynivalent(DON) micrograms per kilogram

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 12 per cent by weight.

3. MAIZE:
Maize shall be the dried mature grains of Zea mays Linn. It shall be
sweet, hard, clean and wholesome. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-

(i) Moisture- Not more than 16.0 per cent by weight

(obtained by heating the pulverised
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter -
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight shall
be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 3 per cent by weight.

- - 339 - -
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii)
aflatoxin kilogram.
-

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 9 per cent by weight.

4. JAWAR AND BAJRA:

Jawar and Bajra shall be the dried mature grains of Sorghum Vulgare
Pers. and
Pennisetum - typhyoideum Rich, respectively. These shall be sweet,
hard, clean and wholesome. These shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-

Not more than 16.0 per cent by weight

(i) Moisture- (obtained by heating the pulverised grains at
130oC-133oC for two hours).
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of which
not more than 0.25 per cent. by weight shall
(ii) Foreign matter -
be mineral matter and not more than 0.10 per
Extraneous Matter
cent by weight shall be impurities of animal
origin.
(iii) Other edible grains Not more than 3 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid Not more than 100 mg per kg
(vii) Mycotoxin including
Not more than 30 micrograms per kilogram.
Aflatoxin

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 10 per cent by weight.

5. RICE:
Rice shall be the mature kernels or pieces of kernels of Oryza sativa
Linn. obtained from paddy as raw or par boiled. It shall be dry, sweet,
clean, wholesome and free from unwholesome poisonous substance. It
shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

- - 340 - -
(i) Moisture- Not more than 16 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverised grains
at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. By
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight shall
be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight
(iv) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(v) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
Mycotoxin including
(vi) aflatoxin Not more than 30 micrograms per kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, and damaged grains shall not
exceed 6 per cent by weight.

6. MASUR WHOLE:
Masur whole shall consist of lentil (lens culinaris Medik or Even lens
Linn. or Lens esculenta Moench). It shall be sound, dry, sweet, clean and
wholesome. It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight

(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC 133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight
(Extraneous matter) of which not more than 0.25 per cent.
by weight shall be mineral matter and
not more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin
(iii) Other edible grains- Not more than 3 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 6 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and

- - 341 - -
damaged grains shall not exceed 8 per cent by weight.

7. URD WHOLE:
Urd whole shall consist of seeds of the pulses (phaseolus mungo
Linn). It shall be sound, dry, sweet and wholesome. It shall also conform
to the following standards, namely:-

Not more than 14.0 per cent by weight

(i) Moisture- (obtained by heating the pulverised grains at
130oC-133oC for two hours).
Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of which
not more than 0.25 per cent. by weight shall
(ii) Foreign matter -
be mineral matter and not more than 0.10 per
Extraneous Matter
cent by weight shall be impurities of animal
origin.
(iii) Other edible grains Not more than 4 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains Not more than 6 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid Not more than 100 mg per kg
(vii) Mycotoxin including
Not more than 30 micrograms per kilogram.
Aflatoxin

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 9 per cent by weight.

8. MOONG WHOLE:
Moong whole shall consist of seeds of green gram (Phaseolous aurues
Roxb., Phaseolus radiatus Roxb.) It shall be sound, dry, sweet,
wholesome and free from admixture of unwholesome substances. It shall
also conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight

(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 4 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.

- - 342 - -
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 6 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 9 per cent by weight.

9. CHANA WHOLE:
Channa whole shall be the dried grains of gram (cicer arietinum
Linn.) It shall be sound, clean, sweet, wholesome and free from
unwholesome substances. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-
(i) Moisture- Not more than 16 per cent by wight
(obtained by heating the pulverised
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight shall
be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 4 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 9 per cent by weight.

10. SPLIT PULSE (DAL) ARHAR:

Dal Arhar shall consist of husk and split seeds of red gram (Cajanus cajan
(L) Millsp). It shall be sound, clean, sweet, dry, wholesome and free from
admixture of unwholesome substance. It shall also conform to the
following standards, namely:-

- - 343 - -
(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.

(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight.

(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.

(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 3 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
Mycotoxin including
(vii) aflatoxin Not more than 30 micrograms per kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 6 per cent by weight.

11. SPLIT PULSE (DAL) MOONG:

Dal Moong shall consist of split seeds of green grams (Phaseolus
aureus Roxb, Phaseolus raditus). It shall be sound, clean, sweet,
wholesome and free from unwholesome. It shall also conform to the
following standards, namely:-

(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight

(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. By weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 4 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 3 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

- - 344 - -
 Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per
(vii) Aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 8 per cent by weight.

12. SPLIT PULSE (DAL) URD:

Dal Urd shall consist of split seeds of pulse (Phaseolus mungo Linn.)
It shall be sound, dry, sweet, wholesome and free from admixture of
unwholesome substances. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-
(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 4 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 3 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per
(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 8 per cent by weight.
13. DAL CHANA:
Dal Chana shall consist of split grains of gram (Cicer arietinum Linn).
It shall be sound, clean, sweet, dry, wholesome and free from admixture
of unwholesome substances. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-
(i) Moisture- Not more than 16 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight
(Extraneous matter) of which not more than 0.25 per cent.

- - 345 - -
 by weight shall be mineral matter and
not more than 0.10 per cent. by weight
shall be impurities of animal origin.

(iii) Other edible grains Not more than 2 per cent by weight.

(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.

(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 3 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 7 per cent by weight.

14. SPLIT PULSE MASUR:

Dal masur shall consist of dehusked whole and split seed of the lentil
(Lenil esculenta Moench or Lens culinaris Medik or Ervem lens Linn). It
shall be sound, clean, dry, sweet, wholesome and free from admixture of
unwholesome substances. It shall also conform to the following
standards, namely:-
(i) Moisture- Not more than 14 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight shall
be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains - Not more than 2 per cent by weight.
(iv) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(v) Weevilled grains- Not more than 3 per cent by count.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.
Mycotoxin including
aflatoxin Not more than 30 micrograms per
(vii)
kilogram.

Provided that the total of foreign matter, other edible grains and
damaged grains shall not exceed 7 per cent by weight.

- - 346 - -
15. Any other foodgrains not specified above shall conform to the
following standards, namely:-
(i) Moisture- Not more than 16 per cent by weight
(obtained by heating the pulverized
grains at 130oC-133oC for two hours).
(ii) Foreign matter - Not more than 1 per cent. by weight of
(Extraneous matter) which not more than 0.25 per cent. by
weight shall be mineral matter and not
more than 0.10 per cent. by weight shall
be impurities of animal origin.
(iii) Other edible grains Not more than 6 per cent by weight.
(iv) Weevilled grains- Not more than 10 per cent by count.
(v) Damaged grains- Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
(vi) Uric acid- Not more than 100 mg. per kg.

Mycotoxin including Not more than 30 micrograms per

(vii) aflatoxin kilogram.

Provided that total of foreign matter, other edible grains and

damaged grains shall not exceed 12.0 per cent by weight.
Explanation - For the purposes of items in Article 2-14 in Regulation
5.4.6:-
(a) “foreign matter” means any extraneous matter other than
foodgrains comprising of-
(i) inorganic matter consisting or metallic pieces, sand, gravel,
dirt, pebbles, stones, lumps of earth, clay and mud, animal
filth and in the case of rice, kernels or pieces of kernels, if
any, having mudsticking on the surface of the rice, and
(ii) organic matter consisting of husk, straws, weed seeds and
other inedible grains and also paddy in the case of rice;
(b) poisonous, toxic and/or harmful seeds - means any seeds
which is present in quantities above permissible limit may
have damaging or dangerous effect on health, organoleptic
properties or technological performance such as dhatura (D.
fastur linn and D. stramonium linn), corn cokle (Agrostemma
githago L, Machai Lallium remulenum linn), Akra (Vicia
species).

(c) “Damaged grains” means kernels or pieces of kernels that are

- - 347 - -
 sprouted or internally damaged as a result of heat, microbe,
moisture or whether, viz., ergot affected grain and kernel bunt
grains;
(d) “Weevilled grains” means kernels that are partially or wholly
bored by insects injurious to grains but does not include germ
eaten grains and egg spotted grains;
(e) “Other edible grains” means any edible grains (including oil
seeds) other than the one which is under consideration.

Regulation 5.4.7 CORNFLOUR (Maize starch):

1. CORNFLOUR (Maize starch) means the starch obtained from

maize (zea mays L.). It shall contain no added colour, flavours or other
chemicals. It shall be free from dirt, insects, larvae and impurities or
other extraneous matter. It shall conform to the following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 12.5%

Total ash Not more than 0.5% on dry basis.

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent on

dilute HCl dry basis

Alcoholic acidity Shall be equivalent to not more (with

90 per cent than 2.0 ml. N. NaOH per 100 g. of dried
alcohol) starch.

Regulation 5.4.8. CORN FLAKES:

1. CORN FLAKES means the product obtained from dehulled,

degermed and cook corn (Zea mays L.) by flaking, partially drying and
toasting. It shall be in the form of crisp flakes of reasonably uniform size
and golden brown in colour. It shall be free from dirt, insects, larvae and
impurities and any other extraneous matter. It shall conform to the
following standards:-
Moisture Not more than 7.5 per cent.

Total ash Not more than 0.1 per cent on dry basis.
Ash insoluble in dilute HCl Not more than 0.1 per cent on
dry basis.

- - 348 - -
Alcoholic acidity (with Shall be equivalent to not more than 90
per cent 2.0 ml. N. NaOH alcohol)
per 100 g. of dried substance.

Regulation 5.4.9 CUSTARD POWDER:

1. CUSTARD POWDER means the product obtained from maize (Zea

mays L.) or sago/topioca with or without the addition of small quantities
of edible starches obtained from arrowroot, potato or jawar (sorghum
vulgare) and with or without the addition of edible common salt, milk and
albuminous matter. It may contain permitted colours and flavours. It
shall be free from any other foreign matter. It shall be the form of fine
powder, free from rancidity, fermented and musty odour. It shall
conform to the following standards namely:-
Moisture Not more than 12.5%

Total ash excluding added Not more than 0.5 per cent.
common salt (on dry basis)

Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.1 percent hydrochloric

acid (on
dry basis) .

Regulation 5.4.10 MACARONI PRODUCTS:

1. MACARONI PRODUCTS-(Macaroni, spaghetti, vermicelli)

means the products obtained from suji or maida with or without addition
of ingredients like edible groundnut flour, tapioca flour, soya flour, milk
powder, spices, vitamins, minerals, by kneading the dough and extending
it. It shall be free from added colour, dirt, insects larvae and impurities or
any other extraneous matter. It shall conform to the following
standards:-
Moisture Not more than 12.5 per cent.
Total ash- Not more than 0.1 per cent on dry basis.
Ash insoluble in dilute - Not more than 0.1 per cent
HCl on dry basis
Nitrogen- Not less than 1.7 per cent on
dry basis.

Regulation 5.4.11 MALTED & MALT BASED FOODS

- - 349 - -
1. MALTED MILK FOOD means the product obtained by mixing whole
milk, partly skimmed milk or milk powder with the wort separately from a
mash of ground barley malt, any other malted cereal grain and wheat
flour or any other cereal flour or malt extract with or without addition of
flavouring agents and spices, emulsifying agents, eggs, protein isolates,
edible common salt, sodium or potassium bicarbonate, minerals and
vitamins and without added sugar in such a manner as to secure
complete hydrolysis of starchy material and prepared in a powder or
granule or flake form by roller drying, spray drying, vacuum drying or by
any other process. It may contain cocoa powder. It shall be free from dirt
and other extraneous matter. It shall not contain any added starch
(except starch natural to cocoa powder) and added non-milk fat. It shall
not contain any preservative or added colour. Malted milk food containing
cocoa powder may contain added sugar. Malted milk food shall also
conform to the following standards, namely:-
Malted milk Malted milk
food without food with
cocoa powder cocoa powder

Not more than Not more than 5

(a) Moisture 5 per cent by per cent by weight
weight.
Total protein Not less than Not less than 11.25
(b) (N x 6.25) 12.5 per cent per cent by weight.
(on dry basis) by weight.
(c) Total fat (on Not less than Not less than 6%
Dry basis) 7.5% by weight.
by weight

(d) Total ash (on Not more than 5% Not more than 5% by
dry basis) by weight weight.
(e)
Acid insoluble
ash (on dry basis) Not more than 0.1 Not more than 0.1 per
(in dilute HCl) per cent by weight cent by weight
(f) Not less than 85% Not less than 85% by
Solubility by weight. weight.
(g) Cocoa powder Not less than 5.0% by
(on dry basis) -- weight.
(h) Test for starch Negative --
(i) Not more than Not more than
Bacterial count 50,000 per gram. 50,000 per gram.
(j) Coliform count Not more than Not more than 10 per

- - 350 - -
 10 per gram. gram.
Yeast and mould
(k) count absent in 0.1 gm
Salmonella and
(l) Shigella absent in 0.1 gm
(m) E.Coli absent in 0.1 gm
Vibrio cholera
and
(n) V.Paraheamolyticus absent in 0.1 gm
Faecal streptococci
and Staphylococcus
(o) aureas absent in 0.1 gm

2. MALT BASED FOODS (MALT FOOD) means the product obtained

by mixing malt (wort or flour or malt extract) of any kind obtained by
controlled germination of seeds (cereals and/or grain legumes), involving
mainly steeping germination and kiln drying processes with other cereal
and legume flour with or without whole milk or milk powder, flavouring
agents, spices, emulsifying agents, eggs, egg powder, protein isolates,
protein hydrolysates, edible common salt, liquid glucose, sodium or
potassium bicarbonate minerals, amino acids and vitamins. It may
contain added sugar and/or cocoa powder and processed in such a
manner to secure partial or complete hydrolysis of starchy material in the
form of powder or granules or flakes by drying or by dry mixing of the
ingredients. The grains, legumes and their products used in preparation
of malt shall be sound, uninfested and free from insect fragments, rat
excreta, fungal infested grains or any other type of insect or fungal
damage.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:—

- Not more than 5 per cent, by
(a) Moisture weight
(b) Total Protein (N x 6.25) - Not less than 7.0 per cent, by
(on dry basis) weight
- Not more than 5 per cent, by
(c) Total ash (on dry basis) weight
(d) Acid insoluble ash - Not more than 0.1 per cent, by
(in dilute HCL) weight

(e) Total plate count - Not more than 50,000 per gram.
(f) Coliform count - Not more than 10 per gram.
(g) Yeast and Mould Count - Not more than 100 per gram.

- - 351 - -
(h) E Coli - Absent in 10 gram.
(i) Salmonella and Shingella - Absent in 25 gram
Alcoholic Acidity
(j) (expressed as H2SO4)
with 90 per cent alcohol - Not more than 0.30 per cent.
(on dry weight basis)
Vibrio cholera and absent in 0.1 gm
(k) V.Paraheamolyticus

(l). Faecal streptococci and absent in 0.1 gm

Staphylococcus aureas

Regulation 5.4.12 ROLLED OATS:

1. ROLLED OATS (quick cooking oats) means the product made

from sound hulled oats (Avena sativa). It shall be free from added
colours, rancidity and flavouring agents. It shall be in the form of thin
flakes of uniform size having a light cream colour. It shall be free from
dirt, insects and insect fragments. It shall conform to the following
standards:-
Moisture Not more than 10.0 per cent.

Total ash- Not more than 2.0 per cent on dry basis.

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.1 per cent on dry dilute
HCl basis.

Nitrogen- Not less than 1.8 per cent on dry basis.

Crude fibre Not more than 2.0 per cent on dry basis.

Alcoholic acidity Shall be equivalent to not

(with 90 per cent more than 8.0 ml. N.NaOH per alcohol)
100 gm. of dried substance.

Regulation 5.4.13 SOLVENT EXTRACTED FLOURS:

1. SOLVENT EXTRACT SOYA FLOUR means the product obtained

from clean, sound healthy soyabeans by a process of cracking, dehulling,
solvent extraction with food grade hexane and grinding. It shall be in the
form of coarse or fine powder or grits, white to creamy white in colour of

- - 352 - -
uniform composition and free from rancid and objectionable odour,
extraneous matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be
free from any added colour and flavour. It shall conform to the following
standards, namely:-

(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight

Not more than 7.2 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash
dry basis
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.4 per cent by weight on
HCl dry basis.
Not less than 48 per cent by weight on dry
(d) Protein (Nx6.25)
basis.

Not more than 4.2 per cent by weight on

(e) Crude fibre
dry basis.

(f) Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on

Fat dry basis

(g) Total bacterial count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm
(j) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm

2. SOLVENT EXTRACTED GROUNDNUT FLOUR means the product

obtained from fresh, clean, degermed groundnut kernels which have been
decuticled after mild roasting. The kernels shall be first expelled followed
by solvent extraction with food grade hexane or by direct extraction of
kernels. It shall be whitish to light brown in colour of uniform composition
and shall be free from rancid and objectionable odour, extraneous matter,
insect, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free from added colour
and flavour. It shall conform to the following standards namely :-
(a) Moisture Not more than 8.0 per cent by weight
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash dry basis
Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.38 per cent by weight
(c) dilute HCl on dry basis.

- - 353 - -
 Not less than 48 per cent by weight on dry
(d) Protein(Nx6.25) basis.
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(e) Crude fibre dry basis.

Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight

(f) Fat on dry basis
(g) Total bacterial Not more than 50,000 per gm.count
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm
Hexane (Food
(j) grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm

3. SOLVENT EXTRACTED SESAME FLOUR means the product

obtained by pressing, clean, sound healthy and decuticled sesame seeds
followed by solvent extraction with food grade hexane or by direct
extraction of kernels. It shall be in the form of flour of white or pale
creamy white colour, of uniform composition and free from rancid and
objectionable odour, extraneous matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and
excreta. It shall be free from added colour and flavour. It shall conform to
the following standards, namely :-

(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by Weight

Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight
(b) Total ash on dry basis
Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.15 per cent by weight
(c) dilute HCl on dry basis.
Not less than 47 per cent by weight on
(d) Protein (Nx6.25) dry basis.
Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight
(e) Crude fibre on dry basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight
(f) Fat on dry basis
(g) Total bacterial count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(h) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm.

Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight

(j) Oxalic Acid content on dry basis.
(k) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm.

- - 354 - -
4. SOLVENT EXTRACTED COCONUT FLOUR means the product
obtained from fresh coconut Kernels or dried coconut copra of good
quality and free from mould. Food grade hexane shall be used for
extraction of the oil. It shall be of white or pale brownish yellow colour of
uniform composition and free from rancid and objectionable odour,
extraneous matter, insects, fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be
free from added colour and flavour. It shall conform to the following
standards, namely :-

(a) Moisture Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight

Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight on dry
(b) Total ash
basis
Ash insoluble in - Not more than 0.35 per cent by
(c)
dilute HCl weight on dry basis.
-Not less than 22.0 per cent by weight on dry
(d) Protein (Nx6.25)
basis.
Not more than 9.0 per cent by weight on dry
(e) Crude fibre
basis.
Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on dry
(f) Fat
basis
(g) Total bacterial - Not more than 50,000 per gm.count
(h) Coliform bacteria -Not more than 10 per gm.
(i) Salmonella bacteria -Nil in 25 gm.
(j) Hexane (Food grade) Not more than 10.00 ppm.

5. SOLVENT EXTRACTED COTTON SEED FLOUR means the product

obtained by solvent extraction of oil with food grade hexane from oil cake
immediately following the single pressing, from cotton seed of good
quality which have been pre-cleaned and are free from infected or
otherwise damage materials and extraneous matter. It shall be in the
form of flour of white or pale brownish colour, of uniform composition and
free from rancid and objectionable odour, extraneous matter, insect,
fungus, rodent hair and excreta. It shall be free from added colours and
flavours. It shall conform to the following standards, namely :-

(a) Moisture Not more than 8.0 per cent by weight

Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(b) Total ash
dry basis
(c) Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.35 per cent by weight on
dilute HCl dry basis.

- - 355 - -
(d) Crude Protein Not less than 47 per cent by weight on dry
(Nx6.25) basis.
Not less than 3.6 g. per 100 g. of
(e) Available lysine
crude protein.
Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight on
(f) Crude fibre
dry basis.
Not more than 0.06 per cent by weight on
(g) Free gossypol
dry basis.
Not more than 1.2 percent by weight on
(h) Total gossypol
dry basis.
(i) Fat Not more than 1.5 per cent by weight on
dry basis.
(j) Total bacterial Count Not more than 50,000 per gm.
(k) Coliform bacteria Not more than 10 per gm.
(l) Salmonella bacteria Nil in 25 gm.
(m) Hexane (Food grade) - Not more than 10.00 ppm.”

Regulation 5.4.14 STARCHY FOODS:

1. ARROWROOT means the separated and purified starch from the

rhizomes of the plants known as Maranta arundinacea or from Curcuma
augustifolia.
2. SAGO shall mean small hard globules or pearls made from either
the starch of the sago palm or the tubers of topioca (Manihot utilissima)
and shall be free from any extraneous matter including natural colours.

It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) total ash (on dry basis) shall not be more than 0.4 per
cent;
(ii) ash insoluble in dilute shall not exceed 0.1 percent
hydrochloric acid (on dry basis).

Regulation 5.4.15 BAKERY PRODUCTS:

1. Biscuits including wafer biscuits shall be made from maida,

vanaspati or refined edible oil or table butter or desi butter or margarine
or ghee or their mixture containing any one or more of the following
ingredients, namely:-
Edible common salt, butter, milk powder, cereals and their products,
cheese cocoa, coffee extract, edible desiccated coconut, dextrose, fruit

- - 356 - -
and fruits products, dry fruit and nuts, egg, edible vegetable products,
ginger, gluten groundnut flour, milk and milk products, honey, liquid
glucose, malt products, edible oilseeds, flour and meals, spices and
condiments, edible starches such as potato starch and edible flours, sugar
and sugar products, invert sugar, jaggery, protein concentrates,
oligofructose (max 15%) vinegar and other nutrients and vitamins:
Provided that it may contain food additives specified in these regulations
and in Appendix A:
Provided further that it may contain artificial sweetener as provided under
label declaration in Regulation 6.1.3
Provided also that it shall conform to following standards, namely:-
(a) ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid (on dry basis):
shall not be more than 0.1 per cent.
(b) acidity of extracted fat (as oleic acid):- not exceeding 1.5
per cent.
It may contain Oligofructose (dietary fibres) upto 15% maximum subject
to label declaration under Regulation 6.1.3

2. BREAD whether sold as white bread or wheat meal bread or fancy

or fruity bread or bun or masala bread or milk bread or of any other
name, shall mean the product prepared from a mixture of wheat atta,
maida, water, salt, yeast or other fermentive medium containing one or
more of the following ingredients, namely:-
Condensed milk, milk powder (whole or skimmed), whey, curd, gluten,
sugar, gur or jaggery, khandsari, honey, liquid glucose, malt products,
edible starches and flour, edible groundnut flour, edible soya flour,
protein concentrates and isolates, vanaspati, margarine or refined edible
oil of suitable type or butter or ghee or their mixture, albumin, lime
water, lysine, vitamins, spices and condiments or their extracts, fruit and
fruit product (Candied and crystallized or glazed), nuts, nut products ,
oligofructose (max 15%) and vinegar:

Provided that it may also contain food additives specified in these

regulations including Appendix A:

Provided further that it may also contain artificial sweetener as provided

under label declaration in Article 2 of Regulation 6.1.3;

Provided also that it shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

- - 357 - -
(a) alcoholic acidity Shall be not more than
(with 90 per cent alcohol) equivalent of 7.5 ml. N NaOH per
100 g of dried substances.
(b) ash insoluble in dilute HCL on
dry weight basis -
(i) bread except masala Not more than 0.1 per cent
bread or fruit bread

(ii) masala bread or fruit Not more than 0.2 per cent
bread

Provided also that it shall be free from dirt, insect and insect
fragments, larvae, rodent hairs and added colouring matter except any
permitted food colours present as a carry over colour in accordance with
the provision in Artcle 42 of Regulation 4.4.4, in raw material used in
the products.
It may contain Oligofructose (dietary fibres) upto 15% maximum
subject to label declaration under labelling Regulations 4.2

PART 5.5. MEAT AND MEAT PRODUCTS

Regulation 5.5.1 Definition:

(a)“animal” means an animal belonging to any of the species specified

below;-
(i) Ovines;
(ii) Caprines;
(iii) Suillines;
(iv) Bovines;
and includes poultry and fish

(b) “carcass” means the dead body or any part thereof including the
viscera of any animal which has been slaughtered

- - 358 - -
(c) “meat” means the flesh and other edible parts of a carcass

(d) “meat food products” means any article of food or any article intended
for, or capable of, being used as a food which is derived or prepared from
meat by means of drying, curing, smoking, cooking, seasoning,
flavouring, freezing or following a method of processing meat akin to any
of the above methods, but shall not include the following products unless
the manufacturer himself desires to be covered under the provisions of
the said Regulations, namely:-

(i) Meat extracts, meat consommé and stock, meat sauces and
similar products not containing fragments of meat;
(ii) Whole, broken or crushed bones, meat peptones, animal
gelatin, meat powder, pork-rind powder, blood plasma, dried blood,
dried blood plasma, cellular proteins, bone extracts and similar
products;
(iii) Fats melted down from animal tissues;
(iv) Stomachs, bladders and intestines, clean and bleached, salted
or dried;
(v) Products containing fragments of meat, but which contain a
quantity of meat or meat product not exceeding ten percent of the
total weight of the final product;
(vi) Patties, puffs, rolls, samosas, cutlets, koftas, kababs, chops,
tikkas and soups made from mutton, chicken, goat meat, buffalo
meat, beef and grilled chicken which are prepared for immediate
consumption, the ampoules of chicken essence, hot-dogs and
hamburgers prepared for immediate consumption which can not be
stored even under refrigerated conditions; * 2
(vii) Chilled Poultry

- - 359 - -
(e) “Slaughter house” means the building, premises or place which is
licensed as a slaughter house by the local authority for the slaughter of
animals intended for human consumption.

Regulation 5.5.2 Meat and Meat Products:

1. CORNED BEEF means the product prepared from boneless meat of

carcass of bovine animals including buffalo meat, which have been
subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection.

The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and
sodium and / or potassium nitrite. The product may contain ascorbic
acid, sodium ascorbate or isoascorbate acid/ sodium iso-ascorbate singly
or in combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg. The product may also
contain sucrose, dextrose, lactose, maltose and glucose syrup including
corn syrup.

The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and

subjected to heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the
product is shelf stable. The sealed containers shall not show any change
on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.
The product shall be in the form of a solid pack capable of being sliced.

The product shall be free from any added colour and natural and artificial
flavour. The product shall be clean and substantially free from staining
and contamination from the container, foreign matter and objectionable
odour.

The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:—

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum
(2) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(3) Solmonella Absent in 25 gram
(4) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram

- - 360 - -
 Clostridium perfringens and
(5) Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium Botulinum

2. LUNCHEON MEAT means the product prepared from edible

portion of meat of mammalian animal, slaughtered in an abattoir, which
have been subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection and/or
edible meat of poultry, birds, including chickens, turkeys, ducks, geese,
guinea fowl or pigeons slaughtered in an abattoir.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and sodium
and /or potassium nitrite. The product may be with or without binders
such as cereal flour/starch, bread, biscuits or bakery products, milk
powder, whey powder, egg protein, vegetable protein products, glucose,
invert sugar, dextrose, lactose, maltose, glucose syrup, including corn
syrup, spices, seasoning and condiments and water soluble hydrolysed
protein.
The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural and natural
identical flavours and permitted flavour enhancer.
The product may contain ascorbic acid / isoascorbic acid and its sodium
salts singly or in combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg expressed as
ascorbic acid as antioxidant and sodium and or potassium mono - di -
polyphosphates singly or in combination not exceeding 3000 mg/kg
expressed as P2O5 as water retention agents.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed container and
subjected to heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the
product is shelf stable. The sealed container shall not show any change
on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.
The product shall be clean and substantially free from stains from the
container and foreign matter and shall be capable of being sliced.

The product shall conform to the following requirement, namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total Fat content:
a) Product without binder Not more than 30.0 percent
b) Product with binder Not more than 35.0 percent

- - 361 - -
 (2) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum
(3) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(4) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram
(5) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram
(6) Clostridium perfringens and Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium Botulinum

3. COOKED HAM means the product prepared from meat of pigs which
have been subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection. The
product shall be free from bones, detached cartilage tendous, ligaments
and may be with or without skin and fat. The product shall be uniformly
cured with edible common salt and sodium and / or potassium nitrite.
The product may contain sucrose, invert sugar, dextrose, lactose,
maltose, glucose syrup including corn syrup, honey, spices, seasoning
and condiments, water soluble hydrolysed protein and food grade gelatin.
The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural flavouring
substances and nature identical flavours as well as permitted flavour
enhancers. The product may contain ascorbic acid / isoascorbic acid and
its sodium salt singly or in combination not exceeding 500 mg/kg
expressed as ascorbic acid, sodium and or potassium mono - di -
polyphosphates singly or in combination not exceeding 3000 mg/ kg
expressed as P2O5 as antioxidant and water retention agents
respectively. The product may also contain sodium/potassium alginate
not exceeding 10 mg/kg and or agar, carrageenan and sodium citrate as
emulsifying and stabilizing agents.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and
subjected to heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the
product is shelf stable. The sealed containers shall not show any change
on incubation at 350C for 10 days and 550C for 5 days.
The product shall be free from any stains from the container/package,
objectionable matter and shall be capable of being sliced.
The product shall confirm to the following requirement, namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum

- - 362 - -
(2) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(3) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram
(4) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram
(5) Clostridium perfringens and
Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium Botulinum

4. CHOPPED MEAT means the product prepared form edible portion

of meat of mammalian animals slaughtered in an abattoir, which have
been subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection and / or edible
meat of poultry birds including chickens, turkeys, ducks, geese,
slaughtered in an abattoir.
The product shall be uniformly cured with edible common salt and
Sodium or Potassium Nitrite. The product may be with or without binders
such as cereal flour/starch, bread, biscuit, or bakery product. Vegetable
protein product, fructose, invert sugar; dextrose, lactose, maltose,
glucose syrup including corn syrup, spices, seasoning and condiments
and water soluble hydrolysed protein.
The product may be smoked and flavoured with natural and nature
identical flavours and permitted flavour enhancer.

The product may contain ascorbic acid / iso-ascorbic acid and its
sodium salts singly or in combination not exceeding 500 mg / kg
expressed as ascorbic acid and sodium and or potassium mono-di-
polyphosphate, singly or in combination not exceeding 3000 mg/kg
expressed as P205 as antioxidants and water retention agent respectively.

The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed containers and

subjected to heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure that the
product is shelf stable. The sealed containers shall not show any change
on incubation at 35oC for 10 days and 55oC for 5 days.

The product shall be clean and substantially free from staining and
contamination from the container, foreign matter and shall be capable of
being sliced.The product shall conform to the following requirements,
namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

- - 363 - -
(1) (2) (3)
(1) Total Fat content:
a) Product without binder Not more than 25.0 percent
b) Product with binder Not more than 30.0 percent
(2) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum
(3) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(4) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram

(5) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram

Clostridium perfringens and
(6) Absent in 25 gram
Clostridium Botulinum

5. CANNED CHICKEN means the product prepared from edible

portion of meat of poultry birds, slaughtered in an abattoir, which have
been subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection. The product
shall be free from bones, blood clots, skin, hair, viscera and
bruised/disintegrated material.
The product shall be cured with a mixture of edible common salt and
sodium nitrite. The product shall be free from added colour flavour and
meat tenderized. The packing medium and other ingredients shall be of
food grade quality.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound tin
containers and subjected to adequate heat treatment followed by rapid
cooling to ensure that the product it shelf stable. The sealed containers
shall not show any change on incubation at 350C for 10 days and 550C for
5 days.
The contents shall have the characteristic colour, free from objectionable
odour, discolouration and excessive disintegration.
The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total Plate Count 1000 / gram maximum
(2) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram
(3) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram
(4) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram

- - 364 - -
 Clostridium perfringens and
(5) Clostridium Botulinum Absent in 25 gram

6. CANNED MUTTON AND GOAT MEAT means the product prepared

from edible portion of meat of Bovine animals slaughtered in an abattoir,
which have been subjected to antimortem and postmortem inspection.
The product shall be free from bones, blood clots, skin, hair, strings and
fibrous tissue, bruised material, viscera, tendons and excessive fat.
The product shall be cut into pieces of reasonably uniform size and
cured with a mixture of edible salt and sodium nitrate and or sodium
nitrite. The product shall be free from added colour, flavour and meat
tenderizer. The packing medium and other ingredients shall be of food
grade quality.
The product shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound
tin containers and subjected to adequate heat treatment followed by
rapid cooling to ensure that the product is shelf stable. The sealed
container shall not show any change on incubation at 350C for 10 days
and 550C for 5 days.
The contents shall have characteristic colour, free from objectionable
odour, discoloration and excessive disintegration.
The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total plate count 1000 / gram maximum

(2) E.Coli Absent in 25 gram

(3) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram

(4) Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gram

Clostridium perfringens and

(5) Clostridium Botulinum Absent in 25 gram

7. FROZEN MUTTON, GOAT BEEF AND BUFFALO MEAT means the

product prepared from edible portion of meat of Bovine animals including
buffalo meat slaughtered in an abattoir, which have been subjected to

- - 365 - -
antimortem and postmortem inspection.
The fresh meat meant for freezing shall be clean, free from any
foreign matter, objectionable odour/flavour and evidence of
deterioration. Meat shall be prepared by quickly freezing in an
appropriate equipment in such a way that the range of temperature of
maximum crystallization is passed quickly and the product attains a
temperature of - 180C or colder at the thermal centre after thermal
stabilization. The product shall be kept deep frozen so as to maintain its
quality during transportation, storage and sale.

The product shall conform to the following requirements, namely:-

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

(1) Total Plate Count 100000 / gram maximum
(2) E.Coli 100 / gram maximum
(3) Staphylococcus aureus 100 / gram maximum
(4) Clostridium perfringens and 30/ gram maximum
Clostridium Botulinum

(5) Yeast and mould count 1000/ gram maximum

(6) Salmonella Absent in 25 gram
(7) Listeria monocytogenes Absent in 25 gram

PART 5.6. Fish and Fish Products:

Regulation 5.6.1 Fish and Fish Products

1. Frozen Shrimps or Prawns means the product prepared from

fresh shrimps of sound quality belonging to Penaeidae, Pandalidae,
Crangonidae, Palaeomonidae Solenoceridae, Aristeidae and Sergestidae
families. The product shall not contain a mixture of genera but may
contain mixture of species of same genus with similar sensory properties.
The product may be peeled or unpeeled, raw or cooked. The product may
be glazed with water. The product shall conform to the following
requirements:-

- - 366 - -
 Requirements in Requirement in
S.No. Characteristics Raw Cooked
Product Product
Total Volatile Base Not more than 30 Absent in 25gm
(1) mg/100 gm
(Nitrogen)

2. Frozen Lobsters means the product prepared from fresh lobsters

of sound quality belonging to the genus Homarus of the family
Nephropidae and from the families Palinuridae and Scyllaride. The
Norway Lobster may be prepared from Nephros norvegicus. The product
shall not be a mixture of different species. The product may be raw or
cooked. The product may be glazed with water. The product shall
conform to the following requirements:-
S.No. Characteristics Requirements in Requirement in
Raw Cooked
Product Product
Total Volatile Base Not more than 30 Absent in 25gm
(1) mg/100 gm
(Nitrogen)

3. Frozen squid and parts of squid means the product prepared from
fresh squid of sound quality belonging to squid species of Loliginidae,
Ommastrephidae Onychoteuthide and Thysanotenthidae families. The
product may be glazed with water. No food additive is allowed in this
product. The product shall conform to the following requirements:

S.No. Characteristics Requirements in Raw

Product
Total Volatile Base (
(1) Not more than 30 mg/100 gm
Nitrogen)

4. Frozen finfish means the product prepared from fresh fish of good
quality. The product may be with or without head from which viscera or
other organs have been completely or partially removed. The product
may be glazed with water. The products shall conform to the following
requirements:—
S.No. Characteristics Requirements in Raw Product
(1) Total Volatile Base Not more than 30 mg/ 100gm
(Nitrogen)
(2) Histamine Not more than 20 mg / 100gm

5. Frozen fish fillets or minced fish flesh or mixtures thereof are

products obtained from fresh wholesome fish of any species or mixtures

- - 367 - -
of species with similar-sensory properties. Fillets may be pieces of
irregular size and shape with or without skin. Minced fish flesh consists of
particles of skeletal muscle”. and is free from bones, viscera and skin.
The product may be glazed with water. The products shall conform to the
following requirement:-

S.No. Characteristics Requirements

Not more than 30 mg/
(1) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) 100gm
Not more than 20 mg /
(2) Histamine 100gm

Note I: Products under article 1, 2, 3, 4 AND 5 shall be frozen in an

appropriate equipment quickly to minus (-) 18º C or colder in such a way
that the range of temperature of maximum crystallization is passed
quickly. The quick freezing process shall not be regarded as complete
unless the product temperature has reached minus (-) 18º C or colder at
the thermal centre after thermal stabilization. The product shall be kept
deep frozen so as to maintain the quality during transportation, storage
and sale. The entire operation including processing and packaging shall
ensure minimum dehydration and oxidation. The product may contain
food additives permitted in Appendix A except listed product under
Article 3 of Regulation 5.6.1. The product shall conform to the
microbiological requirement given in Appendix B. The products shall be
free from any foreign matter and objectionable odour/flavour.

6. Dried shark fins means the product prepared from dorsal and
pectoral fins, lower lobe of caudal fin and Pelvic from fresh shark of
edible quality. The product shall be free from adhering flesh and may be
with or without skin. The product shall be dried in a suitable manner and
shall be free from any food additive. The product shall be free from
foreign matter, objectionable odour or flavour and rancidity. No food
additive is allowed in this product. The products shall conform to the
following requirements:-

S.No. Characteristics Requirements

Not more than 10.0
(1) Moisture percent
Ash insoluble in HCL on dry Not more than 1.0
(2) basis percent
(3) Yeast and Mould Count Absent in 25gm

- - 368 - -
7. Salted fish/dried salted fish means the product prepared from
fresh wholesome fish. The fish shall be bled, gutted, beheaded, split or
filleted and washed. The fish shall be fully saturated with salt (Heavy
salted) or partially saturated to a salt content not less than 10 percent by
weight of the salted fish which has been dried. The product shall be free
from foreign matter, objectionable odour and flavour. The product may
contain food additives permitted in Appendix A. The product shall
conform to the microbiological requirement given in Appendix B. The
products shall conform to the following requirements:-
—
S.No. Characteristics Requirements
(1) Moisture Not more than 16.0
percent
Not less than 10.0 percent
(2) Sodium chloride and not more than 15.0
percent
(3) Ash insoluble in HCL on dry basis Not more than 1.0 percent
(4) Yeast and Mould Count Absent in 25gm

8. Canned finfish means the product prepared from the flesh of fresh
finfish of sound quality belonging to any one species or mixture of species
within the same genus having similar sensory properties. The product
shall be free from head, tail and viscera. The product may be packed in
any suitable packing medium. The packing medium and other ingredients
used shall be of food grade quality. The products shall conform to the
following requirements:-
S.No. Characteristics Requirements
Not more than 20 mg/100
(1) Histamine Content gm
Not more than 30mg/
(2) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) 100gm

9. Canned Shrimp means the product prepared from fresh shrimp of

sound quality from any combination of species of families Penaeidae,
Pandalide, Crangonidae and Palaemonidae from which heads, shell and
antenna have been removed. The product may be in the form of peeled
shrimps which have been headed and peeled without removal of the
dorsal tract or cleaned and deveined shrimps in which the back is cut
open after peeling and dorsal tract has been removed upto the last

- - 369 - -
segment next to the tail or broken shrimps consisting of pieces of peeled
shrimp of less than four segments with or without the vein removed. The
packing medium and other ingredients shall be of food grade quality. The
products shall conform to the following requirements:-

S.No. Characteristics Requirements

Not more than 30
(1) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) mg/100 gm
Acidity in brine expressed as Citric Not more than 0.2
(2) Acid percent

10. Canned sardines or sardine type products means, the product

prepared from fresh or frozen fish belonging to Sardinia pilchardus,
Sardinia milanostictusl neopilchardusl ocellatus/sag ax/caeruleus,
Sardinia aurita/brasiliensisl maderensisl longicepsl gibbosa celupea
harengus, Sprattus sprattus, Hypertophus vittatus, Nematolosaviaminghi,
Etrumeus teses, Ethmedium maculatun, Engranulis
anchoita/mordax/ringens and opisthonema oglinum.
The product shall be free from head and gills. It may be free from
scales and or tail. The fish may be eviscerated. If eviscerated it shall be
practically free from visceral parts other than roe milt or kidney. If
ungutted it shall be practically free from undigested feed or used feed.
The product shall be packed in any suitable medium. The packing
medium and all other ingredients shall be of food grade quality. The
products shall also conform to the following requirements:-
S.No. Characteristics Requirements
Not more than 20 mg/100
(1) Histamine Content gm
Not more than 30mg/100
(2) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) gm

11. Canned salmon means the product prepared from fresh fish of
sound quality belonging to any of the species of Salmosalar or
Oncorhynctus nerka/kisutchl tschawytscha/gorboscha/ketax and masou
species. The product shall be free from head, viscera, fins and tails. The
product shall be packed in any suitable medium. The packing medium
and all other ingredients shall be of food grade quality. No food additive
is allowed in this product. The product shall conform to the following
requirement.

- - 370 - -
S.No. Characteristics Requirements in Raw
Product
Total Volatile Base
(1) Not more than 30 mg/100 gm
(Nitrogen)

12. Canned crab meat means the product prepared from live crabs of
sound quality from any of the edible species of the suborder Branchyura
or the order Decapoda and all species of the family Lithodiadae. The
product shall be prepared singly or in combination from the leg, claw,
body and shoulder meat from which the shell has been removed. The
product shall be packed in any suitable medium. The packing medium and
all other ingredients shall be of food grade quality. The products shall
conform to the following requirements:-

S.No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) Not more than 30mg/100
gm
Not less than 0.06
(2) Acidity in brine expressed as percent and
Citric Acid Not more than 0.2
percent

13. Canned Tuna and Bonito means the product prepared from fresh
fish of sound quality belonging to Thunnus alalunga/albacaresl atlanticusl
obessul maccoyiil thynnusl tongoe, Euthynnus affinisl alleteratusl
Jinlatus/Sarda chilentis/orienlalisl Sarda and Katsuwonus pelamis (syn
Euthynnus pelamis) species. The product may be in the form of
segments with or without skin, chunks, flakes or grated / shredded
particles. The product shall be packed in any suitable medium. The
packing medium and all other ingredients shall be of food grade quality.
The products shall conform to the following requirements:-

S.No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) Histamine Content Not more than 20mg/100 gm
(2) Total Volatile Base (Nitrogen) Not more than 30mg/100 gm

Note II: All the product listed under ARTICLES 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13
shall be packed in hermetically sealed clean and sound containers and
subjected to adequate heat treatment followed by rapid cooling to ensure
commercial sterility. The container shall be free from rust and mechanical
defects. The container shall not show any change or incubation at 37ºC
for 7 days. The final product shall be free from foreign matter,
objectionable odour, or flavour. The products may contain food additives

- - 371 - -
permitted in Appendix A except products listed under Article 11 of
Regulation 5.6.1 . The product shall conform to the microbiological
requirement given in Appendix B.

Note– Without prejudice to the standards laid down in this Appendix,

whenever water is used in the manufacture or preparation of any article
of food, such water shall be free from micro-organisms likely to cause
disease and also free from chemical constituents which may impair
health.

PART 5.7. SWEETENERS INCLUDING HONEY:

Regulation 5.7.1 Sweets and Confectionery:

1. Sugar boiled confectionery whether sold as hard boiled sugar

confectionery or pan goods confectionery or toffee or milk toffee or
modified toffee or lacto-bon-bon or by any other name shall mean a
processed composite food article made from sugar with or without
doctoring agents such as cream of tartar by process of boiling whether
panned or not. It may contain centre filling, or otherwise, which may be
in the form of liquid, semi-solid or solids with or without coating of sugar
or chocolate or both. It may also contain any of the following:-
(i) sweetening agents such as sugar, invert sugar, jaggery,
lactose, gur, bura sugar, khandsari, sorbitol, honey, liquid
glucose;
(ii) milk and milk products;
(iii) edible molasses;
(iv) malt extracts;
(v) edible starches;
(vi) edible oils and fats;
(vii) edible common salts;
(viii) fruit and fruit products and nut and nut products;
(ix) tea extract, coffee extract, chocolate, cocoa;
(x) vitamins and minerals;
(xi) shellac (food grade) not exceeding 0.4 per cent by weight bee
wax (food grade), paraffin wax food grade, carnauba wax
(food grade), and other food grade wax or any combination
thereof;
(xii) edible desiccated coconut;
(xiii) spices and condiments and their extracts;

- - 372 - -
 (xiv) candied peels;
(xv) enzymes;
(xvi) permitted stablizing and emulsifying agents;
(xvii) edible foodgrains; edible seeds;
(xviii) baking powder;
(xix) gulkand, gulabanafsha, mulathi;
(xx) puffed rice;
(xxi) china grass;
(xxii) eucalyptus oil, camphor, menthol oil crystals, pepper mint oil;
(xxiii) thymol;
(xxiv) edible oil seed flour and protein isolates;
(xxv) gum arabic and other edible gum.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) Ash sulphated - Not more than 2.5 (on

salt free basis) per cent by weight.
Provided that in case of sugar boiled confectionery where spices are
used as centre filling, the ash sulphated shall not be more than 3 per cent
by weight.
(ii) Ash insoluble (in dilute Not more than 0.2 Per cent by
Hydrochloric acid) weight.
Provided that in case of sugar boiled confectionery where spices are
used as centre filling, the ash insoluble in dilute Hydrochloric acid shall
not be more than 0.4 per cent.
Where the sugar boiled confectionery is sold under the name of milk
toffee and butter toffee, it shall conform to the following additional
requirements as shown against each;

(1) Milk toffee-

(i) Total protein (N x 6.25) shall not be less than 3 per cent by weight
on dry basis.
(ii) Fat content shall not be less than 4 per cent by weight on dry
basis.

(2) Butter toffee- fat content shall not be less than 4 per cent by
weight on dry basis.
Provided that it may contain food additives permitted in Table 2 of

- - 373 - -
Appendix A of these regulations.
Provided further that if artificial sweetener has been added as provided in
Regulation 6.1.3
The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

2. Lozenges: Lozenges shall mean confections made mainly out of

pulverised sugar, or icing sugar with binding materials such as edible
gums, edible gelatine, liquid glucose or dextrin and generally made from
cold mixing which does not require primary boiling or cooking of the
ingredients. It may contain any of the following:-

(i) sweetening agents such as dextrose, dextrosemonohydrate,

honey, invert sugar, sugar, jaggery, bura sugar, khandsari,
sorbitol, liquid glucose;
(ii) milk and milk products;
(iii) nuts and nuts products;
(iv) malt syrup;
(v) edible starches;
(vi) edible common salt;
(vii) ginger powder or extracts;
(viii) cinnamon powder or extracts;
(ix) aniseed powder or extracts;
(x) caraway powder or extracts;
(xi) cardamon powder or extracts;
(xii) cocoa powder or extracts;
(xiii) protein isolates;
(xiv) coffee-extracts or its flavour;
(xv) permitted colour matter;
(xvi) permitted emulsifying and stabilizing agents

(xvii) vitamins and minerals;

It shall also conform to the following standards:

(i) Sucrose content- Not less than 85.0 per cent by

weight.

(ii) Ash sulphated Not more than 3.0

(Salt free basis) per cent by weight

- - 374 - -
(iii) Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.2 per cent Hydrochloric
acid by weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

Provided that if artificial sweetener has been added in the product, it
shall be declared on the label as provided in Regulation 6.1.3:
Provided further that if only permitted artificial sweetener is used in
the products as sweetener, the requirement for sucrose prescribed in
these standards shall not be applicable to such products.

3. Chewing gum and bubble gum shall be prepared from chewing

gum base, or bubble gum base, natural or synthetic, non-toxic; cane
sugar and liquid glucose
(corn syrup).

The following sources of gum base may be used:-

(1) Babul, Kikar (gum Arabic)
(2) KHAIR
(3) Jhingan (Jael)
(4) Ghatti
(5) Chiku (Sapota)
(6) Natural rubber latex
(7) Synthetic rubber latex
(8) Glycerol ester of wood resin
(9) Glycerol ester of gum resin
(10) Synthetic resin
(11) Glycerol ester or partially hydrogenated gum or wood resin.
(12) Natural resin
(13) Polyvinyl acetate
(14) Agar (food grade)
It may also contain any of the following ingredients, namely:-
a. Malt
b) Milk powder
c) Chocolate
d) Coffee
e) Gelatin, food grade

- - 375 - -
 f) Permitted Emulsifiers
g) Water, potable
h) Nutrients like Vitamins, minerals, proteins
It shall be free from dirt, filth, adulterants and harmful ingredients. it
shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

Ingredients Chewing gum Bubble gum

Not less than 12.5 Not less than 14.0

(i) Gum per cent by weight per cent by weight
Not more than 3.5% Not more than 3.5
(ii) Moisture by weight per cent by weight

Not more than 9.5% Not more than 11.5

(iii) Sulphated Ash by weight. per cent by weight.
Not more than 2.0% Not more than 3.5
(iv) Acid insoluble ash by weight. per cent by weight.

Reducing sugars
(calculated as Not less than 4.5% Not less than 5.5
(v) dextrose) by weight. per cent by weight.
Not more than
70.0% Not more than 60.0
(vi) Sucrose by weight. percent by weight.

Provided that it may contain food additives permitted in Table 2 of

Appendix A and these regulations.

Provided further, if artificial sweetener has been added as provided in

Regulation 6.1.3.

Provided also, that, if only artificial sweetener is added in the product

as sweeteners the parameters namely, reducing sugars and sucrose
prescribed in the table above shall not be applicable to such product
The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

4. Chocolate- Chocolate means a homogeneous product obtained by

an adequate process of manufacture from a mixture of one or more of
the ingredients, namely, cocoa beans, cocoa nib, cocoa mass, cocoa press
cake and cocoa dust (cocoa fines/powder), including fat reduced cocoa
powder with or without addition of sugars, cocoa butter, milk solids
including milk fat The chocolates shall not contain any vegetable fat
other than cocoa butter.

- - 376 - -
 The material shall be free from rancidity or off odour, insect and
fungus infestation, filth, adulterants and any harmful or injurious matter.
The chocolates shall be of the following types:-

Milk chocolates is obtained from one or more of cocoa nib, cocoa

mass, cocoa press cake, cocoa powder including low-fat cocoa powder
with sugar and milk solids including milk fat and cocoa butter.

Milk Covering Chocolate - as defined above, but suitable for covering

purposes.

Plain Chocolate is obtained from one or more of cocoa nib, cocoa

mass, cocoa press cake, cocoa powder including low fat cocoa powder
with sugar and cocoa butter.

Plain Covering Chocolate-same as plain chocolate but suitable for

covering purposes.

Blended Chocolate means the blend of milk and plain chocolates in

varying proportions.

White chocolate is obtained from cocoa butter, milk solids, including

milk fat and sugar.

Filled Chocolates means a product having an external coating of

chocolate with a centre clearly distinct through its composition from the
external coating, but does not include flour confectionery pastry and
biscuit products. The coating shall be of chocolate that meets the
requirements of one or more of the chocolate types mentioned above.
The amount of chocolate component of the coating shall not be less than
25 per cent of the total mass of the finished product.

Composite Chocolate-means a product containing at least 60 per cent

of chocolate by weight and edible wholesome substances such as fruits,
nuts. It shall contain one or more edible wholesome substances which
shall not be less than 10 per cent of the total mass of finished product.

Provided that it may contain artificial sweeteners as provided in

Regulation 6.1.3.

- - 377 - -
 Provided further that in addition to the ingredients mentioned above,
the chocolate may contain one or more of the substances as outlined
below, under different types of chocolates.
(a) edible salts
(b) spices and condiments
(c) permitted emulsifying and stabilizing agents
(d) permitted sequestering and buffering agents.
The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

Chocolates shall also conform to the following standards

namely:-

Sl.
Requirements for
No.Characteristics

Milk Plain
Milk Covering Plain Coverin White Blended
Coverin Chocolat Chocolat g Chocola Chocolat
g e e Chocola te e
te
1. Total fat (on
dry basis) per
25 25 25 25 25 25
cent by weight.
Not less than
2. Milk fat (on dry
basis) Percent by
2 2 - - 2 -
weight. Not less
than
3. Cocoa solids
(on Moisture-free
and fat free 2.5 2.5 12 12 - 3.0
basis) percent by
weight
Not less than 10.5 10.5 - - 10.5 1
4. Milk Solids (on
Moisture-free and fat-
free basis) percent by - - - - 9
weight. Not less
than/not more than
5. Acid insoluble
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
ash

- - 378 - -
 (on moisture fat and
sugar
free basis) percent by
weight.
Not more than

Regulation 5.7.2: SUGAR

1. PLANTATION WHITE SUGAR” (commonly known as sugar)

means the crystallised product obtained from sugarcane or sugar beet. It
shall be free from dirt, filth, iron filings, and added colouring matter.
Extraneous matter shall not exceed 0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also
conform to the following standards, namely :-

a) Moisture (when heated at 105 Not more than 0.5 per cent by
degree ± 1 degree C for 3 hours) weight.

b) Sucrose Not less than 98 per cent by

weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these

regulations including Appendix A.

2. “REFINED SUGAR” means the white crystallised sugar obtained

by refining of plantation white sugar. It shall be free from dirt, filth, iron
filings and added colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not exceed
0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:-

Moisture (when heated at

(a) 1050 ± 10 C for 3 hours) Not more than 0.5 per cent by weight.
Not less than 99.5 per cent by
(b) Sucrose weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A.

3. “KHANDSARI SUGAR” obtained from sugarcane juice by open

pan process may be of two varieties, namely:

- - 379 - -
 (i) Khandsari Sugar Desi; and
(ii) Khandsari Sugar (sulphur) also known as “Sulphur Sugar”.
It may be crystalline or in powder form. It shall be free from dirt,
filth, iron filings and added colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not
exceed 0.25 per cent by weight. It may contain sodium bicarbonate (food
grade). It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

Khandsari Sugar Khandsari Sugar

(Sulphur Sugar) (Desi)
Moisture (when heated Not more than 1.5
Not more than 1.5
(i) at 105° ± 1° C for 3 per cent by
per cent by weight.
hours) weight.
Not more than 0.7
Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.5
(ii) per cent by
hydrochloric acid per cent by weight
weight.
Not less than 96.5
Not less than 93.0
(iii) Sucrose per cent by
per cent by weight. weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these

regulations including Appendix A.

NOTE: - Khandsari sugar can be distinguished from plantation white

sugar on the following characteristics, namely:
Khandsari Sugar Khandsari Sugar
(Sulphur Sugar) (Desi)
Not more than 100
Conductivity 100-300 in 5%
(i) in 5% solution at
(106 mho/cm2) solution at 30oC
30oC
Calcium oxide
(ii) Not more than 100 Not more than 50
(mg/100gms)
The product may contain food additives in Appendix A

4. “BURA SUGAR” means the fine grain size product made out of any
kind of sugar. It shall be free from dirt, filth, iron filing and added
colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not exceed 0.1 per cent by
weight. It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

(a) Sucrose Not less than 90.0 per cent by weight.

(b) Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 0.7 per cent by weight.
hydrochloric acid
The product may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A.

- - 380 - -
5. CUBE SUGAR means the sugar in the form of cube or cuboid
blocks manufactured from refined crystallised sugar. It shall be white in
colour, free from dirt and other extraneous contamination. It shall
conform to the following standards :-
Sucrose Not less than 99.7 per cent by weight.

Moisture Not more than 0.25 per cent by weight.

Total ash Not more than 0.03 per cent by weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A.

6. ICING SUGAR means the sugar manufactured by pulverizing

refined sugar or vacuum pan (plantation white) sugar with or without
edible starch. Edible starch, if added, shall be uniformly extended in the
sugar. It shall be in form of white powder, free from dust, or any other
extraneous matter.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A. It shall conform to the following standards:-
Total starch and sucrose Not less than 99.0 per cent (moisture
free) by weight.

Moisture Not more than 0.80

per cent by weight.

Starch Not more than 4.0 per

cent by weight on dry
basis.

Regulation 5.7.3: MISRI

1. MISRI means the product made in the form of candy obtained from
any kind of sugar or palmyrah juice. It shall be free from dirt filth, iron
filings and added colouring matter. Extraneous matter shall not exceed
0.1 per cent by weight. It shall also conform to the following standards,
namely:-

(a) Total ash Not more than 0.4% by weight

(b) Total Sugar (Called, known or
Not less than 98.0% by weight
expressed as Sucrose)

- - 381 - -
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A.

Regulation 5.7.4: “HONEY”

1. “HONEY” means the natural sweet substance produced by honey

bees from the nectar of blossoms or from secretions of plants which
honey bees collect, transform store in honey combs for ripening.

When visually inspected, the honey shall be free from any foreign
matter such as mould, dirt, scum, pieces of beeswax, the fragments of
bees and other insects and from any other extraneous matter.

The colour of honey vary from light to dark brown. Honey shall
conform to the following standards, namely:—

(a) Specific gravity at 27oC Not less than 1.35

(b) Moisture Not more than 25 per cent by

mass

(c) Not less than 65.0 per cent by

Total reducing sugars mass
(i) for Carbia colossa and Honey Not less than 60 per cent by
dew mass
Not more than 5.0 per cent by
(d) Sucrose
mass
(i) for Carbia colossa and Honey Not more than 10 per cent by
dew mass
(e) Fructose-glucose ratio Not less than 0.95 per cent by
mass
(f) Ash Not more than 0.5 per cent by
mass
(g) Acidity (Expressed as formic Not more than 0.2 per cent by
acid) mass
(h) Fiehe’s test Negative

(i) Hydroxy methyl furfural (HMF), Not more than 80

mg/kg

If Fiehe’s test is positive, and hydroxy methyl furfural (HMF) content

is more than 80 milligram/kilogram then fructose glucose ratio should be

- - 382 - -
1.0 or more.

Regulation 5.7.5: “ICE LOLLIES OR EDIBLE ICES”

1. “ICE LOLLIES OR EDIBLE ICES” means the frozen ice produce

which may contain sugar, syrup, fruit, fruit juices, cocoa, citric acid,
permitted flavours and colours. It may also contain permitted stabilizers
and/or emulsifiers not exceeding 0.5 per cent by weight. It shall not
contain any artificial sweetner.
2, Ice Candy means the frozen ice produce which may contain fruit, fruit
juices, cocoa, nuts, citric acid, permitted flavours and colours. It may also
contain permitted stabilizers and/or emulsions not exceeding 0.5 percent
by weight. The total sugar expressed as sucrose shall not less than 10
percent by weight. It shall not contain any artificial sweetener"

Ice Candy means the product obtained by freezing a pasteurized mix

prepared from a mixture of water, nutritive sweeteners e.g. sugar,
dextrose, liquid glucose, dried liquid glucose, honey, fruits and fruit
products, coffee, cocoa, ginger, nuts and salt. The product may contain
food additives permitted in these regulations including Appendix A. It
shall conform to the microbiological requirements prescribed in
Appendix B. It shall conform to the following requirement:—

(i) Total sugars expressed as Sucrose ... Not less than 10.0 percent

Regulation 5.7.6: GUR OR JAGGERY

1. GUR OR JAGGERY means the product obtained by boiling or

processing juice pressed out of sugarcane or extracted from palmyra
palm, date palm or coconut palm. It shall be free from substances
deleterious to health and shall conform to the following analytical
standards, on dry weight basis :-

Total sugars Not less than 90 percent and

expressed as sucrose not less than 60 percent
invert sugar -

Extraneous matter Not more than 2 per cent. insoluble in

water

- - 383 - -
Total ash Not more than 6 per cent.

Ash insoluble in Not more than 0.5 per cent.

hydrochloric acid (HCL)

Gur or jaggery other than that of the liquid or semi liquid variety
shall not contain more than 10% moisture.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations including Appendix A.
Sodium bicarbonate, if used for clarification purposes, shall be of food
grade quality.

Regulation 5.7.7: DEXTROSE

1. DEXTROSE is a white or light cream granular powder, odourless

and having a sweet taste.
When heated with potassium cupritartarate solution it shall produce a
copious precipitate of cuprous oxide. It shall conform to the following
standards:-

Sulphated ash… ….Not more than 0.1 per cent on dry basis.
Acidity……. 5.0 gm. dissolved in 50 ml. of freshly
boiled and cooled water requires for
neutralisation not more than 0.20 ml.
of N/10 sodium hydroxide to
phenolphthalein indicator.
Glucose …………… Not less than 99.0 per cent on dry
basis.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A.

Regulation 5.7.8: GOLDEN SYRUP

1. GOLDEN SYRUP means the syrup obtained by inversion of sugar.

It shall be golden yellow in colour, pleasant in taste and free from any

- - 384 - -
crystallisation.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Moisture Not more than 25.0 per cent by

weight.

Total ash Not more than 2.5 per cent by

weight.
Total sugar as Not less than 72.0 percent
invert sugar by weight.

The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations

including Appendix A.
Sodium bicarbonate, if used, for clarification purposes, shall be of
Food Grade Quality.

Regulation 5.7.9: SYNTHETIC SYRUP or SHARBAT

1. SYNTHETIC SYRUP or SHARBAT means the syrup obtained by

blending syrup made from sugar, dextrose or liquid glucose.
It may also contain fruit juice and other ingredients appropriate to
the product. It shall be free from burnt or objectionable taints, flavours,
artificial sweetening agents, extraneous matter and crystallization. It may
contain citric acid, permitted colours, permitted preservatives and
permitted flavouring agents. It shall also conform to the following
standards namely:-

Total soluble solids Not less than 65 per cent by weight

Regulation 5.7.10: SACCHARIN SODIUM

1. SACCHARIN SODIUM commonly known as soluble Saccharin

having an empirical formula as C7 H4 NNaO3S.2H2O and molecular weight
as 241.2 shall be the material which is soluble at 200 C in 1.5 parts of
water and 50 parts of alcohol (95 per cent); and shall contain not less
than 98.0 per cent and not more than the equivalent of 100.5 per cent of
C7 H4 O3 NSNa calculated with reference to the substance dried to
constant weight at 1050 C, assay being carried out as presented in Indian
Pharmacopoeia. It shall not contain more than 2 p.p.m. of arsenic and 10

- - 385 - -
p.p.m. of lead. The melting point of Saccharin isolated from the material
as per Indian Pharmacopoeia method shall be between 2260 C and 2300
C. The loss on drying of the material at 1050 C shall not be less than 12.0
per cent and not more than 16.0 per cent of its weight.
The material shall satisfy the tests of identification and shall conform
to the limit tests for free acid or alkali, ammonium compounds and
parasulpha moylbenzoate as mentioned in the Indian Pharmacopoeia.

Regulation 5.7.11: DRIED GLUCOSE SYRUP

1. DRIED GLUCOSE SYRUP means the material in the form of coarse

or fine, white to creamish white powder, sweet to taste, bland in flavour
and somewhat hygroscopic. It shall be free from fermentation, evidence
of mould growth, dirt or other extraneous matter or added sweetening or
flavouring agent.
It shall also not contain any added natural or coaltar food colour. It
shall conform to the following standards:-

Total solid contents Not less than 93.0 per cent by

weight.
Reducing sugar content Not less than 20.0 per cent by
weight.
Sulphated ash Not more than 1.0 per cent by
weight.
The product may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
including Appendix A.

Regulation 5.7.12: ASPARTYL PHENYL ALANINA METHYL ESTER

1. Aspartyl Phenyl Alanina Methyl Ester commonly known as

Aspertame, having empirical formula as C14 H18 N2 O5 and molecular
weight as 294.31 shall be the material which is slightly soluble in water
and Methanole. It shall contain not less than 98 per cent and not more
than 102 per cent of Aspertame on dried basis. It shall not contain more
than 3 ppm of Arsenic and 10 ppm of Lead.
The loss on drying of the material at 1050 C for 4 hours shall not be more
than 4.3 per cent of its weight. The sulphate ash shall not be more than
0.2 per cent. It shall not contain more than 1 per cent of diketo-piper-
azine.

- - 386 - -
Regulation 5.7.13: Acesulfame Potassium

1. Acesulfame Potassium commonly known as Acesulfame-K,

having empirical formula C4H4KNO4S, molecular weight as 201.24 shall be
the material which is odourless, white crystalline powder having intensely
sweet taste and is very slightly soluble in ethanol but freely soluble in
water. It shall contain not less than 99 per cent and not more than 101
per cent of Acesulfame-K on dried basis. It shall not contain more than 3
ppm. Flouride. Heavy metals content shall not be more than 10 ppm. The
loss on drying of material at 105 degree centigrade for two hours shall
not be more than 1 percent of its weight.

Regulation 5.7.14: Sucralose

1. Sucralose:

Chemical name – 1, 6-Dichloro-1, 6-Dideoxy-β-D-Fructofuranosyl-4-

Chloro-4-Deoxy-a-D-galactopyranoside;
Synonyms -4, 1 ‘6’-Trichlorogalactosucrose; INS 955
Chemical formula - C12H19CI3O8
Molecular weight- 397.64

It shall be white to off-white, odourless, crystalline powder, having

a sweet taste. It shall be freely soluble in water, in methanol and in
alcohol and slightly soluble in ethyl acetate. It shall contain not less than
98.0% and not more than 102.0% of C12H19CI3O8 calculated on
anhydrous basis. It shall not contain more than 3PPM of Arsenic (as AS)
and 10PPM or heavy metals (as Pb). It shall not contain more than 0.1%
of methanol. Residue on ignition shall not be more than 0.7% and water
not more than 0.2%.

Part 5.8: SALT, SPICES, CONDIMENTS AND RELATED PRODUCTS

Note: (1) The extraneous matter wherever prescribed, shall be classified

as follows:
a. Organic extraneous matter such as chaff, stems, straw
b. Inorganic extraneous matter such as dust, dirt, stones and lumpsof
earth.
(2) Of the permitted extraneous matters in items 5.8.1, 5.8.3,
5.8.4, 5.8.5, 5.8.8, 5.8.9, 5.8.10, 5.8.11, 5.8.12, 5.8.14, 5.8.15,
5.8.16, 5.8.17 and 5.8.18 the inorganic extraneous matter shall not

- - 387 - -
 exceed 2 percent by weight

Regulation 5.8.1: Caraway (Siahjira):

1. (Siahjira) whole means the mericarps of nearly mature fruit of

Carum carvi L. The fruits are split into two mericarps by thrashing
after drying. It shall have characteristic flavour and shall be free
from extraneous flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent
contamination. It shall be free from attack by Screlotinia
mushrooms. It shall be free from added colouring matter and other
harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:-

(i) Extraneous matter Not more than 1.0 percent by

weight

(ii) Moisture Not more than 13.0 percent

by weight

(iii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 8.0 percent by
weight

(iv) Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.5 percent by
basis. weight

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 2.5 percent by
(v/w).

(vi) Insect damaged matter Not more than 1.0 percent by

weight

Blond Caraway (Carum carvi) whole is slightly larger and its colour is
paler.

2. Caraway Black (Siahjira) Whole means the dried seeds of

Carum bulbocastanum. It shall conform to the following standards.

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Not more than 9.0 percent by

(iii) Total ash on dry basis weight

- - 388 - -
 Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by
(iv) dry basis. weight

Volatile oil content on dry

v) basis Not less than 1.5 percent by (v/w)

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Insect damaged matter weight

1. Caraway (Siahjira) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding the dried mature fruit of Carum Carvi L. without addition of any
other matter. It may be in the form of small pieces of seeds or in finely
ground form. It shall have characteristic flavour and shall be free from
extraneous flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall
be free from added colouring matter and other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 12.0 percent

(i) Moisture by weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.5 percent by
(iii) basis weight

(iv)
VolVolatile oil content on dry basis
Not less than 2.25 percent by
Black v/w
Not less than 1.33 percent by
Blond v/w

Regulation 5.8.2: Cardamom (Elaichi)

1. Cardamom (Chhoti Elaichi) Whole means the dried capsules of

nearly ripe fruits of Elettaria cardamomum L. Maton Var. Minuscula
Burkill. The capsules may be light green to brown or pale cream to
white when bleached with sulphur dioxide. It shall have
characteristic flavour free from any foreign odour, mustiness or
rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects,
insect fragments, rodent contamination. Thrip marks alone should
not lead to the conclusion that the capsules have been infested with

- - 389 - -
 insects. The product shall be free from added colouring matter and
other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Empty and malformed capsules Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) by count count

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(iii) Immature and shrivelled capsules weight

Not more than 13.0 percent by

(iv) Moisture weight

Not more than 9.5 percent by

(v) Total ash on dry basis weight

Not less than 3.5 percent by

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vii) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Cardamom (Chhoti Elaichi) seeds means the decorticated seeds

separated from the dried capsules of nearly ripe fruits of Elettaria
Cardamomum L. Maton var miniscula Burkill. The seeds shall have
characteristic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness or rancidity.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter and any other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Light seeds weight

Not more than 13.0 percent by

(iii) Moisture weight

- - 390 - -
 Not more than 9.5 percent by
(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Volatile oil content on dry

(v) basis Not less than 3.5 percent by v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Insect damaged matter weight

Explanation :- Light seeds mean seeds that are brown or red in

colour and broken immature and shrivelled seeds.

3. Cardamom (Chhoti Elaichi) powder means the powder obtained

by grinding dried seeds of Elettaria Cardamomum L. Maton var
miniscula Burkill without addition of any other substance. It may be in
the form of small pieces of seeds or in finely ground form. It shall
have characteristic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness or
rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added
colouring matter and other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 11.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 3.0 percent by
(iii) basis. weight

Not less than 3.0 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w.

4. Large Cardamom (Badi Elaichi) whole means the dried nearly

ripe fruit (capsule) of Amomum subulatum Roxb. The capsule shall
have characteristic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness and
rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from
added colouring matter and any harmful substance.

- - 391 - -
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Empty and malformed capsules Not more than 2.0 percent by

(ii) by count count

Immature and shrivelled Not more than 2.0 percent by

(iii) capsules weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iv) Moisture weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by

(v) dry basis. weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(vi) Total ash on dry basis weight

Volatile oil content of seeds on Not less than 1.0 percent by

(vii) dry basis v/w.

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Insect damaged matter weight

5. Large Cardamom (Badi Elaichi) seeds means the seeds obtained

by decortication of capsules of Amomum subulatum Roxb. It shall have
characteristic flavour free from foreign odour, mustiness and rancidity.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter and other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Light seeds / Brown / Red seeds weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iii) Moisture weight

- - 392 - -
 Not more than 8.0 percent by
(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by

(v) dry basis. weight

Not less than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vii) Insect damaged matter weight.

6. Large Cardamom (Badi Elaichi) powder means the powder

obtained by grinding seeds of Amomum subulatum Roxb, without the
addition of any other substance. It may be in the form of small pieces of
seeds or in finely ground form. The powder shall have characteristic
flavour free from off flavour, mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination.
The powder shall be free from added colouring matter and any harmful
substance.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 11.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 2.0 percent by
(iii) basis. weight

Not less than 1.0 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis weight

Regulation 5.8.3: Chillies and Capsicum (Lal Mirchi)

1. Chillies and Capsicum (Lal Mirchi) whole - means the dried ripe
fruits or pods of the Capsicum annum L & Capsicum frutescens L. The
pods shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from extraneous
colouring matter, coating of mineral oil and other harmful substances.

- - 393 - -
 It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(ii) Unripe and marked fruits weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(iii) Broken fruits, seed & fragments weight

Not more than 11.0 percent by

(iv) Moisture weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(v) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.3 percent by

(vi) dry basis weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vii) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Chillies and Capsicum (Lal Mirchi) powder means the powder

obtained by grinding clean ripe fruits or pods of Capsicum annum L and
Capsicum frutescens L. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be dry,
free from dirt, extraneous colouring matter, flavouring matter, mineral oil
and other harmful substances. The chilli powder may contain any edible
vegetable oil to a maximum limit of 2.0 percent by weight under a label
declaration for the amount and nature of oil used.
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 11.0

(i) Moisture percent by weight

Not more than 8.0

(ii) Total ash on dry basis percent by weight

Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 1.3

(iii) HCL on dry basis percent by weight

(iv Not more than 30.0

) Crude fibre percent by weight

- - 394 - -
 Non-volatile ether extract Not less than 12.0 percent
(v) on dry basis by weight

Regulation 5.8.4: Cinnamon (Dalchini)

1. Cinnamon (Dalchini) whole means the inner bark of trunks or

branches of Cinnamomum Zeylanicum Blume. It shall have characteristic
odour and flavour and shall be free from foreign flavour and mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter, foreign vegetable matter and other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Not more than 7.0 percent by

(iii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by

(iv) dry basis. weight

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 0.7 percent by v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Cinnamon (Dalchini) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding inner bark of trunk or branches of Cinnamomum Zeylanicum
Blume. The powder shall be yellowish to reddish brown in colour with
characteristic odour and flavour and shall be free from off flavour and
mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added
colouring matter, foreign vegetable matter and other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

- - 395 - -
 Not more than 7.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 2.0 percent by
(iii) basis. weight

Not less than 0.5 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis weight

Regulation 5.8.5: Cassia (Taj)

1. Cassia (Taj) Whole means the bark of trees of Cinnamomum

Cassia (Nees) ex Blume, Cinnamomum aromaticum (Nees) Syn,
Cinnamomum burmanii (C.G. Nees) blume and Cinnamomum loureini
Nees. The product shall have characteristic odour and flavour and shall be
free from off flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living
and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product
shall be free from added colouring matter, foreign vegetable matter and
other harmful substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(iii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.0 percent by

(iv) dry basis weight

Not less than 2.0 percent by

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w.

2. Cassia (Taj) powder means the powder obtained by grinding bark

of trees of Cinnamomum Cassia (Nees) ex Blume, Cinnamomum
aromaticum (Nees) Syn, Cinnamomum burmanii (CG Nees) Blume and
Cinnamomum loureini Nees without addition of any other matter. The
powder shall have characteristic odour and flavour and shall be free from
off flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free

- - 396 - -
from added colouring matter, foreign vegetable matter and other harmful
substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:

(i) Not more than 12.0 percent

Moisture by weight

(ii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 5.0 percent
by weight

(iii) Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.0 percent
basis by v/w

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 1.5 percent
by weight

Regulation 5.8.6: Cloves (Laung)

1. Cloves (Laung) Whole means the dried unopened flower buds of

Eugenia Caryophyllus (C. Sprengel) Bullock and Harrision. It shall be of a
reddish brown to blackish brown colour with a strong aromatic odour free
from off flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. It shall be free
from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(ii) Tendrils, Mother Cloves weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(iii) Khokar Cloves weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iv) Moisture weight

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 17.0 percent by v/w

- - 397 - -
 Not more than 2.0 percent by
(vi) Headless cloves weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(vii) Insect damaged cloves weight

Explanation: (1) Headless Cloves: A Clove consisting of only the

receptacle and sepals and which has lost the domed shaped head.
(2) Khoker Cloves: A Clove which has undergone fermentation as a
result of incomplete drying as evidenced by its pale brown colour whitish
mealy appearance and other wrinkled surface.

(3) Mother Cloves: A fruit in the form of a ovoid brown berry

surmounted by four incurved sepals.

2. Cloves (Laung) powder means the powder obtained by grinding

the dried unopened flower buds of Eugenia Caryophyllus (C. Sprengel)
Bullock and Harrision without any addition. It shall be of a brown colour
with a violet tinge and shall have a strong spicy aromatic odour free from
off flavour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. It shall be free from
added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 7.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 0.5 percent by
(iii) basis. weight

Not less than 16.0 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 13.0 percent by

(v) Crude Fibre weight

- - 398 - -
Regulation 5.8.7: Coriander (Dhania)

1. Coriander (Dhania) whole means the dried mature fruits (seeds)

of Coriandrum sativum L. It shall have characteristic aroma and flavour.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(ii) Split fruits weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(iii) Damaged / Discoloured fruits weight

Not more than 9.0 percent by

(iv) Moisture weight

Not less than 0.1 percent by

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 7.0 percent by

(vi) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.5 percent by
(vii) basis. weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Coriander (Dhania) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding clean, sound, dried mature fruits of Coriandrum sativum L. It
shall be in the form of rough or fine powder. It shall have typical aroma
and shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination; the powder shall
be free from added colour, starch, bleach or preservative.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

- - 399 - -
(i) Moisture Not more than 9.0 percent
by weight

(ii) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 0.09 percent
by v/w

(iii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 7.0 percent
by weight

(iv) Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.5 percent
basis. by weight

Regulation 5.8.8: Cumin (Zeera, Kalonji)

1. Cumin (Safed Zeera) whole means the dried mature fruits of

Cuminum Cyminum L. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free
from mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects,
insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from
added colour and harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 3.0

(i) Extraneous matter percent by weight

Broken fruits (Damaged, Not more than 5.0

(ii) shrivelled, percent by weight
discoloured and
immature seed)

Not more than 10.0

(iii) Moisture percent by weight

Not more than 9.5

(iv) Total ash on dry basis percent by weight

Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 3.0

(v) HCL on dry basis. percent by weight

Non volatile ether extract Not less than 15.0

(vi) on dry basis percent by weight

Volatile oil content on dry Not less than 1.5 percent

(vii) basis by v/w

(viii) Proportion of edible Absent

- - 400 - -
 seeds other than
cumin seeds

Not more than 1.0

(x) Insect damaged matter percent by weight

2. Cumin (Safed Zeera) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding the dried mature seeds of Cuminum Cyminum L. It shall have
characteristic aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination.
The powder shall be free from added colour and harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 10.0

(i) Moisture percent by weight

Not more than 9.5

(ii) Total ash on dry basis percent by weight

Acid insoluble ash on Not more than 1.5

(iii) dry basis percent by weight

Non volatile ether Not less than 15.0

(iv) extract on dry basis percent by weight

Volatile oil content on Not less than 1.3 percent

(v) dry basis by v/w

3. Cumin Black (Kalonji) whole means the seeds of Nigella sativa

L. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colour and
harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.5

(i) Extraneous matter percent by weight

Broken fruits (Damaged, Not more than 5.0

(ii) shrivelled, percent by weight
discoloured and immature

- - 401 - -
 seed)

Not more than 10.0

(iii) Moisture percent by weight

Not more than 8.0

(iv) Total ash on dry basis percent by weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL Not more than 1.5

(v) on dry basis percent by weight

Non volatile ether extract Not less than 12.0

(vi) on dry basis percent by weight

Volatile oil content on dry Not less than 1.0 percent

(vii) basis by v/w

Edible seeds other than Not more than 2.0

(viii) cumin black percent by weight

Not more than 1.0

(ix) Insect damaged matter percent by weight

4. Cumin Black (Kalonji) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding the dried seeds of Nigella sativa L. It shall have characteristic
aromatic flavour free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living
and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder
shall be free from added colour and harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 10.0

(i) Moisture percent by weight

Not more than 7.0

(ii) Total ash on dry basis percent by weight

Ash insoluble in dilute Not more than 1.5

(iii) HCL on dry basis percent by weight

Volatile oil content on dry Not less than 0.9 percent

(iv) basis by v/w

Non volatile ether extract Not less than 12.0

(v) on dry basis (ml/100gm) percent by weight

- - 402 - -
Regulation: 5.8.9: Fennel (Saunf)

1. Fennel (Saunf) whole means the dried ripe fruit of Foeniculum

vulgare P. Miller Var. Vulgare. It shall have characteristic flavour free
from foreign odour, mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from mould,
living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The
product shall be free from added colouring matter and any harmful
substance.
It shall conform to the following standards:-
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(ii) Defective seeds weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iii) Moisture weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by

(v) dry basis. weight

Not less than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

(vii) Edible seeds other than fennel Absent

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Fennel (Saunf) powder means the power obtained by grinding

ripe fruits (seeds) of Foeniculum Vulgare P. Miller Var Vulgare. The
powder shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from off flavour,
mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free
from added colouring matter and any harmful substance.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 12.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

- - 403 - -
 Not more than 9.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 2.0 percent by

(iii) dry basis. weight

Not less than 1.0 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Regulation 5.8.10: Fenugreek (Methi)

1. Fenugreek (Methi) Whole means the dried mature seeds of
Trigonella foenum graecum L. The seeds shall be free from any off
flavour, mustiness and rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall
be free from added colour, and other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(iii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.5 percent by

(iv) dry basis weight

Cold water soluble extract on dry Not less than 30.0 percent by
(v) basis weight

Edible seeds other than Not more than 2.0 percent by

(vii) fenugreek weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Fenugreek (Methi) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding the dried mature seeds of Trigonella foenum graecum L. It shall
be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent
contamination. The powder shall be free from added colour and other
harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

- - 404 - -
 Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.5 percent by

(iii) dry basis. weight

Cold water soluble extract on dry Not less than 30.0 percent by
(iv) basis weight

Regulation 5.8.11: Ginger (Sonth, Adrak)

1. Ginger (Sonth, Adrak) whole means the dried rhizome of

Zingiber officinale Roscoe in pieces irregular in shape and size, pale
brown in colour with peel not entirely removed and washed and dried in
sun. It may be bleached with lime. It shall have characteristic taste and
flavour free from musty odour or rancid or bitter taste. It shall be free
from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, and rodent
contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

(iii) Total ash on dry basis

Not more than 8.0 percent by
a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 12.0 percent by
b) Bleached weight

Calcium as Calcium oxide on dry

(iv) basis
Not more than 1.1 percent by
a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 2.5 percent by
b) Bleached weight

- - 405 - -
 Not less than 1.5 percent by
(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Insect damaged matter weight

2. Ginger (Sonth, Adrak) Powder means the powder obtained by

grinding rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe. It shall have characteristic
taste and flavour free from musty odour or rancid or bitter taste. It shall
be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, and rodent
contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

(ii) Total ash on dry basis

Not more than 8.0 percent by
a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 12.0 percent by
b) Bleached weight

Calcium as Calcium oxide on dry

(iii) basis
Not more than 1.1 percent by
a) Unbleached weight
Not more than 2.5 percent by
b) Bleached weight

Not less than 1.5 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not less than 1.7 percent by

(v) Water soluble ash on dry basis weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis weight
(vii)
Alcohol (90% v/w) soluble
extract on dry Not less than 5.1 percent by
basis weight
Cold water soluble extract on dry Not less than 11.4 percent by
(viii) basis weight

- - 406 - -
Regulation 5.8.12: Mace (Jaipatri)

1. Mace (Jaipatri) whole means the dried coat or aril of the seed of
Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall not contain the aril of any other
variety of Myristica nalabarica or Fatua (Bombay mace) and Myristica
argenea (Wild mace). It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free
from foreign odour and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and
dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall
be free from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 0.5 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Not more than 4.0 percent by

(iii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 0.5 percent by

(iv) dry basis. weight

Not less than 7.5 percent by

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vi) Insect damaged matter weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vii) Nutmeg in mace weight

2. Mace (Jaipatri) powder means the powder obtained by grinding

dried coat or aril of the seed of Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall have
characteristic aromatic flavour free from foreign odour and mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring
matter.
The powder shall conform to the following requirements:-

- - 407 - -
 Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 0.5 percent by
(iii) basis weight

Not less than 5.0 percent by

(iv) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(v) Crude fibre weight

Not less than 20.0 and not

(vi) Non-volatile ether extract more than
30.0 percent by weight.

Regulation 5.8.13: Mustard (Rai, Sarson)

1. Mustard (Rai, Sarson) whole means the dried, clean mature

seeds of one or more of the plants of Brassica alba. (L). Boiss (Safed rai),
Brassica compestris L.var, dichotoma (Kali Sarson), Brasssica
Compestris, L. Var, yellow Sarson, Syn, Brassica compestris L, var glauca
(Pili Sarson), Brassica, compestris L. Var. toria (Toria), Barassicajuncea,
(L). Coss et Czern (Rai, Lotni) and Brassica nigra (L); Koch (Benarasi
rai). It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from the
seeds of Argemone Maxicana L, any other harmful substances and added
colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(ii) Damaged or Shrivelled seeds weight

- - 408 - -
 Not more than 10.0 percent
(iii) Moisture by weight

Not more than 6.5 percent by

(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on dry Not more than 1.0 percent by
(v) basis weight

Non volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 28.0 percent by
(vi) basis weight

Not less than 0.3 percent by

(vii) Violatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Insect damaged matter weight

Allyl iso thiocyanate (m/m) on

(ix) dry basis
Not less than 1.0 percent by
a) B nigra weight
Not less than 0.7 percent by
b) B Juncea weight

P-hydroxybenzyl iso-thiocyanate
(m/m) on dry basis in sinapist Not less than 2.3 percent by
(x) alba weight

(xi) Argemone seeds Absent

2. Mustard (Rai, Sarson) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding dried, clean mature seeds of one or more of the plants of
Brassica alba. (L). Boiss (Safed rai), Brassica compestris L. var,
dischotoma (Kali Sarson), Brassica Compestris, L. Var, (yellow Sarson),
Syn, Brassica compestris L, var glauca (Pili Sarson), Brassica, compestris
L. Var. toria (Toria), Barassicajuncea, (L). Coss et Czern (Rai, Lotni) and
Brassica nigra (L); Koch (Benarasi rai) without addition of any other
matter. It shall have characteristic pungent aromatic flavour free from
rancidity and mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free
from Argemone maxicana. L and other harmful substances. It shall also
be free from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:

- - 409 - -
 Not more than 7.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 6.5 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.0 percent by

(iii) dry basis. weight

Non volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 28.0 percent by
(iv) basis weight

Not less than 0.3 percent by

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(vi) Crude fibre weight

Not more than 2.5 per cent by

(vii) Starch weight

(viii) Test for argemone oil Negative

Regulation 5.8.14: Nutmeg (Jaiphal)

1. Nutmeg (Jaiphal) whole means the dried seed (kernel) of

Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall be of greyish brown colour but it
may be white if it has been subjected to liming. It shall have
characteristic aromatic flavour free from foreign odour and mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, and
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

(i) Extraneous matter Absent

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Mace in Nutmeg weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(iii) Moisture weight

(iv) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 3.0 percent by

- - 410 - -
 weight

Not more than 1.5 percent by

(v) Water insoluble ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 0.5 percent by

(vi) dry basis. weight

Not less than 6.5 percent by

(vii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Calcium content expressed as Not more than 0.35 percent by

(viii) Calcium weight
Oxide on dry basis

2. Nutmeg (Jaiphal) powder means the powder obtained by

grinding the dried seeds (kernel) or Myristica fragrans Houttuyn. It shall
have characteristic aromatic flavour free from foreign odour and
mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect
fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added
colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 8.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Not more than 1.5 percent by

(iii) Water insoluble ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 0.5 percent by

(iv) dry basis weight

Not less than 6.0 percent by

(v) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(vi) Crude Fibre weight

Non volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 25.0 percent by
(vii) basis weight

- - 411 - -
Regulation 5.8.15: Pepper Black (Kalimirch)

1. Pepper Black (Kalimirch) whole means the dried berries of Piper

nigrum L., brown to black in colour with a wrinkled pericarp. The berries
are generally picked before complete ripening and may be brown, grey or
black in colour. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects,
insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from
added colour, mineral oil and any other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(ii) Light Berries weight

Not more than 4.0 percent by

(iii) Pinheads or broken berries weight

Not less than 490 gm/litre by

(iv) Bulk Density (gm/litre) weight

Not more than 13.0 percent by

(v) Moisture weight

Not more than 6.0 percent by

(vi) Total ash on dry basis weight

Non volatile ether extract on Not less than 6.0 percent by

(vii) dry basis weight

(viii) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 2.0 percent by v/w

Not less than 4.0 percent by

(ix) Peperine Content on dry basis weight

Insect damaged matter Not more than 1.0 percent by

(x) (percent by weight
weight)

Explanation:-

(a) Light Berry means berry that has reached an apparently normal
stage of development but the kernel does not exist.

- - 412 - -
 (b) Pinhead means berry of very small size that has not developed.
(c) Broken berry means berry that has been separated in two or more
parts.

2. Pepper Black (Kali Mirch) powder means the powder obtained

by grinding dried berries of Piper nigrum L without addition to any other
matter. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour free from foreign
odour, mustiness or rancidity. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free
from added colouring matter, mineral oil and any other harmful
substances.
It shall conform to the following standards:-
Not more than 12.5 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 6.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.2 percent by

(iii) dry basis weight

Not more than 17.5 percent by

(iv) Crude Fibre on dry basis weight

Non volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 6.0 percent by
(v) basis weight

Not less than 1.75 percent by

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not less than 4.0 percent by

(vii) Peperine Content on dry basis weight
(viii) Salmonella absent in 25 gm

3. Light Black Pepper means the dried berries of Piper nigrum L.

dark brown to dark black in colour. It shall be well dried and free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination.
It shall conform to the following standards:-

(i) Extraneous matter Not more than 1.0 percent by weight

(ii) Other Foreign edible seeds Not more than 2.0 percent by weight

- - 413 - -
4. Pinheads shall be wholly derived from the spikes of piper nigrum
L. They shall be reasonably dry and free from insects. The colour shall be
from dark brown to black. It shall be free from added colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Extraneous matter Not more than 1.0 percent by weight

Regulation 5.8.16: Poppy (Khas Khas)

1. Poppy (Khas Khas) whole means the dried mature seeds of

Papaver somniferum L. It may be white or greyish in colour with
characteristic flavour free from off flavour, mustiness and rancidity. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter and any other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 11.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Non volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 40.0 percent by
(iii) basis weight

Regulation 5.8.17: Saffron (Kesar)

1. Saffron (Kesar) means the dried stigmas or tops of styles of

Crocus Sativus Linnaeus. It shall be dark red in colour with a slightly
bitter and pungent flavour, free from foreign odour and mustiness. It
shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added colouring
matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

- - 414 - -
 Not more than 10.0 percent by
(ii) Floral waste weight

Moisture and volatile matter at Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iii) 103 ± ºC weight

Not more than 8.0 percent by

(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.5 percent by

(v) dry basis weight

Solubility in cold water on dry Not more than 65.0 percent by

(vi) weight weight
Basis

(vii)
Bitterness expressed as direct
reading of absorbance of
picrocrocine at about 257 Not less than 30.0 percent by
nm on dry basis weight
(viii)
Safranal expressed as direct Not less than 20.0 percent by
reading of absorbance of 330 weight and not more than 50.0
nm on dry basis percent by weight
(ix)
Colouring strength expressed as
direct reading of absorbance of Not less than 80.0 percent by
440 nm on dry basis weight
Not more than 2.0 percent by
(x) Total Nitrogen on dry basis weight

Not more than 6.0 percent by

(xi) Crude Fibre on dry basis weight

Explanation:- Floral waste means yellow filaments that are

unattached and separated pollens, stamens, parts of ovaries and other
parts of flowers of Crocus sativus Linnaeus.

2. Saffron (Kesar) powder means the powder obtained by crushing

dried stigmas of Crocus Sativus Linnaeus. It shall be dark red in colour
with a slightly bitter and pungent flavour, free from foreign odour and
mustiness.

- - 415 - -
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments,
rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from added colouring
matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(i) Moisture and volatile matter weight
Not more than 8.0 percent by
(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight
Not more
than 1.5 percent by
(iii) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis weight
Solubility in cold water on dry Not more
than 65.0 percent by
(iv) weight basis weight
(v) Bitterness expressed as direct
reading of absorbance of
picrocrocine at about 257 nm Not less than 30.0 percent by
on Dry basis weight
Safranal expressed as direct Not less than 20.0 percent by
reading of absorbance of 330 weight and not more than 50.0
(vi) nm on dry basis percent by weight

Colouring strength expressed as

direct reading of absorbance of Not less than 80.0 percent by
(vii) 440 nm on dry basis weight
Not more than 3.0 percent by
(viii) Total Nitrogen on dry basis weight
Not more than 6.0 percent by
(ix) Crude Fibre on dry basis weight

Regulation 5.8.18: Turmeric (Haldi)

1. Turmeric (Haldi) whole means the primary or secondary

rhizomes commercially called bulbs or fingers of Curcuma Longa L. The
rhizomes shall be cured by soaking them in boiling water and then drying
them to avoid regeneration. The rhizome be in natural state or machine
polished. The product shall have characteristic odour and flavour and
shall be free from mustiness or other foreign flavours. It shall be free
from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent
contamination. The product shall be free from Lead Chromate added
starch and any other extraneous colouring matter.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(ii) Defective Rhizomes weight

- - 416 - -
 Not more than 12.0 percent by
(iii) Moisture weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(iv) Insect damaged matter weight

(v) Test for lead chromate Negative

Explanation :- Defective rhizomes consist of shrivelled fingers and or

bulbs internally damaged, hollow or porous rhizomes scorched by boiling
and other types of damaged rhizomes.
2. Turmeric (Haldi) powder means the powder obtained by grinding
dried rhizomes or bulbous roots of Curcuma Longa L. The powder shall
have characteristic odour and flavour and shall be free from mustiness or
other foreign odour. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects,
insect fragments, rodent contamination. The powder shall be free from
any added colouring matter including Lead Chromate and morphologically
extraneous matter including foreign starch.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 10.0 percent by
(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 9.0 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dil. HCl on dry Not more than 1.5 percent by
(iii) basis weight

(iv)
Colouring power expressed as Not less than 2.0 percent by
curcuminoid content on dry basis weight
Not more than 60.0 percent by
(v) Total Starch weight

(vi) Test for lead chromate Negative

Regulation 5.8.19: CURRY POWDER

1. CURRY POWDER means the powder obtained from grinding clean,

- - 417 - -
dried and sound spices belonging to the group of aromatic herbs and
seeds such as black pepper, cinnamon, cloves, coriander, cardamom,
chillies, cumin seeds, fenugreek, garlic, ginger, mustard, poppy seeds,
turmeric, mace, nutmeg, curry leaves, white pepper, saffron and
aniseeds. The material may contain added starch and edible common
salt. The proportion of spices used in the preparation of curry powder
shall be not less than 85.0 per cent by weight. The powder shall be free
from dirt, mould growth and insect infestation. It shall be free from any
added colouring matter and preservatives other than edible common salt.

The curry powder shall also conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 14.0 percent by

Moisture
weight

Not less than 0.25 percent (v/w) on

Volatile oil
dry basis

Not less than 7.5 per cent by

Non-volatile ether extract
weight on dry basis.

Not more than 5.0 per cent by weight

Edible common salt
on dry basis

Not more than 2.0 per cent by weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL
on dry basis.

Not more than 15.0 percent by weight

Crude Fibre
on dry basis

Lead Not more than 10.0 p.p.m on dry basis

Regulation 5.8.20: MIXED MASALA

1. MIXED MASALA (WHOLE) means a mixture of clean, dried and

sound aromatic herbs and spices. It may also contain dried vegetables
and/or fruits, oilseeds, garlic, ginger, poppy seeds and curry leaves. It
shall be free from added colouring matter. It shall be free from mould
growth and insect infestation. The proportion of extraneous matter shall
not exceed five per cent by weight, out of which the proportion of organic
matter including foreign edible seeds and inorganic matter shall not
exceed three per cent and two per cent respectively.

- - 418 - -
Regulation 5.8.21: Aniseed (Saunf)

1. Aniseed (Saunf) whole means the dried and mature fruit of

Pimpinella anisum L. It shall have characteristic aromatic flavour and
shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead
insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free
from added colouring matter and harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

(ii) Shrivelled, immature, damaged Not more than 5.0 percent by

/ insect damaged / broken fruit weight

Not more than 12.0 percent by

(iii) Moisture weight

Not more than 9.0 percent by

(iv) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 1.5 percent by

(v) dry basis weight

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis Not less than 1.0 percent by v/w

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(vii) Insect damaged matter weight

Not more than 2.0 percent by

(viii) Foreign edible seeds weight

Regulation 5.8.22: Ajowan (Bishops seed)

1. Ajowan (Bishops seed) means the dried ripe fruits (seeds) of

Trachyspermum ammi. L Sprague. It shall have characteristic aromatic
flavour and shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould,
living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The
product shall be free from added colouring matter and any other harmful
substances.

- - 419 - -
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 11.0

(i) Moisture
percent by weight

Not more than 2.0

(ii) Extraneous matter
percent by weight
Shrivelled / Damaged / insect damaged
Not more than 2.0
(iii) / broken fruit
percent by weight
Not less than 1.5
(iV) Volatile oil content on dry basis
percent v/w

Regulation 5.8.23: Dried Mango Slices

1. Dried Mango Slices--Means the dried wholesome, edible part of

raw mango fruit with or without the outer skin. It shall be free from
fungus, moulds and insect infestation, rodent contamination, added
colouring, flavouring matter. It shall also be free from deleterious
substances injurious to health. It shall not contain any preservative
except edible common salt which may be added to the extent of 5 per
cent by weight on dry basis. It shall have characteristic taste and flavour.
The proportion of extraneous substance shall not exceed 4 per cent by
weight out of which inorganic matter shall not exceed 2 per cent by
weight.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely :-

Moisture Not more than 12 per cent by weight.

Damaged slices Not more than 5 per cent by weight.

Seed Coatings Not more than 6 per cent by weight.

Explanation:

(i) Seed coatings shall be exterior covering of the seed.

- - 420 - -
 (ii) Damaged slices mean the slices that are eaten by weevils or other
insects and includes slices internally damaged by fungus, moisture
or heating.

Regulation: 5.8.24 Dried Mango Powder (Amchur)

1. Dried Mango Powder (Amchur)--Means the powder obtained by

grinding clean and dried mango slices having characteristic taste and
flavour. It shall be free from musty odour and objectionable flavour,
rodent contamination, mould, fungus and insect infestation, extraneous
matter and added colouring, flavouring matter. It shall also be free from
deleterious substances injurious to health. It shall not contain any
preservative except edible common salt which may be added to the
extent of 5 per cent by weight on dry basis.

It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-

(a) Moisture Not more than 12 per cent by

weight.
(b) Total ash Not more than 6 per cent (salt free
basis) by weight

(c) Ash insoluble in Not more than 1.5 per cent dilute HCl
by weight

(d) Crude fibre Not more than 6 per cent by

weight.

(e) Acidity ash anhydrous Not less than 12 per cent and tartaric
acid not more than 26 per cent by
weight.

Regulation 5.8.25: Pepper White

1. Pepper White whole means the dried berries of Piper nigrum L.

from which the outer pericap is removed with or without preliminary
soaking in water and subsequent drying, if necessary. The berries shall
be light brown to white in colour with a smooth surface. The berries on
grinding shall have characteristic aromatic flavour and shall be free from
mustiness. It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect

- - 421 - -
fragments, rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added
colouring matter and any other harmful substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 0.8 percent by

(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 3.0 percent by

(ii) Broken Berries weight

Not more than 5.0 percent by

(iii) Black berries weight

Not less than 600 percent by

(iv) Bulk Density (gm/litre) weight
Not more than 13.0 percent by
(v) Moisture weight
Not more than 3.5 percent by
(vi) Total ash on dry basis weight
Non Volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 6.5 percent by
(vii) basis weight

Not less than 1.0 percent by

(viii) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not less than 4.0 percent by

(ix) Peperine Content on dry basis weight

Not more than 1.0 percent by

(x) Insect damaged matter weight

Explanation:- (a) Broken berries means berry that has been

separated in two or more parts.

(b) Black Berry means berry of dark colour generally consisting of

black pepper berry whose pericarp has not been fully removed.

2. Pepper White powder means the powder obtained by grinding

dried berries of Piper nigrum L. from which the outer pericarp is removed
and to which no foreign matter is added. It shall have characteristic
aromatic flavour and shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination.
The powder shall be free from added colouring matter and any other
harmful substances.

- - 422 - -
It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 13.0 percent by

(i) Moisture weight

Not more than 3.5 percent by

(ii) Total ash on dry basis weight

Ash insoluble in dilute HCL on Not more than 0.3 percent by

(iii) dry basis weight

Not more than 6.5 percent by

(iv) Crude fibre on dry basis weight

Non Volatile ether extract on dry Not less than 6.5 percent by
(v) basis weight

Not less than 0.7 percent by

(vi) Volatile oil content on dry basis v/w

Not less than 4.0 percent by

(vii) Peperine Content on dry basis weight

Regulation 5.8.26: Garlic (Lahsun)

1. Dried (Dehydrated) Garlic (Lahsun) means the product

obtained by drying by any suitable method which ensures characteristics
of fresh garlic on rehydration the cloves of Allium sativum L. without
bleaching or precooking. It shall be white to pale cream in colour, free
from scorched, toasted and baked particles. It may be whole, sliced,
quarters, pieces, flakes, kibbled, granules or powdered. The product on
rehydration shall have characteristic pungent of odour of garlic, free from
off odour, mustiness fermentation and rancidity. It shall be free from
mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination
and fungal infection. The products shall be free from added colouring
matter and any other harmful substances. It shall be free from stalks,
peels, stems, and extraneous matter. When in powdered form, it shall be
free flowing and free from agglomerates.

The products may contain food additives permitted in Appendix – A

and it shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

(i) Extraneous matter Not more than 0.5

- - 423 - -
 percent

Moisture Not more than 5.0

a. In case of powdered Garlic percent by weight
(ii)
b. other than powdered Garlic Not more than 8.0
percent by weight
Not more than 5.0
(iii) Total ash on dry basis
percent by dry weight
Not more than 0.5
(iv) Ash insoluble in dil HCL
percent by weight
Not less than 70.0 and
(v) Cold water soluble extract on dry basis not more than 90.0
percent by weight
Volatile organic sulphur compound on Not less than 0.3
(vi)
dry basis percent by weight

(vii) Peroxidase test Negative

Regulation 5.8.27: Celery

1. Celery whole means the dried ripe fruits (seeds) of Apium

graveoleans L. It shall be of uniform colour with characteristic aromatic
flavour and shall be free from mustiness. It shall be free from mould,
living and dead insects, insect fragments, rodent contamination. The
product shall be free from added colouring matter and any other harmful
substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:-

Not more than 2.0 percent by
(i) Extraneous matter weight

Not more than 10.0 percent by

(ii) Moisture weight

Regulation 5.8.28: Dehydrated Onion (Sukha Pyaj)

1. Dehydrated Onion (Sukha Pyaj) – means the product obtained

by removal of most moisture by any acceptable method which ensures
characteristics of fresh onions on rehyderation, from sound bulbs of
Allium cepa.L. free from mould, disease, outer skin, leaves and roots. The

- - 424 - -
product may be whole or in the form of slices, rings, flakes, pieces, small
grits or powder. The product may be white/cream/pink or red in colour,
free from stalks, peals, stems and extraneous matters and scorched
particles. The finished product shall be free from discolouration or
enzymatic reaction. The product on rehyderation shall be of characteristic
flavour, free from foreign and off flavour, mustiness, fermentation and
rancid flavour.
It shall be free from mould, living and dead insects, insect fragments
and rodent contamination. The product shall be free from added
colouring matter and any other harmful substances. When in powdered
form, it shall be free flowing and free from agglomerates.

The products may contain food additives permitted in these

regulations including Appendix – A and it shall conform to the following
standards, namely:-

Not more than 0.5 percent by

Extraneous matter
weight

Moisture: Not more than 5.0 percent by

(a) In case of powdered onion weight

(b) Other than powdered onion Not more than 8.0 percent by
weight
Total Ash on dry basis Not more than 5.0 percent by
weight
Not more than 0.5 percent by
Ash insoluble in dil HCL
weight
Peroxidase Negative

Regulation 5.8.29 Asafoetida

ASAFOETIDA (Hing or Hingra) means the oleogumresin obtained from

the rhizome and roots of Ferula alliaces, Ferula rubricaulis and other
species of Ferula. It shall not contain any colophony resin, galbonum
resin, ammoniaccum resin or any other foreign resin. Hing shall conform
to the following standards, namely:
(1) Total ash content shall not exceed 15 per cent by weight.
(2) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 2.5 per
cent by weight.
(3) The alcoholic extract (with 90 per cent alcohol) shall not be less
than 12 per cent as estimated by the U.S.P. 1936 method.

- - 425 - -
 (4) Starch shall not exceed 1 per cent by weight.

Hingra shall conform to the following standards namely:-

(1) The total ash content shall not exceed 20 per cent by weight.
(2) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 8 per cent
by weight.
(3) The alcoholic extract (with 90 per cent alcohol) shall not be less
than 50 per cent as estimated by the U.S.P. 1936 method.
(4) Starch shall not exceed 1 per cent by weight.
Compounded asafoetida or Bandhani Hing is composed of one or
more varieties of asafoetida (Irani or Pathani Hing or both) and
gum arabic, edible starches or edible cereal flour.

It shall not contain:-

(a) colophony resin,
(b) galbanum resin,
(c) ammoniaccum resin,
(d) any other foreign resin,
(e) coal tar dyes,
(f) mineral pigment,
(g) more than 10 per cent total ash content,
(h) more than 1.5 per cent ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid,
(i) less than 5 per cent alcoholic extract, (with 90 per cent of alcohol)
as estimated by the U.S.P. 1936 method.

Regulation 5.8.30 EDIBLE COMMON SALT:

1. EDIBLE COMMON SALT means a crystalline solid, white, pale,

pink or light grey in colour free from contamination with clay, grit and
other extraneous adulterant and impurities. It shall not contain moisture
in excess of six per cent of the weight of the undried sample. The sodium
chloride content (as NaCl) and matter soluble in water other than sodium
chloride on dry weight basis shall be as specified in columns (2) and (3)
of the Table below against the period of validity mentioned in the
corresponding entry in column (1) of the said Table. The matter insoluble
in water shall not exceed 1.0 per cent by weight on dry weight basis.

- - 426 - -
 Maximum Percentage
Minimum percentage
of matter soluble
of sodium chloride
Period of Validity in water other than
content as NaCl
sodium chloride
(on dry basis)
(on dry basis)

(1) (2) (3)

Upto 31-3-1982 94.0 5.0
From 1-4-1982 to
94.5 4.5
31-3-1983
From 1-4-1983 to
95.0 4.0
31-3-1984
From 1-4-1984 to
95.5 3.5
31-3-1985
From 1-4-1985
96.0 3.0
onwards

The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.

The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been
added shall not exceed 2.2 percent and sodium chloride content on dry
basis shall not be less than 97.0 percent by weight.

2. IODISED SALT means a crystalline salt, white or pale, pink or light

grey in colour, free from contamination with clay, grit and other
extraneous adulterants and impurities. It shall conform to the following
standards, namely:-
Not more than 6.0 per cent by weight of the
Moisture
undried sample.
Not less than 96.0 per cent by weight on dry
Sodium Chloride (NaCl)
basis.
Matter insoluble in water Not more than 1.0 per cent by weight
on dry basis
Matter soluble in water
Not more than 3.0 per cent by weight on dry
Other than Sodium
basis
Chloride

Iodine content at-

Not less than 30 parts per million on dry
(a) Manufacture level weight basis

(b) Distribution channel Not less than 15 part per

including retail level million on dry weight basis.

- - 427 - -
 The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been
added shall not exceed 2.2 percent and sodium chloride content on dry
basis shall not be less than 97.0 percent by weight.

3. IRON FORTIFIED COMMON SALT means a crystalline solid, white

or pale, pink or light grey in colour, free from visible contamination with
clay and other extraneous adulterants and impurities. It shall conform to
the following standards namely:-
Moisture Not more than 5.0% by weight.

Water insoluble matter Not more than 1.0% on dry

weight basis.

Chloride content Not less than 96.5% by

as (NaCl) weight on dry weight basis.

Matter insoluble in Not more than 0.3% by in dilute

HCL weight on dry
weight basis, (to be
determined by the
method specified in IS 253-
1970.
Matter soluble in water Not more than 2.5% on dry
other than Nacl weight basis

Iron content (as Fe) 850-1100 parts per million.

Phosphorous as 1500-2000 parts per million.

Inorganic (PO4)

Sulphate as (SO4) Not more than 1.1% by weight.

Magnesium as (Mg) Not more than 0.10% by water soluble

weight

PH value in 5% 2 to 3.5
Solution in water

- - 428 - -
 The product may contain food additives permitted in Appendix A.
The total matter insoluble in water where an anticaking agent has been
added shall not exceed 2.2 percent on dry weight basis.

4. POTASSIUM IODATE means a crystalline powder, white in colour

free from impurities. It shall confirm to the following standards namely:-

Potassium Iodate (as KIO3) percent by

1. Not less than 99.8
weight
Soluble in ‘30
2. Solubility
Parts of water
3. Iodine (as I) per cent by wt. not more than 0.002
Sulphate (as SO4) per cent by wt. not more
4. 0.02
than
Bromate, bromide, chlorate & chloride
5. 0.01
percent by wt. not more than
Matter insoluble in water percent by wt. not
6. 0.10
more than
7. Loss on drying percent by wt. not more than 0.1
8. PH (5 percent solution) Natural
9. Heavy metal (as pb) ppm not more than 10
10. Arsenic (as As) ppm not more than 3
11. Iron (as Fe) ppm not more than 10

PART 5.9: BEVERAGES, (Other than Dairy and Fruits & Vegetables
based)

Regulation 5.9.1: TEA

1. TEA means tea other than Kangra tea obtained by acceptable

processes, exclusively from the leaves, buds and tender stems of plant of
the Camellia sinensis (L) O. Kuntze. It may be in the form of black or
oolong tea. The product shall have characteristic flavour free from any off
odour, taint and mustiness. It shall be free from living insects, moulds,
dead insects, insect fragments and rodent contamination visible to the
naked eye (corrected if necessary for abnormal vision). The product shall
be free from extraneous matter, added colouring matter and harmful
substances:

- - 429 - -
Provided that the tea may contain “natural flavours” and “natural
flavouring substances” which are flavour preparations and single
substance respectively, acceptable for human consumption, obtained
exclusively by physical processes from materials of plants origin either in
their natural state or after processing for human consumption in
packaged tea only. Tea containing added flavour shall bear proper label
declaration as provided in Regulation 4.4.4 (23). Tea used in the
manufacture of flavoured tea shall conform to the standards of tea. The
flavoured tea manufacturers shall register themselves with the Tea Board
before marketing flavoured tea. Pectinase enzyme can be added up to a
level of 0.2% during manufacture as processing aid. The product shall
conform to the following requirement in which all the figures given are
expressed on the basis of the material oven-dried at 103±2° C.

Not less than 4.0 percent and not

(a) Total Ash (m/m)
more than 8.0 percent
Not less than 45.0 percent of total
(b) Water Soluble Ash
ash
Alkalinity of water
Not less than 1.0 percent and not
(c) soluble ash expressed as
more than 3.0 percent
KOH (m/m)
Acid-insoluble ash
(d) Not more than 1.0 percent
(m/m)
(e) Water extract (m/m) Not less than 32.0 percent

(f) Crude Fibre (m/m) Not more than 16.5 percent

It shall not contain any added colouring matter. It may also contain
0.2 per cent Pectinase enzyme
Provided that tea may contain Natural Flavours and Natural
Flavouring Substances which are flavour preparations and single
substance respectively, acceptable for human consumption, obtained
exclusivley by physical process from materials of plant origin either in
their raw state or after processing for human consumption:

Provided further that such tea containing added flavour shall bear
proper label declaration as provided in regulation 4.4.4 (23).

Provided also that tea used in the manufacture of flavoured tea shall
conform to the standards of tea.

- - 430 - -
 Provided that if tea is sold or offered for sale without any indication as
to whether it is Kangra tea or not, the standards or quality of tea
prescribed in Article 1 of Regulation 5.9.1 shall apply.

Provided also that Flavoured tea manufacturers shall register

themselves with the Tea Board before marketing Flavoured tea;

Provided also the tea for domestic market may contain added vanillin,
flavour upto a maximum extent of 5% by weight and other flavours upto
a maximum extent as indicated in the table below under proper label
declaration as provided in in regulation 4.4.4 (23).

TABLE
Flavours Per cent by weight (Max.)
Cardamom 2.8
Ginger 1.0
Bergamot 2.0
Lemon 1.6
Cinnamon 2.0
The level of each individual
Mixture of above flavours
flavour shall not exceed the
With each other
quantity given above.

2. KANGRA TEA means tea derived exclusively from the leaves, buds
and tender stems of plants of the Camellia sinensis or Camellia tea grown
in Kangra and Mandi valleys of Himachal Pradesh. It shall conform to the
following specifications namely;

Total ash determined on tea dried to 4.5 to 9.0 percent by

a)
constant weight at 1000C weight
Not less than 34
(b) Total ash soluble in boiling distilled water
percent of total ash
Not more than 1.2
(c) Ash insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid percent by weight on
dry basis.
Extract obtained by boiling dried tea ( Not less than 23
(d)
dried to constant weight at 100OC) with percent.

- - 431 - -
 100 parts of distilled water for one hour
under reflux
Not less than 1.0
percent and not more
(e) Alkalinity of than 2.2 percent
expressed as K2O on
dry basis
Crude fibre determined on tea dried to Not more than 18.5
(f) O
constant weight at 100 C percent
It shall not contain any added colouring matter It may also contain
0.2 per cent Pectinase enzyme
Provided that tea may contain Natural Flavours and Natural
Flavouring Substances which are flavour preparations and single
substance respectively, acceptable for human consumption, obtained
exclusivley by physical process from materials of plant origin either in
their raw state or after processing for human consumption:
Provided further that such tea containing added flavour shall bear
proper label declaration as provided in regulation 4.4.4 (23).

Provided also that tea used in the manufacture of flavoured tea shall
conform to the standards of tea.
Provided that if tea is sold or offered for sale without any indication as
to whether it is Kangra tea or not, the standards or quality of tea
prescribed in item Article 1 of Regulation 5.9.1 shall apply.

Provided also that Flavoured tea manufacturers shall register

themselves with the Tea Board before marketing Flavoured tea;

Provided also the tea for domestic market may contain added vanillin,
flavour upto a maximum extent of 5% by weight and other flavours upto
a maximum extent as indicated in the table below under proper label
declaration as provided in in regulation 4.4.4 (23).

TABLE
Flavours Per cent by weight (Max.)
Cardamom 2.8
Ginger 1.0
Bergamot 2.0
Lemon 1.6

- - 432 - -
Cinnamon 2.0
The level of each individual
Mixture of above flavours
flavour shall not exceed the
With each other
quantity given above.

3. Green Tea means the product derived solely and exclusively, and
produced by acceptable processes, notably enzyme, inactivation, rolling
or comminution and drying, from the leaves, buds and tender stems of
varieties of the species Camellia sinensis (L) O. Kuntze, known to be
suitable for making tea for consumption as a beverage. The product shall
have characteristic flavour free from any off odour, taint and mustiness.
It shall be free from living or dead insects, moulds, insect fragments and
rodent contamination visible to the naked eye (corrected if necessary for
abnormal vision). The product shall be free from extraneous matter,
added colouring matter and harmful substances;
Provided that the tea may contain “natural flavours” and “natural
flavouring substances” which are flavour preparations and single
substance respectively, acceptable for human consumption, obtained
exclusively by physical processes from material of plants origin either in
their natural state or after processing for human consumption in
packaged tea only. Tea containing added flavour shall bear proper label
declaration as provided in regulation 4.4.4 (23). Tea used in the
manufacture of flavoured tea shall conform to the standards of tea. The
flavoured tea manufacturers shall register themselves with the Tea Board
before marketing flavoured tea. The product shall conform to the
following requirements in which all the figures given are expressed on the
basis of the material oven-dried at 103±2° C.

Parameter Proposed Standards

Not less than 4.0 percent and not
(a) Total Ash (m/m) more than 8.0 percent
Not less than 45.0 percent of total
(b) Water-soluble ash ash.
Alkalinity of water - soluble
Ash expressed as KOH Not less than 1.0 percent of total ash
(c) (m/m) and not more than 3.0 percent
(d) Acid-insoluble ash (m/m) Not more than 1.0 percent
(e) Water-extract (m/m) Not less than 32.0 percent
(f) Crude fibre (m/m) Not more than 16.5 percent
(g) Total catechins (m/m) Not less than 9.0 percent and not

- - 433 - -
 more than 19.0 percent

Regulation 5.9.2: COFFEE

1. Coffee (green raw or unroasted) means the dried seeds of

Coffea arabica, Coffea liberica, Coffee excelsa or Coffea canephora
(robusta) with their husks (mesocarp and endocarp) removed.

1.1 Roasted coffee means properly cleaned green coffee which

has been roasted to a brown colour and had developed its
characteristic aroma.
1.2. Ground coffee means the powdered products obtained from
‘roasted coffee’ only and shall be free from husk.
1.3. Coffee (green raw or unroasted), ‘roasted and ground
coffee’ shall be free from any artificial colouring, flavouring, facing
extraneous matter or glazing substance and shall be in sound, dry
and fresh condition, free from rancid or obnoxious flavour.
1.4. Roasted coffee and ground coffee shall conform to the
following analytical standards:—

Moisture (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 5.0 percent
Total Ash (on dry basis) m/m 3.0 to 6.0 percent
Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis)
Not more than 0.1 percent
m/m
Water soluble ash (on dry basis) Not less than 65 percent of total
m/m ash
Alkainity of soluble ash in milliliters
Not less than 3.5 ml & Not more
of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid per gram
than 5.0 ml
of material (on dry basis) m/m
Aqueous extracts on ddry basis Not less than 26.0 and not more
m/m than 35.0 percent
Caffeine (anhydrous)(on dry basis)
Not less than 1.0 percent
m/m

2. Soluble Coffee Powder means coffee powder, obtained from

freshly roasted and ground pure coffee beans. The product shall be in the
form of a free flowing powder or shall be in the agglomerated form
(granules) having colour, taste and flavour characteristic of coffee. It
shall be free from impurities and shall not contain chicory or any other
added substances.

It shall conform to the following standards:

- - 434 - -
(i) Moisture (on dry Not more than 4.0
basis) m/m percent

(ii) Total ash (on Not more than 12.0 percent

dry basis) m/m

(iii) Caffeine content Not less than 2.8 percent

(on dry basis) m/m

(iV) Solubility in boiling Dissolves readily in 30

water seconds with moderate
stirring

(v) Solubility in cold Solution with stirring

water at 16 ± 2oC moderate in 3 minutes

Regulation 5.9.3: CHICORY

1. Chicory means the roasted chicory powder obtained by roasting

and grinding of the cleaned and dried roots of chicorium intybus Lin with
or without the addition of edible fats and oils or sugar, like glucose or
sucrose in proportion not exceeding 2.0 percent by weight in aggregate.
It shall be free from dirt, extraneous matter, artificial colouring and
flavouring agents.
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:-

Not less than 3.5 percent

(i) Total ash (on dry basis) m/m and Not more than 8.0
percent
(ii) Acid insoluble ash (on dry basis) m/m Not more than 2.5 percent
(iii) Aqueous extracts (on dry basis) m/m Not less than 55.0 percent

Regulation 5.9.4: COFFEE – CHICORY MIXTURE

1. Coffee — Chicory Mixture means the product prepared by mixing

roasted and ground coffee and roasted and ground chicory and shall be in
a sound, dry and dust free condition with no rancid or obnoxious flavour.
It shall be in the form of a free flowing powder having the colour, taste
and flavour characteristic of coffee - chicory powder. It shall be free from
any impurities and shall not contain any other added substance. The
coffee content in the mixture shall not be less than 51 per cent by mass.

- - 435 - -
The percentage of coffee and chicory used shall be marked on the label
as provided in regulation 4.4.4 (1)
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—
(i) Moisture Not more than 5.0 per cent.
(ii) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 7.50 per cent.
(iii) Acid insoluble ash on dry basis Not more than 0.6 per cent.
(iv) Caffeine content on dry basis Not less than 0.6 per cent.
(v) Aqueous extracts Not more than 50 per cent.

2. Instant Coffee — Chicory Mixture means the product

manufactured from roasted and ground coffee and roasted and ground
chicory. It shall be in sound dry and dust free condition with no rancid or
obnoxious flavour. It shall be in the form of a free flowing powder or shall
be in the agglomerated (granules) form having the colour, taste and
flavour characteristics of coffee chicory powder. It shall be free from any
impurities and shall not contain any other added substance. The coffee
content in the mixture shall not be less than 51 per cent by mass on dry
basis. The percentage of coffee and chicory used shall be marked on the
label as provided in regulation 4.4.4 (1)
It shall conform to the following standards, namely:—

i)Moisture Not more than 4.00 per cent.

ii)Total Ash on dry basis Not more than 10.0 per cent.
iii)Acid insoluble ash Not more than 0.6 per cent.
on dry basis
iV)Caffeine (anhydrous) Not less than 1.4 per cent on dry basis

v) Solubility in boiling Dissolves readily in 30 seconds water

with moderate stirring

vi) Solubility in cold Soluble with moderate water

at 16 ± 20C stirring in 3 minutes.

Regulation 5.9.5 Beverages - ALCOHOLIC

1. TODDY: Toddy means the sap from coconut, date, toddy palm tree
or any other kind of palm tree which has undergone alcoholic
fermentation. It shall be white cloudy in appearance which sediments on
storage and shall possess characteristic flavour derived from the sap and
fermentation without addition of extraneous alcohol. It shall be free from

- - 436 - -
added colouring matter, dirt, other foreign matter or any other ingredient
injurious to health. It shall also be free from chloral hydrate, paraldehyde,
sedative, tranquilizer and artificial sweetener.
It shall also conform to the following standards, namely:-
Alcoholic content- Not less than 5 per cent (v/v.).

Total acid as tartaric acid Not more than 400 grams.

(expressed in terms of 100
litres of absolute alcohol

Volatile acid as acetic acid Not more than 100 grams.

(expressed in terms of 100
litres of absolute alcohol)

Regulation 5.9.6 BEVERAGES NON-ALCOHOLIC - CARBONATED

1. CARBONATED WATER means water conforming to the standards

prescribed for Packaged Drinking Water under Food Safety and Standard
Act, 2006 impregnated with carbon dioxide under pressure and may
contain any of the following singly or in combination:
1. Sugar, liquid glucose, dextrose monohydrate, invert sugar, fructose,
honey, fruits and vegetables extractives and permitted flavouring,
colouring matter, preservatives, emulsifying and stabilising agents,
citric acid, fumaric acid and sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid,
lactic acid, ascorbic acid, malic acid, edible gums such as guar,
karaya, arabic carobean, furcellaran, tragacanth, gum ghatti, edible
gelatin, albumin, licorice and its derivatives, salts of sodium,
calcium and magnesium, vitamins, Caffeine not exceeding 145 parts
per million, Estergum (Glycerol ester of wood resin) not exceeding
100 parts per million, and quinine salts not exceeding 100 parts per
million (expressed as quinine sulphate). It may also contain
Saccharin Sodium not exceeding 100 ppm or Acesulfame-K not
exceeding 300 ppm or Aspertame (methyl ester) not exceeding 700
ppm. or sucralose not exceeding 300 ppm. Provided that the
quantity of added sugar shall be declared on the container / bottle
and if no sugar is added that also shall be declared on the
container/bottle as laid down in labelling Article 23 and 33 of
Regulations 4.4.4 In case of returnable bottles, which are recycled
or refilling the declaration of quantity of added sugar and no sugar
added may be given on the crown.
PROVIDED ALSO that the declaration of ‘no sugar added’ shall not

- - 437 - -
be applicable for ‘carbonated water (plain soda)’.
PROVIDED ALSO that the products which contain aspertame,
acesulfame or any other artificial sweetner for which special labeling
provisions have been provided under Article 24 of Regulation 4.4.4 of
FSS Act, 2006, shall not be packed, stored, distributed or sold in
returnable containers.

It shall conform to the following requirements, namely-

(1) Total plate count per ml not more than that......50....
(2) Coliform count in 100 ml .......0...........
(3) Yeast and mould count per ml not more than... 2.....
PROVIDED FURTHER estergum used in carbonated water shall have
the following standards, namely:-
Glycerol esters of wood resins commonly known as ester-gum is hard
yellow to pale amber coloured solid. It is a complex mixture of tri and
diglycerol esters of resin acids from wood resin. It is produced by the
esterification of pale wood resin with food grade glycerol. It is composed
of approximately 90 per cent resin acids and 10 per cent neutrals (non-
acidic compounds). The resin acid fraction is a complex mixture of
isomeric diterpeniod monocarboxylic acids having the typical molecular
formula of C20 H30 O2 chiefly abietic acid. The substance is purified by
steam stripping or by counter-current steam distillation.
Identification:
Solubility—Insoluble in water, soluble in acetone and in Benzene.

Infra Red Spectrum—Obtain the infra-red spectram of a thin film

of the sample deposited on a potassium bromide plate—scan between
600 and 4000 wave numbers. Compare with typical spectrum obtained
from pure ester-gum.

Test for absence of Till oil resin (Sulphur test)—Pass the test as
given below:
When sulphur-containing organic compounds are heated in the presence
of sodium formate, the sulphur is converted to hydrogen sulfide which
can readily be detected by the use of lead acetate paper. A positive test
indicates the use of till oil resin instead of wood resin.

Apparatus-Test Tube: Use a standard, 10x75 mm, heat-resistant, glass

test tube, Burner - Bunsen: A small size burner of the microflame type is
preferred.

- - 438 - -
Reagents
Sodium Formate Solution: Dissolve 20g of reagent grade sodium
formate, NaOOCH, in 100 ml of distilled water.
Lead Acetate Test Paper: Commercially available from most chemical
supply houses.

Procedure—Weigh 40-50 mg of sample into a test tube and 1-2 drops of

sodium formate solution. Place a strip of lead acetate test paper over the
mouth of the test tube. Heat the tube in the burner flame until fumes are
formed that contact the test paper. Continue heating for 2-5 minutes.
There must be no formation of a black spot of lead sulphide indicating the
presence of sulphur containing compounds.
Detection Limit: 50 mg/kg sulphur).
Drop softening point—Between 880 C and 960 C.
Arsenic—Not more than 3ppm.
Lead—Not more than 10ppm.
Heavy metals (as lead)—Not more than 40 ppm.
Acid value— Between 3 and 9.
Hydroxyl number—Between 15 and 45.

Regulation 5.9.7 Mineral water

1. Mineral water means includes all kinds of Mineral Water or Natural

mineral water by whatever name it is called and sold.
2. Description and Types of Mineral water.
(i) Natural mineral water is water clearly distinguished from
ordinary drinking water because -
a) it is characterized by its content of certain mineral salts and their
relative proportions and the presence of trace elements or of other
constituents;
b) it is obtained directly from natural or drilled sources from underground
water bearing strata and not from Public water supply for which all
possible precautions should be taken within the protected perimeters to
avoid any pollution of, or external influence on, the chemical and physical
qualities of natural mineral water.
c) of the constancy of its composition and the stability of its discharge
and its temperature, due account being taken of the cycles of minor
natural fluctuations;

- - 439 - -
d) it is collected under conditions which guarantee the original
microbiological purity and chemical composition of essential components;
e) it is packaged close to the point of emergence of the source with
particular hygienic precautions;
f) it is not subjected to any treatment other than those permitted by this
standard;

(ii) Naturally Carbonated Natural Mineral Water - A naturally carbonated

natural mineral water is a natural mineral water which, after possible
treatment as given hereunder and re-incorporation of gas from the same
source and after packaging taking into consideration usual technical
tolerance, has the same content of carbondioxide spontaneously and
visibly given off under normal conditions of temperature and pressure.

(iii) Non-Carbonated Natural Mineral Water- A non-carbonated natural

mineral water is a natural mineral water which, by nature and after
possible treatment as given hereunder and after packaging taking into
consideration usual technical tolerance, does not contain free carbon
dioxide in excess of the amount necessary to keep the hydrogen
carbonate salts present in the water dissolved.

(iv) Decarbonated Natural Mineral Water - A decarbonated natural

mineral is a natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as
given hereunder and after packaging, has less carbon dioxide content
than that at emergence and does not visibly and spontaneously give off
carbon dioxide under normal conditions of temperature and pressure.

(v) Natural Mineral Water Fortified with Carbon Dioxide from the Source -
A natural mineral water fortified with carbon dioxide from the source is a
natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as given hereunder
and after packaging, has more carbon dioxide content than that at
emergence.

(vi) Carbonated Natural Mineral Water - A carbonated natural mineral

water is a natural mineral water which, after possible treatment as given
hereunder and after packaging, has been made effervescent by the
addition of carbon dioxide from another origin.

2. Treatment and handling:— Treatment permitted includes separation

from unstable constituents, such as compounds containing iron,

- - 440 - -
manganese, sulphur or arsenic, by decantation and/or filtration, if
necessary, accelerated by previous aeration.
The treatments provided may only be carried out on condition that
the mineral content of the water is not modified in its essential
constituents, which give the water its properties.
The transport of natural mineral waters in bulk containers for
packaging or for any other process before packaging is prohibited.
Natural Mineral water shall be packaged in clean and sterile containers.
The source on the point of emergence shall be protected against
risks of pollution.
The installation intended for the production of natural mineral
waters shall be such as to exclude any possibility of contamination. For
this purpose, and in particular -
(a) the installations for collection, the pipes and the reservoirs
shall be made from materials suited to the water and in such a way as to
prevent the introduction of foreign substances into the water,
(b) the equipment and its use for production, especially
installations for washing and packaging, shall meet hygienic
requirements;
(c) if, during production it is found that the water is polluted, the
producer shall stop all operations until the cause of pollution is
eliminated;
(d) The related packaging and labelling requirements are provided in
regulation 4.1.2(5) , 4.2.1 and 4.4.5

3. All Mineral Water shall conform to the following standards,

namely:—
Sl.No. Characteristic Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

Colour, Hazen
(1) not more than 2
Unit/True
Colour Unit
(2) Odour Agreeable
(3) Taste Agreeable
(4) Turbidity Not more than 2 nephelometric
turbidity unit (NTU)
(5) Total Dissolved Solids 150-700 mg/litre

- - 441 - -
(6) PH 6.5-8.5

(7) Nitrates (as NO3) Not more than 50 mg/litre

(8) Nitrites (as NO2) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre

Not more than 0.05 mg/litre

(9) Sulphide (as H2S) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre

(10) Mineral oil Absent

(11) Phenolic compounds Absent

(as C6H5OH)
(12) Manganese (as Mn) Not more than 2.0 mg/litre
(13) Copper (as Cu) Not more than 1 mg/litre
(14) Zinc (as Zn) Not more than 5 mg/litre
(15) Fluoride (as F) Not more than 1 mg/litre
(16) Barium (as Ba) Not more than 1.0 mg/litre
(17) Antimony (as Sb) Not more than 0.005 mg/litre
(18) Nickel (as Ni) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre
(19) Borate (as B) Not more than 5 mg/litre
(20) Surface active agents Not detectable
(21) Silver (as Ag) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre
(22) Chlorides (as Cl) Not more than 200 mg/litre
(23) Sulphate (as SO4) Not more than 200 mg/litre
(24) Magnesium (as Mg) Not more than 50 mg/litre
(25) Calcium (as Ca) Not more than 100 mg/litre
(26) Sodium (as Na) Not more than 150 mg/litre
(27) Alkalinity (as HCO3) 75-400 mg/litre
(28) Arsenic (as As) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(29) Cadmium (as Cd) Not more than 0.003 mg/litre
(30) Cyanide (as CN) Absent
(31) Chromium (as Cr) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(32) Mercury (as Hg) Not more than 0.001 mg/litre
(33) Lead (as Pb) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre

- - 442 - -
(34) Selenium (as Se) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
Poly nuclear aromatic
(35) hydrocarbons Not Detectable

(36) Polychlorinated biphenyle Not detectable

(PCB)
(37) Pesticide Residue below detectable limits
(38) “Alpha” activity Not more than 0.1 Bacquerel/
litre (Bq)
(39) “Beta” activity Not more than 1 Bacquerel/
litre (Bq)]
(40) Yeast and mould counts absent
(41) Salmonella and Shigella absent
(42) E.Coli or thermotolerant absent
Coliforms
1 x 250 ml
(43) Total coliform bacteria absent
A x 250 ml
(44) Fecal streptococci and absent
Staphylococcus aureus
1 x 250 ml
(45) Pseudomonas aeruginosa absent
1 x 250 ml
Sulphite-reducing
(46) absent
anaerobes
1 x 50 ml
(47) Vibrocholera absent
1 x 250 ml
(48) V Paraheamolyticus absent
1 x 250 ml

Regulation 5.9.8 Packaged drinking water (other than Mineral

water):— means water derived from surface water or underground water
or sea water which is subjected to hereinunder specified treatments,
namely, decantation, filteration, combination of filteration, aerations,
filteration with membrane filter depth filter, cartridge filter, activated
carbon filteration, de-mineralisation, re-mineralisation, reverse osmosis
and packed after disinfecting the water to a level that shall not lead to

- - 443 - -
any harmful contamination in the drinking water by means of chemical
agents or physical methods to reduce the number of micro-organisms to
a level beyond scientifically accepted level for food safety or its
suitability:
Provided that sea water, before being subjected to the above
treatments, shall be subjected to desalination and related processes

The related packaging and labelling requirements are provided in

regulation 4.1.2 , 4.2.1 and 4.4.5

It shall conform to the following standards namely:

Sl.N
Characteristics Requirements
o.
(1) (2) (3)
(1) Colour not more than 2 Hazen Units/
True Colour Units
(2) Odour Agreeable
(3) Taste Agreeable
(4) Turbidity Not more than 2 nephelometric
turbidity unit (NTU)
(5) Total Dissolved Solids Not more than 500 mg/litre
(6) PH 6.5-8.5

(7) Nitrates (as NO3) Not more than 45 mg/litre

(8) Nitrites (as NO2) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre
(9) Sulphide (as H2S) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(10) Mineral Oil Absent
(11) Phenolic compounds Absent
(as C6H5OH)
(12) Manganese (as Mn) Not more than 0.1 mg/litre
(13) Copper (as Cu) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(14) Zinc (as Zn) Not more than 5 mg/litre
(15) Fluoride (as F) Not more than 1.0 mg/litre
(16) Barium (as Ba) Not more than 1.0 mg/litre

- - 444 - -
(17) Antimony (as Sb) Not more than 0.005 mg/litre
(18) Nickel (as Ni) Not more than 0.02 mg/litre
(19) Borate (as B) Not more than 5 mg/litre
(20) Anionic surface active agents Not more than 0.2 mg/litre
(as MBAS)
(21) Silver (as Ag) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre
Not more than 200
(22) Chlorides (as Cl)
mg/litre
Not more than 200
(23) Sulphate (as SO4)
mg/litre
(24) Magnesium (as Mg) Not more than 30 mg/litre
(25) Calcium (as Ca) Not more than 75 mg/litre
(26) Sodium (as Na) Not more than 200 mg/litre
(27) Alkalinity (as HCO3) Not more than 200 mg/litre
(28) Arsenic (as As) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre
(29) Cadmium (as CD) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre
(30) Cyanide (as CN) Absent

(31) Chromium (as Cr) Not more than 0.05 mg/litre

(32) Mercury (as Hg) Not more than 0.001 mg/litre
(33) Lead (as Pb) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre
(34) Selenium (as Se) Not more than 0.01 mg/litre
(35) Iron (as Fe) Not more than 0.1 mg/litre
(36) Poly nuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons Not detectable
(37) Polychlorinated
biphenyle (PCB) Not detectable
(38) Aluminium (as Al) Not more than 0.03 mg/litre
(39) Residual free chlorine Not more than 0.2 mg/litre
Not more than 0.0001 mg/ litre
(The analysis shall be conducted
by using Internationally
established test methods
(i) Pesticide residues meeting the residue limits
(40) considered individually - specified herein).

- - 445 - -
 Not more than 0.0005 mg/litre.
(The analysis shall be conducted
by Using Internationally
established test methods
(ii) Total pesticide residue - meeting the residue limits
specified herein).
(41) “Alpha” activity Not more than 0.1 picocurie/Litre
(Bq)
(42) “Beta” activity Not more than 1 Bacquerel/Litre
(Bq)
Yeast and mould counts 1 x
(43) 250 ml. Absent
(44) Salmonella and Shigella Absent
1 x 250 ml
E.Coli or thermotolerant
(45) bacteria Absent
1 x 250 ml
(46) Coliform bacteria 1 x 250 ml Absent
(47) Faecal streptococci and Absent

Staphylococus aureus
1 x 250 ml

Pseudomonas aeruginosa
(48) Absent
1 x 50 ml
Sulphide reducing
(49) Absent in 1*50 ml
anaerobes
Vibrio cholera and
(50) V. parahaemolyticus Absent
1 x 250 ml
The total viable colony
count shall not exceed
100 per ml at 200C to
220C in 72 h on agar-
(51) Aerobic Microbial Count
agar or on agar - gelatin
mixture, and 20 per ml at
370C in 24 h on agar-
agar.

- - 446 - -
PART 5.10 OTHER FOOD PRODUCT AND INGREDIENTS

Regulation 5.10.1 BAKING POWDER: means a combination capable,

under conditions of baking, of yielding carbon dioxide and consists of
sodium bicarbonate, and acid-reacting material, starch or other neutral
material.

The acid-reacting material of baking powder shall be :-

(a) tartaric acid or its salts, or both
(b) acid salts of phosphoric acid, or
(c) acid compounds of aluminium, or
(d) any combination of the foregoing.

When tested, baking powder shall yield not less than 10 per cent of
its weight of carbon dioxide.

Regulation 5.10.2 CATECHU (Edible) shall be the dried aqueous

extract prepared from the heart-wood of Acacia Catechu. It shall be free
from infestation, sand, earth or other dirt and shall conform to the
following standards:
(a) 5 ml. of 1 per cent aqueous solution and 0.1 per cent solution
of ferric ammonium sulphate shall give a dark green colour,
which on the addition of sodium hydroxide solution shall
change to purple.

(b) When dried to constant weight at 100oC, it shall not lose more
than 16 per cent of its weight.

(c) Water insoluble residue (dried at 100oC) shall not be more

than 25 per cent by weight. Water insoluble matter shall be
determined by boiling water.

(d) Alcohol insoluble Not more than 30 per residue

in 90 per cent cent by weight.
alcohol dried at 100oC

(e) Total ash on dry basis Not more than 8 per cent
by weight.

(f)Ash insoluble in HCl Not more than 0.5 per cent

on dry weight basis.

- - 447 - -
 Provided that in case of Bhatti Katha, the ash insoluble in dilute
hydrochloric acid on dry basis shall not be more than 1.5 per cent.

Regulation 5.10.3 GELATIN shall be purified product obtained by

partial hydrolysis of collagen, derived from the skin, white connective
tissues and bones of animals. It shall be colourless or pale yellowish and
translucent in the form of sheets, flakes, shreds or coarse to fine powder.
It shall have very slight odour and taste but not objectionable which is
characteristic and boluillon like. It is stable in air when dry but is subject
to microbial decomposition when moist or in soluble. It shall not contain:-
(a) more than 15 per cent moisture;
(b) more than 3.0 per cent of total ash;
(c) more than 1000 parts per million of sulphur dioxide;
(d) less than 15 per cent of nitrogen, on dry weight basis.
(e) Gelatin meant for human consumption should be labelled as
“Gelatin Food Grade”.

Regulation 5.10.4 SILVER LEAF (Chandi-ka-warq): food grade-shall

be in the form of sheets, free from creases and folds and shall contain not
less than 99.9 per cent of silver.

Regulation 5.10.5 Pan Masala means the food generally taken as such
or in conjunction with Pan, it may contain;-
Betelnut, lime, coconut, catechu, saffron, cardamom, dry fruits, mulethi,
sabnermusa, other aromatic herbs and spices, sugar, glycerine, glucose,
permitted natural colours, menthol and non prohibited flavours.

It shall be free from added coaltar colouring matter and any other
ingredient injurious to health.
It shall also conform to the following standards namely:-
Total ash:- Not more than 8.0 per cent by weight
(on dry basis)

Ash insoluble in dilute:- Not more than 0.5 per cent Hydrochloric
acid:- by weight (on dry basis)

- - 448 - -
Part 5.11: Proprietary Food
Regulation 5.11.1
1) Proprietary food means a food has not been standardized under
these regulations
2) In addition to the provisions including labelling requirements
specified under these regulations, the proprietary foods shall also
conform to the following requirements, namely:-
(i) the name of the food and category under which it falls in
these regulations shall be mentioned on the label
(ii) the proprietary food product shall comply with all other
regulatory provisions specified in these regulations and in
Appendices.

Part 5.12 IRRADIATION OF FOOD

Regulation 5.12.1: Definitions - For the purpose of this chapter,

unless the context otherwise requires:-
1) ‘Irradiation’ means any physical procedure, involving the
intentional exposure of food to ionizing radiations.
2) ‘Irradiation facility’ means any facility which is capable of being
utilized for treatment of food by irradiation.
3) ‘Irradiated food’ means articles of food subjected to radiation by :-
(i) Gamma Rays;
(ii) X-rays generated from machine sources operated at or below
an energy level of 5 million electron volts; and
(iii) Sub-atomic particles, namely, electrons generated from
machine sources operated at or below an energy level of 10
million electron volts, to dose levels as specified in Schedule I
of the Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules
1991.
4) ‘Operator of irradiation facility’ means any person appointed as
such by licensee who satisfies the qualifications and requirements
as for training specified in Schedule II of the Atomic Energy
(Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991.

- - 449 - -
Regulation 5.12.2: Dose of Irradiation:

1) Save as provided in 5.12.2 (2) no food shall be irradiated.

2) No article of food permitted for irradiation specified in column 2 of
the Table given below shall receive the dose of irradiation in excess
of the quantity specified in column 3 of the said Table at the time of
irradiation :-
Sl.No. Name of Foods Dose of Irradiation (KGY)
Overall
Minimum Maximum
average

1. Onions 0.03 0.09 0.06

2. Spices 6 14 10
3. Potatoes 0.06 0.15 0.10
4. Rice 0.25 1.0 0.62
5. Semolina (Sooji or Rawa),
Wheat, atta and
0.25 1.0 0.62
Maida
6. Mango 0.25 0.75 0.50
7. Raisins, Figs
and Dried Dates 0.25 0.75 0.50

Ginger, Garlic and

8.
Shallots
(Small Onions) 0.03 0.15 0.09
9. Meat and Meat Products
including Chicken 2.5 4.0 3.25
10. Fresh Sea foods 1.0 3.0 2.00
11. Frozen Sea foods 4.0 6.0 5.00
12. Dried Sea foods 0.25 1.0 0.62
13. Pulses 0.25 1.0 0.62

3) Routine quantitative dosimentry shall be made during operation

and record kept of such measurement as provided under Deptt. of
Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules 1991.

- - 450 - -
Regulation 5.12.3: Requirement for the process of Irradiation:-

1) Approval of facilities - No irradiation facility shall be used for the

treatment of food unless such facility
(i) has been approved and licensed under the Atomic Energy
(Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991.
(ii) complies with the conditions for approval, operation,
licence and process control prescribed under the
Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules 1991.
(iii) carries out irradiation in accordance with the provisions of
the Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food)
Rules,1991.

2) Foods once irradiated shall not be re-irradiated unless specifically so

permitted by the Licensing Authority for the Irradiation process
control purposes.

3) No Food/irradiated food shall leave the irradiation facility unless it

has been irradiated in accordance with the provisions of Deptt. of
Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991 and a
certificate of irradiation indicating the dose of irradiation and the
purpose of irradiation is provided by the competent authority.

Regulation 5.12.4: Restrictions on Irradiation of Food:

1) The irradiation shall conform to the dose limit and the radiation
source to the specific conditions prescribed for each type or
category of Food specified for treatment by irradiation, under
the Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991.

- - 451 - -
 2) Food which has been treated by irradiation shall be identified in
such a way as to prevent its being subjected to re-irradiation.

3) The irradiation shall be carried out only by personnel having the

minimum qualifications and training as prescribed for the
purpose under the Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of
Food) Rules,1991.

4) Food once irradiated shall not be re-irradiated unless specifically

so permitted under these regulations.

Regulation 5.12.5: Record of Irradiation of Food:

Any treatment of Food by irradiation shall be recorded by an officer
authorised by the competent authority as specified under the Deptt. of
Atomic Energy (Control of Irradiation of Food) Rules, 1991 as follows :-

(a) Name of the article;

(b) Licence No.;
(c) Name, address and other details of Licensee;
(d) Purpose of Irradiation;
(e) Source of Irradiation;
(f) Date of Irradiation;
(g) Dose of Irradiation;
(h) Serial Number of Batch;
(i) The nature, quality of Food to be irradiated and the Batch
number;
(j) Quantity of Food Irradiated;
(k) Physical appearance of article; before and after
irradiation;
(l) Type of packaging used during the irradiation treatment and
for packing the irradiated food;

Regulation 5.12.6: Standards of Irradiated Food :

The irradiated foods shall comply with all the provisions of the Food
Safety and Standards Act and the regulations made thereunder specifying

- - 452 - -
standards of such food.

Regulation5.12.7: Storage and sale of irradiated food. Save as

otherwise provided in these regulations, no person shall irradiate for sale,
store for sale, or transport for sale irradiated food.

Regulation 5.12.8 Restriction on sale of Irradiated Food.-

Irradiated food shall be offered for sale only in prepackaged conditions.

- - 453 - -
Chapter 6: Substances added to food

Part 6.1: Food Additives

Regulations 6.1.1:

1). For the purpose of this regulation “good manufacturing practices

(GMP) for use of food additives” means the food additives used under
the following conditions namely

(i) the quantity of the additive added to food shall be limited to the
lowest possible level necessary to accomplish its desired effect;
(ii) the quantity of the additive becomes a component of food as a
result of its uses in the manufacturing, processing or packaging of a
food and which is not intended to accomplish any physical or other
technical effect in the food itself; is reduced to the extent
reasonably possible; and
(iii) the additive is prepared and handled in the same way as a food
ingredient.

Regulation 6.1.2 Colouring Matter

(i) Unauthorized addition of colouring matter prohibited –

The addition of colouring matter to any article of food except
as specifically permitted by these regulations is prohibited.
(ii) Natural colouring matters which may be used – Except
as otherwise provided in these regulations including
Appendix A the following natural colouring principles
whether isolated from natural colours or produced
synthetically may be used in or upon any article of food.
(i) Beta-carotene;

- - 454 - -
(ii) Beta-apo 8’- carotenal;

(iii) Methylester of Beta-apo 8’ carotenoic acid,

(iv) Ethylester of Beta-apo 8’ carotenoic acid,

(v) Canthaxanthin;

(vi) Chlorophyll;

(vii) Riboflavin (Lactoflavin).

(viii) Caramel.

(ix) Annatto

(x) Saffron

(xi) Curucumin or turmeric

Explanation – In the preparation of the solution of annatto colour in oil,

any edible vegetable oil listed in Chapter 5 to these regulations may be
used either singly or in combination and the name of the oil or oils used
shall be mentioned on the label as provided in Regulation 4.4.2 herein.

(iii) Addition of inorganic colouring matters and pigments

prohibited – Inorganic colouring matters and pigments shall
not be added to any article of food unless otherwise provided
in Appendix A and Regulation 6.2.1 of these Regulations

- - 455 - -
 (iv) Synthetic food colours which may be used
No Synthetic food colours or a mixture thereof except the following
shall be used in food.

Sl Colour Common name Colour index Chemical class

No. (1956)
1. Red Ponceau 4R 16255 Azo
Carmoisine 14720 Azo
Erythrosine 45430 Xanthene
2. Yellow Tartrazine 19140 Pyrazolone
Sunset Yellow FCF 15985 Azo
3. Blue Indigo Carmine 73015 Indigoid
Brilliant Blue FCF 42090 Triarylmethane
4. Green Fast Green FCF 42053 Triarylmethane
(v) Use of Lake Colours as colourant in foods
Aluminium Lake of Sunset Yellow FCF may be used in powdered dry
beverages mix (powdered soft drink concentrate) upto a maximum limit
of 0.04 percent by weight. The maximum limit of colour content in final
beverage for consumption shall not exceed 8.3 ppm and that of
aluminium content shall not exceed 4.4 ppm of the final beverage for
consumption:
PROVIDED that the powdered dry beverages mix (powdered soft
drink concentrate) label shall give clear instruction for reconstitution of
product for making final beverage

(vi) Use of permitted synthetic food colours prohibited – Use

of permitted synthetic food colours in or upon any food other
than those enumerated below is prohibited :–

- - 456 - -
 (a) Ice-cream, milk lollies, frozen desserts, flavoured milk,
yoghurt, ice-cream mix-powder;

(b) Biscuits including biscuit wafer, pastries, cakes,

confectionery, thread candies, sweets, savouries (dalmoth, mongia,
phululab, sago papad, dal biji only);

(c) Peas, strawberries and cherries in hermetically sealed

containers, preserved or processed papaya, canned tomato juice,
fruit syrup, fruit squash, fruit crushes, fruit cordial, jellies, jam,
marmalade, candied crystallised or glazed fruits;

(d) Non-alcoholic carbonated and non-carbonated ready to

serve synthetic beverages including synthetic syrups, sharbats, fruit
bar, fruit beverages, fruit drinks, synthetic soft-drink concentrates;

(e) Custard powder;

(f) Jelly crystal and ice-candy;

(g) Flavour emulsion and flavour paste for use in carbonated or

non-carbonated beverages only under label declaration as
provided in these Regulations.

(vii) Maximum limit of permitted synthetic food colours –

The maximum limit of permitted synthetic food colours or
mixture thereof which may be added to any food article
enumerated in Appendix A of these Regulations shall not
exceed 100 parts per million of the final food or beverage for

- - 457 - -
 consumption, except in case of food articles mentioned in
clause (c) above where the maximum limit of permitted
synthetic food colours shall not exceed 200 parts per million
of the final food or beverage for consumption.
(viii) Colours to be pure – The colours specified in these
Regulations, when used in the preparation of any article of
food shall be pure and free from any harmful impurities.

(ix) Sale of permitted food colours.

1) No person shall manufacture, sell, stock, distribute or exhibit for

sale synthetic food colours or their mixtures or any preparation of
such colours for use in or upon food except under a licence.

2) No person shall sell a permitted synthetic food colours for use in or

upon food unless its container carries a label stating the following
particulars:-
(i) the words “Food Colours”;
(ii) the chemical and the common or commercial name and
colour index of the dye-stuff.

3) No person shall sell a mixture of permitted synthetic food colours

for use in or upon food unless its container carries a label stating
the following particulars:—
(i) the words “Food Colour Mixture”;
(ii) the chemical and the common or commercial name and
colour index of the dye stuff contained in the mixture.

4) No person shall sell a preparation of permitted synthetic food

colours for use in or upon food unless its container carries a label

- - 458 - -
 stating the following particulars:—
(i) the words “Food Colour Preparation”;
(ii) the name of the various ingredients used in the
preparation.

Regulation 6.1.3 Artificial Sweeteners

(i) Restriction on use and sale of artificial Sweeteners

a. No artificial sweetener shall be added to any article of food’
PROVIDED that artificial sweetener may be used in food articles
mentioned in the table below in quantities not exceeding the limits shown
against them and as per provision contained in these regulations
including Appendix A and shall bear the label declarations as provided
in these Regulations.

TABLE
Sl. No. Name of artificial Maximum limit
sweetener Article of food of
Artificial
sweetener

1 2 3 4

Saccharin
1. Sodium Carbonated Water 100 ppm
*100
Soft Drink Concentrate ppm
4000
Supari ppm
8000
Pan Masala ppm
Pan Flavouring Material 8.0 Per cent
Synthetic Syrup for dispenser 450 ppm
Sweets (Carbohydrates based
and Milk products based) :
Halwa, Mysore Pak, Boondi
Ladoo, Jalebi, Khoya Burfi, Peda,
Gulab Jamun, Rasogolla and
similar milk product based sweets
sold by any name. 500 ppm

- - 459 - -
 Chocolate (White, Milk, Plain,
Composite And Filled) 500 ppm
Sugar based/ Sugar free 3000
confectionery ppm
3000
Chewing gum /Bubble gum ppm
Aspartame
(methylester
2. ) Carbonated Water 700 ppm
Soft Drink concentrate *700 ppm
Biscuits, Bread, Cakes and 2200
Pasteries ppm
Sweets (Carbohydrates based
and Milk products based) :
Halwa, Mysore Pak, Boondi
Ladoo, Jalebi, Khoya Burfi, Peda,
Gulab Jamun, Rasogolla and
similar milk product based sweets
sold by any name 200 ppm
1000
Jam, Jellies, Marmalades ppm
Chocolate (White, Milk, Plain, 2000
Composite And Filled) ppm
Sugar based/ Sugar free 10000
confectionery ppm
10000
Chewing gum/ Bubble gum ppm
3000
Synthetic Syrup for dispenser ppm
1000
Custard powder mix ppm
Vegetarian jelly crystals 3000 ppm

Acesulfame
3. Potassium Carbonated water 300 ppm
*300
Soft Drink concentrate ppm
Biscuits, Bread, Cakes and 1000
Pasteries ppm
Sweets (Carbohydrates based
and Milk products based) :
Halwa, Mysore Pak, Boondi
Ladoo, Jalabi, Khoya Burfi, Peda,
Gulab Jamun, Rasogolla and
similar milk product based sweets
sold by any name 500 ppm
Chocolate (White, Milk, Plain,
Composite and Filled) 500 ppm
Sugar based/ Sugar free
confectionery 3500 ppm
Chewing gum/ Bubble gum 5000 ppm

Synthetic Syrup for dispenser 1500 ppm

- - 460 - -
 Ready to serve tea and coffee based
Beverages 600 ppm
Ice lollies / ice candy 800 ppm
cereal based beverages 500 ppm
Fruit Nectars 300ppm
300 ppm (in
final Beverage
for
Concentrate for fruit nectars consumption)

4. Sucralose Carbonated Water 300 ppm

Soft Drink Concentrate *300 ppm
Biscuits, Bread, cakes and Pasteries 750 ppm
Sweets (Carbohydrates based and
Milk products based) : Halwa,
Mysore Pak, Boondi Ladoo, Jalebi,
Khoya Burfi, Peda, Gulab Jamun,
Rasogolla and similar milk product
based sweets sold by any name 750 ppm
Yoghurts 300 ppm
Sweetened butter milk 300 ppm
Ice Cream 400 ppm
Jam, Jellies and marmalades 450 ppm
Frozen Fruit 150 ppm
Chutney 800 ppm
Confectionery 1500 ppm
Chewing gum 1250 ppm
Cookies 750 ppm
Doughnuts / scones / muffins 800 ppm
Cake mixes 700 ppm
Ready to serve tea and coffee based 600 ppm
Beverages
Ice lollies / ice candy 800 ppm
Vegetable juice 250 ppm
Vegetable nectar 250 ppm
Concentrates for vegetable juice 1250 ppm
Concentrate for vegetable nectar 1250 ppm
Lozenges 1500ppm

Explanation I:—Pan flavouring material refers to the flavouring

agents permitted for human consumption to be used for pan. It shall be
labelled as—
“Pan Flavouring material”

- - 461 - -
*Explanation II:—Maximum limit of artificial sweetener in soft drink
concentrate shall be as in reconstituted beverage or in final beverage for
consumption. Soft Drink concentrate label shall give clear instruction for
reconstitution of products for making final beverage.
Provided where the artificial sweetener(s) is/are used in carbonated water
/ sweetened aerated water / fruit beverage / carbonated fruit beverage /
fruit nectar, the requirement of minimum total soluble solids shall not
apply

PROVIDED FURTHER that Saccharin Sodium or Aspertame (Methyl ester)

or Acesulfame Potassium or Sucralose may be sold individually as Table
Top Sweetener and may contain the following carrier or filler articles with
label declaration as provided in these Regulations namely:—

(i) Dextrose

(ii) Lactose

(iii) Maltodextrin

(iv) Mannitol

(v) Sucrose

(vi) Isomalt

(vii) Citric Acid

(viii) Calcium silicate

(ix) Carboxymethyl Cellulose

(x) Cream of Tartar, IP

(xi) Cross Carmellose sodium

(xii) Colloidal silicone dioxide

- - 462 - -
(xiii) Glycine

(xiv) L-leucine

(xv) Magnesium stearate IP

(xvi) Purified Talc

(xvii) Poly vinyl pyrrolidone

(xviii) Providone

(xix) Sodium hydrogen carbonate

(xx) Starch

(xxi) Tartaric acid.

PROVIDED FURTHER also that where sucralose is marketed as Table Top

Sweetener, the concentration of sucralose shall not exceed six mg per
hundred mg of tablet or granule.

(ii) No mixture of artificial sweeteners shall be added to any article of

food or in the manufacture of table top sweeteners.
PROVIDED that in case of carbonated water, softdrink concentrate and
synthetic syrup for dispenser, wherein use of aspertame and acesulfame
potassium have been allowed in the alternative, as per Table under
Regulation 6.1.3 (1) these artificial sweeteners may be used in
combination with one or more alternative if the quantity of each artificial
sweetener so used does not exceed the maximum limit specified for that
artificial sweetener in column (4) of the said Table as may be worked out
on the basis of proportion in which such artificial sweeteners are
combined. The products containing mixture of artificial sweeteners shall
bear the label as provided in these Regulations.

- - 463 - -
Illustration:— In column (3) of the said Table, in carbonated water,
Aspertame (Methyl Ester) or Acesulfame Potassium may be added in the
proportion of 700 ppm or 300 ppm respectively. If both artificial
sweeteners are used in combination and the proportion of aspertame
(Methyl Ester) is 350 ppm, the proportion of Acesulfame Potassium shall
not exceed the proportion of 150 ppm;

(iii) No person shall sell table top sweetener except under label
declaration as provided in these Regulations.
PROVIDED that aspertame may be marked as a table top sweetener in
tablet or granular form in moisture proof packages and the concentration
of aspertame shall not exceed 18 mg per 100 mg of tablet or granules.

Regulation 6.1.4: Preservatives - “preservative” means a substance

which when added to food, is capable of inhibiting, retarding or arresting
the process of fermentation, acidification or other decomposition of food.

(i) Classification of Preservatives.

Preservatives shall be divided into following classes :

a. Class I preservative shall be :—

(i) Common salt.
(ii) Sugar.
(iii) Dextrose.
(iv) Glucose Syrup.
(v) Spices.
(vi) Vinegar or acetic acid.
(vii) Honey
(viii) Edible vegetable oils

Addition of Class I preservatives in any food is not restricted, unless

- - 464 - -
otherwise provided in the regulations including Appendix A.
PROVIDED that the article of food to which a Class I preservative
has been added conforms to the specifications laid down in Chapter
5.

b. Class II preservatives shall be :—

(i) Benzoic acid including salts thereof,
(ii) Sulphurous acid including salts thereof,
(iii) Nitrates or Nitrites of Sodium or Potassium in
respect of food like ham, pickled meat,
(iv) Sorbic acid including its sodium, potassium and calcium
salts, propionates of calcium or sodium, lactic acid, and
acid calcium phosphate.

(v) Nisin
(vi) Sodium and calcium propionate.
(vii) Methyl or propyl Parahydroxy-Benzoate.
(viii) Propionic acid, including esters or salt thereof,
(ix) Sodium diacetate, and
(x) Sodium, potassium and calcium salts of lactic acid.

(ii) Use of more than one Class II preservative

prohibited.

a. No person shall use in or upon a food more than one Class

II preservative:
PROVIDED that where in column (2) of the table given in
Regulation (iii) of 6.1.4 the use of more than one preservative
has been allowed in the alternative, those preservatives may,
notwithstanding anything contained in Regulation (iii) of 6.1.4 of
these Regulations, be used in combination with one or more
alternatives, provided the quantity of each preservative so used
does not exceed such number of parts out of those specified for

- - 465 - -
 that preservative in column (3) of the aforesaid table as may be
worked out on the basis of the proportion in which such
preservatives are combined.

Illustration.—In the group of foods specified in Item 6 of the table

given in Regulation (iii) of 6.1.4 of these Regulations, sulphur
dioxide or Benzoic acid can be added in the proportion of 40 parts
per million or 200 parts per million respectively. If both
preservatives are used in combination and the proportion of sulphur
dioxide is 20 parts per million, the proportion of Benzoic acid shall
not exceed the proportion of 100 parts per million.

(iii) Use of Class II preservatives restricted.

The use of Class II preservatives shall be restricted to the
following group of foods in concentration not exceeding the
proportions given below against each.

- - 466 - -
- - 467 - -
- - 468 - -
- - 469 - -
- - 470 - -
 (iv) Use of Class II preservatives in mixed foods

In a mixture of two or more foods or groups of foods mentioned

against each item in the Table under Regulation 6.1.4 (iii) of these
Regulations the use of Class II preservative or preservatives shall be
restricted to the limit up to which the use of such preservative or
preservatives is permitted for the foods or groups of foods contained in
such mixture.

Illustration.—In the food specified in Item 23 of the table given in

Regulation (iii) of 6.1.4 sulphur dioxide can be added to dehydrated
vegetables in the proportion of 2,000 parts per million. If this food is
mixed with the food specified in Item 24 given in the said table, that is to
say tomato puree and paste, where benzoic acid is permitted to an extent
of 250 p.p.m., then in the mixture containing equal parts of these two

- - 471 - -
foods, the proportion of Sulphur dioxide and Benzoic acid, shall be 1,000
p.p.m. and 125 p.p.m. respectively.

(v) Restriction on use of nitrate and nitrite.

No nitrate or nitrite shall be added to any infant food.

(vi) Use of Natamycin for surface treatment of

cheese (hard).

Natamycin may be used for surface treatment of cheese (hard)

under label declaration as specified in these Regulations, subject to
the following conditions, namely :-

a. Maximum level of application of Natamycin shall not exceed 2mg/dm3

b. The penetration depth of Natamycin in cheese (hard) shall not
exceed 2mm.
c. The maximum residue level of Natamycin in the finished cheese
(hard) shall not exceed 1mg/dm3

Regulation 6.1.5: ANTI-OXIDANTS,

(i) “anti-oxidant’ means a substance which when added to food

retards or prevents oxidative deterioration of food and does not
include sugar, cereal, oils, flours, herbs and spices;

(ii) Restriction on use of anti-oxidants.

No antioxidant other than lecithin, ascorbic acid and tocopherol

shall be added to any food unless otherwise provided in regulation
(ii) of 6.1.5 including appendices of these Regulations.

PROVIDED that the following anti-oxidants, not exceeding in

concentration mentioned against each, may be added to edible oils
and fats except ghee and butter, namely :-

- - 472 - -
1 Ethyl Gallate
2 Propyl gallate or mixture thereof 0.01 percent
3 Octyl gallate
4 Dodecyl gallate
5 Ascorbyl palmitate 0.02 percent
6 Butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) 0.02 percent
7 Citric Acid 0.01 percent
8 Tartaric acid 0.01 percent
9 Gallic acid 0.01 percent
10 Resin Guaiace 0.05 percent
11 Tertiary Butyl Hydro Quinone 0.02 percent
(TBHQ)

PROVIDED that dry mixes of Rassgollas and vadas may contain

Butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) not exceeding 0.02 per cent
calculated on the basis of fat content:

PROVIDED FURTHER that anti-oxidants permitted in Regulation (ii)

of 6.1.5 of these Regulations may be used in permitted flavouring
agents in concentration not exceeding 0.01 per cent.

PROVIDED FURTHER that wherever Butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA)

is used in conjunction with the anti-oxidants mentioned at item Nos.
1 to 4 of the preceeding proviso, the quantity of the mixture shall not
exceed the limit of 0.02 per cent:

PROVIDED FURTHER that Ghee and Butter may contain Butylated

- - 473 - -
hydroxyanisole (BHA) in a concentration not exceeding 0.02 per cent.

PROVIDED FURTHER that fat spread may contain Butylated

hydroxyanisole (BHA) or Tertiary butyl hydro quinone (TBHQ) in a
concentration not exceeding 0.02 per cent by weight on fat basis.

PROVIDED FURTHER that ready-to-eat dry breakfast cereals may

contain Butylated Hydroxanisole (BHA) not exceeding 0.005 percent
(50ppm).

PROVIDED FURTHER that in ready to drink infant milk substitute,

lecithin and ascrobyl palmitate may be used upto maximum limit of
0.5 gm./100ml. and 1mg./ 100ml. respectively.

PROVIDED FURTHER that chewing gum/ bubble gum may contain

Butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA) not exceeding 250 ppm.

(iii) Use of anti-oxidants in Vitamin D Preparation -

Vitamin D preparation may contain anti-oxidants
prescribed in Regulation (ii) of 6.1.5 of these
Regulations not exceeding 0.08 per cent.

Regulation 6.1.6: Emulsifying and Stabilising agents

(i) Emulsifying agents’ and “stabilising agents” means
substances which when added to food, are capable of
facilitating a uniform dispersion of oils and fats in aqueous
media or vice versa, and/or stabilising such emulsions and
include the agents specified in these Regulations and
Appendices and agents mentioned below:

- - 474 - -
 Agar, alginic acid, calcium and sodium alginates, carrageen,
edible gums (such as guar, karaya, arabic, carobean, furcellaran,
tragacanth, gum ghatti), dextrin, sorbitol, pectin, sodium and calcium
pectate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphates, sodium tartrate, calcium
lactate, lecithin, albumen, gelatin, quillaia, modified starches,
hydrolysed proteins, monoglycerides or diglycerides of fatty acids,
synthetic lecithin, propyleneglycol stearate, propylenegelycol alginate,
methyl ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxy-methyl
cellulose, stearyl tartaric acid, esters of monoglycerides and
diglycerides of fatty acids monostearin sodium sulphoacetate, sorbitan
esters of fatty acids or in combination poly-oxy-ethylene sorbitan,
monostearate] sodium stearoy 1-2-lactylate and calcium stearoy 1-2
lactylate Polyglycerol Esters of fatty acids and polyglycerol Ester of
interesterified Ricinoleic acid and Brominated vegetable oils Glycerol
esters of wood resins (Ester Gum)

(ii) Restriction on use of emulsifying and stabilizing agents

- No emulsifying or stabilising agents shall be used in any
food, except where the use of emulsifying or stabilising
agent is specifically permitted :

PROVIDED that the following emulsifying or stabilising agents shall

not be used in milk and cream, namely :

Monoglycerides or diglycerides of fatty acids, synthetic lecithin,

propyl-eneglycol stearate, propyleneglycol alginate, methyl ethyl
cellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, stearyl
tartaric acid, esters of monoglycerides and diglycerides of fatty

- - 475 - -
acids, monostearin sodium sulphoacetate, sorbitan esters of fatty
acids or in combination
PROVIDED FURTHER that Polyglycerol esters of fatty acids and
Polyglycerol ester of interesterified Ricinoleic acid may be used in
bakery products and in chocolate to the extent of 0.2 per cent by
weight.

PROVDIED that Diacetyl Tartaric acid esters of Mono and

Diglycerides may be used in Bread and Cakes.

(iii) Use of starch phosphate - Starch phosphate, a gum

arabic substitute, may be used in syrup, ice-cream
powder, salad dressing and pudding to a maximum extent
of 0.5 per cent.
(iv) Use of modified starches — Modified food starches
(derivative starches) may be used in baked foods,
confectionery, snacks, flavours, dairy products (where use
of emulsifier/stabiliser is allowed in Appendix `A’) glazes,
icings, gravies, sauces, soups, coatings upto a maximum
concentration of 0.5 per cent by weight.
(v) Use of emulsifying and stabilising agents in
flavouring agents - The emulsifying and stablising agents
may be added to flavouring agents.
(vi) Use of emulsifying and stabilising agents in fruit
products - The following emulsifying and stabilising
agents may be added to Fruit Products:
a. Pectin
b. Sodium alginate
c. Calcium alginate
d. Alginic acid

- - 476 - -
 e. Propylene glycol alginate.

The emulsifying and stabilizing agents as permitted by

Appendix A of these regulations

(vii) Use of emulsifying and stabilising agents in frozen

desserts – The emulsifying and stabilizing agents as
defined under the Regulations, may be added to frozen
desserts.

(viii) Use of Hydroxypropyl Methyl Cellulose in non Dairy Whip

Topping – Hydroxypropyl Methyl Cellulose may be used in
non-dairy whip toppings upto a maximum level 2.0 per
cent.

(ix) Use of Xanthan gum.-Xanthan gum may be used in the

following products, namely :-

Non dairy whip toppings - maximum 0.5% by weight

Bakery mixes - maximum 0.5% by weight

Regulation 6.1.7: Anticaking Agents

(i) Restriction on use of anticaking agents.

No anticaking agents shall be used in any food except where the use of
anticaking agents is specifically permitted.

PROVIDED THAT table salt, onion powder, garlic powder, fruit powder
and soup powder may contain the following anticaking agents in
quantities not exceeding 2.0 per cent either singly or in combination
namely :-

a. carbonates of calcium and magnesium.

- - 477 - -
 b. phosphates of calcium and magnesium .

c. silicates of calcium, magnesium, aluminium or sodium or

silicon dioxide;

d. myristates, palmitates or stearates of aluminium ammonium,

calcium, potassium or sodium.

PROVIDED FURTHER that calcium potassium or sodium ferrocyanide

may be used as crystal modifiers and anti-caking agent in common
salt, iodised salt and iron fortified salt in quantity not exceeding 10
mg/kg singly or in combination expressed as ferrocyanide.

Regulation 6.1.8: Antifoaming agents in edible oils and

fats.
(i) Dimethyl and Polysiloxane, food grade, may be used as an
antifoaming agent in edible oils and fats for deep fat frying
upto a maximum limit of 10 parts per million.
Provided that mono and diglycerides of fatty acids of edible oil may be
used as antifoaming agent in jam, jellies and marmalade

Explanation-For the purpose of this Regulation,”Anti foaming agent”

means substance which retards deteriorative changes and foaming
height during heating.

Regulation 6.1.9: Use of release agents in confectionery.

(i) Spreadasil silicon spray (Dimethyl Polysiloxane) if used, as release
agent in confectionery, shall not exceed 10 ppm of the finished product.

(ii) Use of Foods Additives in Food Products. - The food products

- - 478 - -
 may contain food additives as specified in these Regulations and in
Appendix A.

a. Use of food additives in traditional foods. - The traditional

foods namely, - Snacks of Savouries (Fried Products), such as
Chiwda, Bhujia, Dalmoth, Kadubale, Kharaboondi, Spiced and fried
dals, banana chips and similar fried products sold by any name,
Sweets, Carbohydrates based and Milk product based, such as
Halwa, Mysore Pak, Boondi Ladoo, Jalebi,Khoya Burfi, Peda, Gulab
Jamun, Rasogolla and similar milk product based sweets sold by
any name, Instant Mixes Powders only of Idli mix, dosa mix,
puliyogare mix, pongal mix, gulab jamoon mix, jalebi mix, vada
mix, Rice and Pulses based Papads, Ready-to-Serve Beverages
(tea/coffee based only) may contain food additives permitted in
these regulations and in Table 2 of Appendix A.

b. Use of additives in Bread, Biscuits - The food products such as

Bread and Biscuits, may contain food additives permitted in these
regulations and in Table 1 of Appendix A.

c. Use of Food Additives in different foods. - The following food

products may contain food additives permitted in these regulations
and in Table 3 of Appendix A, namely:-

(i) Dairy based drinks, flavoured and or fermented (e.g. chocolate

milk) cocoa, eggnog-UHT Sterilised shelf life more than three
months), Synthetic soft drink concentrate, mix/fruit based
beverage mix, soups, bullions and taste makers, desert jelly,
custard powder, jelly crystal, flavour emulsions and flavour
paste (for use in carbonated and non-carbonated beverages);

- - 479 - -
 (ii) Sausages and sausage meat containing raw meat, cereals and
condiments.

(iii)Fruit pulp or juice (not dried) for conversions into jam or

crystallized glazed or cured fruit or other product;

(iv)Corn Flour and such like starches;

(v)Corn syrup;

(vi)Canned Rasogolla (the cans shall be internally) lacquered with

sulphur dioxide resistant lacquer;

(vii)Gelatine;

(viii)Beer;

(ix)Cider;

(x)Alcoholic Wines;

(xi) Non-alcoholic wines;

(xii) Ready-to-Serve beverage;

(xiii) Brewed ginger beer;

(xiv) Coffee Extract;

- - 480 - -
(xv) Danish tinned caviar;

(xvi) Dried ginger;

(xvii) Flour confectionery;

(xviii) Smoked fish (in wrappers);

(xix) Dry mixes of Rasgollas;

(xx) Preserved Chapaties;

(xxi) Fat Spread;

(xxii) Prunes;

(xxiii) Baked food confections and baked foods;

(xxiv) Flour for baked food;

(xxv) Packed Paneer;

(xxvi) Cakes and Pastries; and

(xxvii) Prepackaged Coconut Water, Canned Rasogula.

Regulation 6.1.10: FLAVOURING AGENTS AND RELATED

SUBSTANCES

1) Flavouring agents.

Flavouring agents include flavour substances, flavour extracts or flavour

- - 481 - -
preparations, which are capable of imparting flavouring properties,
namely taste or odour or both to food. Flavouring agents may be of
following three types :-

(i) Natural Flavours and Natural Flavouring substances means flavour

preparations and single substance respectively, acceptable for
human consumption, obtained exclusively by physical processes
from vegetables, sometimes animal raw materials, either in their
natural state or processed for human consumption.

(ii) Nature-Identical Flavouring Substances means substances

chemically isolated from aromatic raw materials or obtained
synthetically; they are chemically identical to substances present in
natural products intended for human consumption, either processed
or not.

(iii) Artificial Flavouring Substances means those substances which

have not been identified in natural products intended for human
consumption either processed or not;
2) Use of anti-oxidants, emulsifying and stabilising agents and
food preservatives in flavour.
The flavouring agents may contain permitted anti-oxidants, emulsifying
and stabilising agents and food preservatives.

3) Restriction on use of flavouring agents :-

The use of the following flavouring agents are prohibited in any article of
food, namely :-
(i) Coumarin and dihydrocoumarin;
(ii) Tonkabean (Dipteryl adorat);
(iii) β-asarone and cinamyl anthracilate”.

- - 482 - -
 (iv) Estragole
(v) Ethyl Methyl Ketone
(vi) Ethyl-3-Phenylglycidate
(vii) Eugenyl methyl ether
(viii) Methyl β napthyl Ketone
(ix) P.Propylanisole
(x) Saffrole and Isosaffrole
(xi) Thujone and Isothujone α & β thujone.

4) Solvent in flavour.
Diethylene Glycol and Monoethylether shall not be used as solvent in
flavours.

Regulation 6.1.11: Use of Flavour Enhancers

1) Monosodium Glutamate - Monosodium Glutamate may be added to
foods as per the provisions contained in Appendix A, subject to Good
Manufacturing Practices (GMP) level and under proper label declaration as
provided in Regulation 4.4.4 (18) of these Regulations. It shall not be
added to any food for use by infant below twelve months and in the
following foods:-

List of foods where Monosodium Glutamate is not allowed

(i) Milk and Milk Products including Buttermilk.

(ii) Fermented and renneted milk products (plain) excluding dairy
based drink.
(iii) Pasteurized cream.
(iv) Sterilised, UHT, whipping or whipped and reduced fat creams.
(v) Fats and Oils, Foodgrains, Pulses, Oil seeds and grounded/
powdered foodgrains.
(vi) Butter and concentrated butter.
(vii) Fresh fruit.
(viii) Surface treated fruit.
(ix) Peeled or cut fruit.

- - 483 - -
(x) Fresh vegetables, Surface treated fruit, Peeled or cut fruits.
(xi) Frozen vegetables.
(xii) Whole, broken or flaked grains, including rice.
(xiii) Flours of cereals, pulses and starches.
(xiv) Pastas and noodles (only dried products).
(xv) Fresh meat, poultry and game, whole pieces or cuts or
comminuted.
(xvi) Fresh fish and fish products, including mollusks, crustaceans
and echinoderms.
(xvii) Processed fish and fish products, including mollusks,
crustaceans and echinoderms.
(xviii) Fresh eggs, Liquid egg products, Frozen egg products.
(xix) White and semi-white sugar (sucrose and sacharose, fructose,
glucose (dextrose), xylose, sugar solutions and syrups, also
(partially) inverted sugars, including molasses, treacle and
sugar toppings.
(xx) Other sugars and syrups (e.g. brown sugar and maple syrup).
(xxi) Honey
(xxii) Salt
(xxiii) Herbs, spices and condiments, seasoning (including salt
substitutes) except seasoning for Noodles and Pastas, meat
tenderizers, onion salt, garlic salt, oriental seasoning mix,
topping to sprinkle on rice, fermented soyabean paste,
Yeast.
(xxiv) Infant food and Infant milk substitute including infant
formulae and follow-on formulate.
(xxv) Foods for young children (weaning foods).
(xxvi) Natural Minerals water and Packaged Drinking water.
(xxvii) Concentrates (liquid and solid) for fruit juices.
(xxviii) Canned or bottled (pasteurized) fruit nectar.
(xxix) Concentrates (liquid and solid) for fruit juices.
(xxx) Canned or Bottled (pasteurized) fruit nectar.
(xxxi) Coffee and coffee substitutes, tea, herbal infusions, and
other cereal beverages excluding cocoa.
(xxxii) Wines.
(xxxiii) Margarine
(xxxiv) Fat Spread
(xxxv) Fruits and Vegetables products except those where
Monosodium Glutamate is permitted under Appendix A
of these Regulations.
(xxxvi) Carbonated Water
(xxxvii) Baking Powder
(xxxviii) Arrowroot
(xxxix) Sago

- - 484 - -
 (xl) Plantation Sugar, Jaggery and Bura.
(xli) Ice-Candies.
(xlii) Ice cream and Frozen desserts.
(xliii) Cocoa Butter
(xliv) Saccharine
(xlv) Malted Milk Food and Milk based foods
(xlvi) Bread
(xlvii) Vinegar
(xlviii) Sugar Confectionery, Toffee, Lozenges.
(xlix) Chocolate
(l) Pan Masala
(li) Alcoholic Beverages.

Regulation 6.1.12 : SEQUESTERING AND BUFFERING AGENTS

(ACIDS, BASES, AND SALTS)

(i) “sequestering agents” means substances which prevent adverse

effect of metals catalysing the oxidative break-down of foods
forming chelates; thus inhibiting decolourisation, off taste and
rancidity;
(ii) “Buffering agents” means materials used to counter acidic and
alkaline changes during storage or processing steps, thus
improving the flavour and increasing the stability of foods;

1) Restrictions on the use of sequestering and buffering agents.

Unless otherwise provided in these regulations the sequestering and
buffering agents specified in column (1) of the Table below, may be used
in the groups of food specified in the corresponding entry in column (2)
of the said Table, in concentration not exceeding the proportions
specified in the corresponding entry in column (3) of the said Table :

TABLE

Name of Maximum level

sequestering And Groups of food of use (parts

- - 485 - -
buffering agents per Million)
(ppm)
(mg./kg.)
(1) (2) (3)

(i) Acidulant, buffering

and and neutralizing Limited
agents in beverages by
1. Acetic Acid soft drinks G.M.P.
(ii) in canned baby foods
Salt substituted and
dietary food 5,000
Salt substitute and
2. Adipic acid dietary food 250
Calcium
3. Gluconate In confections 2,500
Calcium As a neutralizer in
4. Carbonate number of foods 10,000
As a neutralizer in
5. Calcium oxide specified dairy product 2,500
Carbonated beverage Limited
Citric acid malic and as an acidulant in By
6. acid miscellaneous foods G.M.P.
Limited
DL Lactic Acid As acidulant in By
7. (food grade) miscellaneous foods G.M.P.
8. L(+) Lactic As acidulant in Limited
Acid (food grade) miscellaneous foods by GMP
9. Phosphoric acid Beverages, soft drinks 600
Polyphosphate
containing less
than 6 Phosphate (a) Processed cheese,
10. moieties bread 40,000
(b) Milk Preparations 4,000
(c) Cake Mixes 10,000
(d) Protein foods 4,000
11. L (+) Tartaric acid Acidulants 600
(i) Emulsions
containing refined
vegetable oils, eggs,
vinegar, salt, sugar
and spices;
Calcium Disodium, (ii) Salad dressing;
Ethylene, Diamine (iii) Sandwich
12. tetra acetate spread or fat Spread 50
13. Fumaric acid As acidulant in 3000pp

- - 486 - -
 Miscellaneous foods m

NOTE :- DL Lactic acid and L(+) Tartaric acid shall not be added to any
food meant for children below 12 months (The lactic acid shall also
conform to the specification laid down by the Indian Standards
Institution.)

Regulation 6.1.13: Use of Glycerol Esters of Wood Resins

(Ester Gum)—
The maximum limit of glycerol esters of wood resins(ester gum) when
used in flavour emulsions, soft drink concentrate and carbonated water
shall not exceed 100 P.P.M. of the final beverage for consumption.

Regulation 6.1.14: Use of Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate — The

maximum concentration of Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate when used in
non-alcoholic beverages as a clouding agent shall not exceed 300 ppm;

Regulation 6.1.15: Use of Lactulose Syrup in foods:

(i) Lactulose syrup may be used in special milk based infant food
formulations, which is to be taken under medical advice upto
a maximum level of 0.5 per cent of final food subject to label
declaration.
(ii) Lactulose syrup may be used in bakery products upto 0.5 per
cent maximum by weight.

Regulation 6.1.16: Other substances to be used in Specified limits

The use of substances specified in column (1) in the food mentioned
in column (2) of the Table given below shall not exceed the limit specified
in column (3) of the said table, namely :-
TABLE
Substances Food Maximum level

- - 487 - -
 of use (ppm) mg/kg
1 2 3
1. Ammonium Carbonate Baked foods confections 5,000
2. Ammonium bicarbonate -do- GMP
3. Baking powder Baked foods GMP
4. Ammonium Phosphate Bread 2,500
Monobasic
5. Ammonium persulphate -do- 2,500
6. Calcium Phosphate -do- 2,500
7. Calcium Carbonate -do- 5,000

Potassium Bromate and

8. /or -do- 50
Potassium Iodate
9. Ammonium Chloride -do- 500
10. Fungal Alpha-amylase -do- 100
11. Sodium Stearoy 1-2 -do- 5,000
Lactylate of Calcium
Stearoy 1-2 Lactylate
(Singly or in combination)
L-Cystein Mono
12. Hydrochloride -do- 90
13. Benzoyl Peroxide Flour for bakery 40
14. Potassium bromate -do- 20
15. Ascorbic acid -do- 200
Cured meat or meat
16. Gluconodelta Lactone products 5,000
17. Chlorine Flour for bakery 2,000
Corned beef, Luncheon
Meat, Cooked Ham,
Chopped Meat, Canned
Ascorbic acid/Iso Ascorbic Chicken, Canned Mutton
acid and its salts singly or and Goat Meat.
18. in combination 500
Phosphates (Naturally
present and added) Luncheon Meat,Cooked
19. expressed as P2O5 Ham, Chopped Meat. 8000

Regulation 6.1.17: Carry Over Of Food Additives

- - 488 - -
For the purpose of the standards specified in Chapter 5 the “Carry Over”
principle applies to the presence of additives such as colours, flavouring
agents, anti-oxidants anti-caking agents, emulsifying and stabilising
agents, and preservatives in food, as a result of the use of raw material
or other ingredients in which these additives were used. The presence of
contaminants is not covered by this purpose.
The presence of an additive in food through the application of the carry
over principle is admissible in general unless otherwise specifically
prohibited in the regulations provided the total additive including the
carry over through the raw material or other ingredients does not exceed
the maximum amount so permitted.

Part 6.2: Standards of Additives

Regulation 6.2.1 Food Colours: Standards of various Food Colours
with characteristics are specified in the table below:

1 Tartrazine
Common Name -tartrazine
Synonyms -FD and C Yellow No.5, E.E.C. Serial No.E
102, L-Gebb 2, C.I. Food Yelow 4.
Colour of the 0.1 -Yellow
Per cent
(M/V) solution in distilled
water .
Colour Index Number -No 19140
(1975)
Class -Monoazo.
Chemical Name -Trisodium salt of 5-hydroxy-1-p-
sulphopheny1-4-(p-sulphophenylazo)
Pyrazol-3-carboxylic acid.

Empirical formula -C16 H9 N4 O9 S2 Na3

Molecular Weight -534.37

- - 489 - -
 -Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble
Solubility in
Ethanol.
General Requirements
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:-
TABLE

Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1 2 3

1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried at

105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass, Min. 87

Loss on drying at 135oC and Chlorides and
2. Sulphates
expressed as sodium salt, percent by mass,
Max. 13
3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2

4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2

5. Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Max. 1.0
6. Dye intermediates, percent by mass, Max. 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.;

2. Sunset yellow
Common Name -Sunset Yellow
Synonyms -FD and C Yellow No.6, Janus
Orange S, C.l. Food Yelow 3, -Orange
2, Janune soil, EEC Serial No.E.10
Colour of the 0.1 per cent -Orange
(M/V) solution in distilled water
Colour Index Number (1975)-No 15985
Class -Monoazo.
Chemical Name -Disodium salt of 1.(4-
sulphophenylazo) 2-napthol-6-
sulphonic acid.
Empirical formula -C10H10N2O7S2NA2

- - 490 - -
 Molecular Weight -452.37
Solubility -Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble
in ethanol.
General Requirements

The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:-

TABLE
Requirements for Sunset Yellow, FCF
Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1. 2. 3.

Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried

1. at 87
105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass,
Min.
2. Loss on drying at 135oC, percent by mass and Chlorides
and Sulphates expressed as sodium
salt, percent by mass, Max. 13
3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2
4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2
Subsidiary dyes, (lower sulphonated dyes
5. including
traces of orange II) percent by mass, Max. 3.0
6. Dye intermediates, percent by mass, Max. 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides;

3. Erythrosine
Common Name -Erythrosine
Synonyms -FD and C Red No.3 C.l. Food Red
14, LB-Rot-I.
Colour of the 0.1 per cent
(M/V) solution in distilled water -Red

- - 491 - -
 Colour Index Number
(1975) -No 45430
Class -Xanthene.
-Disodium or dipotassium salt of
Chemical Name 2',
4', 5', 7', tetraiodo-
fluerescein,

Empirical formula -C20 H6 O5 I4 Na2

Molecular Weight -879.87 (Disodium Salt)
-Soluble in water. Soluble in
Solubility ethanol.
General Requirements
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table
below:-
TABLE

Requirements for Erythrosine

Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1. 2. 3.

1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried at

105o±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass, Min. 87

o
Loss on drying at 135 C percent by mass and Chlorides
2. and
Sulphates expressed as sodium salt percent by mass,
Max. 13
3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2
Ether extractable matter,(alkaline), percent by mass.
4. Max. 0.2
Inorganic Iodide, percent by mass as sodium iodide,
5. Max. 0.1
6. Subsidiary colouring matters except flourescein,
percent by mass, Max. 4
7. Fluorescein, mg/kg, Max. 20
8. Organic compounds other than colouring matter 0.2
(a) Tri-iodoresorcinol, percent by mass, Max. 0.2
(b) 2.(2,4-dihydroxy-3,5-di-iodobenzoyl) benzoic acid, 0.2
percent by mass, Max.
9. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
10. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3

- - 492 - -
11. Zinc, mg/kg, Max. 50
12. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.

4. Indigo carmine
Common Name -Indigo carmine
Synonyms -Indigotine, FD and C Blue No.2,
Cl Food Blue 1, EEC Serial No. E
132 L-Blue 2
Colour of the 0.1 per cent
(M/V) solution in distilled water -Blue
Colour Index Number (1975) -No 73015
Class -Indigoid
Chemical Name -Disodium Salt of indigotine-5, 5'-
Disulphonic acid.
Empirical formula -C16H8N2 O8 S2 Na2
Molecular Weight -466.36
Solubility -Soluble in water, sparingly soluble in
ethanol.
General Requirements
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:-

TABLE Requirement for Indigo Carmine

Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1. 2. 3.
1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried at
105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass, Min. 85
o
Loss on drying at 135 C, percent by mass and Chlorides
and Sulphates expressed as sodium salt, percent by mass,
2. Max. 15

3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2

4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2
5. Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Max. 1.0
6. Isatin Sulphonic acid, percent by mass, Max. 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

- - 493 - -
 It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.

5. - β-CAROTENE.
β-Carotene is obtained as dark violed hexagonal prisms when crystallised from
benzene methanol solution; or as red rhombic, almost quardratic plates, from petroleum
ether.
Synonyms - C.I. natural yellow 26.
Colour Index (1956) - No.75130.
Class - Carotenoids.
Chemical name - all trans β-Carotene.
Empirical Formula - C40 H56
Molecular weight - 536.89
Melting point - 183oC ± 1oC

Solubility.- Soluble in carbon disulphide, benzene and chloroform, moderately

soluble in normal hexane, cyclohexane, ether, petroleum ether and oils; practically
insoluble in methanol; insoluble in water.
Spectrophotometric Requirement.-The wavelengths of absorption maxima of all
trans β-Carotene in cyclohexane (0.2 mg per 100 ml. approximately) and in-1cm cell
shall be 456 mu to 484 mu region. There shall be no cis-peak in the 330 mu to 355 mu
region.
A solution of B-carotene in chloroform on addition of antimony trichloride solution
shall give a dark blue colour having maximum absorption at a wavelength of 590 mu.
Colour Reaction- When 2ml. of concentrated sulphuric acid is added to 2m. of 0.2
per cent solution of β-Carotene in chloroform, the acid layer shall turn blue.
The material shall have a minimum purity of 96.0 per cent.

Maximum limit of metallic impurities shall be:-

Arsenic (as As) 3 p.p.m.
Lead (as Pb) 10 p.p.m.
Heavy metal 40 p.p.m.
And shall also meet the following requirements:-
(i) Subsidiary colouring matter, percent by weight, Max. – 3
(ii) Sulphated ash, percent of total colouring matters, Max. – 0.1

6-CHLOROPHYLL: Chlorophyll, the green pigment of plants, is extracted and

widely used as a colouring matter for various food items.
Synonyms- C.I. Natural Green 3; Lebensmittel Green
No.1
Colour Green.
Colour Index Number- (1956) - No.75810. (1924) - No.12499.

- - 494 - -
 Class - Phorbin (dihydrophorphin).
Chemical name- Chlorophyll a - magnesium complex of
1,3,5,8-tetramethyl 4-ethyl-2-vinyl-9-keto-10- carbo-
methoxy phorbinphytyl-7-propionate. Chlorophyll b-
magnesium complex 1,5,8 trimethyl-3-formyl-4-ethyl-2-
vinyl-9-keto-10-
carbomethoxyphorbinphytyl-7-propionate.
Empirical formula- Chlorophyll a - C55H72O5N4Mg
Chlorophyll b- C55H70O6N4Mg
Molecular weight- Chlorophyll a- 893.54
Chlorophyll b - 907.52
General- The material shall be an intensely dark green, aqueous, ethanolic, or oily
solution of chlorophyll degradation products. It shall be soluble in ethanol, ether,
chloroform and benzene. It shall be insoluble in water.

Identification test- A solution of chlorophyll in ethanol shall be blue with deep red
flourescence.

Brown-phase Reaction-When green ether or petroleum ether solution of

chlorophyll is treated with a small quantity of a 10 per cent solution of potassium
hydroxide in methanol, the colour shall become brown quickly returning to green.

Note.- This test is applicable only when chlorophyll has not been treated with
alkalies.

Maximum limits for metallic impurities shall be:-

Arsenic (as As) 3 ppm
Lead (as Pb) 10 ppm
Copper (as Cu) 30 ppm
Zinc (as Zn) 50 ppm
The material shall also conform to the following
requirements:-

CHLOROPHYLL – MAGNESIUM COMPLEX

Sl. No. Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)

Total combined phaeophytines and their magnesium complexes,

1. percent by weight, max. 10
2. Residual solvents, mg/kg, Max. Acetone, methanol, ethanol, 50
propan-2-ol, hexane
3. Dichloromethane 10

7 Caramel-Caramel shall be prepared from the food grade carbohydrates or their

combinations in the presence of food grade acids, alkalis or salts. It shall be of four

- - 495 - -
types, namely:-
Type-I- Plain Caramel-It shall be prepared by heating carbohydrates with or
without acids or alkalis, or their salts. No. ammonium or sulphite compounds are used.
Type-II-Caustic sulphite caramel- It shall be prepared by heating carbohydrates
with or without acids or alkalis or their salt in the presence of sulphite compounds; no
ammonium compounds are used.
Type - III - Ammonia Process Caramel- It shall be prepared by heating
carbohydrates with or without acids or alkalis or their salts in the presence of
ammonium compounds; no sulphites are used.
Type-IV- Ammonia Sulphite Caramel- It shall be prepared by heating
carbohydrates with or without acids or alkalis or their salts in the presence of both
sulphite and ammonium compounds.

RAW MATERIALS
1. Carbohydrates - Caramel shall be prepared from the following carbohydrates or
their mixtures:-
Sucrose, glucose, fructose, invert sugar, lactose, malt syrup, molasses, starch
hydrolysates and fractions there of and/or polymer thereof.

2. Acids and alkalis- The acids used are sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic
acid, or citric acid and the alkalis used are sodium, potassium or calcium hydroxide or
mixture thereof.
Where the ammonium compounds are used, they are one or more of the
following:-
Ammonium hydroxide
Ammonium Carbonate and Bicarbonate
Ammonium phosphate
Ammonium sulphate
Ammonium sulphite, Bisulphite, Metasulphite

Where the sulphite compounds are used, they are one or more of the following:-
Sulphurous acid, Potassium, Sodium or ammonium Sulphite or Bisulphite.
It shall be a dark brown to black liquid or solid materials having the characteristic
odour of burnt sugar and a pleasant, bitter taste. Its solution, when spread in a thin
layer on a glass plate should appear homogeneous, transparent and have reddish-
brown colour. It shall be miscible with water. It shall be free from any other extraneous
colouring matter. It may contain permitted emulsifying and stabilising agents.
It shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table 1 below. All requirements
shall be on solids basis, except metallic impurities.

TABLE 1 - ROUTINE TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR CARAMEL

Sl. No. Characteristic Type I Type II Type III Type IV

Plain Caustic Ammonia Sulphite
Sulphite Process Ammonia

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

- - 496 - -
 Solid content,
1. 62-77 65-72 53-83 40-75
per cent by mass
Colour intensity,
2. 0.01-0.12 0.06-0.10 0.08-0.36 0.10-0.60
per cent by mass
3. Ammonical nitrogen
0.01 0.01 0.4 0.5
per cent by mass, max.

Max.300 Max.1000
mg/kg & mg/kg &
Max.200 Max.250
4. 4-Methylimidazole - -
mg/kg on mg/kg on
equivalent equivalent
colour basis colour basis

Lead (as Pb), mg/kg,

5. 5 5 5 5
Max.

6. Arsenic(as AS) mg/kg. 3 3 3 3

Note: Requirement of ammoniacal nitrogen is based on a product colour having a

minimum colour intensity prescribed at Sl. No. (2) proportionately higher values of
ammoniacal nitrogen apply for products of higher colour intensity.

Type Test
The material shall also conform to the requirements prescribed in Table 2 below.
All requirements shall be on solid basis except metallic impurities.

TABLE 2 - TYPE TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR CARAMEL

Sl. No. Characteristic Type I Type II Type III Type IV

Plain Caustic Ammonia Sulphite

Sulphite process Ammonia

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Total sulphur
per cent by mass. Max.03 1.3-2.5 Max.0.3 1.4-10.0
2. Sulphur dioxide
(as SO2) -- Max. 0.2% -- Max.0.5%
3. Total nitrogen,
per cent by mass Max.0.1 Max.0.2 1.3-6.8 0.5-7.5

4. Heavy metals

- - 497 - -
 mg/kg (Max.) 25 25 25 25
Max.40
5. 2-Acetyl-4- -- -- mg/kg --
tetraphydroxy & Max. 25 mg/kg
butylimidazole on an equivalent
(THI) colour basis
6. Mercury (as Hg)
mg/kg, Max. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
7. Copper (as Cu)
mg/kg, Max. 20 20 20 20

The material shall be filled in amber coloured glass or high density polythylene
containers or any other well closed suitable containers with as little air space as
possible. The containers shall be such as to preclude contamination of the contents with
metals or other impurities.

8. Annatto
Class Carotenoids
Code Number Cl (1975) No. 75120'
Cl (1975) Natural Orange 4 EEC
No.E-160 b
Chemical Name -Annatto extract in oil contains
several coloured components, the
major single one being bixin which
may be present in both Cis and
Transforms. Thermal degradation
products of bixin may also be present.
Solubility -Water soluble annatto contains
norbixin, the hydrolysis product of
bixin, in the form of sodium or
potassium salt, as the major colouring
principle. Both cis and trans forms
may be present.

Chemical Formula -Bixin C25 H30 O4

Norbixin C24 H28 O4
Molecular Weight -Bixin 394.50
Norbixin 380.48
The material shall be of the following two types:
(a) Solution in oil for use in butter and other food products, and
(b) Solution in water for use in cheese and other food products.

- - 498 - -
General
The material shall be derived only from the plant Bixa orellana L. and shall not
contain any extraneous colouring matter. It shall be processed, packed, stored and
distributed under hygienic conditions in licensed premises.
(1) Solution of Annatto Colour in Oil for Use in Butter and Other Food Products:-
Annatto extract in oil, as solution or suspension, is prepared by extraction of the
outer coating of seeds with vegetable oils. In the preparation of the solution of annatto
colour in oil, only the edible vegetable oils shall be used, either singly or in a mixture.
The solution of annatto colour in oils shall be clear and shall remain so on storage in
suitable containers at 15oC except for a slight deposit of stearine or shall be in the form
of a suspension. The suspension on dilution with hot oil to bring the bixin content to
0.24 per cent shall be a clear solution.
Colour
The colour of solution in amyl acetate at a dilution of 1:1000 (m/v) when
measured in a Lovibond Tintometer with a 1 cm Cell
Spectrophotometrically/Calorimeterically shall be not less than the following:
Yellow units 5.0
Red units 0.4
or be not less than the colour of the following inorganic solution at a liquid depth of
one centimeter which may be employed for matching the stated dilution in a plunger
type colorimeter using incident light closely approximating the normal day light:

Potassium Bichromate 0.320 g

Cobalt ammonium sulphate 2.02 g

(CoSO4 (NH4)2 SO4 6H2O)

Sulphuric acid, Sp-gr 1.84 2ml
Distilled water To make solution to one litre
These reagents shall be of the analytical reagent grade. Although the solution
retains its tinctorial value for a considerable time, after prolonged storage, its optical
clarity shall be examined before use, to ensure that no alteration has taken place.
Note 1 - Diluted solution of annatto colour in amyl acetate is not stable in colour
quality, particularly if exposed to light, and measurement shall be carried out on the
diluted solution without undue delay.
(ii) Solution of Annatto Colour in Water for use in Cheese and Other Food Products:
Water soluble annatto colour is prepared by extraction of the outer coating of the
seeds with aqueous alkali (sodium or potassium hydroxide). In the preparation of the
solution, potable water shall be used. A little quantity (0.5 to 3 per cent) of alkali may
be added.
The solution shall be clear and shall remain so on storage in suitable containers at
a temperature of 15oC.

Colour
The colour of the solution in 0.1 N sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide at a

- - 499 - -
dilution of 1:1000 (m/v) measured in a 1-cm shall be the same as that specified in (i)
above.
The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:
TABLE

Requirement for Annatto

Require
Sl. No. Characteristic ment

1. 2. 3.
1. Carotenoid
(a) Annatto extract in oil, expressed as bixin, per cent
by mass, Min. 0.24

(b) Water-soluble annatto, expressed as norbixin, per

cent by mass, Min. 0.24

2. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3

3. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10

4. Copper, mg/kg, Max. 30

5. Heavy metal, mg/kg, Max. 40

9-RIBOFLAVIN -- Riboflavin is a yellow to orange-yellow crystalline powder.

Melting point about 280oC with decomposition.
Solubility-slightly soluble in water, more soluble in saline solution and in a 10 per
cent (w/v) solution of urea, sparingly soluble in alcohol, practically insoluble in
chloroform and in solvent ether and soluble in dilute solution of alkali hydroxides.
Synonyms -Vitamin B2, Lactoflavin and
Lactroflavine.
Colour -Yellow to orange-yellow.
Class -isoalloxazine.
Chemical name -6.7-dimethyl-9-(d-1-ribityl)-
isoalloxazine
Empirical Formula -C17H20N4O6
Molecular weight -376.38

Identification.-A solution of 1 mg of Riboflavin in 100 ml water is pale greenish

yellow in transmitted light, and has an intense yellowish green flourescence which
disappears on the addition of sodium dithionite and mineral acids or alkalies.
Spectrophotometry-Absorption maxima of aqueous solution shall be at 220 to 225,
266, 371 and 444 mu.

- - 500 - -
 Specific Rotation-It shall be determined in a 0.5 per cent w/v solution in a mixture
of 1.5 ml of 0.1 N alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide (free from carbonate) and
sufficient freshly boiled and cooled water to produce 10 ml. The specific rotation, when
calculated with reference to the substance dried to constant weight in the dark at 105oC,
shall be, 122oC.

The material shall have minimum purity of 97.0 per cent.

Maximum limit of metallic impurities shall be:-
Arsenic (as As) 5 p.p.m.
Lead (as Pb) 20 p.p.m.

10. Ponceau 4R
Common Name -Ponceau 4R
Synonyms -Cl Food Red 7, L-Rot No.4, Coccine
Nouvelle, Cochineal Red A; EEC
Serial No.E 124.
Colour of 0.1 per cent (m/v)
solution Distilled water. -Red
Colour Index Number (1975) -No. 16255
Class -Monoazo
Chemical Name -Trisodium salt of 1-(4-sulpho-1-
naphtylazo)-naphthol-6, 8-
disulphonic acid.
Empirical Formula -C20 H11 N2 O10 S3 Na2
Molecular Weight -604.5
Solubility -Soluble in water. Sparingly soluble in
ethanol.

The material shall conform to the requirements prescribed in Table below:-

TABLE
Requirements for Ponceau 4R

Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1. 2. 3.

1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried

at 105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass, Min. 85
o
2. Loss on drying at 135 C, percent by mass, Max. and Chlorides
and Sulphates expressed as sodium
salt, per cent by mass, Max. 18

3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2

- - 501 - -
4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2
5. Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Max. 1.0

6. Dye intermediates, per cent by mass, Max. 0.5

7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10

8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3

9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

It shall be free from mercury, selenium and chromium in any form; aromatic
amines, aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and cyanides.;

11-CARMOISINE:
Common name : Carmoisine.
Synonyms : Azorubine, C.I. Food Red 3, EEC.
Serial No.E 122.
Colour of the 0.1 per cent
(w/v) solution in Distilled
Water -Red.
Colour -Index Number - (1956) No.14720.
Class -Monoazo
Chemical Name : Disodium salt of 2-(4-sulpho-1-
naphthylazo)-1-hydroxy-naphthalene-
4-sulphonic acid.
Empirical Formula : C20H12N2O7S2Na2
Molecular weight 502. 44

General Requirements: The material shall be free from mercury, selenium and
chromium in any form, aromatic amines, aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic
hydrocarbons and cyanides.
Carmoisine shall also comply with requirements prescribed in Table
below:-

TABLE
Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

1 2. 3

1. Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried

at 105±1oC for 2 hours, per cent by mass, Min. 87

2. Loss on drying at 135oC, percent by mass, Max. and Chlorides

- - 502 - -
 and Sulphates expressed as sodium
salt, per cent by mass, Max. 13
3. Water insoluble matter, percent by mass, Max. 0.2
4. Combined ether extracts, percent by mass. Max. 0.2
5. Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Max. 1.0
6. Dye intermediates, per cent by mass, Max. 0.5
7. Lead, mg/kg, Max. 10
8. Arsenic, mg/kg, Max. 3
9. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40;

12-Synthetic Food Colour - Preparation and Mixtures.

Colour Preparation
A Preparation containing one or more of the permitted synthetic food colours
conforming to the prescribed standard alongwith diluents and/or filler materials and
meant to be used for imparting colour to food. It may contain permitted preservatives
and stabilizers.
The colour preparation would be either in the form of a liquid or powder. Powder
preparations shall be reasonably free from lumps and any visible extraneous/foreign
matter. Liquid preparations shall be free from sediments.
Only the following diluents or filler materials shall be permitted to be used in colour
preparations conforming to the prescribed standards:-
1. Potable water
2. Edible common salt
3. Sugar
4. Dextrose Monohydrate
5. Liqid glucose
6. Sodium sulphate
7. Tartaric acid
8. Glycerine
9. Propylene glycol
10. Acetic acid, dilute
11. Sorbitol
12. Citric acid
13. Sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate
14. Lactose
15. Ammonium, sodium and potassium alginates
16. Dextrins
17. Ethyl acetate
18. Starches
19. Diethyl ether

- - 503 - -
 20. Ethanol
21. Glycerol mono, di and tri acetate
22. Edible oils and fats
23. Isopropyl alcohol
24. Bees wax
25. Sodium and ammonium hydroxide
26. Lactic acid
27. Carragenan and gum arabic
28. Gelatin
29. Pectin

Colour Mixtures

A mixture of two or more permitted synthetic food colour conforming to prescribed

standards without diluents and filler material and meant to be used for imparting colour
to food.

It may contain permitted preservatives and stabilizers.

General Requirements-For Colour Preparation & Colour Mixture. The total Syn-thetic dye
content, per cent by mass (m/v) in the colour preparation or in the mixture shall be
declared on the label of the container. In powder preparations the declared value shall
be on moisture free basis and in case of liquid preparations on as in basis. The total dye
content shall be within the tolerance limits given below on the declared value:
(a) Liquid preparation +15 per cent
-5 per cent
±7.5 per
(b) Solid preparations cent
The limits of impurities shall be as prescribed in Table below:-

TABLE
Limits for Impurities

1. Water insoluble matter, per cent by mass, Max. 1.0

(on dry basis), Max.
2. Lead, (as Pb), mg/kg, Max. 10
3. Arsenic, (as As) mg/kg, Max. 3.0
4. Heavy metals, mg/kg, Max. 40

It shall be free from mercury, copper and chromium in any form; aromatic amines,
aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, 2-
naphthyl aminobenzidine, amino-4-dipheyl (xenylamine) or their derivatives and
cyanides.

The total coal tar dye content percent by mass (m/m) in colour preparation or in mixture

- - 504 - -
shall be declared on the table of the container. In powder preparation, the declared
value shall be on moisture free basis and in case of liquid preparation on ' as is basis'
and the total dye content shall within _+ 15 percent of the declared value. Colour
preparation and colour mixture shall also comply with the following requirements
namely: -

Sl. No Characteristics Requirements

(1) (2) (3)
1 Water insoluble Not more than 1.0
matter, percent by
mass
2 Arsenic as (As), parts Not more than 3
per million
3 Lead as (Pb) parts per Not more than 10
million

13 Brilliant Blue FCF

Brilliant Blue FCF is hydroscopic in nature and its shade changes with different pH.
Suitable precautions should, therefore, be taken in packing the colour.
Colour Brilliant Blue FCF is described below, namely:-
Common Name -- Brilliant Blue FCF
Synonyms -- C.l. Food Blue FD and C Blue
No.1 Blue brilliant FCF
Class -- Triarymethane

Colour -- Blue
Colour Index -- (1975) No.42900
Chemical Name -- Disodium salt of alpha 4-(N- ethyl-
beta-sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl] alpha
[4-(N-ethyl-3-Sulfonatobenzylimino]
cyclohexa-2, 5-dienylidene] toluene-
2-sulfonate.

Empirical Formula -- C17H14N2Ha2O9S2

Molecular Weight -- 792.86
General Requirements - The material shall conform to the
requirement prescribed in Table
Below, namely:-

TABLE FOR BRILLIANT BLUE FCF

Sl. No. Characteristic Requirement

- - 505 - -
 2. 3.

(i) Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried

at 105±1oC for 2 hours, percent by Mass, Minimum 85

(ii) Loss on drying at 135oC, and Chlorides and Sulphates
expressed as sodium salt, per cent by Mass, Maximum 15
(iii) Water insoluble matter, percent by Mass, Maximum 0.2
(iv) Combined ether extracts, percent by Mass. Maximum 0.2
(v) Subsidiary dyes, percent by Mass, Maximum 3
(vi) Dye intermediates, percent by Mass, Max.
(
a
)O, sulpho-benzaldehyde, Maximum 1.5
(
b
)N-N’ ethyl-benzyl-aniline-3-sulphonic acid, Maximum 0.3
(c) Leuco base, percent by Mass, Maximum 5
(vii) Heavy metals, (as Pb), mg/kg, Maximum 40
- Lead, mg/kg, Maximum 10
- Arsenic, mg/kg, Maximum 3
- Chromium, mg/kg, Maximum 50

Note:- The material shall be free from aromatic amines, aromatic nitro compounds,
aromatic hydrocarbons and cyanides.

14. Fast Green FCF:

Fast Green FCF is hydroscopic in nature and its shade changes with different pH.
Suitable precautions should, therefore, be taken in packing the colour.

Fast Green FCF is described below, namely:-

Common Name Fast Green FCF
Synonyms C.l. Food Green 3, FD and C
Green No.3, Vert Solide FCF
Class Triarylmethane
Colour Green
Colour Index (1975) No.42053
Chemical Name Disodium salt of 4-[4-(N-ethyl-p-
sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl-(4-
hydroxy-2-sulphonumphenyl)-
methylene]-(N-ethyl-N-p-
sulphobenzyl 2, 5-
cyclohexadienimine).

- - 506 - -
Empirical Formula C37 H34 O10 N2 S2 Na2

Molecular Weight 808.86

Requirements The material shall conform to the
requirement prescribed in Table
below, namely:-

TABLE FOR FAST GREEN FCF

Requir
Sl. No. Characteristic ement

1. 2. 3.
(i) Total dye content, corrected for Sample dried

at 105±1oC for 2 hours, percent by mass, Minimum 85

(ii) Loss on drying at 135oC, and, percent by Mass, Maximum and
chlorides and Sulphates expressed as sodium salt,
percent by mass, Maximum 13
(iii) Water insoluble matter, percent by Mass, Maximum 0.2
(iv) Combined ether extracts, percent by Mass. Max. 0.2
(v) Subsidiary dyes, percent by mass, Maximum 1.0
(vi) Organic compound other than colouring matter uncombined
intermediates and products of side reactions
(a) Sum of 2-, 3-, 4-formyl benzene sulphonic acid, sodium salts, percent by Mass,
Maximum 0.5

(b) Sum of 3- and 4-[ethyl (4-sulfophenyl) amino]

methyl benzene sulphonic acid, disodium salts,
Percent by Mass, Maximum 0.3
(c) 2-formyl-5-hydroxybenzene sulphonic acid sodium
salt, percent by Mass, Maximum 0.5
(d) Leuco base, percent by Mass, Maximum 5.0
(e) Unsulphonated primary aromatic amines
(calculated as aniline), percent by Mass, Maximum 0.01
(vii) Lead, mg/kg, Maximum 10
(viii) Arsenic, mg/kg, Maximum 3
(ix) Chromium, mg/kg, Maximum 50
(x) Mercury, mg/kg, Maximum Absent
(xi) Heavy metals, mg/kg, Maximum 40

Note:- The material shall be free from aromatic nitro compounds, aromatic
hydrocarbons and cyanides

15. Aluminium Lake of Sunset Yellow FCF Food Yellow No.5 Aluminium Lake is

- - 507 - -
a fine orange yellow water soluble, odourless powder. It is prepared by percipating
Sunset Yellow FCF (conforming to specification under 10.02 of Appendix C of these
Regulations on to a substratum of Alumina.
Chemical Name - Sunset Yellow FCF Aluminium Lake -6, hydroxy-5 (4-
sulfophenlyazo)-2 Naphthalenesulphonic acid, Aluminium Lake.
Synonym - CI Pigment Yellow, 104, FD and C Yellow No. 6, Aluminium Lake (USA),
Food Yellow No. 5 Aluminium Lake (Japan).

(1) Sunset yellow dye used in preparation of lake colour shall conform to
specifications laid down under table 2 of these Regulations.
(2) Pure dye content of Aluminium Lake not less than 17 percent
weight by weight
(3) Substratum of Aluminium oxide not more than 83 percent.
(4) Aluminium content in the lake
weight by weight not more than 44 percent
(5) Sodium chlorides and sulphates
(as sodium salts) not more than 2.0 percent
(6) Inorganic matter (HCl insoluble) not more than 0.5 percent
(7) Lead (as Pb) not more than 10 ppm
(8) Arsenic (as As) not more than 3 ppm

Alumina used in colour shall conform to following, namely:—

(a) Identity: Alumina (dried as aluminium hydroxide) is a white, odourless,
tasteless, amorphous powder consisting essentially of Aluminium
hydroxide (Al2O3 x H2O).

(b) Specifications: Alumina (dried aluminium hydroxide) shall conform to

the following specifications, namely:-
(i) Acidity or alkalinity: Agitate 1 gm with 25ml of water and filter. The
filtrate shall be neutral to litmus paper.
(ii) Lead (as Pb) not more than 10 parts per million
(iii) Arsenic (as As) not more than 1 parts per million
(iv) Mercury (as Hg) not more than 1 parts per million
(v) Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) not less than 50 percent

Solubility: Lakes are insoluble in most solvents. They are also insoluble in water in
pH range from 3.5-9.0 but outside this range and lake substrate tends to dissolve
releasing the captive dye.

- - 508 - -
 CHAPTER 7: PROHIBITION AND RESTRICTIONS ON SALES

Part 7.1 Sale of certain admixtures prohibited – Regulation 7.1.1

Notwithstanding the provisions of Part 4.7 no person shall either by
himself or by any servant or agent sell–

1) cream which has not been prepared exclusively from milk or which
contains less than 25 per cent. of milk fat;

2) milk which contains any added water;

3) ghee which contains any added matter not exclusively derived from
milk fat;

4) skimmed milk (fat abstracted)as milk;

5) a mixture of two or more edible oils as an edible oil;

6) vanaspati to which ghee or any other substance has been added;

7) turmeric containing any foreign substance;

8) mixture of coffee and any other substance except chicory;

9) dahi or curd not prepared from boiled, pasteurised or sterilized

milk;

10) milk or a milk product specified in Chapter 5 containing a

substance not found in milk, except as provided in the regulations.

- - 509 - -
PROVIDED that the Central Government or the Food Authority may, by
notification in the Official Gazette exempt any preparations made of
soluble extracts of coffee from the operation of this regulation.

Provided further that proprietary food articles relating to Regulation

7.1.1(8) shall be exempted from the operation of this Regulation

PROVIDED FURTHER that in respect of Regulation 7.1.1(5) a maximum

tolerance limit of 10 red units in one cm. cell on Lovibond scale is
permitted when the oil is tested for Halphen’s test without dilution, that is
to say, by shaking 5 ml. of the sample with 5 ml. of sulphur solution one
per cent (w/v) solution of sulphur in carbon-di-sulphide mixed with equal
volume of amyl alcohol in a closed system test tube (250 x 25cm.)
heating in hot water (700C- 800°C) for a few minutes with occasional
shaking until carbon-di-sulphide is boiled off and the sample stops
foaming and then placing the tube on saturated brine bath, capable of
being regulated at 1100C-1150C for 2.5 hours

PROVIDED also that prohibition in Regulation 7.1.1 (5) shall remain

inoperative in respect admixture of any two edible vegetable oils as one
edible vegetable oil, where –

(a) the proportion by weight of any vegetable oil used in the

admixture is not less than 20 per cent. by weight; and

(b) the admixture of edible vegetable oils, is processed or packed

and sold, by the Department of Civil Supplies, Government of India
(Directorate of Vanaspati, Vegetable Oils and Fats) or by the
agencies in public, private or Joint Sector authorized by the

- - 510 - -
 Department or by the National Dairy Development Board or by the
State Cooperative Oilseeds Growers Federation or Regional and
District Cooperative Oilseeds Growers Union set-up under National
Dairy Development Board’s Oilseeds and Vegetable Oil Project or by
the Public Sector undertakings of Central and State Governments, in
sealed packages weighing not more than 15 litres under Agmark
Certification Mark compulsorily and bearing the label declaration as
laid down in the regulations and

(c) the quality of each edible oil used in the admixture conforms
to the relevant standard prescribed by these regulations

Part 7.2: Restriction on use of certain ingredient:

Regulation 7.2.1:
No person in any State shall, with effect from such date as the state
government concerned may by notification in the official gazette specify
in this behalf, sell or offer or expose for sale, or have in his possession for
the purpose of sale, under any description or for use as an ingredient in
the preparation of any article of food intended for sale :—

a) Kesari gram (Lathyrus sativus) and its products.

b) Kesari dal (Lathyrus sativus) and its products.

c) Kesari dal flour (Lathyrus sativus) and its products.

d) a mixture of Kesari gram (Lathyrus sativus) and
Bengal-gram (Cicer arietinum) or any other gram.

e) A mixture of Kesari dal (Lathyrus sativus) and Bengal-

gram dal (Cicer arietinum) or any other dal.
f) a mixture of Kesari dal (Lathyrus sativus) flour and
Bengal-gram (Cicer arietinum) flour or any other
flour.

- - 511 - -
Explanation.—The equivalent of kesari gram in some of the Indian
Languages are as follows :—
1. Assamese Khesari,Teora.
2. Bengali Khesari,Teora, Kassur,Batura.
3. Bihari Khesari,Teora,Kassur,Batura.
4. English Chikling vetch.
5. Gujarati Lang.
Khesari, Kessur, Kesari, Kassartiuri,
Batura, Chapri, Dubia, Kansari, Kesori, Latri,
6. Hindi Tinra, Tiuri, Kassor.
7. Kannada Laki Bele, Kessari Bele.
8. Malyalam Kesari, Lanki, Vattu.
9. Tamil Muku.

10. Marathi Lakheri, Batri, Lakhi, Lang, Mutra,

Teora, Botroliki-dal, Lakh.
11. Oriya Khesra, Khesari, Khesari dal.
12. Persian Masang.
Kisari, Chural, Karas, Karil, Kasa Kesari,
13. Punjabi Chapa.
14. Sanskrit Sandika, Triputi.
15. Sindhi Matter.
16. Telugu Lamka

Part 7.3 Prohibition and Restriction on sale of certain products

Regulation 7.3.1: Prohibition on sale of food articles coated with

mineral oil: No person shall sell or offer or expose for sale or have
in his premises for the purpose of sale under any description, food articles
which have been coated with mineral oil, except where the addition of
mineral oil is permitted in accordance with the standards laid down in
these Regulations and Chapter 5.

Regulation 7.3.2: Restriction on sale of Carbia Callosa and Honey

- - 512 - -
dew.

Carbia Callosa and Honey dew shall be sold only in sealed containers
bearing Agmark seal.

Regulation 7.3.3: Food resembling but not pure honey not be

marketed as honey
No person shall use the word ‘honey’ or any word, mark, illustration or
device that suggests honey on the label or any package of, or in any
advertisement for, any food that resembles honey but is not pure honey.

Regulation 7.3.4: Product not to contain any substance which may

be injurious to health.-
Tobacco and nicotine shall not be used as ingredients in any food
products.

Regulation 7.3.5: Prohibition of use of carbide gas in ripening of

fruits.

No person shall sell or offer or expose for sale or have in his premises for
the purpose of sale under any description, fruits which have been
artificially ripened by use of acetylene gas, commonly known as carbide
gas.

Regulation 7.3.6: Sale of Fresh Fruits and Vegetables - The Fresh

Fruits and Vegetables shall be free from rotting and free from coating of
waxes, mineral oil and colours.

PROVIDED that fresh fruits may be coated with bees wax (white and
yellow) or carnauba wax or shellac wax at level not exceeding Good
Manufacturing Practices under proper label declaration as provided in the
Regulations.

- - 513 - -
Regulation 7.3.7: Sale or use for sale of admixtures of ghee or
butter prohibited.

No person shall sell or have in his possession for the purpose of sale or
for use as an ingredient in the preparation of an article of food for sale a
mixture of ghee or butter and any substance

1) prepared in imitation of or as a substitute for ghee or butter, or

2) consisting of or containing any oil or fat which does not conform to

the definition of ghee;

PROVIDED that where a mixture prohibited by this regulation is required

for the preparation of an article of food, such mixture shall be made only
at the time of the preparation of such article of food.

Regulation 7.3.8: Restriction on sale of ghee having less Reichert

value than that specified for the area where such ghee is sold.

1) The ghee having less Reichert value and a different standard for
Butyro-refractometer reading at 400 C than that specified for the
area in which it is imported for sale or storage shall not be sold
or stored in that area except under the ‘AGMARK’ seal:

PROVIDED that such ghee may be (i) sold lose, after opening the
‘AGMARK’ sealed container, in quantities not exceeding two
kilograms at a time, and (ii) used in the preparation of
confectionery (including sweetmeats).

2) A person selling:—

(i) such ghee in the manner specified in Regulation

- - 514 - -
 7.3.8 (1) and

(ii) confectionery (including sweetmeats) in the preparation

of which such ghee is used, shall give a declaration, in the Form
B, Appendix C to the Food Safety Officer when a sample thereof is
taken by him for analysis under Section 47 of the Act and also to a
purchaser desiring to have the sample analysed under Section 40 of
the Act.

(iii) If on analysis such sample is found to be conforming to

the standards of quality prescribed for the area where it is alleged
to have been produced, the ghee shall not be deemed to be
adulterated by reason only that it does not conform to the
standards of quality prescribed for the area where it is sold.

Regulation 7.3.9 : Restriction on sale of Til Oil produced in

Tripura, Assam and West Bengal.

Til Oil (Sesame Oil) obtained from white sesame seeds, grown in
Tripura, Assam and West Bengal having different standards than those
specified for til oil shall be sold in sealed containers bearing Agmark label.
Where this til oil is sold or offered for sale without bearing an Agmark
label, the standard given for til oil shall apply.

Regulation 7.3.10: Special provisions relating to vegetable oil

and fat
1) No vegetable oil other than those specified under the list below
or oil or fat of animal or mineral origin shall be used in the
manufacture of the products or shall otherwise be present
therein;
List of vegetable oils Vanaspati shall be prepared from:

- - 515 - -
 a. Coconut oil
b. Cottonseed oil
c. Dhupa oil
d. Groundnut oil
e. Kokrum oil
f. Linseed oil
g. Mahua oil
h. Maize (Corn) oil
i. Mango kernel oil
j. Mustard/Rapeseed oil
k. Nigerseed oil
l. Palm oil
m. Phulwara oil
n. Rice bran oil
o. Sunflower (Kard/seed) oil
p. Salseed oil (up to 10%)
q. Sesame oil
r. Soyabean oil
s. Sunflower oil
t. Watermelon seed oil
u. Vegetable oils imported for edible purposes:

2) No vegetable oil shall contain any harmful colouring, flavouring

or any other matter deleterious to health;

3) No colour shall be added to hydrogenated vegetable oil unless so

authorized by Food Authority, but in no event any colour
resembling the colour of ghee shall be added. If any flavour is
used, it shall be distinct from that of ghee, in accordance with a

- - 516 - -
 list of permissible flavours and such quantities as may be
prescribed by the Food Authority

4) No anti-oxidant, synergist, emulsifier or any other such

substance be added to any vegetable oil except with the prior
sanction of the Central Government

5) No person shall sell or expose for sale, or distribute, or offer for

sale, or dispatch, or deliver to any person for the purpose of sale
any edible oil –
a) Which does not conform to the standards of quality as
provided in the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 (34 of
2006) and rules/regulations made there under; and
b) Which is not packed in a container, marked and labelled in
the manner as specified in FSSAI regulations

Provided that the State Government may, in the public interest,

for reasons to be recorded in writing, in specific circumstances and
for a specific period by a notification in the Official Gazette,
exempt any edible oil from the provisions of this Act.

6) Restriction on the use of solvent

No solvent other than n-Hexane (Food Grade) shall be used in the
extraction of cocoa butter, oils and fats and edible soya flour.
The quantity solvent mentioned in the column (1) of the Table
below, in the food mentioned in column (2) of the said Table,
shall not exceed the tolerance limits prescribed in column (3)
of the said Table:

- - 517 - -
 TABLE
Name of solvent Article of food Tolerance limits
mg/kg/ (ppm)
(a) Refined Solvent extracted cocoa butter. 5.00
Hexane
(Food (b) Refined Solvent extracted oils & fats. 5.00
Grade) (c) Solvent extracted edible soya flour. 10.00
—————————————————————————————————————

Regulation 7.3.11 Restriction on sale of Kangra tea.

Kangra tea shall be sold or offered for sale only after it is graded
and marked in accordance with the provisions of the Agricultural
Produce (Grading and Marking) Act, 1937 (1 of 1937) and the
regulations made thereunder.

Regulation 7.3.12: Condition for sale of flavoured tea :-

Flavoured tea shall be sold or offered for sale only by those

manufacturers who are registered with Tea Board. Registration
No. shall be mentioned on the label. It shall be sold only in
packed conditions with label declaration as provided in the
regulations.

Regulation 7.3.13: Restriction on sale of common salt – No person

shall sell or offer or expose for sale or have in his premises for the
purpose of sale, the common salt, for direct human consumption unless
the same is iodized:

PROVIDED that common salt may be sold or exposed for sale or

stored for sale for iodization, iron fortification, animal use, preservation,
manufacturing medicines, and industrial use, under proper label
declarations, as specified in the Regulations.

- - 518 - -
Regulation 7.3.14: Use of flesh of naturally dead animals or fowls
prohibited.

No person shall sell or use as an ingredient in the preparation of

any article of food intended for sale, the flesh of any animal or fowl
which has died on account of natural causes.

Regulation 7.3.15: Special provisions relating to Milk

1) The Authority shall have power to issue direction relating to any
restriction or restraint on free interstate movement of milk and
milk products
2) The Food Safety Commissioner may, if satisfied that it is
necessary to do so to maintain or increase the supply of liquid
milk in any region, direct by order that for the period mentioned
in the said order, the distribution of liquid milk or the production
of any milk product by any class or category of producers or
manufacturers thereof shall be restricted in such manner as may
be specified in the order, provided that no such order shall
remain in force for more than 90 days at a time. In making this
restriction the Commissioner of Food Safety should have regard
to following factors:
(i). The availability of liquid milk in the region;
(ii). Demand for liquid milk by general public in the
region;
(iii). Availability of skimmed milk powder and white
butter for reconstitution into liquid milk for dairy
plants;
(iv). The inter se importance of liquid milk and the
concerned milk products proposed to be restricted

- - 519 - -
 and;
(v). Any other factors relevant for maintaining liquid
milk supply.

Regulation 7.3.16: Restrictions relating to conditions for sale

1. No person shall store, expose for sale or permit the sale of any
insecticide in the same premises where articles of food are stored,
manufactured or exposed for sale:

PROVIDED that nothing in this regulation shall apply to the approved

household insecticides which have been registered as such under the
Insecticides Act 1968 (46 of 1968).

Explanation.—For the purpose of this regulation, the word

‘insecticide’ has the same meaning as assigned to it in the Insecticides
Act, 1968 (46 of 1968).

2. No person shall sell or serve food in any " commercial establishment"

in plastic articles used in catering and cutlery, unless the plastic
material used in catering and cutlery articles, conform to the food
grade plastic, specified in Regulation 7.3.10 (6) of these regulations.

Explanation :- For the purpose of this Regulation 7.3.16 (2),

"commercial establishment" means any establishment, called by whatever
name, being run\ managed by any person or by any authority of the
Government\ Semi-Government or by any corporate\ registered body
which deals in the business of selling or serving food".

3. Iron fortified common salt shall be sold only in high density

polyethylene bag (HDPE) 14 mesh, density 100 kg/m3, unlaminated)

- - 520 - -
 package which shall bear the lable as specified in the Regulations.

4. Table iodized salt or table iron fortified common salt containing

anticaking agent shall be sold only in a package which shall bear the
labels as specified in the Regulation 4.2

5. Dried Glucose Syrup containing sulphur-dioxide exceeding 40 ppm

shall be sold only in a package which shall bear the label as specified
in the Regulations.

6. No person shall manufacture, sell, store or exhibit for sale an infant

milk food, infant formula and milk cereal based weaning food,
processed cereal based weaning food and follow up formula except
under Bureau of Indian Standards Certification Mark.
7. Condensed milk sweetened, condensed skimmed milk sweetened, milk
powder, skimmed milk powder, partly skimmed milk powder and partly
skimmed sweetened condensed milk shall not be sold except under
Indian Standards Institution Certification Mark.

8. Every package of cheese (hard), surface treated with Natamycin, shall

bear the label as specified in the Regulations.

9. No person shall sell protein rich atta and protein rich maida except in
packed condition mentioning the names of ingredients on the label.

10. No person shall sell sal-seed fat for any other purpose except for
BAKERY AND CONFECTIONERY and it shall be refined and shall bear
the label declaration as specified in the Regulations.

- - 521 - -
11. No person shall sell confectionery weighing more than 500 gms.
except in packed condition and confectionery sold in pieces shall be
kept in glass or other suitable containers.

Explanation.—for the purposes of Regulation 7.3.16 (11)

“Confectionery, shall mean sugar boiled confectionery, lozenges and
chewing gum and bubble gum”;

12. All edible oils, except coconut oil, imported in crude, raw or
unrefined form shall be subjected to the process of refining before sale
for human consumption. Such oil shall bear a label declaration as laid
down in Regulation 4.4.2

13. The Blended Edible Vegetable Oils shall not be sold in loose form. It
shall be sold in sealed package weighing not more than 15 litres. The
container having blended edible vegetable oil shall be tamper proof. It
shall also not be sold under the common or generic name of the oil
used in the blend but shall be sold as 'Blended Edible Vegetable Oil.
The sealed package shall be sold or offered for sale only under
AGMARK certification mark bearing the label declarations as provided
in the Regulations besides other labelling requirements under the
Regulations.

14. Coloured and flavoured table margarine shall only be sold in a

sealed package weighing not more than 500 gms, with a label
declaring addition of colour and flavour as required under these
regulations.

15. The fat spread shall not be sold in loose form. It shall be sold in

- - 522 - -
 sealed packages weighing not more than 500 gms. The word 'butter'
shall not be associated while labelling the product. The sealed package
shall be sold or offered for sale only under AGMARK Certification mark
bearing the label declaration as provided under Regulation 4.4.4
besides other labelling requirements under these regulations.
16. No person shall sell compounded asafoetida exceeding one kilogram
in weight except in a sealed container with a label.

17. No person shall sell powdered spices condiments except `under

packed conditions.

Explanation :- For the purpose of Regulation 7.3.16 (17) "Spices and

Condiments" means the spices and condiments as specified in Part 5.8.

18) The katha prepared by bhatti method shall be conspicuously marked

as "Bhatti Katha"

19) No person shall manufacture, sell or exhibit for sale packaged

drinking water except under the Bureau of Indian Standards Certification
Mark.

20) No person shall manufacture, sell or exhibit for sale mineral water
except under the Bureau of Indian Standards Certification Mark”;

Explanation:— For the purpose of Regulation 7.3.16 (20), the

expression “mineral water” shall have the same meaning as assigned to it
in Chapter 5.9.7.

21) No person shall sell any food product wherein artificial sweetener is

- - 523 - -
permitted under these regulations, except under packed condition and as
per the labelling requirements prescribed under the Regulations.

22) Conditions for sale of irradiated food.- All irradiated food shall be
sold in pre-packed conditions only. The type of packaging material used
for irradiated food for sale or for stock for sale or for exhibition for sale or
for storage for sale shall conform to the packaging and labelling
requirements specified in the Regulations.

- - 524 - -
CHAPTER 8: CONTAMINANTS, TOXINS AND RESIDUES

Part 8.1 : METAL CONTAMINANTS

Regulations 8.1.1

1) Chemicals described in monographs of the Indian Pharmacopoeia

when used in foods, shall not contain metal contaminants beyond
the limits specified in the appropriate monographs of the Indian
Pharmacopoeia for the time being in force.
2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 8.1.1 (1), no
article of food specified in Column 2 of the table below shall
contain any metal specified in excess of the quantity specified in
Column 3 of the said table :
Table
Parts per
Name of the metal
Article of food Million by
contaminants
weight
(1) (2) (3)
(i) Beverages : Concentrated soft
drinks (but not including
1. Lead 0.5
concentrates used in the
manufacture of soft drinks)
Fruit and vegetable juice (including
tomato juice, but not including lime 1.0
juice and lemon juice)
Concentrates used in the
manufacture of soft drinks, lime juice 2.0
and lemon juice
(i-a) Baking powder 10
(i-b) Edible oils and fats 0.5
(i-c) Infant Milk substitute and Infant foods 0.2
(i-d) Turmeric whole and powder 10.0

(ii) Other foods

Anhydrous dextrose and dextrose
monohydrate, refined white sugar 0.5
(sulphated ash content not exceeding 0.03

- - 525 - -
 per cent)
Ice-cream, iced lollies and similar frozen
1.0
Confections
Canned fish, canned meats, edible gelatin,
meat extracts and hydrolysed protein, dried or 5.0
dehydrated vegetables (other than onions)
All types of sugar, sugar syrup, invert sugar
and direct consumption coloured sugars with 5.0
sulphated ash content exceeding 1.0 per cent
Raw sugars except those sold for direct
consumption or used for manufacturing
5.0
purpose other than the manufacture of
refined sugar.
Edible molasses, caramel liquid and solid
glucose and starch conversion products with
5.0
a sulphated ash content exceeding 1.0 per
cent
5.0 on the dry
Cocoa powder fat free
Substance
5.0 on
Yeast and yeast products the dry
Matter
Tea, dehydrated onions, dried herbs and
spices flavourings, alginic acid, alignates, 10.0 on the
agar, carrageen and similar products derived dry matter
from seaweed
Liquid pectin, chemicals not otherwise
specified, used as ingredients or in the 10.0
preparation or processing of food
10.0 on the
Food colouring other than caramel riboflavin dry colouring
matter
Solid pectin 50
Hard boiled sugar confectionery 2.0
Iron fortified common salt 2.0
Corned beef, luncheon meat, Cooked Ham,
Chopped meat, Canned chicken, Canned
(ii-a) 2.5
mutton and Goat meat and other related
meat products.
Brewed Vinegar and Synthetic
(ii b) Nil
Vinegar
(iii) Foods not specified 2.0

- - 526 - -
2. Copper
(i) Beverages
Soft drinks excluding
concentrates and Carbonated 7.0
water
Carbonated water 1.5
Toddy 5.0
Concentrates for soft drinks 20.0
(ii) Other Foods
Chicory-dried or roasted, coffee
30.0
beans, flavorings,
30.0 on dry
Pectin-liquid Colouring colouring
matter
Edible gelatin 30.0
50.0 on the
Tomato ketchup dried total
solids
60.0 on the
Yeast and yeast products
dry matter
70.0
On the fat
Cocoa powder
free
substance

100.0 on
Tomato puree, paste, powder, juice and
the dried
cocktails
tomato solid
Tea 150.0
Pectin-solid 300.0
Hard boiled sugar confectionery 5.0
Iron Fortified Common Salt 2.0
(ii-a) Turmeric whole and powder 5.0
Juice of orange, grape, apple, tomato,
(ii-b) 5.0
pineapple and lemon
Pulp and pulp products of any fruit 5.0
15.0
(ii-c) Infant milk substitute and Infant foods (But not less
than 2.8)
(ii-d) Brewed Vinegar and Synthetic vinegar Nil
(ii e) Caramel 20

- - 527 - -
 (iii) Foods not specified 30.0
3. Arsenic (i) Milk 0.1
(ii) Beverages :
Soft drink intended for consumption
after dilution except carbonated 0.5
water
Carbonated water 0.25
(ii-a) Infant Milk substitute and Infant foods 0.05
(ii-b) Turmeric whole and powder 0.1
(ii-c) Juice of orange, grape, apple, tomato,
0.2
pineapple and lemon
Pulp and pulp products of any fruit 0.2
(iii) Preservatives, anti-oxidants, emulsifying
3.0 on dry
and stabilising agents and synthetic food
matter
colours other than riboflavin
(iv) Other foods :
Ice-cream, iced lollies and similar
0.5
frozen confections

Dehydrated onions, edible gelatin, liquid pectin 2.0

Chicory-dried or roasted 4.0
Dried herbs, finings and clearing agents, solid
5.0
pectin all grades, spices
5.0
Food colouring other than synthetic colouring, on dry
riboflavin colouring
matter
Hard boiled sugar confectionery 1.0
Iron Fortified Common Salt 1.0
(iv-a) Brewed Vinegar and Synthetic
Vinegar 0.1
(v) Foods not specified 1.1
4. Tin (i) Processed and canned products 250.0
(i-a) Hard boiled sugar confectionery 5.0
(i-aa) Jam, Jellies and Marmalade 250
Juice of orange, apple, tomato, pineapple and
250
lemon
Pulp and pulp products of any fruit 250

- - 528 - -
 (i-b) Infant Milk substitute and Infant foods 5.0
(i-c) Turmeric whole and powder Nil
(i-d) Corned beef, Luncheon meat, Cooked
Ham, Chopped meat, Canned chicken,
Canned mutton and Goat meat and other 250
related meat products.
(ii) Foods not specified 250
5. Zinc (i) Ready-to-drink beverages 5.0
Juice of orange, grape, tomato, pipeapple
5.0
and lemon
Pulp and pulp products of any fruit 5.0
50.0 (but)
(i-a) Infant milk substitute and Infant foods not less
than 25.0)
(ii) Edible gelatin 100.0
(ii-a) Turmeric whole and powder 25.0
(iii) Fruit and Vegetable products covered
under the Chapter 5 50.0

(iii-a) Hard boiled sugar confectionery 5.0

(iv) Foods not specified 50.0
6. Cadmium (i) Infant Milk substitute and Infant foods 0.1
(ii) Turmeric whole and powder 0.1
(iii) Other foods 1.5
Mercury
7. Fish 0.5
(as Hg)
Other foods 1.0
Caramel 0.1
Methyl
8. All foods 0.25
Mercury
(Calculated as the element)
9. Chromium Refined Sugar 20 ppb
50
Brilliant Blue, Fast Green FCF

10.Nickel All hydrogenated, patially

hydrogenated, interesterified vegetable
oils and fats such as vanapti ospread
and partially hydrogenated soyabean oil
1.5

- - 529 - -
Part :8.2 Crop contaminants and naturally occuring toxic
substances
Regulation 8.2.1

1) Crop contaminant means any substance not intentionally added to

food, but which gets added to articles of food in the process of their
production (including operations carried out in crop husbandry,
animal husbandry and veterinary medicine), manufacture,
processing, preparation, treatment, packing, packaging transport or
holding of articles of such food as a result of environmental
contamination.
2) No article of food specified in column (2) of the Table below shall
contain any crop contaminant specified in the corresponding entry
in column (1) thereof in excess of quantities specified in the
corresponding entry in column (3) of the said table :-

T Table
Sl.
o.
ame of the Contaminants Article of Food µg/kg.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Aflatoxin All articles of food 30
2. Aflatoxin M1 Milk 0.5
3. Patulin Apple juice & Apple juice
ingredients in other beverages 50
4. Ochratoxin A Wheat, barley & rye 20

3) Naturally Occuring Toxic Substances.

The toxic substances specified in column (1) of the Table below, which may
occur naturally in any article of food, shall not exceed the limit specified
in the corresponding entry in column (2) of the said Table :-

S.No Name of substance Maximum limit

(1) (2)
1 Agaric acid 100ppm

- - 530 - -
2 Hydrocyanic acid 5ppm
3 Hypericine 1ppm
4 Saffrole 10ppm

Part 8.3: Residues

Regulation 8.3.1: Restriction on the use of insecticides.

(i) Subject to the Provisions of (ii) of Regulation 8.3.1, no

insecticides shall be used directly on articles of food:
PROVIDED that nothing in this regulation shall apply to the fumigants
which are registered and recommended for use as such on articles of
food by the Registration Committee, constituted under section 5 of the
Insecticides Act, 1968 (46 of 1968).

(ii) The amount of insecticide mentioned in Column 2 on the

foods mentioned in column 3, shall not exceed the tolerance
limit prescribed in column 4 of the Table given below :

Name of Tolerance limit

Sl.No. Insecticides Food mg/kg.ppm)
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Foodgrains 0.01
Milled

Foodgrains Nil

Milk and Milk 0.15 (on a fat

products basis)

Aldrin, dieldrin (the limits

apply to aldrin and Fruits and 0.1
1 dieldrin singly or in any Vegetables
combination and are
expressed as dieldrin) Meat 0.2

Eggs 0.1 (on a shell

free basis)

- - 531 - -
 Fish 0.2

Food grains 1.5

Milled food grains Nil

Okra and leafy 10.0

vegetables

Potatoes 0.2

Other vegetables 5.0

2 Carbaryl Cottonseed 1.0

(whole)

Maize cob 1.0

(kernels)

Maize 0.50

Rice 2.50

Chillies 5.00
Food grains 0.02

Milled food grains Nil

Chlordane (residue to be Milk and milk 0.05 (on a fat

measured as cis plus products basis)
3
trans chlordane)
Vegetables 0.2

Fruits 0.1

Sugar beet 0.3

4 D.D.T. (The limits apply Milk and milk 1.25 (on a fat

- - 532 - -
 to DDT, DDD and DDE products basis)
singly or in any
combination Fruits and 3.5
vegetables
7.0 (on a whole
Meat, poultry and product basis
fish
0.5 (on a shell free
Eggs basis)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

5. D.D.T. (singly) Carbonated Water 0.001
6. D.D.D. (singly) Carbonated Water 0.001
7. D.D.E. (singly) Carbonated Water 0.001
Foodgrains 0.05
8 Diazinon Milled foodgrains Nil
Vegetables 0.5
Foodgrains 1.0
Dichlorvos (content of di-
Milled foodgrains 0.25
9. chloroacetaldehyde (D.C.A.)
Vegetables 0.15
be reported where possible)
Fruits 0.1
Fruits and Vegetables 5.0
Tea (dry
10. Dicofol 5.0
manufactured)
Chillies 1.0
Dimethoate (residue to be Fruits and Vegetables 2.0
11. determined as dimethoate and
expressed as dimethoate) Chillies 0.5
Fruits and Vegetables 2.0
Cottonseed 0.5
Cottonseed oil 0.2
Endosulfan (residues are (crude) 0.2
measured and reported as
12. Bengalgram 0.20
total of endosulfan A and B
and endosulfan-sulphate) Pigeon Pea 0.10
Fish 0.20
Chillies 1.0
Cardamom 1.0
13 Endosulfan A Carbonated Water 0.001
14 Endosulfan B Carbonated Water 0.001
15 Endosulfan-Sulphate Carbonated Water 0.001

- - 533 - -
 Foodgrains 0.02
16. Fenitrothion Milled foodgrains 0.005
Milk and Milk 0.05 (on a fat
Products free basis)

Fruits 0.5
Vegetables 0.3
Meat 0.03
Foodgrains 0.01
Heptachlor (combined Milled foodgrains 0.002
residues of heptachlor and its Milk and Milk 0.15(on a Fat
17.
epoxide to be determined and Products basis)
expressed as Heptachlor)
Vegetables 0.05

18. Hydrogen cyanide Foodgrains 37.5

Milled foodgrains 3.0
Foodgrains Nil
19. Hydrogen Phosphide
Milled foodgrains Nil
Inorganic bromide
(determined and expressed as
20. Foodgrains 25.0
total bromide From all
sources)
Milled Foodgrains 25.0
Fruits 30.0
Dried fruits 30.0
Spices 400.00
21.
. Hexachlorocycle hexane and its Isomers
Rice grain unpolished 0.10
Rice grain polished 0.05
Milk (whole) 0.05
(a) Alfa (α) Isomer:
Fruits and vegetable 1.00
Fish 0.25
Carbonated Water 0.001
Rice grain
(b) Beta (β) Isomer : 0.10
Unpolished
Rice grain polished 0.05
Milk (whole) 0.02
Fruits and vegetable 1.00
Fish 0.25

- - 534 - -
 Carbonated Water 0.001

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Food grains except rice 0.10

Milled foodgrains Nil]
Rice grain Unpolished 0.10
Rice grain polished 0.05
0.01 (on
Milk
Whole basis)
0.20 (on
Milk products
fat basis)
(c) Gamma (γ) Isomer
(Known as Lindane) Milk products (having 0.20 (on
less than 2 per cent fat) Whole basis)]
Fruits and vegetable 1.00
Fish 0.25
0.10 (On
Eggs shell free
basis)
2.00 (On
Meat and poultry
Whole basis)
Carbonated Water 0.001
Rice grain Unpolished 0.10
(d) Delta (δ) Isomer : Rice grain Polished 0.05
Milk (whole) 0.02"
Fruits and vegetable 1.00
Fish 0.25
Carbonated Water 0.001
Foodgrains 4.0
Malathion (Malathion to be Milled foodgrains 1.0
determined and expressed Fruits 4.0
22. Vegetables 3.0
as combined residues of
malathion and malaoxon) Dried fruits 8.0
Carbonated Water 0.001
Parathion (Combined Fruits and Vegetables 0.5
residues of parathion and
23. paraoxon to be
determined and expressed
as parathion)
24. Parathion methyl Fruits 0.2

- - 535 - -
 (combined
residues of parathion Vegetables 1.0
methyl
and its oxygen analogue
to be determined and
expressed as
parathion methyl)
25. Phosphamidon residues Foodgrains 0.05
(expressed as the sum of Milled foodgrains Nil
phosphamidon and its
Fruits and Vegetables 0.2
desethyl derivative)

26. Pyrethrins (sum of Foodgrains Nil

pyrethrins I & II and
Milled foodgrains Nil
other structurally
related insecticide Fruits and Vegetables 1.0
Ingredients of pyrethrum)
27. CHLORIENVINPHOS Foodgrains 0.025
Milled Foodgrains 0.006
0.02 (fat
Milk and Milk Products
basis)
(Residues to be 0.2 (carcass
Meat and Poultry
measured as alpha and fat)
beta isomers of Vegetables 0.05
Chlorienvinphos 0.05 (shell
Groundnuts
free basis)
Cotton seed 0.05
Fruits 1.0
28. CHLOROBENZILATE Dry Fruits, Almonds 0.2 (shell
and Walnuts free basis)
29. CHLORPYRIFOS Foodgrains 0.05
Milled foodgrains 0.01
Fruits 0.5
Potatoes and Onions 0.01
Cauli Flower and
0.01
Cabbage
Other vegetables 0.2
0.1 (carcass
Meat and Poultry
fat)

- - 536 - -
 0.01(fat
Milk and Milk Products
basis)
Cotton seed 0.05
Cottonseed oil
0.025
(crude)
Carbonated Water 0.001
Foodgrains 0.01
Milled foodgrains 0.003
Potatoes 0.2
*Milk and Milk
30. 2,4D 0.05
Products
*Meat and Poultry 0.05
0.05 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
Fruits 2.0
ETHION Tea (dry manufactured) 5.0
Cucumber and
0.5
Squash
Other Vegetables 1.0
Cotton seed 0.5
(Residues to be
31. determined as ethion and *Milk and Milk
0.5(fat basis)
Its oxygen analogue Products
and expressed as ethion) 0.2
*Meat and Poultry
(carcass
Fat basis)
0.2 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
Foodgrains 0.025
Milled foodgrains 0.006
Peaches 1.0
Other fruits 2.0
Dry fruits 0.1 (shell free basis)
FORMOTHION Citrus fruits 0.2
(Determined as Other fruits 1.0
dinethoate and its oxygen
Analogue and expressed Vegetable 2.0
32.
as dimethoate except in Peppers and Tomatoes 1.0
case of citrus fruits where it
is to be determined as
formathion)
33. ONOCROTOPHOS Foodgrains 0.025
Milled Foodgrains 0.006

- - 537 - -
 Citrus fruits 0.2
Other fruits 1.0
Carrot, Turnip, Potatoes
and Sugar beet 0.05
Onion and Peas 0.1
Other Vegetables 0.2
Cottonseed 0.1
Cottonseed oil (raw) 0.05
*Meat and
0.02
Poultry
*Milk and Milk Products 0.02
Eggs 0.02 (shell free basis)
Coffee (Raw beans) 0.1
Chillies 0.2
Cardamom 0.5
34. PARAQUAT Foodgrains 0.1
Dichloride (Determined Milled foodgrains 0.025
as Paraquat cations) Potato 0.2
Other vegetables 0.05
Cotton seed 0.2
Cottonseed oil (edible refined) 0.05
*Milk (whole) 0.01
Fruits 0.05
35. PHOSALONE Pears 2.0
Citrus fruits 1.0
Other fruits 5.0
Potatoes 0.1
Other vegetables 1.0
Rapeseed/Mustard Oil (crude) 0.05
36. TRICHLORFON Foodgrains 0.05
Milled foodgrains 0.0125
Sugar beet 0.05
Fruits and Vegetables 0.1
Oil seeds 0.1
Edible Oil (refined) 0.05
*Meat and Poultry 0.1
*Milk (whole) 0.05
37. THIOMETON Foodgrains 0.025
(Residues determined as Milled foodgrains 0.006
thiometon its sulfoxide Fruits 0.5

- - 538 - -
 and sulphone expressed Potato, Carrots
as thiometon) and Sugar beets 0.05
Other vegetables 2.5
38. Acephate Safflower seed 2.0
Cotton Seed 2.0
39. Methamido-phos Safflower seed 0.1
(A metabolite of
Cotton seed 0.1
Acephate)
Aldicarb (sum of Potato 0.5
40. Aldicarb its sulphoxide Chewing Tobacco 0.1
and sulphone, expressed
as Aldicarb)
41. Atrazine Maize Nil
Sugarcane 0.25
42. Carbendazim Foodgrains 0.50
Milled foodgrains 0.12
Vegetables 0.50
Mango 2.00
Banana (whole) 1.00
Other fruits 5.00
Cotton seed 0.10
Groundnut 0.10
Sugar beet 0.10
Dry fruits 0.10
0.10 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
Meat & Poultry 0.10 (Carcass fat
basis)
Milk & Milk Products 0.10 (fat basis)
43. Benomyl Foodgrains 0.50
Milled foodgrains 0.12
Vegetables 0.50
Mango 2.00
Banana (whole) 1.00
Other fruits 5.00
Cotton seed 0.10
Groundnut 0.10
Sugar beet 0.10
Dry fruits 0.10
0.10 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
Meat & Poultry 0.10 (carcass fat

- - 539 - -
 basis)
Milk & Milk Products 0.10 (fat basis)
44. Captan Fruit & Vegetables 15.00
45. Carbofuran (sum of Foodgrains 0.10
carbofuran and Milled foodgrains 0.03
3-hydroxy carbofuran Fruit & Vegetables 0.10
expressed as
Oil seeds 0.10
carbofuran)
Sugarcane 0.10
0.10 (carcass fat
Meat & Poultry
basis)
Milk & Milk Products 0.05 (fat basis)
46. Copper Oxychloride Fruit 20.00
(determined as copper) Potato 1.00
Other
20.00
vegetables
47. Cypermethrin Wheat grains 0.05
(sum of isomers) Milled wheat grains 0.01
(fat soluble residue) Brinjal 0.20
Cabbage 2.00
Bhindi 0.20
Oil seeds 0.20
except
groundnut
Meat and
Poultry 0.20
(carcass fat
basis)

Milk and Milk

Products 0.01 0.01 (fat
(fat basis) basis)
Cotton Seed 0.10
Food grains 0.50
Decamethrin /
48. Milled Food
Deltamethrin Grains 0.20
Rice 0.05
Rice 0.02
Rice bran 1.00
Eggs 0.01
(shell free
49. Edifenphos basis)

Meat and 0.02

- - 540 - -
 poultry (carcass fat
basis)

Milk and Milk 0.01 fat

products basis)
Food grains 0.10

Milled food 0.03

grains
0.10
Onion

Potatoes 0.05

Fenthion (sum of Beans 0.10

fenthion, its oxygen
Peas 0.50
analogue and their
50.
sulphoxides and Tomatoes 0.50
sulphones expressed as
fenthion) Other 1.00
vegetables
2.00
Musk melon

Meat and 2.00 (Carcass

Poultry Fat basis)

Milk and Milk 0.05 (fat basis)

products
2.00
Cauliflower
2.00
Brinjal
2.00
Okra
0.20
Cotton Seed
Fenvalerate (fat soluble
51. 0.10
residue) Cotton Seed
oil
1.00
Meat and
(carcass fat
poultry
basis)
Milk and Milk
0.01 (fat
Products
basis)
Dithiocarbamates (the Food Grains
0.20
52. residue tolerance limit are Milled food
determined and grains 0.05

- - 541 - -
 expressed as mg/CS2/kg
and refer separately to Potatoes
the residues arising from 0.10
Tomatoes
any or each group of 3.00
dithiocarbamates
Cherries
1.00
Other fruits
3.00

Dimethyl
dithiocarbamate
(a)
s residue
resulting from
the use of
ferbam or
ziram, and

Ethylene bis-
dithiocarbamate
(b)
s resulting from
the use of
mancozeb,
maneb or zineb
(including zineb
derived from
nabam plus zinc
sulphate)

Chillies
(c) Mancozeb 1.0

53. Foodgrains 0.05

Milled foodgrains 0.01
Oilseeds 0.03
Edible oils 0.01
Phenthoate 0.05 (shell
Eggs
free basis)
0.05 (carcass fat
Meat & Poultry
basis)
Milk & Milk products 0.01 (fat basis)
54. Phorate (sum of Foodgrains 0.05
Phorate, its oxygen Milled foodgrains 0.01
analogue and their Tomatoes 0.10

- - 542 - -
 sulphoxides and
Other vegetables 0.05
sulphones,
expressed as phorate) Fruits 0.05
Oil seeds 0.05
Edible oils 0.03
Sugarcane 0.05
0.05 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
0.05 (carcass fat
Meat & Poultry
basis)
Milk & Milk Products 0.05 (fat basis)
55. Simazine Maize Nil
Sugarcane 0.25
Rice 0.50
Food grains except
5.00
rice
Milled food grains
56. Pirimiphos-methyl except rice 1.00
0.05 (shell free
Eggs
basis)
0.05 (carcass
Meat & Poultry
fat basis)
Milk & Milk Products 0.05 (fat basis)
57. Alachlor Cotton Seed 0.05
Groundnut 0.05
Maize 0.10
Soyabeans 0.10
58. Alfa Nephthyl Acetic Pine-Apple 0.50
Acid (A.N.A.)
59. Bitertanol Wheat 0.05
Groundnut 0.10
60. Captafol Tomato 5.00
61. Cartaphydrochloride Rice 0.50
62. Chlormequatchloride Grape 1.00
Cotton Seed 1.00
63. Chlorothalonil Groundnut 0.10
Potato 0.10
64. Diflubenzuron Cotton Seed 0.20
65. Dodine Apple 5.00
66. Diuron Cotton Seed 1.00
Banana 0.10
Maize 0.50

- - 543 - -
 Citrus 1.00
(Sweet Orange)
Grapes 1.00
67. Ethephon Pine Apple 2.00
Coffee 0.10
Tomato 2.00
Mango 2.00
68. Fluchloralin Cotton Seed 0.05
Soya Beans 0.05
69. Malic Hydrazide Onion 15.00
Potato 50.00
70. Metalyxyl Bajra 0.05
Maize 0.05
Sorghum 0.05
71. Methomyl Cotton Seed 0.10
Methyl Chloro-phenoxy-
Rice 0.05
72. acetic Acid
(M.C.P.A.) Wheat 0.05
73. Oxadiazon Rice 0.03
74. Oxydemeton methyl Food-grains 0.02
75. Permethrin Cucumber 0.50
Cotton Seed 0.50
Soya Beans 0.05
Sunflower Seed 1.00
76. Quinolphos Rice 0.01
Pigeon pea 0.01
Cardamom 0.01
Tea 0.01
Fish 0.01
Chillies 0.2
77. Thiophenatemethyl Apple 5.00
Papaya 7.00
78 Triazophos Chillies 0.2
Rice 0.05
Cotton seed oil 0.1
Soyabean oil 0.05
79 Profenofos Cotton seed oil 0.05

- - 544 - -
80 Fenpropathrin Cotton seed oil 0.05
81 Fenarimol Apple 5.0
82 Hexaconazole Apple 0.1
83 Iprodione Rape seed 0.5
Mustard seed 0.5
Rice 10.0
Tomato 5.0
Grapes 10.0
84. Tridemorph Wheat 0.1
Grapes 0.5
Mango 0.05
85. Penconazole Grapes 0.2
86 Propiconazole Wheat 0.05
87 Myclobutanil Groundnut seed 0.1
Grapes 1.0
88 Sulfosulfuron Wheat 0.02
89 Trifluralin Wheat 0.05
90 Ethoxysulfuron Rice 0.01
91 Metolachlor Soyabean Oil 0.05
92 Glyphosphate Tea 1.0
93 Linuron Pea 0.05
94 Oxyfluorfen Rice 0.05
Groundnut Oil 0.05
95 Carbosulfan Rice 0.2
96 Tricyclazole Rice 0.02
97 Imidacloprid Cotton seed Oil 0.05
Rice 0.05
98 Butachlor Rice 0.05
99 Chlorimuron-ethyl Wheat 0.05
100 Diclofop-methyl Wheat 0.1
101 Metribuzin Soyabean Oil 0.1
102 Lambdacyhalothrin Cotton seed Oil 0.05
103 Fenazaquin Tea 3.0
104 Pendimethalin Wheat 0.05

- - 545 - -
 Rice 0.05
Soyabean Oil 0.05
Cotton seed Oil 0.05
105 Pretilachlor Rice 0.05
106 Fluvalinate Cotton seed Oil 0.05
107 Metasulfuron-methyl Wheat 0.1
108 Methabenzthiazuron Wheat 0.5
109 Imazethapyr Soyabean oil 0.1
Groundnut oil 0.1
110 Cyhalofop-butyl Rice 0.5
111 Triallate Wheat 0.05
112 Spinosad Cotton seed oil 0.02
Cabbage 0.02
Cauliflower 0.02
113 Thiamethoxam Rice 0.02
114 Fenobucarb Rice 0.01
115 Thiodicarb Cotton seed oil 0.02
116 Anilophos Rice 0.1
117 Fenoxy-prop-p-ethyl Wheat 0.02
Soyabean seed 0.02
118 Glufosinate-ammonium Tea 0.01
119 Clodinafop-propanyl Wheat 0.1
120 Dithianon Apple 0.1
121 Kitazin Rice 0.2
122 Isoprothiolane Rice 0.1
123 Acetamiprid Cotton seed oil 0.1
124 Cymoxanil Grapes 0.1
125 Triadimefon Wheat 0.5
Pea 0.1
Grapes 2.0
126 Fosetyl-A1 Grapes 10
Cardamom 0.2
127 Isoproturon Wheat 0.1
128 Propargite Tea 10.0
129 Difenoconazole Apple 0.01
130 b-Cyfluthrin Cotton seed 0.02
131 Ethofenprox Rice 0.01
132 Bifenthrin Cotton seed 0.05
133 Benfuracarb Red Gram 0.05
Rice 0.05

- - 546 - -
134 Quizalofop-ethyl Soyabean seed 0.05
135 Flufenacet Rice 0.05
136 Buprofezin Rice 0.05
137 Dimethomorph Grapes 0.05
Potatoes 0.05
138 Chlorfenopyr Cabbage 0.05
139 Indoxacarb Cotton seed 0.1
Cottonseed oil 0.1
Cabbage 0.1
140 Metiram Tomato 5.0
Ground nut seed 0.1
Ground nut seed oil 0.1
141 Lufenuron Cabbage 0.3
142 Carpropamid Rice 1.0
143 Novaluron Cottonseed 0.01
Cottonseed oil 0.01
Tomato 0.01
Cabbage 0.01
144 Oxadiargyl Rice 0.1
145 Pyrazosulfuron ethyl Rice 0.01
146 Clomazone Rice 0.01
Soyabean seed 0.01
Soyabean seed oil 0.01
147 Tebuconazole Wheat 0.05
148 Propineb Apple 1.0
Pomegranate 0.5
Potato 0.5
Green Chillies 2.0
Grapes 0.5
149 Thiochlorprid Cotton seed 0.05
Cotton seed oil 0.05
Rice 0.01

EXPLANATION :- For the purpose of this regulation :

(a) the expression “insecticide” shall have the meaning assigned to it in

the Insecticide Act, 1968 (46 of 1968);

(b) unless otherwise stated :

(i) maximum levels are expressed in mg./kg. on a whole product

- - 547 - -
 basis.

(ii) all foods refer to raw agricultural products moving in

commerce.

Regulation 8.3.2: ANTIBIOTIC AND OTHER PHARMA-

COLOGICALLY ACTIVE SUBSTANCES

1) The amount of antibiotic mentioned in column (2), on the sea

foods including shrimps, prawns or any other variety of fish and
fishery products, shall not exceed the tolerance limit prescribed in
column (3) of the table given below:—
TABLE
S.No. Name of Antibiotics Tolerance limit mg/kg (ppm)
(1) (2) (3)

1. Tetracycline 0.1
2. Oxytetracycline 0.1
3. Trimethoprim 0.05
4. Oxolinic acid 0.3

2) The use of any of the following antibiotics and other

Pharmacologically Active Substances shall be prohibited in any unit
processing sea foods including shrimps, prawns or any other
variety of fish and fishery products -
(i) All Nitrofurans including
(ii) Furaltadone
(iii) Furazolidone
(iv) Furylfuramide
(v) Nifuratel
(vi) Nifuroxime
(vii) Nifurprazine
(viii) Nitrofurnatoin
(ix) Nitrofurazone
(x) Chloramphenicol
(xi) Neomycin
(xii) Nalidixic acid
(xiii) Sulphamethoxazole

- - 548 - -
 (xiv) Aristolochia spp and preparations thereof
(xv) Chloroform
(xvi) Chloropromazine
(xvii) Cholchicine
(xviii) Dapsone
(xix) Dimetridazole
(xx) Metronidazole
(xxi) Ronidazole
(xxii) Ipronidazole
(xxiii) Other nitromidazoles
(xxiv) Clenbuterol
(xxv) Diethylstibestrol (DES)
(xxvi) Sulfanoamide drugs (except approved Sulfadimethoxine,
Sulfabromomethazine and Sulfaethoxypyridazine)
(xxvii) Fluoroquinolones
(xxviii) Glycopeptides.

CHAPTER 9: Laboratory and Sample Analysis

Part 9.1: Referral Laboratory

Regulation 9.1.1: Functions- In addition to the functions entrusted to it

under the Act, the Referral Laboratory shall carry out the following
functions, namely:
1) analysis of samples of food sent by any officer or authority
authorized by the Food Authority for the purpose and submission of
the certificate of analysis to the authorities concerned;
2) investigation for the purpose of fixation of standard of any article of
food;
3) investigation in collaboration with the laboratories of Food analysts
in the various States and such other laboratories and institutions
which the Food Authority may approve on its behalf, for the
purpose of standardizing methods of analysis.

- - 549 - -
 4) ensuring that the laboratory follows the scientific protocols laid
down for handling/testing the articles of food.
5) maintaining high standards of accuracy, reliability and credibility in
the operation of the laboratory and achieving and maintaining the
required levels of accreditation and reliability.
6) laying down mechanism for ensuring that personnel of the
laboratory adhere to high professional standards and discipline.
7) Such other conditions, as the Authority may lay down for Referral
Laboratories.
8) Capacity building by way of organizing professional training,
workshops and seminars for the Food analyst, lab personnel of the
lab in the states specified by the Food authority.

Regulation 9.1.2: State/ Union Territory/ Local Area of Referral

Laboratory

1. The laboratory specified in Col.(1) of Table I below, shall carry out

the functions entrusted to it by the Act or these regulations in
respect of the local areas specified in the corresponding entry in
Col.(2) thereof.
Table-I

Name of the Referral Laboratory Local Areas/ State / UT

(1) (2)
1. Referral Food Laboratory, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam,
Kolkata -700016 Chhatisgarh, Manipur, Meghalaya,
Mizoram, Nagaland, Orissa,
Sikkim, Tripura, Uttarakhand and
Union Territories of Andaman and

- - 550 - -
 Nicobar Island and Lakshadweep
2. Referral Food Laboratory, Gujarat, Haryana, Himachal
Mysore - 570013 Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab,
Uttar Pradesh and Union Terriory
of Chandigarh
3. Referral Food Laboratory, Pune Andhra Pradesh, Delhi, Jammu
and Kashmir, Karnataka, Kerala,
Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu
4. Referral Food Laboratory, Bihar, Goa, Jharkhand, Madhya
Ghaziabad Pradesh, West Bengal, Union
Territories of Dadar and Nagar
Haveli, Daman & Diu and
Pondicherry.

2. The certificate of analysis to be provided by the referral food

laboratory shall be as per Form C, Appendix C.

Regulation 9.1.3: Notified Laboratories for Import

1. The sample of any imported article will be sent by the authorized

officer for analysis. The Food Analyst of any of the following
notified laboratories or any other laboratories notified by the food
Authority from time to time. having jurisdiction over the area in
which the sample was taken.

Sl No. Name of the laboratory Local area

1. Central Food Laboratory, All Seaports/Airports/Container:
Calcutta Depots in the Union Territories/
States of - (i) The Andaman and

- - 551 - -
 Nicobar Islands, (ii) Andhra Pradesh,
(iii) Arunachal Pradesh (iv) Assam
(v) Bihar (vi) Manipur (vii)
Meghalaya (viii) Mizoram (ix)
Nagaland (x) Orissa (xi) Sikkim (xii)
Tripura (xiii) West Bengal and (xiv)
Jharkhand

International borders in the States of

- (i)_ Arunachal Pradesh, (ii) Assam,
(iii) Bihar (iv) Manipur (v) Meghalaya
(vi) Mizoram (vii) Nagaland (viii)
Sikkim (ix) Tripura (x) West Bengal

2. Central Food Laboratory, All Airports / Inland Container

Ghaziabad Depots in the Union Territories/
States of - (i) Chandigarh, (ii) Delhi,
(iii) Haryana, (iv) Himachal Pradesh,
(v) Jammu and Kashmir (vi) Madhya
Pradesh (vii) Punjab (viii) Rajasthan
(ix) Uttar Pradesh (x) Chhatisgarh
(xi) Uttarakhand

All International borders in the states

of (i) Himachal Pradesh (ii)
Rajasthan (iii) Jammu and Kashmir
(iv) Punjab, (v) Uttar Pradesh (vi)
and Uttarakhand
3. Central Food Laboratory, All Airports/ Inland Container Depots

- - 552 - -
 Mysore in the Union territories State of (i)
Karnataka, (ii) Kerala, (iii)
Lakshadweep, (iv) Puducherry and
(v) Tamil Nadu
4. Central Food Laboratory, All Airports/ Inland Container
Pune Depots in the Union Territories/
States of (i) Dadra and Nagar Haveli,
(ii) Daman and Diu, (iii) Goa, (iv)
Gujarat and, (v) Maharashtra

All International borders in the state

of (i) Gujarat

PART 9.2 Procedure of Sampling

Regulation 9.2.1: Quantity of sample to be sent to the Food

analyst means the quantity of sample of food to be sent to the Food
Analyst /Director for analysis shall be as specified in the regulation by
the Authority:

TABLE 9.2.1
Aproximate
Sr. Article of Food Quantity to
No be supplied
(1) (2)
1. Milk 500 ml.

- - 553 - -
2. Sterilized Milk / UHT Milk 500 ml.
3. Malai / Dahi 200 gms.
4. Yoghurt / Sweetened Dahi 500 gms..
5. Chhana / Paneer / Khoya / Shrikhand 250 gms.
6. Cheese/Cheese spread 200 gms.
7. Evaporated Milk/Condensed Milk 200 gms.
8. Ice-Cream/Softy/Kulfi/Icecandy/Icelolly 300 gms.
9. Milk Powder/Skimmed Milk Powder 250 gms.
10. Infant Food/Weaning Food 500 gms.
11. Malt Food/Malted Milk Food 300 gms.
Butter/Butter Oil/Ghee/Margarine/ Cream/Bakery
12. 200 gms.
Shortening
13. Vanaspati, Edible Oils/Fats 400 gms.
14. Carbonated Water 3 ltr.
15. Baking Powder 100 gms.
16. Arrow root/Sago 250 gms.
Corn flakes/Macaroni Products/Corn Flour/Custard
17. 200 gms.
Powder
18. Spices, Condiments and Mixed Masala (Whole) 500 gms.
19. Spices, Condiments and Mixed Masala (Powder) 500 gms.
20. Nutrneg/Mace 250 gms.
21. Asafoetida 100 gms.
22. Compounded Asafoetida 150 gms.
23. Saffron 20 gms.
Gur/jaggery, Icing Sugar, Honey, Synthetic Syrup,
24. 250 gms.
Bura
25. Cane Sugar/Refined Sugar/Cube sugar, Dextrose,
200 gms.
Misri/Dried Glucose Syrup.

- - 554 - -
26. Artificial Sweetener 100 gm.

27. Fruit Juice/Fruit Drink/Fruit Squash 1 ltr.

Tomato Sauce/Ketch up/Tamato Paste,
28. jam/jelly/Marmalade/Tomato Puree/Vegetable 300 gms.
Sauce
29. None Fruit Jellies 200 gms.
30. Pickles and Chutneys 250 gms.
31. Oilseeds / Nuts /Dry Fruits 250 gms.
32. Tea/Roasted Coffee/Roasted Chicory 500 gms.
Instant Tea/Instant Coffee/Instant Coffee-Chicory
33. 100 gms.
Mixture
34. Sugar Confectionery/Chewing gum/Bubble Gum 200 gms.
35. Chocolates 200 gms.
36. Edible Salt 200 gms.
37. Lodised Salt/Iron Fortified Salt 200 gms.
38. Food Grains and Pulses (Whole and Split) 1 kg.
Atta/Maida/Suji/Besan/Other Milled
39. 500 gms.
Product/Paushtik and Fortified Atta/Maida
40. Biscuits and Rusks 200 gms.
41. Bread/Cakes/Pasties 250 gms.
42. Gelatin 150 gms.
43. Catechu 150 gms.
44. Vinegar/Synthetic Vinegar 300 gms.
45. Food colour 25 gms.
25 gm.
46. Food colour preparation (Solid/Liquid) Solid/100 ml
liquid
47. Natural Mineral Water/Packaged Drinking Water 4000ml in

- - 555 - -
 three
minimum
original
sealed packs.
48. Silver Leafs 2 gm.
49 Prepared Food 500 gms.
50. Proprietary Food, (Non Standardised Foods) 500 gms.
51. Canned Foods 6 sealed cans
52. Food not specified 500 gms

2. After test or analysis, the certificate thereof shall be supplied

forthwith to the sender in Form D, Appendix C
3. The fees payable in respect of such a certificate shall be (Rs. 1000)
per sample of food analysed as prescribed by the Food Authority.
4. Certificates issued under these regulations by the laboratory shall be
signed by the Director.

5. Preservative in respect of milk, cream, dahi, Khoa or khoa

based and Paneer based sweets, such as, Kalakand and Burfi,
Chutney and prepared foods and gur prepared coffee and
prepared tea – The preservative used in the case of samples of any
milk (including toned, separated and skimmed milk), standardised milk
chhanna, skimmed milk channa, cream, ice-candy, dahi, khoa or khoa
based and Paneer based sweets, such as Kalakand and Burfi, Chutney
and prepared foods and gur coffee and tea in liquid or semi-liquid form
shall be the liquid commonly known as “formalin”, that is to say, liquid
containing about 40 per cent of formaldehyde in aqueous solution in
the proportion of 0.1 ml. (two drops) for 25 ml. or 25 grams.
PROVIDED that in case of samples of ice-cream and mixed ice-cream,
the preservative used shall be liquid commonly known as formalin,

- - 556 - -
that is to say, a liquid containing about 40 per cent, of formaldehyde
in aqueous solution in the proportion of 0.6 ml. for 100 ml. or 100
gms.

- - 557 - -
 Chapter 10: Others
Part 10.1: Guarantee

Regulation 10.1.1- Every manufacturer, distributor or dealer selling an

article of food to a vendor shall give either separately or in the bill, cash
memo, or label a warranty in Form A. (Refer Form A for form of
Guarantee).

- - 558 - -
Appendix A : List of Food Additives

Appendix A

1. International Numbering System (INS) for Food Additives–

The following list sorted by INS is only for identifying the INS No. of these food additives
or their synonyms as per Codex. The list of food additive as per Codex and the food
additives allowed under the Food Safety and Standards Regulations, 2010 are listed in
these regulations including Appendices
The list given below as published by Codex as on date (23 -11-2005). For any revision
JECFA/Code website may be referred (www.codexalimentarius.net,
www.codexalimentarius.net/web/jecfa.jsp)

A. List sorted by INS number

Sl. INS
Food Additive Name Technical functions
No. Number

1 2 3 4
1. 100 Curcumins Colour
2. 100(i) Curcumin Colour
3. 100(ii) Turmeric Colour
4. 101 Riboflavins Colour
5. 101(i) Riboflavin Colour
6. 101(ii) Riboflavin 5’-phosphate, sodium Colour
7. 102 Tartrazine Colour
8. 103 Alkanet Colour
9. 104 Quinoline yellow Colour
10. 107 Yellow 2G Colour
11. 110 Sunset yellow FCF Colour
12. 120 Carmines Colour
13. 121 Citrus red 2 Colour
14. 122 Azorubine / Carmoisine Colour
15. 123 Amaranth Colour
16. 124 Ponceau 4R Colour
17. 125 Ponceau SX Colour
18. 127 Erythrosine Colour
19. 128 Red 2G Colour
20. 129 Allurared AC/Fast Red E Colour

- - 559 - -
21. 130 Manascorubin Colour
22. 131 Patent blue V Colour
23. 132 Indigotine Colour
24. 133 Brilliant blue FCF Colour
25. 140 Chlorophyll Colour
26. 141 Copper chlorophylls Colour
27. 141(i) Chlorophyll copper complex, Colour
Chlorophyll copper complex,
28. 141(ii) sodium and potassium Salts Colour
29. 142 Green S Colour
30. 143 Fast green FCF Colour
31. 150a Caramel I-plain Colour
Caramel II – caustic sulphite
32. 150b process Colour
33. 150c Caramel III – ammonia process Colour
Caramel IV-ammonia sulphite
34. 150d Process Colour
35. 151 Brilliant black PN Colour
36. 152 Carbon black (hydrocarbon) Colour
37. 153 Vegetable carbon Colour
38. 154 Brown FK Colour
39. 155 Brown HT Colour
40. 160a Carotenes Colour
41. 160a(i) Beta-carotene (synthetic) Colour
42. 160a(ii) Natural extracts Colour
43. 160b Annatto extracts Colour
44. 160c Paprika Oleoresins Colour
45. 160d Lycopene Colour
46. 160e Beta-apo-carotental Colour
Beta-apo-8’-carotenic acid,
47. 160f methyl or ethyl ester Colour
48. 161a Flavoxanthin Colour
49. 161b Lutein Colour
50. 161c Krytoxanthin Colour
51. 161d Rubixanthin Colour
52. 161e Violoxanthin Colour
53. 161f Rhodoxanthin Colour
54. 161g Canthaxanthin Colour
55. 162 Beet red Colour
56. 163 Anthocyanins Colour

- - 560 - -
57. 163(i) Anthocyanins Colour
58. 163(ii) Grape skin extract Colour
59. 163(iii) Blackcurrant extract Colour
60. 164 Gardenia yellow Colour
61. 166 Sandalwood Colour
Surface colourant, anticaking agent,
62. 170 Calcium carbonates stabilizer
63. 170(i) Calcium carbonate anticaking agent
64. 170(ii) Calcium hydrogen carbonate anticaking agent
65. 171 Titanium dioxide Colour
66. 172 Iron oxides Colour
67. 172(i) Iron oxide, black Colour
68. 172(ii) Iron oxide, red Colour
69. 172(iii) Iron oxide, yellow Colour
70. 173 Aluminium Colour
71. 174 Silver Colour
72. 175 Gold Colour
73. 180 Lithol rubine BK Colour
Colour, emulsifier, stabilizer,
74. 181 Tannins, food grade thickener
75. 182 Orchil Colour
76. 200 Sorbic acid Preservative
77. 201 Sodium sorbate Preservative
78. 202 Potassium sorbate Preservative
79. 203 Calcium sorbate Preservative
80. 209 Heptyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
81. 210 Benzoic acid Preservative
82. 211 Sodium benzoate Preservative
83. 212 Potassium benzoate Preservative
84. 213 Calcium benzoate Preservative
85. 214 Ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
86. 215 Sodium ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
87. 216 Propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
Sodium propyl p-
88. 217 hydroxybenzoate Preservative
89. 218 Methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
Sodium methyl p-
90. 219 hydroxybenzoate Preservative
91. 220 Sulphur dioxide Preservative, antioxidant
92. 221 Sodium sulphite Preservative, antioxidant

- - 561 - -
93. 222 Sodium hydrogen sulphite Preservative, antioxidant
Preservative, bleaching agent,
94. 223 Sodium metabisulphite antioxidant
95. 224 Potassium metabisulphite Preservative, antioxidant
96. 225 Potassium sulphite Preservative, antioxidant
97. 226 Calcium sulphite Preservative, antioxidant
98. 227 Calcium hydrogen sulphite Preservative, antioxidant
99. 228 Potassium bisulphite Preservative, antioxidant
100. 230 Diphenyl Preservative
101. 231 Ortho-phenylphenol Preservative
102. 232 Sodium o-phenylphenol Preservative
103. 233 Thiabendazole Preservative
104. 234 Nisin Preservative
105. 235 Pimaricin (natamycin) Preservative
106. 236 Formic acid Preservative
107. 237 Sodium formate Preservative
108. 238 Calcium formate Preservative
109. 239 Hexamethylene tetramine Preservative
110. 240 Formaldehyde Preservative
111. 241 Gum guaicum Preservative
112. 242 Dimethyl dicarbonate Preservative
113. 249 Potassium nitrite Preservative, colour fixative
114. 250 Sodium nitrite Preservative, colour fixative
115. 251 Sodium nitrate Preservative, colour fixative
116. 252 Potassium nitrate Preservative, colour fixative
117. 260 Acetic acid, glacial Preservative, acidity regulator
118. 261 Potassium acetates Preservative, acidity regulator
119. 261(i) Potassium acetate Preservative, acidity regulator
120. 261(ii) Potassium diacetate Preservative, acidity regulator
Preservative, acidity regulator,
121. 262 Sodium acetates Sequestrant
Preservative, acidity regulator,
122. 262(i) Sodium acetate Sequestrant
Preservative, acidity regulator,
123. 262(ii) Sodium diacetate Sequestrant
Preservative, stabilizer, acidity
124. 263 Calcium acetate Regulator
125. 264 Ammonium acetate Acidity regulator
126. 265 Dehydroacetic acid Preservative
127. 266 Sodium dehydroacetate Preservative

- - 562 - -
128. 270 Lactic acid (L-, D—and Dl-) Acidity regulator
129. 280 Propionic acid Preservative
130. 281 Sodium propionate Preservative
131. 282 Calcium propionate Preservative
132. 283 Potassium propionate Preservative
133. 290 Carbon dioxide Carbonating agent, Packing agent
134. 296 Malic acid (DL-L-) Acidity regulator, flavouring agent.
135. 297 Fumaric acid acidity regulator
136. 300 Ascorbic acid (L) Antioxidant
137. 301 Sodium ascorbate Antioxidant
138. 302 Calcium ascorbate Antioxidant
139. 303 Potassium ascorbate Antioxidant
140. 304 Ascorbyl palmitate Antioxidant
141. 305 Ascorbyl stearate Antioxidant
142. 306 Mixed tocopherols Antioxidant
143. 307 Alpha-tocopherol Antioxidant
144. 308 Synthetic gamma-tocopherol Antioxidant
145. 309 Synthetic delta-tocopherol Antioxidant
146. 310 Propyl gallate Antioxidant
147. 311 Octyl gallate Antioxidant
148. 312 Dodecyl gallate Antioxidant
149. 313 Ethyl gallate Antioxidant
150. 314 Guaiac resin Antioxidant
151. 315 Isoascorbic acid Antioxidant
152. 316 Sodium isoascorbate Antioxidant
153. 317 Potassium isoascorbate Antioxidant
154. 318 Calcium isoascrobate Antioxidant
155. 319 Tertiary butylhydroquinone Antioxidant
156. 320 Butylated hydroxyanisole Antioxidant
157. 321 Butylated hydroxytoluene Antioxidant
158. 322 Lecithins Antioxidant, emulsifier
159. 323 Anoxomer Antioxidant
160. 324 Ethoxyquin Antioxidant
antioxidant, synergist, humectant,
161. 325 Sodium lactate bulking agent
antioxidant, synergist, acidity
162. 326 Potassium lactate Regulator
acidity regulator, flour treatment
163. 327 Calcium lactate agent

- - 563 - -
 acidity regulator, flour treatment
164. 328 Ammonium lactate agent
acidity regulator, flour treatment
165. 329 Magnesium lactate (D-,L-) agent
acidity regulator, synergist for
166. 330 Citric acid Sequestrant
acidity regulator, sequestrant
167. 331 Sodium citrates emulsifier stabilizer
acidity regulator, sequestrant
168. 331(i) Sodium dihydrogen citrate emulsifer, stabilizer
acidity regulator, stabilizer,
169. 331(ii) Disodium monohydrogen citrate sequestrant, emulsifier
acidity regulator, sequestrant,
170. 331(iii) Trisodium citrate emulsifier, Stabilizer
acidity regulator, sequestrant,
171. 332 Potassium citrates Stabilizer
acidity regulator, sequestrant,
172. 332(i) Potassium dihydrogen citrate Stabilizer
acidity regulator, sequestrant,
173. 332(ii) Tripotassium citrate Stabilizer
acidity regulator, firming agent,
174. 333 calcium citrates Sequestrant
acidity regulator, sequestrant,
175. 334 Tartaric acid [L(+)-] antioxidant synergist
176. 335 Sodium tartrates Stabilizer, sequestrant,
177. 335(i) Monosodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
178. 335(ii) Disodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
179. 336 Potassium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
180. 336(i) Monopotassium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
181. 336(ii) Dipotassium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
182. 337 Potassium sodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
acidity regulator, antioxidant
183. 338 Orthophosphoric acid Synergist
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer Emulsifier,
184. 339 Sodium phosphates water retention agent
Acidity regulator, texturizer,
Sequestrant, stabilizer, Emulsifier,
185. 339(i) Monosodium orthophosphate water retention agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer Emulsifier,
186. 339(ii) Disodium orthophosphate water retention agent
sequestrant, stabilizer, Emulsifier,
water retention agent, acidity
187. 339(iii) Trisodium orthophosphate regulator, Texturizer
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer, Emulsifier,
188. 340 Potassium Phosphates water retention Agent
189. 340(i) Monopotassium orthophosphate acidity regulator, texturizer,

- - 564 - -
 sequestrant, stabilizer Emulsifier,
water retention Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer, Emulsifier,
190. 340(ii) Dipotassium orthophosphate water retention Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer, Emulsifier,
191. 340(iii) Tripotassium orthophosphate water retention Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer, water
retention agent, flour treatment
agent, raising agent, firming agent,
192. 341 Calcium phosphates anticaking agent
acidity regulator, texturizer, water
retention agent, flour treatment
agent, firming agent, anticaking
193. 341(i) Monocalcium orthophosphate agent
acidity regulator, texturizer, flour
treatment agent, raising agent,
194. 341(ii) Dicalcium orthophosphate firming agent, anticaking Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer, water
retention agent, flour
treatment agent, firming agent,
195. 341(iii) Tricalcium orthophosphate anticaking agent
acidity regulator, flour
196. 342 Ammonium phosphates treatment agent
acidity regulator, flour
197. 342(i) Monoamonium orthophosphate treatment agent
acidity regulator, flour
198. 342(ii) Diammonium orthophosphate treatment agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
199. 343 Magnesium phosphates Agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
200. 343(i) Monomagnesium orthophosphate Agent
acidity regluator, anticaking
201. 343(ii) Dimagnesium orthophosphate Agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
202. 343(iii) Trimagnesium orthophosphate Agent
203. 344 Lecithin citrate Preservative
204. 345 Magnesium citrate acidity regulator
205. 349 Ammonium malate acidity regulator
206. 350 Sodium malates acidity regulator, humectant
207. 350(i) Sodium hydrogen malate acidity regulator, humectant
208. 350(ii) Sodium malate acidity regulator, humectant
209. 351 Potassium malates. acidity regulator
210. 351(i) Potassium hydrogen malate acidity regulator
211. 351(ii) Potassium malate acidity regulator
212. 352 Calcium malates acidity regulator
213. 352(i) Calcium hydrogen malate acidity regulator

- - 565 - -
214. 352(ii) Calcium malate acidity regulator
215. 353 Metatartaric acid acidity regulator
216. 354 Calcium tartrate acidity regulator
217. 355 Adipic acid acidity regulator
218. 356 Sodium adipates acidity regulator
219. 357 Potassium adipates acidity regulator
220. 359 Ammonium adipates acidity regulator
221. 363 Succinic acid acidity regulator
acidity regulator, flavour
222. 364(i) Monosodium succinate enhancer
acidity regulator, flavour
223. 364(ii) Disodium succinate enhancer
224. 365 Sodium fumarates acidity regulator
225. 366 Potassium fumarates acidity regulator
226. 367 Calcium fumarates acidity regulator
227. 368 Ammonium fumarates acidity regulator
228. 370 1, 4-Heptonolactone acidity regulator, sequestrant
229. 375 Nicotinic acid Colour retention agent
230. 380 Ammonium citrates acidity regulator
231. 381 Ferric ammonium citrate anticaking agent
Thickener, gelling agent,
232. 383 Calcium glycerophosphate Stabilizer
Antioxidant, Preservative,
233. 384 Isopropyl citrates Sequestrant
Calcium disodium ethylene- Antioxidant, Preservative,
234. 385 diamine-tetra-acetate Sequestrant
Disodium ethylene-diamine-
tetra- Antioxidant, Preservative,
235. 386 acetate Sequestrant
236. 387 Oxy stearin Antioxidant, sequestrant
237. 388 Thiodipropionic acid Antioxidant
238. 389 Dilauryl thiodipropionate Antioxidant
239. 390 Distearyl thiodipropionate Antioxidant
240. 391 Phytic acid Antioxidant
241. 399 Calcium lactobionate Stabilizer
242. 400 Alginic acid Thickener, stabilizer
Thickener, stabilizer, gelling
243. 401 Sodium alginate Agent
244. 402 Potassium alginate Thickener, stabilizer
245. 403 Ammonium alginate Thickener, stabilizer
Thickener, stabilizer, gelling
246. 404 Calcium alginate Agent, antifoaming agent

- - 566 - -
247. 405 Propylene glycol alginate Thickener, emulsifier
248. 406 Agar Thickener, gelling agent, Stabilizer
Carrageenan and its Na, K, Thickener, gelling agent,
249. 407 NH4 salts (includes furcellaran) Stabilizer
Processed Euchema Seaweed
250. 407a (PES) Thickener, stabilizer
Thickener, gelling agent,
251. 408 Bakers yeast glycan Stabilizer
Thickener, gelling agent,
252. 409 Arabinogalactan Stabilizer
253. 410 Carob bean gum Thickener, Stabilizer
254. 411 Oat gum Thickener, Stabilizer
Thickener, Stabilizer,
255. 412 Guar gum Emulsifier
Thickener, Stabilizer,
256. 413 Tragacanth gum Emulsifier
257. 414 Gum arabic (acacia gum) Thickener, Stabilizer
Thickener, Stabilizer,
258. 415 Xanthan gum emulsifier, foaming agent
259. 416 Karaya gum Thickener, Stabilizer
260. 417 Tara gum Thickener, Stabilizer
Thickener, Stabilizer, gelling
261. 418 Gellan gum Agent
Thickener, Stabilizer,
262. 419 Gum ghatti Emulsifier
Sweetener, Humectant,
sequestrant, Texturizer,
263. 420 Sorbitol and sorbitol syrup Emulsifier
264. 421 Mannitol Sweetener, anticaking agent
265. 422 Glycerol Humectant, bodying agent
266. 424 Curd lan Thickener, Stabilizer
267. 425 Konjac flour Thickener
268. 429 Peptones Emulsifier
269. 430 Polyoxyethylene (8) stearate Emulsifier
270. 431 Polyoxyethylene (40) stearate Emulsifier
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan
271. 432 Monolaurate Emulsifier, dispersing agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan
272. 433 Monoleate Emulsifier, dispersing agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan
273. 434 Monopalmitate Emulsifier, dispersing agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan
274. 435 Monostearate Emulsifier, dispersing agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan
275. 436 Tristearate Emulsifier, dispersing agent
Thickener, emulsifier,
276. 440 Pectins Stabilizer, gelling agent

- - 567 - -
 Superglycerinated hydrogenated
277. 441 rapeseed oil Emulsifier
Ammonium salts of phosphatidic
278. 442 Acid Emulsifier
279. 443 Brominated vegetable oil Emulsifier, stabilizer
280. 444 Sucrose acetate isobutyrate Emulsifier, stabilizer
281. 445 Glycerol esters of wood resin Emulsifier, stabilizer
282. 446 Succistearin Emulsifier
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
283. 450 Diphosphates Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
284. 450(i) Disodium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
285. 450(ii) Trisodium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
286. 450(iii) Tetrasodium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
287. 450(iv) Dipotassium diphosphate Agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer, acidity
regulator, raising agent
Sequestrant, water retention
288. 450(v) Tetrapotassium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
289. 450(vi) Dicalcium diphosphate Agent
Emulsifier, raising agent,
stabilizer, sequestrant, acidity,
290. 450(vii) Calcium dihydrogen diphosphate regulator, water retention agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
450 Emulsifier, water retention
291. (viii) Dimagnesium diphosphate Agent
Sequestrant, acidity regulator
292. 451 Triphosphates Texturizer
Sequestrant, acidity regulator,
293. 451(i) Pentasodium Texturizer
Sequestrant, acidity regulator,
294. 451(ii) Pentapotassium triphosphate Texturizer
acidity regulator, texturizer,
295. 452 Polyphosphates sequestrant stabilizer,

- - 568 - -
 Emulsifier, water retention
Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
296. 452(i) Sodium polyphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water retention
297. 452(ii) Potassium Polyphosphate Agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer, acidity
regulator, raising agent,
Sequestrant, water retention
298. 452(iii) Sodium calcium polyphosphate Agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer, acidity
regulator, raising agent,
Sequestrant, water retention
299. 452(iv) Calcium polyphosphates Agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer, acidity
regulator, raising agent,
Sequestrant, water retention
300. 452(v) Ammonium polyphosphates Agent
301. 458 Gamma Cyclodextrin Stabilizer, binder
302. 459 Beta-cyclodextrin Stabilizer, binder
Emulsifier, dispersing agent,
303. 460 Cellulose anticaking agent, texturizer

Emulsifier, dispersing agent,

304. 460(i) Microcystalline cellulose anticaking agent
Emulsifier dispersing agent,
305. 460(ii) Powdered cellulose anticaking agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
306. 461 Methyl cellulose Stabilizer
307. 462 Ethyl cellulose Binder, filler
Thickener, Emulsifier,
308. 463 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Stabilizer
Thickener, Emulsifier,
309. 464 Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Stabilizer
Thickener antifoaming agent,
310. 465 Methyl ethyl cellulose Emulsifier, stabilizer
Thickener, Emulsifier,
311. 466 Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Stabilizer
Thickener, Emulsifier,
312. 467 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Stabilizer
313. 468 Croscaramellose Stabilizer, binder
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose,
314. 469 enzymatically hydrolysed Thickener, stabilizer
Salts of fatty acids (with base Al, Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
315. 470 Ca, Na, Mg, K, and NH4) anticaking agent
316. 471 Mono-and di-glycerides of fatty Emulsifier, Stabilizer

- - 569 - -
 acids
Acetic and fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer
317. 472a glycerol Sequestrant
Lactic and fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
318. 472b glycerol Sequestrant
Citric and fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
319. 472c glycerol Sequestrant
Tartaric acid esters of mono and Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
320. 472d diglycerides of fatty acids Sequestrant
Diacetyltartric and fatty acid Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
321. 472e ester of glycerol Sequestrant
Mixed tartaric, acetic and fatty Emulsifier, Stabilizers,
322. 472f acid esters of glycerol Sequestrant
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
323. 472g Succinylated monoglycerides Sequestrant
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
324. 473 Sucrose esters of fatty acids Sequestrant
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
325. 474 Sucroglycerides Sequestrant
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
326. 475 Polyglycerol esters of fatty acid Sequestrant
Polyglycerol esters of interesteri- Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
327. 476 fied ricinoleic acid Sequestrant
Propylene glycol esters of fatty Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
328. 477 Acids Sequestrant
Lactylated fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
329. 478 glycerol and propylene glycol Sequestrant
Thermally oxidized soya bean
oil with mono-and di-glycerides Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
330. 479. of fatty acids Sequestrant
331. 480 Dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Emulsifier, wetting agent
332. 481 Sodium lactylate Emulsifier, Stabilizer
333. 481(i) Sodium stearoyl lactylates Emulsifier, Stabilizer
334. 481(ii) Sodium oleyl lactylate Emulsifier, Stabilizer
335. 482 Calcium lactylates Emulsifier, Stabilizer
336. 482(i) Calcium stearoyl lactylate Emulsifier, Stabilizer
337. 482(ii) Calcium oleyl lactylates Emulsifier, Stabilizer
338. 483 Stearyl tartrate Flour treatment agent
339. 484 Stearyl citrate Emulsifier, sequestrant
340. 485 Sodium stearoyl fumarate Emulsifier
341. 486 Calcium stearoyl fumarate Emulsifier
342. 487 Sodium laurylsulphate Emulsifier
Ethoxylated mono-and di-
343. 488 glycerides Emulsifier
Methyl glucoside-coconut oil
344. 489 ester Emulsifier
345. 491 Sorbitan monostearate Emulsifier

- - 570 - -
346. 492 Sorbitan tristearate Emulsifier
347. 493 Sorbitan monolaurate Emulsifier
348. 494 Sorbitan monooleate Emulsifier
349. 495 Sorbitan monopalmitate Emulsifier
350. 496 Sorbitan trioleate Stabilizer, Emulsifier
acidity regulator, raising agent,
351. 500 Sodium carbonates anticaking agent
acidity regluator, raising agent,
352. 500(i) Sodium carbonate anticaking agent
acidity regulator, raising agent,
353. 500(ii) Sodium hydrogen carbonate anticaking agent
acidity regulator, raising agent,
354. 500(iii) Sodium sesquicarbonate anticaking agent
355. 501 Potassium carbonates acidity regulator, stabilizer
356. 501(i) Potassium carbonate acidity regulator, stabilizer
357. 501(ii) Potassium hydrogen carbonate acidity regulator, stabilizer
358. 503 Ammonium carbonates acidity regulator, raising agent
359. 503(i) Ammonium carbonate acidity regulator, raising agent
360. 503(ii) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate acidity regulator, raising agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
361. 504 Magnesium carbonates agent, colour retention agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
362. 504(i) Magnesium carbonate agent, colour retention agent
acidity regulator, anticaking
363. 504(ii) Magnesium hydrogen carbonate agent, colour retention agent
364. 505 Ferrous carbonate acidity regulator
365. 507 Hydrochloric acid acidity regulator acid
366. 508 Potassium chloride gelling agent
367. 509 Calcium chloride firming agent
368. 510 Ammonium chloride flour treatment agent
369. 511 Magnesium chloride firming agent
Antioxidant, colour retention
370. 512 Stannous chloride Agent
371. 513 Sulphuric acid acidity regulator
372. 514 Sodium sulphates acidity regulator
373 515 Potassium sulphates Acidity regulator
Dough conditioner,
374. 516 Calcium Sulphate Sequestrant, firming agent
375. 517 Ammonium sulphate Flour treatment agent, stabilizer
376. 518 Magnesium sulphate firming agent
377. 519 Cupric sulphate colour fixative, preservative
378. 520 Aluminium sulphate firming agent

- - 571 - -
379. 521 Aluminium sodium Sulphate firming agent
380. 522 Aluminium potassium Sulphate Acidity regulator, stabilizer
381. 523 Aluminium ammonium Sulphate Stabilizer, firming agent
382. 524 Sodium hydroxide acidity regulator
383. 525 Potassium hydroxide acidity regulator
384. 526 Calcium hydroxide acidity regulator, firming agent
385. 527 Ammonium hydroxide acidity regulator
acidity regulator, colour
386. 528 Magnesium hydroxide retention agent
acidity regulator, colour
387. 529 Calcium oxide retention agent
388. 530 Magnesium oxide anticaking agent
389. 535 Sodium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
390. 536 Potassium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
391. 537 Ferrous hexacyanomanganate anticaking agent
392. 538 Calcium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
393. 539 Sodium thiosulphate antioxidant, sequestrant
394. 541 Sodium aluminium phosphate acidity regulator, emulsifier
Sodium aluminium phosphate-
395. 541(i) acidic acidity regulator, emulsifier
Sodium aluminium phosphate-
396. 541(ii) basic acidity regulator, emulsifier
Bone phosphate (essentially
calcium Emulsifier, anticaking agent,
397. 542 phosphate, tribasic) water retention agent
398. 550 Sodium silicates anticaking agent
399. 550(i) Sodium silicate anticaking agent
400. 550(ii) Sodium metasilicate anticaking agent
401. 551 Silicon dioxide, amorphous anticaking agent
402. 552 Calcium silicate anticaking agent
anticaking agent, dusting
403. 553 Magnesium silicates Powder
anticaking agent, dusting
404. 553(i) Magnesium silicate Powder
anticaking agent, dusting
405. 553(ii) Magnesium trisilicate Powder
anticaking agent, dusting
406. 553(iii) Talc Powder
407. 554 Sodium aluminosilicate anticaking agent
408. 555 Potassium aluminium silicate anticaking agent
409. 556 Calcium aluminium silicate anticaking agent
410. 557 Zinc silicate anticaking agent
411. 558 Bentonite anticaking agent

- - 572 - -
412. 559 Aluminium silicate anticaking agent
413. 560 Potassium silicate anticaking agent
foam stabilizer, glazing agent,
414. 570 Fatty acids antifoaming agent
415. 574 Gluconic acid (D-) acidity regulator, raising agent
416. 575 Glucono delta-lactone acidity regulator, raising agent
417. 576 Sodium gluconate Sequestrant
418. 577 Potassium gluconate Sequestrant
419. 578 Calcium gluconate acidity regluator, firming agent
420. 579 Ferrous gluconate Colour retention agent
421. 580 Magnesium gluconate acidity regulator, firming agent
422. 585 Ferrous lactate colour retention agent
colour retention agent,
423. 586 4-Hexylresorcinol Antioxidant
424. 620 Glutamic acid (L (+)-) flavour enhancer
425. 621 Monosodium glutamate flavour enhancer
426. 622 Monopotassium glutamate flavour enhancer
427. 623 Calcium glutamate flavour enhancer
428. 624 Monoammonium glutamate flavour enhancer
429. 625 Magnesium glutamate flavour enhancer
430. 626 Guanylic acid flavour enhancer
431. 627 Disodium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
432. 628 Dipotassium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
433. 629 Calcium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
434. 630 Inosinic acid flavour enhancer
435. 631 Disodium 5'-inosinate flavour enhancer
436. 632 Potassium Inosate flavour enhancer
437. 633 Calcium 5'-inosinate flavour enhancer
438. 634 Calcium 5'-ribonucleotides flavour enhancer
439. 635 Disodium 5'-ribonucleotides flavour enhancer
440. 636 Maltol flavour enhancer
441. 637 Ethyl maltol flavour enhancer
442. 638 Sodium L-Aspartate flavour enhancer
443. 639 DL-Alanine flavour enhancer
444. 640 Glycine flavour enhancer
445. 641 L-Leucine flavour enhancer
446. 642 Lysin hydrochloride flavour enhancer
antifoaming agent, anticaking
447. 900a Polydimethylsiloxane agent, emulsifier

- - 573 - -
448. 900b Methylphenylpolysiloxane antifoaming agent
449. 901 Beeswax, white and yellow glazing agent, release agent
450. 902 Candeilla Wax glazing agent
451. 903 Carnaubawax glazing agent
452. 904 Shellac glazing agent
glazing agent, release agent
453. 905a Mineral oil, food grade sealing agent
glazing agent, release agent,
454. 905b Petrolatum Petroleumielly sealing agent
glazing agent, release agent,
455. 905c Petroleum wax sealing agent
456. 905c(i) Microcrystallinewax glazing agent
457. 905c(ii) Paraffin wax glazing agent
458. 906 Benzoin gum glazing agent
459. 907 Hydrogenated poly-1 decene glazing agent
460. 908 Rice bran wax glazing agent
461. 909 Spermaceti wax glazing agent
462. 910 Wax esters glazing agent
463. 911 Methyl esters of fatty acids glazing agent
464. 913 Lanolin glazing agent
Glycerol-, methyl-, or penta-
465. 915 erithrytol esters of colophane glazing agent
466. 916 Calcium iodate flour treatment agent
467. 917 Potassium iodate flour treatment agent
468. 918 Nitrogen oxide flour treatment agent
469. 919 Nitrosyl chloride flour treatment agent
L-Cysteine and its
hydrochlorides-
470. 920 sodium and potassium salts flour treatment agent
L-Cysteine and its
hydrochlorides-
471. 921 sodium and potassium salts flour treatment agent
472. 922 Potassium persulphate flour treatment agent
473. 923 Ammonium persulphate flour treatment agent
474. 924a Potassium bromate flour treatment agent
475. 924b Calcium bromate flour treatment agent
476. 925 Chlorine flour treatment agent
477. 926 Chlorine dioxide flour treatment agent
478. 927a Azodicarbonamide flour treatment agent
479. 927b Carbamide (urea) flour treatment agent
flour treatment agent,
480. 928 Benzoyl peroxide Preservative

- - 574 - -
481. 929 Acetone peroxide flour treatment agent
482. 930 Calcium peroxide flour treatment agent
483. 938 Argon packing gas
484. 939 Helium packing gas
485. 940 Dichlorodifluoromethane Propellant, liquid freezant
486. 941 Nitrogen Packing gas, freezant
487. 942 Nitrous oxide Propellant
488. 943a Butane Propellant
489. 943b Isobutane Propellant
490. 944 Propane Propellant
491. 945 Chloropentafluoroethane Propellant
492. 946 Octafluorocyclobutane Propellant
493. 948 Oxygen packing gas
494. 950 Acesulfame potassium Sweetener, flavour enhancer
495. 951 Aspartame Sweetener, flavour enhancer
Cyclamic acid (and Na, K, Ca
496. 952 Salts) Sweetener
Sweetener, anticaking agent,
497 953 Isomalt (isomaltitol) bulking agent, glazing agent
498. 954 Saccharin (and Na, K, Ca salts) Sweetener
Sucralose
499. 955 (trichlorogalactosucrose) Sweetener
500. 956 Alitame Sweetener
501. 957 Thaumatin Sweetener, flavour enhancer
502. 958 Glycyrrhizin Sweetener, flavour enhancer
503. 959 Neohesperidine dihydrochalcone Sweetener
504. 960 Stevioside Sweetener
505. 964 Polyglycitol syrup Sweetener
506. 965 Maltitol and matitol Syrup Sweetener, stabilizer, emulsifier
507. 966 Lactitol Sweetener, texturizer
Sweetener, humectant,
508. 967 Xylitol stabilizer, Emulsifier, thickener
Sweetener, flavour enhancer,
509. 968 Erythritol Humectant
510. 999 Qulillaia extracts foaming agent
511. 1000 Cholic acid Emulsifier
512. 1001 Choline salts and esters Emulsifier
513. 1001(i) Choline acentate emulsifier
514. 1001(ii) Choline carbonate Emulsifier
515. 1001(iii) Choline chloride Emulsifier

- - 575 - -
516. 1001(iv) Choline citrate Emulsifier
517. 1001(v) Choline tartrate Emulsifier
518. 1001(vi) Choline lactate Emulsifier
519. 1100 Amylases flour treatment agent
flour treatment agent, stabilizer,
520. 1101 Proteases tenderizer, flavour enhancer
flour treatment agent, stabilizer,
521. 1101(i) Protease tenderizer, flavour enhancer
flour treatment agent, stabilizer,
522 1101(ii) Papain tenderizer, flavour enhancer
flour treatment agent, stabilizer,
523 1101(iii) Bromelain tenderizer, flavour enhancer
flour treatment agent, stabilizer,
524 1101(iv) Ficin tenderizer, flavour enhancer
525 1102 Glucose oxidase Antioxidant
526 1103 Invertases Stabilizer
527 1104 Lipases flavour enhancer
528 1105 Lysozyme Preservative
bulking agent, stabilizer,
529 1200 Polydextroses A and N thickener, Humectant texturizer
bodying agent, stabilizer,
clarifying agent, dispersing
530 1201 Polyvinylpyrrolidone Agent
colour stabilizer, colloidal,
531 1202 Polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Stabilizer
532 1503 Castor oil release agent
533 1505 Triethyl citrate foam stabilizer
534 1518 Triacetin Humectant
Humectant, Wetting agent,
535 1520 Propylene glycol dispersing agent
536 1521 Polyethylene glycol antifoaming agent
Supplementary List-Modified Starches
Dextrins, roasted starch white
537 1400 and yellow Stabilizer, thickener, binder
538 1401 Acid-treated starch Stabilizer, thickener, binder
539 1402 Alkaline treated starch Stabilizer, thickener, binder
540 1403 Bleached starch Stabilizer, thickener, binder
541 1404 Oxidised starch Stabilizer, thickener, binder
542 1405 Starches, enzyme-treated Thickener
543 1410 Monostarch phosphate Stabilizer, thickener, binder
544 1411 Distarch glycerol Stabilizer, thickener, binder
Distarch phosphate esterified
with
545 1412 sodium trimetaphosphate; Stabilizer, thickener, binder

- - 576 - -
546 1413 Phosphated distarch phosphate Stabilizer, thickener, binder
547 1414 Acetylated distarch phosphate Emulsifier, thickener, binder
Starch acetate esterified with
548 1420 Acetic anhydride Stabilizer, thickener
Starch acetate esterified with
549 1421 vinyl acetate Stabilizer, thickener
Stabilizer, thickener, binder,
550 1422 Acetylated distarch adipate Emulsifier
551 1423 Acetylated distarch glycord Stabilizer, thickener
Stabilizer, thickener, binder,
552 1440 Hydroxypropyl starch Emulsifier
Hydroxypropyl distarch
553 1442 phosphate Stabilizer, thickener
554 1443 Hydroxypropyl distarch Stabilizer, thickener
555 1450 Starch sodium octenyl succinate Stabilizer, thickener, binder

B. List sorted by alphabetical Order-International Numbering System (INS) for

Food Additives

The following list sorted by alphabetical order alongwith INS No. is only for identifying
the INS No. of these food additives or their synonyms as per Codex. These are the list of
food additive as per Codex and the food additives allowed under the Food Safety and
Standards Regulations, 2010 are listed in these including Appendices
The list given below as published by Codex as on date (23-11-2005). For any revision
JECFA/Codex website may be referred (www.codexalimentarius.net;
www.codexalimentarius.net/web/jecfa.jsp)

Sl. No. INS Number Food Additive Name Technical functions

acidity regulator,
1. 370 1,4-Heptonolactone sequestrant
colour retention agent,
2. 586 4-Hexylresorcinol Antioxidant
Sweetener, flavour
3. 950 Acesulfame potassium enhancer
Preservative, acidity
4. 260 Acetic acid, glacial regulator
Acetic and fatty acid esters of Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
5. 472a Glycerol Sequestrant
6. 929 Acetone peroxide flour treatment agent
7. 355 Adipic acid Acidity regulator
Thickener, gelling
agent,
8. 406 Agar Stabilizer
9. 400 Alginic acid Thickener, stabilizer
10. 956 Alitame Sweetener
11. 103 Alkanet Colour

- - 577 - -
12. 129 Allurared AC Colour
13. 307 Alpha-tocopherol Antioxidant
14. 173 Aluminium Colour
15. 523 Aluminium ammonium sulphate Stabilizer, firming agent
acidity regulator,
16. 522 Aluminium potassium sulphate stabilizer
17. 559 Aluminium sodium silicate anticaking agent
18. 521 Aluminium sodium sulphate firming agent
19. 520 Aluminium sulphate firming agent
20. 123 Amaranth Colour
21. 264 Ammonium acetate Acidity regulator
22. 359 Ammonium adipates Acidity regulator
23. 403 Ammonium alginate Thickener, stabilizer
acidity regulator,
24. 503(i) Ammonium carbonate raising agent
acidity regulator,
25. 503 Ammonium carbonates raising agent
26. 510 Ammonium chloride flour treatment agent
27. 380 Ammonium citrates Acidity regulator
28. 368 Ammonium fumarate Acidity regulator
acidity regulator,
29. 503(ii) Ammonium hydrogen carbonate raising agent
30. 527 Ammonium hydroxide Acidity regulator
acidity regulator, flour
31. 328 Ammonium lactate treatment agent
32. 349 Ammonium malate Acidity regulator
33. 923 Ammonium persulphate flour treatment agent
acidity regulator, flour
34. 342 Ammonium phosphates treatment agent
emulsifier raising
agent,
stabilizer sequestrant,
Acidity
regulator, water
35. 452(v) Ammonium polyphosphates retention agent
Ammonium salts of phosphatidic
36. 442 Acid Emulsifier
flour treatment agent,
37. 517 Ammonium sulphate stabilizer
38. 1100 Amylases flour treatment agent
39. 160b Annatto extracts Colour
40. 323 Anoxomer Antioxidant
41. 163(i) Anthocyanins Colour
42. 163 Anothocyanins Colour

- - 578 - -
 Thickener, gelling
agent,
43. 409 Arabinogalactan Stabilizer
44. 938 Argon packing gas
45. 300 Ascorbic acid(L-) Antioxidant
46. 304 Ascorbyl palmitate Antioxidant
47. 305 Ascorbyl stearate Antioxidant
Sweetener, flavour
48. 951 Aspartame enhancer
49. 927a Azodicarbonamide flour treatment agent
50. 122 Azorubine Colour
Thickener, gelling
agent,
51. 408 Bakers yeast glycan Stabilizer
glazing agent, release
52. 901 Beeswax, white and yellow agent
53. 162 Beet red Colour
54. 558 Bentonite anticaking agent
55. 210 Benzole acid Preservative
56. 906 Benzoin gum glazing agent
flour treatment agent,
57. 928 Benzoyl peroxide Preservative
Beta-apo-8’carotenic acid, methyl
58. 160 f or enthyl ester Colour
59. 160e Beta-apo-Carotenal Colour
60. 160a(i) Beta-Carotene (Synthetic) Colour
61. 459 Beta-cyclodextrin Stabilizer, binder
62. 163(iii) Blackcurrant extract Colour
Emulsifier, anticaking
Bone phosphate (essentially calcium agent,
63. 542 phosphate, tribasic) water retention agent
64. 151 Brilliant black PN Colour
65. 133 Brilliant blue FCF Colour
flour treatment agent,
stabilizer,
tenderizer, flavour
66. 1101(iii) Bromelain enhancer
67. 443 Brominated vegetable oil Emulsifier, stabilizer
68. 154 Brown FK Colour
69. 155 Brown HT Colour
70. 943a Butane Propellant
71. 320 Butylated hydroxyanisole Antioxidant
72. 321 Butylated hydroxytoluene Antioxidant

- - 579 - -
73. 629 Calcium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
74. 633 Calcium 5' -inosinate flavour enhancer
75. 634 Calcium 5' -ribonucleotides flavour enhancer
Preservative, stabilizer,
acidity
76. 263 Calcium acetate Regulator
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
agent, antifoaming
77. 404 Calcium alginate agent
78. 556 Calcium aluminium silicate anticaking agent
79. 302 Calcium ascorbate Antioxidant
80. 213 Calcium benzoate Preservative
81. 924 b Calcium bromate flour treatment agent
82. 170(i) Calcium carbonate anticaking agent
Surface colourant,
anticaking
83. 170 Calcium carbonate agent, stabilizer
84. 509 Calcium chloride firming agent
acidity regulator,
firming agent,
85. 333 Calcium citrates Sequestrant
emulsifier, raising
agent,
stabilizer sequestrant,
acidity
regulator water
86. 450 (vii) Calcium dihydrogen diphosphate retention agent
Antioxidant,
Calcium disodium ethylene- Preservative,
87. 385 diamine-tetra-acetate Sequestrant
88. 538 Calcium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
89. 238 Calcium formate Preservative
90. 367 Calcium fumarates Acidity regulator
acidity regulator,
91. 578 Calcium gluconate firming agent
92. 623 Calcium glutamate flavour enhancer
Thickener, gelling
agent,
93. 383 Calcium Stabilizer
94. 170 (ii) Calcium hydrogen carbonate anticaking agent
95. 352 (i) Calcium hydrogen malate Acidity regulator
Preservative,
96. 227 Calcium hydrogen antioxidant
acidity regulator,
97. 526 Calcium hydroxide firming agent

- - 580 - -
98. 916 Calcium iodate flour treatment agent
99. 318 Calcium isoascorbate Antioxidant
acidity regulator, flour
100. 327 Calcium lactate treatment agent
101. 399 Calcium lactobionate Stabilizer
102. 482 Calcium lactylates Emulsifier, stabilizer
103. 352 (ii) Calcium malate Acidity regulator
104. 352 Calcium malates Acidity regulator
105. 482 (ii) Calcium oleyl lactylate Emulsifier, stabilizer
acidity regulator, colour
106. 529 Calcium oxide retention agent
107. 930 Calcium peroxide flour treatment agent
acidity regulator, flour
treatment agent,
firming agent,
Texturizer, raising
agent,
anticaking agent, water
108. 341 Calcium phosphates retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
109. 452 (iv) Calcium polyphosphates Agent
110. 282 Calcium propionate Preservative
111. 552 Calcium silicate anticaking agent
112. 203 Calcium sorbate Preservative
113. 486 Calcium stearoyl fumarate Emulsifier
114. 482 (i) Calcium stearoyl lactylate Emulsifier, stabilizer
flour treatment agent,
Sequestrant, firming
115. 516 Calcium sulphate agent
preservative,
116. 226 Calcium sulphite antioxidant
117. 354 Calcium tartrate Acidity regulator
118. 902 Candelilla wax glazing agent
119. 161 g Canthaxanthin Colour
120. 150a Caramel I-plain Colour
121. 150 b Caramel II-caustic sulphite process Colour
122. 150 c Caramel III-ammonia process Colour
Caramel IV-ammonia sulphite
123. 150 d process Colour
124. 927 b Carbamide (urea) flour treatment agent

- - 581 - -
125. 152 Carbon black (hydrocarbon) Colour
carbonating agent,
126. 290 Carbon dioxide packing gas
127. 120 Carmines Colour
128. 903 Carnaubawax glazing agent
129. 410 Carob bean gum Thickener, stabilizer
130. 160a Carotenes Colour
Thickener, gelling
131. 407 Carrageenan and its Na, K, agent,
NH4 salts (includes furcellaran) Stabilizer
132. 1503 Castor oil release agent
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
133. 460 Cellulose agent
134. 925 Chlorine flour treatment agent
135. 926 Chlorine dioxide flour treatment agent
136. 945 Chloropentafluoroethane Propellant
137. 140 Chlorophyll Copper Colour
138. 141(i) Chlorophyll copper complex Colour
Chlorophyll copper complex sodium
139. 141(ii) and potassium Salts Colour
140. 1000 Cholic acid Emulsifier
141. 1001(i) Choline acetate Emulsifier
142. 1001(ii) Choline carbonate Emulsifier
143. 1001(iii) Choline chloride Emulsifier
144. 1001(iv) Choline citrate Emulsifier
145. 1001(vi) Choline lactate Emulsifier
146. 1001 Choline salt and esters Emulsifier
147. 1001(v) Choline tartrate Emulsifier
acidity regulator,
Antioxidant,
148. 330 Citric acid Sequestrant
Citric and fatty acid esters of Emlsifier, Stabilizer,
149. 472 c glycerol Sequestrant
150. 121 Citrus red 2 Colour
151. 141 Copper chlorophylls Colour
152. 468 Croscaramellose Stabilizer, binder
colour fixture,
153. 519 Cupric sulphate preservative
154. 100(i) Curcumin Colour
155. 100 Curcumins Colour

- - 582 - -
156. 424 Curdlan Thickener, stabilizer
157. 952 Cyclamic acid (and Na, K, Ca Salts) Sweetener
158. 265 Dehydroacetic acid Preservative
Diacetyltartaric and fatty acid esters Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
159. 472e of glycerol Sequestrant
acidity regulator, flour
160. 342(ii) Diammonium orthophosphate treatment agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
161. 450 (vi) Dicalcium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator, flour
treatment agent,
firming agent,
162. 341(ii) Dicalcium orthophosphate Texturizer
Propellant, liquid
163. 940 Dichlorodifluoromethane freezant
164. 389 Dilauryl thiodipropionate Antioxidant
emulsifier raising
agent,
stabilizer sequestrant,
acidity
regulator, water
165. 450 (viii) Dimagnesium diphosphate retention agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
166. 343(ii) Dimagnesium Agent
167. 242 Dimethyl dicarbonate Preservative
Emulsifier, wetting
168. 480 Dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate agent
169. 230 Diphenyl Preservative
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
170. 450 Diphosphates Agent
171. 628 Dipotassium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity,
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
172. 450(iv) Dipotassium diphosphate Agent

- - 583 - -
 acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant, stabilizer,
emulsifier water
173. 340(ii) Dipotassium orthophosphate retention agent
174. 336(ii) Dipotassium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
175. 627 Disodium 5'-guanylate flavour enhancer
176. 631 Disodium 5'-inosinate flavour enhancer
177. 635 Disodium 5'-ribonucleotides flavour enhancer
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
178. 450(i) Disodium diphosphate Agent
Antioxidant,
Disodium ethylene-diamine-tetra Preservative,
179. 386 -acetate Sequestrant
acidity regulator,
stabilizer,
180. 331(ii) Disodium monohydrogen citrate Sequestrant, emulsifier
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
181. 339(ii) Disodium orthophosphate retention agent
182. 335(ii) Disodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
acidity regulator,
flavour
183. 364(ii) Disodium succinate Enhancer
184. 390 Distearyl thiodipropionate Antioxidant
185. 639 DL-Alanine flavour enhancer
186. 312 Dodecyl gallate Antioxidant
Sweetener, flavour
enhancer,
187. 968 Erythritol Humectant
188. 127 Erythrosine Colour
189. 488 Ethoxylated mono-and di-glycerides Emulsifier
190. 324 Ethoxyquin Antioxidant
191. 462 Ethyl cellulose Binder, filler
192. 313 Ethyl gallate Antioxidant
Thickener, emulsifier,
193. 467 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose stabilizer
194. 637 Ethyl maltol flavour enhancer
195. 214 Ethyl-p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative

- - 584 - -
196. 143 Fast green FCF Colour
foam stabilizer, glazing
agent,
197. 570 Fatty acids antifoaming agent
198. 381 Ferric ammonium citrate anticaking agent
199. 505 Ferrous carbonate Acidity regulator
200. 579 Ferrous gluconate Colour retention agent
201. 537 Ferrous hexacyanomanganate anticaking agent
202. 585 Ferrous lactate Colour retention agent
flour treatment agent,
stabilizer,
tenderizer, flavour
203. 1101(iv) Ficin enhancer
204. 161a Flavoxanthin Colour
205. 240 Formaldehyde Preservative
206. 236 Formic acid Preservative
207. 297 Fumaric acid Acidity regulator
208. 458 Gamma Cyclodextrin Stabilizer, binder
209. 164 Gardenia yellow Colour
Thickener, stabilizer,
gelling
210. 418 Gellan gum Agent
acidity regulator,
211. 574 Gluconic acid (D-) raising agent
acidity regulator,
212. 575 Glucono delta-lactone raising agent
213. 1102 Glucose oxidase Antioxidant
214. 620 Glutamic acid (L(+)-) flavour enhancer
Humectant, bodying
215. 422 Glycerol agent
216. 445 Glycerol esters of wood resin Emulsifier, stabilizer
Glycerol-, methyl-, or penta-
217. 915 erithrytol esters of colophane Glazing agent
218. 640 Glycine Flavour modifier
Sweetener, flavour
219. 958 Glycyrrhizin enhancer
220. 175 Gold Colour
221. 163 (ii) Grape skin extract Colour
222. 142 Green S Colour
223. 314 Guaiac resin Antioxidant
224. 626 Guanlic acid flavour enhancer
225. 412 Guar gum Thickener, stabilizer
226. 414 Gum arabic (acacia gum) Thickener, stabilizer

- - 585 - -
 Thickener, stabilizer,
227. 419 Gum ghatti emulsifier
228. 241 Gum guaicum Preservative
229. 939 Helium packing gas
230. 209 Heptyl-p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
231. 239 Hexamethylene tetramine Preservative
232. 507 Hydrochloric acid Acidity regulator
233. 907 Hydrogenated poly-1-decene glazing agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
234. 463 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Stabilizer
Thickener, Emulsifier,
235. 464 Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Stabilizer
236. 132 Indigotine Colour
237. 630 Inosinic acid flavour enhancer
238. 1103 Invertases Stabilizer
239. 172 (i) Iron oxide, black Colour
240. 172(ii) Iron oxide, red Colour
241. 172(iii) Iron oxide, yellow Colour
242. 172 Iron oxides Colour
243. 315 Isoascorbic acid Antioxidant
244. 943b Isobutane Propellant
Sweetener, anticaking
agent,
bulking agent, glazing
245. 953 Isomalt (isomaltitol) agent
Antioxidant,
Preservative,
246. 384 Isopropyl citrates Sequestrant
247. 416. Karaya gum Thickener, stabilizer
248. 425 Lonjac flour Thickener
249. 161c Kryptoxanthin Colour
L-Cysteine and its hydrochlorides-
250. 920 sodium and potassium salts flour treatment agent
L-Cysteine and its hydrochlorides-
251. 921 sodium and potassium salts flour treatment agent
252. 641 L-Leucine flavour modifier.
253. 270 Lactic acid (L-, D- and Dl-) Acidity regulator
Lactic and fatty acid esters of
254. 472b glycerol Emulsifier, stabilizer,
255. 966 Lactitol Sweetener, texturizer
Lactylated fatty acid esters of
256. 478 glycerol and propylene glycol Emulsifier
257. 913 Lanolin glazing agent

- - 586 - -
258. 344 Lecithin citrate Preservative
259. 322 Lecithins Antioxidant, emulsifier
260. 1104 Upases flavour enhancer
261. 180 Lithol rubine BK Colour
262. 161b Lutein Colour
263. 160d Lucopene Colour
264. 642 Lysin hydrochloride flavour enhancer
265. 1105 Lysozyme Preservative
acidity regulator,
anticaking
agent, colour retention
266. 504(i) Magnesium carbonate agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
agent, colour retention
267. 504 Magnesium carbonates agent
268. 511 Magnesium chloride firming agent
269. 345 Magnesium citrate Acidity regulator
acidity regulator,
270. 580 Magnesium gluconate firming agent
271. 625 Magnesium glutamate flavour enhancer
acidity regulator,
anticaking
agent, colour retention
272. 504(ii) Magnesium hydrogen carbonate agent
acidity regulator, colour
273. 528 Magnesium hydroxide retention agent
acidity regulator, flour
274. 329 Magnesium lactate (D-, L-) treatment agent
275. 530 Magnesium oxide anticaking agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
276. 343 Magnesium phosphates Agent
anticaking agent,
dusting
277. 553(i) Magnesium silicate Powder
anticaking agent,
dusting
278. 553 Magnesium Silicates Powder
279. 518 Magnesium sulphate firming agent
anticaking agent,
dusting
280. 553(ii) Magnesium trisilicate Powder
acidity regulator,
flavouring
281. 296 Malic acid (D-,L-) Agent
282. 965 Maltitol and maltitol Syrup Sweetener, Stabilizer,

- - 587 - -
 Emulsifier

283. 636 Maltol flavour enhancer

284. 130 Manascorubin Colour
Sweetener, anticaking
285. 421 Mannitol agent
286. 353 Metatartaric acid Acidity regulator
Thickener, Emulsifier,
287. 461 Methyl cellulose Stabilizer
288. 911 Methyl esters of fatty acids glazing agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
stabilizer, antifoaming
289. 465 Methyl ethyl cellulose agent
290. 489 Methyl glucoside-coconut oil ester Emulsifier
291. 218 Methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
292. 900 b Methylphenylpolysiloxane antifoaming agent
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
293. 460(i) Microcrystalline cellulose agent
294. 905 c (i) Microcrystalline wax glazing agent
glazing agent, release
agent,
295. 905a Mineral oil, food grade sealing agent
Mixed tartaric, acetic and fatty acid Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
296. 472 f esters of glycerol Sequestrant
297. 306 Mixed tocopherols concentrate Antioxidant
Mono-and di-glycerides of fatty
298. 471 acids Emulsifier, stabilizer
299. 624 Monoammonium glutamate flavour enhancer
Monoammonium orthophosphate acidity regulator, flour
300. 342 (i) treatment agent
acidity regulator,
texturizer,
flour treatment agent,
raising
301. 341 (i) Monocalcium orthophosphate Agent
acidity regulator,
anticaking
302. 343 (i) Monomagnesium orthophosphate Agent
303. 622 Monopotassium glutamate flavour enhancer
acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
emulsifier, water
304. 340 (i) Monopotassium orthophosphate retention Agent
305. 336 (i) Monopotassium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
306. 621 Monosodium glutamate flavour enhancer

- - 588 - -
 acidity regulator
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
emulsifier, water
retention
307. 339 (i) Monosodium orthophosphate Agent
acidity regulator,
flavour
308. 364 (i) Monosodium succinate Enhancer
309. 335 (i) Monosodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
310. 160a (ii) Natural extracts Colour
311. 959 Neohesperidine dihydrochalcone Sweetener
312. 375 Nicotinic acid Colour retention agent
313. 234 Nisin Preservative
314. 941 Nitrogen packing gas, freezant
315. 918 Nitrogen oxides flour treatment agent
316. 919 Nitrosyl chloride flour treatment agent
317. 942 Nitrous oxide Propellant
318. 411 Oat gum Thickener, stabilizer
319. 946 Octafluorocyclobutane Propellant
320. 311 Octyl gallate Antioxidant
321. 182 Orchil Colour
322. 231 Ortho-phenylphenol Preservative
acidity regulator,
antioxidant,
323. 338 Orthophosphoric acid Synergist
324. 948 Oxygen packing gas
Antioxidant,
325. 387 Oxy stearin sequestrant
flour treatment agent,
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
326. 1101(ii) Papain flavour
327. 160c Paprika oleoresins Colour
328. 905 c (ii) Paraffin wax glazing agent
329. 131 Patent blue V Colour
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
330. 440 Pectins Agent
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
331. 451 (ii) Pentapotassium triphosphate Texturizer
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
332. 451 (i) Pentasodium triphosphate Texturizer
333. 429 Peptones Emulsifier

- - 589 - -
 glazing agent, release
agent,
334. 905 b Petrolatum (petroleum jelly) sealing agent
glazing agent, release
agent,
335. 905 c Petroleum wax sealing agent
336. 391 Phytic acid Antioxidant
337. 235 Pimaricin (natamycin) Preservative
bulking agent,
Stabilizer,
thickener, Humectant,
338. 1200 Polydextroses A and N texturizer
antifoaming agent,
anticaking
339. 990a Polydimethylsiloxane agent, emulsifier
340. 1521 Polyethylene glycol antifoaming agent
341. 475 Polyglycerol esters of fatty acids Emulsifier
Polyglycerol esters of interesterified
342. 476 Ricinoleic acid Emulsifier
343. 964 Polyglycitol syrup Sweetener
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan Emulsifier, dispersing
344. 432 monolaurate agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan Emulsifier, dispersing
345. 433 Mono-oleate agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan Emulsifier, dispersing
346. 434 monopalmitate agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan Emulsifier, dispersing
347. 435 monostearate agent
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan Emulsifier, dispersing
348. 436 tristearate agent
349. 431 Polyoxyethylene (40) stearate Emulsifier
350. 430 Polyoxyethylene (8) stearate Emulsifier
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
351. 452 Polyphosphates Agent
colour stabilizer,
Colloidal,
352. 1202 Polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Stabilizer
bodying agent,
Stabilizer,
clarifying agent,
dispersing
353. 1201 Polyvinylpyrrolidone Agent
354. 124 Ponceau 4R Colour
355. 125 Ponceau SX Colour

- - 590 - -
 Preservative, acidity
356. 261 (i) Potassium acetate regulator
Preservative, acidity
357. 261 Potassium acetates regulator
358. 357 Potassium adipates Acidity regulator
359. 402 Potassium alginate Thickener, stabilizer
360. 555 Potassium aluminium silicate anticaking agent
361. 303 Potassium ascorbate Antioxidant
362. 212 Potassium benzoate Preservative
Preservative,
363. 228 Potassium bisulphite antioxidant
364. 924 a Potassium bromate flour treatment agent
acidity regulator,
365. 501 (i) Potassium carbonate stabilizer
acidity regulator,
366. 501 Potassium carbonates stabilizer
367. 508 Potassium chloride Gelling agent
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
368. 332 Potassium citrates Stabilizer
Preservative, acidity
369. 261 (ii) Potassium diacetate regulator
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
370. 332 (i) Potassium dihydrogen citrate Stabilizer
371. 536 Potassium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
372. 366 Potassium fumarates Acidity regulator
373. 577 Potassium gluconate Sequestrant
acidity regulator,
374. 501 (ii) Potassium hydrogen carbonate stabilizer
375. 351 (i) Potassium hydrogen malate Acidity regulator
376. 525 Potassium hydroxide Acidity regulator
377. 632 Potassium Inosate flavour enhancer
378. 917 Potassium iodate flour treatment agent
379. 317 Potassium isoascorbate Antioxidant
Antioxidant, synergist,
acidity
380. 326 Potassium lactate Regulator
381. 351 (ii) Potassium malate Acidity regulator
382. 351 Potassium malates Acidity regulator
Preservative,
383. 224 Potassium metabisulphite antioxidant
Preservative, colour
384. 252 Potassium nitrate fixative
385. 249 Potassium nitrite Preservative, colour

- - 591 - -
 fixative

386. 922 Potassium persulphate flour treatment agent

acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
387. 340 Potassium phosphates retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
388. 452 (ii) Potassium polyphosphate Agent
389. 283 Potassium propionate Preservative
390. 560 Potassium silicate anticaking agent
391. 337 Potassium sodium tartrate Stabilizer, sequestrant
392. 202 Potassium sorbate Preservative
393. 515 Potassium sulphates Acidity regulator
Preservative,
394. 225 Potassium sulphite antioxidant
395. 336 Potassium tartrates Stabilizer, sequestrant
Emulsifier, anticaking
agent,
texturizer, dispersing
396. 460 (ii) Powdered cellulose agent
397. 407 a Processed Euchema seaweed Thickener, stabilizer
398. 944 Propane Propellant
399. 280 Propionic acid Preservative
400. 310 Propyl gallate Antioxidant
401. 216 Propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
Humectant, wetting
agent,
402. 1520 Propylene glycol dispersing agent
403. 405 Propylene glycol alginate Thickener, emulsifier
Propylene glycol esters of fatty
404. 477 acids Emulsifier
flour treatment agent,
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
flavour
405. 1101 (i) Protease Enhancer
flour treatment agent,
Stabilizer, tenderizer,
flavour
406. 1101 Proteases Enhancer
407. 999 Quillaia extracts foaming agent

- - 592 - -
408. 104 Quinoline yellow Colour
409. 128 Red 2G Colour
410. 161 f Rhodoxanthin Colour
411. 101 (i) Riboflavin Colour
412. 101 (ii) Riboflavin 5' -phosphate, sodium Colour
413. 101 Riboflavins Colour
414. 908 Rice bran wax glazing agent
415. 161 d Rubixanthin Colour
416. 954 Saccharin (and Na, K, Ca salts) Sweetener
Salts of fatty acids (with base Al, Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
417. 470 Ca, Na, Mg, K and NH4) anti caking agent
418. 166 Sandalwood Colour
419. 904 Shellac glazing agent
420. 551 Silicon dioxide, amorphous anticaking agent
421. 174 Silver Colour
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
422. 262 (i) Sodium acetate Sequestrant
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
423. 262 Sodium acetates Sequestrant
424. 356 Sodium adipates Acidity regulator
Thickener, Stabilizer,
gelling
425. 401 Sodium alginate Agent
acidity regulator,
426. 541 Sodium aluminium phosphate emulsifier
Sodium aluminium phosphate- acidity regulator,
427. 541 (i) acidic emulsifier
acidity regulator,
428. 541 (ii) Sodium aluminium phosphate-basic emulsifier
429. 554 Sodium alumino-silicate anticaking agent
430. 301 Sodium ascorbate Antioxidant
431. 211 Sodium benzoate Preservative
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
432. 452 (iii) Sodium calcium polyphosphate Agent
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
433. 500(i) Sodium carbonate anticaking agent
acidity regulator,
434. 500 Sodium carbonates raising agent,

- - 593 - -
 anticaking agent
Thickener, Emulsifier,
435. 466 Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Stabilizer
Sodium carboxymethyl, cellulose,
436. 469 enzymatically, hydrolysed Thickener, stabilizer
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
437. 331 Sodium citrates emulsifier, stabilizer
438. 266 Sodium dehydroacetate Preservative
Preservative, acidity
regulator,
439. 262 (ii) Sodium diacetate Sequestrant
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
440. 331 (i) Sodium dihydrogen citrate emulsifier, stabilizer
441. 215 Sodium ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
442. 535 Sodium ferrocyanide anticaking agent
443. 237 Sodium formate Preservative
444. 365 Sodium fumarates Acidity regulator
445. 576 Sodium gluconate Sequestrant
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
446. 500 (ii) Sodium hydrogen carbonate anticaking agent
acidity regulator,
447. 350 (i) Sodium hydrogen malate humectant
Preservative,
448. 222 Sodium hydrogen sulphite antioxidant
449. 524 Sodium hydroxide Acidity regulator
450. 316 Sodium isoascorbate Antioxidant
451. 638 Sodium L-Aspartate flavour enhancer
antioxidant synergist,
Humectant, bulking
452. 325 Sodium lactate agent
453. 481 Sodium lactylates Emulsifier, stabilizer
454. 487 Sodium laurylsulphate Emulsifier
acidity regulator,
455. 350 (ii) Sodium malate humectant
acidity regulator,
456. 350 Sodium malates humectant
Preservative, bleaching
agent,
457. 223 Sodium metabisulphite Antioxidant
458. 550 (ii) Sodium metasilicate anticaking agent
459. 219 Sodium methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
Preservative, colour
460. 251 Sodium nitrate fixative

- - 594 - -
 Preservative, colour
461. 250 Sodium nitrite fixative
462. 232 Sodium o-phenylphenol Preservative
463. 481 (ii) Sodium oleyl lactylate Emulsifier, stabilizer
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
464. 339 Sodium phosphates retention agent
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
465. 452 (i) Sodium polyphosphate Agent
466. 281 Sodium propionate Preservative
467. 217 Sodium propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Preservative
acidity regulator,
raising agent,
468. 500 (iii) Sodium sesquicarbonate anticaking agent
469. 550 (i) Sodium silicate anticaking agent
470. 550 Sodium silicates anticaking agent
471. 201 Sodium sorbate Preservative
472. 485 Sodium stearoyl fumarate Emulsifier
473. 481 (i) Sodium stearoyl lactylate Emulsifier, stabilizer
474. 514 Sodium sulphates Acidity regulator
Preservative,
475. 221 Sodium sulphite antioxidant
476. 335 Sodium tartrates Stabilizer, sequestrant
Antioxidant,
477. 539 Sodium thiosulphate sequestrant
478. 200 Sorbic acid Preservative
479. 493 Sorbitan monolaurate Emulsifier
480. 494 Sorbitan mono-oleate Emulsifier
481. 495 Sorbitan monopalmitate Emulsifier
482. 491 Sorbitan monostearate Emulsifier
483. 496 Sorbitan trioleate Stabilizer, emulsifier
484. 492 Sorbitan tristearate Emulsifier
Sweetener, Humectant,
sequestrant, Texturizer,
485. 420 Sorbitol and sorbitol syrup Emulsifier
486. 909 Spermacetic wax glazing agent
Antioxidant, colour
487. 512 Stannous chloride retention agent

- - 595 - -
488. 484 Stearyl citrate Emulsifier, sequestrant
489. 483 Stearyl tartrate flour treatment agent
490. 960 Stevioside Sweetener
491. 363 Succinic acid Acidity regulator
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
492. 472g Succinylated monoglycerides Sequestrant
493. 446 Succi stearin Emulsifier
494. 955 Sucralose Sweetener
495. 474 Sucroglycerides Emulsifier
496. 444 Sucrose acetate isobutyrate Emulsifier, stabilizer
497. 473 Sucrose esters of fatty acids Emulsifier
Preservative,
498. 220 Sulphur dioxide antioxidant
acidity regulator
499. 513 Sulphuric acid
colour
500. 110 Sunset yellow FCF
Superglycerinated hydrogenated
501. 441 rapeseed oil Emulsifier
502. 309 Synthetic delta-tocopherol Antioxidant
503. 308 Synthetic gamma-tocopherol Antioxidant
anticaking agent,
dusting powder
504. 553 (iii) Talc
Colour, Emulsifier,
Stabilizer, thickener
505. 181 Tannins, food grade
Thickener, stabilizer
506. 417 Tara gum
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
507. 334 Tartaric acid (L(+)-) antioxidant synergist
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
Tartaric acid esters of mono and sequestrant
508. 472 d di-glycerides of fatty acids
509. 102 Tartrazine Colour
antioxidant
510. 319 Tertiary butylhydroquinone

emulsifier, raising
agent, stabilizer
sequestrant, acidity
regulator, water
retention agent

511. 450(v) Tetrapotassium diphosphate

- - 596 - -
 Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity regulator,
raising agent, Seque-
strant, water retention
agent
512 450 (iii) Tetrasodium diphosphate
Sweetener, flavour
enhancer emulsifier

513. 957 Thaumatin

Thermally oxidized soya bean oil
with mono-and di-glycerides of
514. 479 fatty acids Emulsifier
515. 233 Thiabendazole Preservative
antioxidant
516. 388 Thiodipropionic acid
517. 171 Titanium dioxide Colour
Thickener, Stabilizer,
emulsifier
518. 413 Tragacanth gum
Humectant
519. 1518 Triacetin
acidity regulator,
texturizer, flour
treatment agent,
raising agent, firming
agent, anticaking
agent, water retention
agent
520. 341 (iii) Tricalcium orthophosphate
521. 1505 Triethyl citrate foam stabilizer
acidity regulator,
anticaking
522. 343 (iii) Trimagnesium orthophosphate Agent
Sequestrant, acidity
regulator,
523. 451 Tri phosphates Texturizer
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
524. 332 (ii) Tripotassium citrate Stabilizer
acidity regulator,
texturizer,
sequestrant stabilizer,
Emulsifier, water
retention
525. 340 (iii) Tripotassium orthophosphate Agent

- - 597 - -
 acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
526. 331 (ii) Trisodium citrate emulsifier, Stabilizer
Emulsifier, Stabilizer,
acidity
regulator, raising
agent,
Sequestrant, water
retention
527. 450 (ii) Trisodium diphosphate Agent
acidity regulator,
Sequestrant,
emulsifier, Texturizer,
Stabilizer, water
528. 339 (iii) Trisodium orthophosphate retention agent
529. 100 (ii) Turmeric Colour
530. 153 Vegetable carbon Colour
531. 161 e Violoxanthin Colour
532. 910 Wax esters glazing agent
533. 415 Xanthan gum Thickener, stabilizer
Sweetener, Humectant,
stabilizer, Emulsifier,
534. 967 Xylitol thickener
535. 107 Yellow 2G Colour
536. 557 Zinc silicate anticaking agent
Supplementary List-Modified Starches
Stabilizer, thickener,
537. 1422 Acetylated di-starch adipate binder
538. 1423 Acetylated distarch glycerol Stabilizer, thickener
539. 1414 Acetylated distarch phosphate Emulsifier, thickener
Stabilizer, thickener,
540. 1401 Acid-treated starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
541. 1402 Alkaline treated starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
542. 1403 Bleached starch binder
Dextrins roasted starch white Stabilizer, thickener,
543. 1400 and yellow binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
544. 1411 Di-starch glycerol binder
Di-starch phosphate esterified with
sodium trimetaphosphate; esterified Stabilizer, thickener,
545. 1412 with phosphorus oxychloride binder
546. 1443 Hydroxypropyl di-starch glycerol Stabilizer, thickener
547. 1442 Hydroxypropyl di-starch phosphate Stabilizer, thickener
Emulsifier, thickener,
548. 1440 Hydroxypropyl starch binder

- - 598 - -
 Stabilizer, thickener,
549. 1410 Monostarch phosphate binder
Emulsifier, thickener,
550. 1404 Oxidized starch binder
Stabilizer, thickener,
551. 1413 Phosphated di-starch phosphate binder
Starch acetate esterified with
552. 1420 acetic anhydride Stabilizer, thickener
Starch acetate esterified with
553. 1421 vinyl acetate Stabilizer, thickener
Stabilizer, thickener,
554. 1450 Starch sodium octenyl succinate binder,
555. 1405 Starches, enzyme-treated thickener

TABLE 1
LIST OF FOOD ADDITIVES FOR USE IN BREAD AND BISCUITS

Sl.
No Name of Additive Bread Biscuits
1 2 3 4
A. Acid Regulators
1. Sodium Fumarate GMP GMP
2. Potassium Malate GMP GMP
3. Sodium Hydroxide GMP GMP
4. Acetic Acid or Lactic Acid 2500 ppm maximum GMP
5. Citric Acid - GMP
6. Malic Acid - GMP
7. Tartaric Acid - GMP
Emulsifying and
Stabilising agents listed
in Regulation 6.1.6
B. Emulsifying and Stabilising suitable for this
Agents singly or in combination - product may be used
1. Sucroglycerides - 1000ppm maximum
2. Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose GMP GMP
3. Sucrose Esters of Fatty Acid GMP GMP
Di-Acetyl Tartaric Acid esters of
4. Mono and Di-glycerides GMP 10000ppm maximum
5. Guar Gum 5000 ppm maximum -

6. Sorbitol GMP -

7. Lecithin GMP -

8. Glycerine GMP -

9. Glycerol GMP -

- - 599 - -
 Sodium Steroyl 2 Lactylate of -
Calcium Stearoyl 2 Lactylate 5000 ppm
10. (Singly or in Combination) maximum
Polyglycerol esters of fatty acids -
and polyglycerol esters of
11. interesterified Ricinoleid Acid 2000 ppm maximum
C. Improver
100 ppm maximum
(on flour mass
1. Fungal Alpha Amylase basis) -
2. Bacterial Amylase GMP GMP
3. Amylases and other Enzymes - GMP
2500 ppm maximum
4. Ammonium persulphate (on flour mass basis) -
2500 ppm maximum
5. Calcium phosphate (on flour mass basis) -
5000 ppm maximum
6. Calcium Carbonate (on flour mass basis) -
Potassium Bromate and/or 50 ppm maximum (on
7. Potassium Iodate flour mass basis) -
D. Flour Treatment Agent
500 ppm maximum (on
1. Ammonium Chloride flour mass basis) -
90 ppm maximum
(on flour mass
2. L-cystein Mono Hydrochloride basis) -
2500 ppm maximum
(on flour mass
3. Ammonium Phosphate basis) -
4. Benzoyl Peroxide 40 ppm maximum 40 ppm maximum
E. Antioxidant As per Regulation 6.1.5
1 Ascorbic Acid GMP GMP
F. Preservatives/Mould inhabitors
Singly or in combination
1. Calcium or sodium propionate 5000 ppm maximum -
Sorbic acid or its Sodium
Potassium or calcium salts
2. (calculated as sorbic acid) 1000 ppm maximum -
10000 ppm
3. Acid Calcium phosphate maximum -
4000 ppm
4. Sodium diacetate maximum -
5. Acid Sodium pyrophosphate 5000 ppm maximum
G. Colours ( Can be used singly or in
combination within the specified
limits)
(a) Natural
1. Chlorophyll - GMP
2. Caramel - GMP

- - 600 - -
 3. Curcumin or turmeric - GMP
4. Beta- Carotene - GMP
5. Beta spo-8 carotenal - GMP
Methylester of Beta-apo-B
6. carotenic Acid - GMP
Ethylester of Beta – apo – 8
7. carotenic acid - GMP
8. Canthaxamthin - GMP
9. Riboflavin, Lactoflavin - GMP
10. Annatto - GMP
11. Saffron - GMP
b) Synthenic
1. Ponceau 4R - 100 ppm maximum
2. Carmoisine - 100 ppm maximum
3. Erythrosine - 100 ppm maximum
4. Tartrazine - 100 ppm maximum
5. Sunset Yellow FCF - 100 ppm maximum
6. Indigo Carmine - 100 ppm maximum
7. Brilliant Blue FCF - 100 ppm maximum
8. Fast Green FCF - 100 ppm maximum
H. Artificial Sweeteners ( Singly)
1. Aspertame 2200 ppm maximum 2200 ppm maximum
2. Acesulfame Potassium 1000 ppm maximum 1000 ppm maximum
3. Sucralose 750 ppm maximum 750 ppm maximum
I. Leavening Agents
1. Baking Powder GMP GMP
2. Ammonium Bi-Carbonate GMP GMP
3. Ammonium Carbonate 5000 ppm maximum 5000 ppm maximum
J. Flavours
Natural Flavours and Natural
flavouring substances/ nature
identical flavouring substances/
1. artificial flavouring substances - GMP
K. Flavour improver/enhancer - GMP
L Nutrient
1. Calcium and Ferrous Salts - GMP
2. Potassium Iodate - GMP
M. Dough Conditioners
1. Sodium bisulphite - GMP
2. Sodium metabisulphite - GMP

- - 601 - -
N. Yeast GMP GMP
O. Jellifying Agents - GMP

- - 602 - -
 -]
-
-
Lozenges

-
12

-
-
-
Synthetic syrup for dispensers

-
11

-
-
-
Chocolates

-
10

confectionary only)
2% maximum (in
sugar boiled
Sugar based/ Sugar free

-
-

-
-

-
9
confectionery

maximum
250ppm
Chewing gum/ Bubble gum

-
-

-
-

-
8

-
Foods

-
-

-
7

-
Ready-to-Serve Beverages Tea/Coffee
based
Additives for use in
eeus

Rice and Pulses based Papads

-
-

-
-
-

-
6

-
Instant mixes such as idli mix,
Table 2

dosa mix, upma mix, pongal

-

-
-

-
-
5

-
mix, puliyogare mix,
gulab jamun mix, jalebi mix,
vada mix, .etc
5% maximum
5% maximum

Sweets (Carbohydrates based and Milk

maximum
200ppm
200ppm
maximum

product based):- Halwa,

GMP
GMP

Mysore Pak, Boondi Ladoo, Jalebi,

Food

Khoya Burfi, Peda, Gulab Jamun,

Rasogolla and Similar milk product
based sweets sold by any name
0 .
0 .
of

Snacks/ Savouries (Fried Products):- 0.

5
Chiwda, Bhujia, Dalmoth, Kadubale, 200 ppm 200 ppm
0.5% %
Kharaboondi, Spiced & Fried dals, maximum maximum m
List

GMP
GMP

maxim
3

um ax
banana chips and similar fried products
2

. im
sold by any u
m

m
u
a
x
i

m
name
Emulsifier/Stabiliser

1 . Methyl Cellulose
2 Carboxymethyl
Hydroxyanisole

hydro quinone
Antioxidants

4 . Tertiary butyl

3 . Gellan gum
1 . Tocopherol

3 . Butylated

Additives
2

.Cellulose
2 . Lecithin

(TBHQ)
(BHA)
A .

B .
1

Sl.No

- 603 -
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

C. Preservatives

1. Sorbic Acid - 1000ppm 0.5% 0.1% 300ppm - - - - -

maximum maximum maximum
maximum]
2. Benzoic Acid - 300ppm - - - - - - - -
maximum
D. Anticaking Agents

1. Carbonates of
calcium and
magnesium

2. Phosphates of
calcium and Not more
magnesium than 2.0%
maximum
3. Silicates of singly or in
calcium, combination
magnesium or
sodium or
silicon, dioxide

4. Myristates,
palmitates or
Not more
stearates of
than 2.0%
aluminium,
maximum
ammonium
singly or in
calcium,
combination
potassium or
sodium

- 604 -
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
E. A rtificia l S w e e te n e r (S in g ly)
1 . A spe rta m e 2 0 0 ppm - - - 1 0 0 0 0 ppm 1 0 0 0 0 ppm 2 0 0 0 ppm 3 0 0 0 ppm -
m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m
2 . A ce su lfa m e K 5 0 0 ppm - - - 5 0 0 0 ppm 3 5 0 0 ppm 5 0 0 ppm 1 5 0 0 ppm -
m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m
3 . S a cch a rin S odiu m 5 0 0 ppm - - - 3 0 0 0 ppm 3 0 0 0 ppm 5 0 0 ppm 4 5 0 ppm -
m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m m a xim u m

1500pp
m
4. S u cra lose 7 5 0 ppm -
- - - - - - - maximu
m
m a xim u m
F. P olyols (sin g ly or in com b in ation )

1. S orbitol - GMP - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP

2. M a n itol - GMP - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP
3. X ylitol - GMP - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP
4. Isom a lt - - - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP
5. La ctitol - - - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP
6. M a ltitol - - - - - GMP GMP GMP - GMP

G. G lazin g A g e n ts - -

1. S h e lla c - - - - - - - - -

2 B e e s w a x (w h ite a n d - - - - - - - - -
ye llow )

3 C a n de lilla w a x - - - - - - - GMP - -

4 G u m A ra bic - - - - - - - - -

5. Pe ctin - - - - - - - - -

H. B u lkin g A g e n ts

1. Polyde xtrose A a n d N - - - - - - - GMP - -]

2[ I. Miscellaneous:
1. Sodium - - GMP - - - - - - -
Bi-carbonate
2. Sodium acetate - - GMP - - - - - - -
3. Tartaric Acid - - GMP - - - - - - -
4. Citric Acid - - GMP - - - - - - -
5. Malic Acid - - GMP - - - - - - -]

- 605 -
 TABLE 3
LIST OF FOOD ADDITIVES I
FOODS
OT SPECIFIED

Name of the
Sl. Product Colours Preservatives Emulsifier/Stabiliser Flavour Anticaking Acid Improver/ Antioxi-
Enhance Leavening
No. r Agent Regulators Agent dants
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

1
Carageenan GMP- - - - -

Desert jelly

Carageenan- Singly- GMP

Pectin- Singly- GMP Mono
Dairy based and diglycerides of fatty
drinks, flavoured acids – Singly – GMP
and/ or lecithin – Singly GMP
fermented (e.g sodium alginate and
chocolate, milk, calcium alginate – singly
cocoa, eggnog) GMP, Xantham Gum,
UHT sterilized singly- GMP,
milk shelf life Microcrystalline cellulose-
more than three singly GMP, Guar Gum-
2 months Singly - GMP
- - - - -

Titanium Dioxide 100 ppm

maximum, Ponceau 4R/
carmoisine/ Erythrosine/
Powdered Soft Tartrazine/ Sunset Yellow Sodium
Drink FCF/ Indigo Carmine/ Aluminium
concenterate Brilliant Blue FCF/ fast Silicate –
mix/ fruit green FCF 100 ppm 0.5%
3 beverage drink maximum maximum
- - - - -

Di-
Soups, Bullions Sodium
4 and Taste Makers 5
Guanyla
te (Di –
Sodium
5- In
osinate)
GMP
- - - - -

Custard Powder, Ponceau 4R/ carmoisine/

Jelly Crstal, Erythrosine/ Tartrazine/
icecandy, Thread, Sunset Yellow FCF/ Indigo
5 Candies, Wafers Carmine/ Brilliant Blue
FCF/ fast green FCF 100
ppm maximum - - - - -

Ponceau 4R/ carmoisine/ -TBHQ

6 Flavour Emulsion, Erythrosine/ Tartrazine/ (tertiary
Flavour Paste ( Sunset Yellow FCF/ Indigo butyl hydro
for carbonated Carmine/ Brilliant Blue Edible Gums ( Arabic and quinine and
and non FCF/ fast green FCF 100 Benzoic Acid Gum ghatti), glycerols BHA (
carbonated water ppm maximum as per including salt esters of wood resins (ester butylated
only) instructions on the label thereof GMP gum ) - GMP - - hydroxyl
anisole) –
max 0.01%

- 606 -
 Emulsifier/Stabi Improver/
Sl. Name of the Product Colours Preservatives liser Flavour Anticaking Acid Leavening Antioxi-
No. Enhancer Agent Regulators Agent dants

Sausages and
7. Sausage Sulphur dixoide-
meat containing raw 450ppm
- - - - - -
meat, cereals and maximum
condiments
Corn flour and such
8. like Sulphur dioxide-
Starches - 100ppm - - - - -
maximum

9. Corn syrup Sulphur dioxide-

- 450 ppm - - - - -
maximum
Canned rasgolla (the
10. cans Nisin-5 ppm
shall be internally maximum
lacquered with - - - - - -
sulphur
dioxide resistant
lacquer)

11. Gelatin Sulphur dioxide-

- 1000ppm - - - - -
maximum

12. Beer Sulphur dioxide-

- 70ppm - - - - -
maximum

13. Cider Sulphur dioxide-

- 200ppm - - - - -
maximum

14. Alcoholic wines Sulphur dioxide-

- 450ppm - - - - -
maximum

15. Non-Alcoholic wines Sulphur dioxide-

- 350ppm - - - - -
maximum
Ready-to-serve
16. beverages Sulphur dioxide-
70ppm
maximum or
- - - - - -
Benzoic Acid-
120ppm
maximum

17. Brewed ginger beer Benzoic Acid-

- 120ppm - - - - -
maximum

- 607 -
Sl. Name of the Product Colours Preservatives Emulsifier/Stabiliser Flavour Anticaking Acid Improver/ Antioxi-
No. Enhancer Agent Regulators Leavening dants
Agent
18. Coffee extract Benzoic Acid- 450ppm
- - - - - -
maximum
19. Danish tinned caviar Benzoic Acid- 50ppm
- - - - - -
maximum
20. Dried Ginger Sulphur dioxide-
- - - - - -
2000ppm maximum
21. Flour confectionery Sorbic Acid including
Sodium, Potasium and
- Calcium Salt (Calculated - - - - -
as Sorbic Acid)-1500ppm
maximum
22. Smoked fish (in wrappers) Sorbic Acid- only wrapper
- may be impregnated with - - - - -
Sorbic Acid
23. Dry mixes of Rasgollas Sulphur dioxide-
- - - - - -
100ppm maximum
24. Preserved Chapaties Sorbic Acid- 1500ppm
- - - - - -
maximum
25. Fat Spread Sorbic acid and its
sodium potassium and
calcium salts (calculated
as sorbic acid)-1000 ppm
maximum or Benzoic Acid
- - - - - -
and its sodium and
potassium salts
(Calculated as benzoic
acid) or both-1000ppm
maximum
26. Prunes Potassium Sorbate
(Calculated as
- - - - - -
Sorbic Acid)-
1000ppm maximum
27. Baked food confections Ammonia Carbonate-
and baked foods 5000ppm maximum
- - - - - -
Ammonium Bi-carbonate-
GMP, Baking Powder-GMP

- 608 -
Sl. Name of the Product Colours Preservatives Emulsifier/Stabilise Improver/ Antioxi-
No. r Flavour Anticaking Acid Leavening dants
Enhancer Agent Regulators Agent
28. Flour for baked food Sodium Diacetate-
2500ppm maximum
- or Methyl propyl -

C
hydroxy Benzoate- - - - -
500ppm maximum
29. Fruit, fruit pulp or juice
(not dried) for conversion
into jam or crystallised - -
glace or cured fruit or other - - - -
products
(a) Cherries Sulphur dioxide-
- -
2000ppm maximum
- - - -
(b) Strawsberries and Sulphur dioxide-
- -
Raspberries 2000ppm maximum
- - - -
(c) Other fruits Sulphur dioxide-
- -
1000ppm maximum
- - - -
(d) Dehydrated Vegetables Sulphur dioxide-
- -
2000ppm maximum
- - - -
30. Paneer Nisin-12.5ppm
- -
maximum
- - - -
31. Cakes and Pastries Sorbic Acid including Bacterial
Sodium, Potassium Sucroglycerides (only Sodium, Amylase Baking
and Calcium Salt In cakes), Fumarate, Powder,
(Calculated as Hydroxypropyl Methyl Potassium Ammonium
- Sorbic Acid)- Cellulose, Sucrose Malate bicarbonate-
Ester of Fatty Acid- - - Sodium GMP,
1500ppm maximum
Ammonium
GMP hydroxide-
Carbonate-
GMP 500ppm
maximum
32. Prepacked Coconut Water Nisin-5000IU
-
maximum
- - - - -
33. Canned Rasogula Nisin-5.0ppm
-
maximum
- - - - -

7
0
5
- 609 -
 Table 4
List of food additives for use in edible oils and fats
Name of food additive Tallow Lard Edible Table
vegetable Margarine/Bakery
oils and and Industrial
fats Margarine/Fat
Spread
A Antioxidants singly or in combination

1. Lecithin GMP GMP GMP GMP

2. Ascorbic acid GMP GMP GMP GMP

3. Propyl gallate, ethyl gallate, 100mg/kg 100mg/kg 100mg/kg 200mg/kg max.
octyl gallate, dodecyl gallate or max. max. max.
a mixture thereof

4. Butylated Hydoxy Anisole (BHA) 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200mg/kg max.

max. max. max.

5. Any Combination of propyl 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200mg/kg max.

gallate, BHA within limits of max. max. max.
gallate & BHA.
6. Natural and Synthetic GMP GMP GMP GMP
Tocopherols

7. Ascorbyl Palmitate/stearate 500mg/kg 500mg/kg 500mg/kg 500mg/kg max.

singly or in combination. max. max. max.

8. Citric Acid, Tartaric Acid, Gallic GMP GMP GMP GMP

Acid

9. Resin Guaiace 100mg/kg 100mg/kg 100mg/kg 500ppm max.

max. max. max.
10. TBHQ 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200mg/kg 200ppm max.
max. max. max.

B. Antioxidant Synergists

1. Sodium citrate GMP GMP GMP GMP

2. Isopropyl Citrate mixture 100 mg/kg 100 mg/kg 100 mg/kg

max singly max singly max singly 100 mg/kg max
3. Phosphoric Acid or in or in or in singly or in
combination combination combination combination
4. Monoglyceride citrate

C. Antifoaming Agents

100 ppm
1. Dimethyl polysiloxane singly or max 10ppm max 10ppm max –
in combination with Silicon
Dioxide
D. Emulsifying Agents

1. Mono and Di-glycerides of fatty – – – GMP

Acids

2. Mono and Di-glycerides of fatty – – – 10g/kg max.

acids esterified with acetic,
acetyl tartaric, citric, lactic,
tartaric acids and their Sodium
and Calcium salts

3. Lecithin – – – GMP

4. Polyglycerol esters of fatty acids – – – 5g/kg max

- 610 -
 5. 1,2–Propylene glycol esters of – – – 20g/kg max
fatty acids

6. Sorbitan – – – 10g/kg max

Monopalmitate/Sorbitan
Monostearate/tristearate

7. Sucrose esters of fatty acids – – – 10g/kg max

E. Preservatives (singly or in combination)

1. Sorbic Acid – – –
2. Sodium/Potassium/Calcium – – –
Sorbate expressed as Sorbic 1000mg/kg max,
Acid Table Margarine/Fat

3. Benzoic Acid – – – Spread

4. Sodium/Potassium/Benzoate – – –
expressed as Benzoic acid

F. Natural Colours

1. Beta–Carotene – – – 25mg/kg max, Table

Margarine/Fat
Spread
2. Annatto Extracts (as – – – 20mg/kg max, Table
bixin/norbixin) Margarine/Fat
Spread
3. Curcumin or turmeric (as – – – 5mg/kg max, Table
curcumin) Margarine/Fat
Spread
4. Beta apo–8’–carotenal – – – 25mg/kg max, Table
Margarine/Fat
Spread
5. Methyl and Ethyl Esters of Beta– – – – 25mg/kg max, Table
apo–8’–Carotenoic acid Margarine/Fat
Spread
G. Acidity Regulators

1. Citric Acid – – –
GMP, Table
2. Lactic Acid – – –
Margarine / Fat
3. Sodium and Potassium salt of – – – Spread
citric and lactic acid
4. Calcium Disodium Ethylene – – – 50mg/kg max, Table
diamine tetra acetate Margarine / Fat
Spread
H. Flavours

1. Natural Flavours and Natural – – – GMP, Table

Flavouring Substances/Nature– Margarine / Fat
identical Flavouring Spread
Substances/Artificial Flavouring
Substances
2. Diacetyl – – – 4 mg/kg max, Table
Margarine / Fat
Spread ]

- 611 -
- 612 -
D Preservatives
1 Potassium - - - - - - - -
bisulphite
expressed as
Sulphur
dioxide 100mg/Kg 100mg/Kg
2. Potassium maximum maximum - - - - - - - -
Sulphite raw edible/ raw edible/
expressed as 30mg/ Kg 30mg/ Kg
Sulphur maximum maximum
dioxide cooked cooked
3. Sodium product product - - - - - - - -
metabisulphite Singly or in Singly or in
expressed as combination combination
sulphur expressed cooked
dioxide as SO2 product
4. Sodium - - - - - - - - - -
Sulphite
expressed as
sulphur
dioxide
5. Sodium - - 200 mg / kg - - - - - - -
Sorbate maximum
expressed as singly or in
Sorbic Acid combination
6. Calcium - - expressed - - - - - - -
Sorbate as Sorbic
expressed as Acid
Sorbic Acid
7. Potassium - - - - - - -

- 613 -
 Sorbate
expressed as
Sorbic Acid
8. Sorbic Acid - - - - - - - - -
E Colours
1. Ponceau 4 R 30mg/kg - - - - - - - - -
maximum
cooked
mass
2. Sunset Yellow - - - - - 30 mg/kg - - - -
3. Tartarazine - - - - - maximum - - -
singly or in
combination
-
F Thickening
Agent
1. Pectin - - - - 2.5 gm/kg - - 2.5 gm/kg - -
maximum maximum

- 614 -
 2 Tragacanth Gum – – – – – – – –
20 gm / kg 20 gm / kg
3 Xanthan Gum – – – – – – maximum maximum singly – –
singly or in
or in combination
combination in
4 Sodium/Potassium/ packing in packing 5mg / kg
Calcium Alginate medium only maximum as
– – – – – – medium only – Sodium
Alginate

5 Carboxy Methyl Cellulose 2.5gm / kg

– – – – – – – – –
maximum

G Modified Starches

1 Acid Treated Starch – – – – – – –

2 Alkali treated Starch – – – – – – –

3 Balanced starched – – – – – – –
4 Distarch adipate acetylated – – – –
– – –
60gm / kg 60gm / kg 60gm / kg
5 Distarch glycerol – – – – maximum in – maximum in maximum in – –
singly or in singly or in singly or in
combination in combination in combination
6 Distarch glycerol,
– – – – packing medium – packing in packing – –
acetylated only medium only medium only
7 Distarch glycerol,
– – – – – – –
hydroxypropyl

8 Distarch phosphate – – – – – – –

9 Distarch phosphate,
– – – – – – –
acetylated

- 615 -
 10 Distarch phosphate, –
– – – – – –
hydroxypropyl

11 Monostarch phosphate – – – – – – –

12 Oxidized starch – – – – – – –

13 Starch acetate – – – – – – –

14 Starch, hydroxypropyl – – – – – – –

H Natural Flavours

1 Natural Flavours and

Natural Flavouring – – – – GMP – GMP GMP – –
substances

I Flavour Enhancers

1 Monosodium Glutamate 500 mg / kg

– – – – – – – – –
maximum

J Sequestering Agents

1 Calcium Disodium EDTA 250 mg / kg 250 mg / kg

– – – – – – – –
maximum maximum

- 616 -
- 617 -
 1 Chlorophyll - - - - - - - -

2 Caramel - - - - - - - -

3 Curcumin or turmeric - - - - - - - -

4 Beta-carotene - - - - - - - -

5 Beta apo-8 carotenal - - - - - - - -

ax.
200pp ax
200pp ax

200pp ax

200pp ax
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

200pp ax
200pp ax

m
m

x.
m

m
m
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

m
.
.

.
.
.
6. Methylester of Beta- -
- - - - - - -

200pp
Apo-8 carotenic acid

200p
pm
m
m

m
m
m

m
7. Ethylester of Beta -
- - - - - - -
Apo-8 carotenic acid

8 Canthaxanthin - - - - - - - -

9 Riboflavin, Lactoflavin - - - - - - - -

10 Annatto - - - - - - - -

11 Saffron - - - - - - - -

(b) Synthetic

1 Poncea 4R - - - - - - - -

2 Carmolsine - - - - - - - -

3 Erythrosine - - - - - - - -

ax.
200pp ax
200pp ax

200pp ax

200pp ax
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

200pp ax
200pp ax

m
m

x.
m

m
m
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

m
.
.

.
.
.

4 Tartrazine - - - - - - - -

200pp
200p
-

pm
5 Sunset Yellow FCF - - - - - - -

m
m

m
m
m

m
6 Indigo Carmine - - - - - - - -

7 Brilliant Blue FCF - - - - - - - -

8 Fast green FCF - - - - - - - -

- 618 -
 G
2 Calcium Lectate
1 Calcium Chloride

1 Modified Starches
5 Calcium Bisulphite
3 Calcium Gluconate

4 Calcium Carbonate

Thickening Agents

-
-
-
-
-
350
ppm max.
350pp 350pp

-
-
-
-
m max. m max.

-
-

-
-
-
-
F FIRMING AGENTS (Singly or in Combination)

-
-
-
-
-
350ppm max.

-
-
-
-
350ppm max. 350ppm max.

-
-
-
-
-
-

- 619 -
-
-
-
350ppm max. 350ppm max. 350ppm max.

-
-
-
-
-

350ppm max.

-
-
-
-

350ppm max. 350ppm max.

-
-
-
-
-

350ppm max.
-
-
-
-
-

1%m/m max.
-

350ppm max.
m
350pp ax
-

m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
m
-

350pp ax
m .
-

350pp ma
m x.
 TABLE 7
Name of additive
LIST OF FOOD ADDITIVES I
THERMALLY PROCESSED VEGETABLES

Sweet Corn/Baby

Other vegetable and

Processed Peas
Chestnuit Puree
Canned Tomato

All pulses and dals

mustard pastes

curied vegetables/
Ladies Finger

whole and splits

Table Onions
Sweet Potato
Sesame, and

and other oil

ready - to - eat
Mushrooms
Beams/Wax

Green Peas

Chestnuts /

Groundnut,

Cauliflower
Asparagus

Bell Paper

vegetables
Spinach
carrots

Garkin
Brinjal

Rajma
Green
Sl.No.

Niger,

Garlic
Beam

corn
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 20

A Acidifying Agents Singly or in combination

1 Acetic Acid GM - GMP GM - - - - GM - G G G G G G G G G G G GMP

. P P P M M M M M M M M M M M
P P P P P P P P P P P
2 Citric Acid GM GMP GMP GM G G GMP GMP GM G G G G G G G G G G G G GMP
. P P MP M P M M M M M M M M M M M M
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
3 Lactic acid GM - - - - - - - GM - G G G G G G G G G G G GMP
. P P M M M M M M M M M M M
P P P P P P P P P P P
4 L- Tartaric Acid GM GMP GMP GM G G 10g/kg 10g/kg GM G G G G G G G G G G G G GMP
. P P MP M maxim maximum P M M M M M M M M M M M M
P um P P P P P P P P P P P P
5 Malic Acid GM GMP GMP GM G G GMP GMP GM G G G G G G G G G G G G GMP
. P P MP M P M M M M M M M M M M M M
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
B Antioxidants
(Singly)
1 Ascorbic Acid - - GMP GM - - 300pp 300ppm GM - G G G G G G G G G G G GMP
. P m maximum P M M M M M M M M M M M
maxim P P P P P P P P P P P
um
2 BHA - - - - - - 200 200ppm - - 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 200
3 TBHQ - - - - - - ppm maximum - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ppm
4 Ascorbyl - - - - - - maxim - pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp maxi
. Palmitate um m m m m m m m m m m m mum
m m m m m m m m m m m
ax ax ax ax ax ax ax ax ax ax ax
im im im im im im im im im im im
u u u u u u u u u u u
m m m m m m m m m m m
C Colours (Can
be used singly
or in
combination
within the
specified
limits)
(a) Natural
singly or in
combination

- 620 -
 1 Chlorophyll - - - - - - ` - - - - - - - - - - - -

2 Caramel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

3 Curcumin or - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
turmeric

4 Beta-carotene - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

5 Beta apo-8 - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
carotenal
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

200ppm max.
6 Methylester of - - - - - - -
Beta-apo-8 - - - - - - - - - - - -
carotenic acid

7 Ethylester of Beta- - - - - - - -
apo=8 carotenic - - - - - - - - - - - -
acid

8 Canthaxanthin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

9 Riboflavin, - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Lactoflavin

10 Annatto - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

11 Saffron - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

(b) Synthetic

1 Poncea 4R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

2 Carmoisine - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

3 Erythrosine - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
200ppm max.

200ppm max.

200ppm max.

4 Tartarzine - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

5 Sunset Yellow FCF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

6 Indigo Carmine - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

7 Brilliant Blue FCF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

8 Fast green FCF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- 621 -
- 622 -
- 623 -
- 624 -
- 625 -
- 626 -
- 627 -
- 628 -
 COLOURS(can
be used singly
or in
D
combination
within the
specified
limits)
(a) Natural - - -
1. Chlorophyll - - - -
2. Caramel - - - - - -
200ppm
3. Curcumin or
- max (on - - - - -
turmeric
dilution
4.Beta-
- except - - 200ppm - - -
carotene GMP
cordial max.
5. Beta apo-8 and
- - - - - -
carotenal barley
6. Methylester water)
200ppm 200ppm
of Beta apo-8- - - - - - -
max. max. GMP
carotenic acid
7. Ethylester of
Beta apo-8- 200ppm - - - - - -
carotenic acid max (on
dilution
8.
- - except - 200ppm - - - -
Canthaxanthin
cordial max
9. Riboflavin,
- - and - - - - - -
Lactoflavin
barley
10. Annallo - - water) - - - - - -
11. Saffron - - - - - - - -
-
(b) Synthetic - - - - - - -
-
1. Poneau 4R - - - - - -
2. Carmoisine - - - - - - -
-
200ppm
3. Erythrosine - - - - - - - -
max.
4. Tartarzine - - - - - - - -
5. Sunset 200ppm 200ppm 200ppm
- - - - - - - -
yellow FCF max max max
-
6. Indigo - - -
- - - - - - - -
Caramine -
-
7. Brilliant Blue - -
- - - - - -
FCF - -
-
8. Fast Green
- - - - - - -
FCF
FIRMING
AGENTS (
E - - -- -
Singly or in
Combination )
1. Calcium
GMP GMP - - - - - 350ppm
chloride
maximum
2. Calcium 350ppm
GMP GMP - - - - - only on
Lactate maximum
fruit or
3. Calcium 350ppm only on 350ppm
GMP GMP - - - - - vegetable
Gluconate maximum fruit or maximum
pieces
4. Calcium vegetable
GMP GMP -- -- -- - - -
Carbonate pieces
-
5. Calcium - - --
GMP GMP - - -
Bisulphite - -

- 629 -
- 630 -
- 631 -
- 632 -
- 633 -
- 634 -
- 635 -
- 636 -
- 637 -
- 638 -
 TABLE 13
LIST OF FOOD ADDITIVES FOR USE IN COCOA POWDER, CHOCOLATE, SUGAR BOILED, CONFECTIONARY, CHEWING
GUN/BUBBLE GUM

TABLE

Cocoa Powder

Confectionary
based/sugar

Gum/Bubble
Composite,
white Milk,
Chocolate

Lozenges
Additives

Chewing
Name of
Sl.No.

Sugar
Plain,

Filled

Gum
free
A PRESERVATIVES
(singly or in combination)

1. Benzoic Acid, Sodium Benzoate, 1500ppm max 1500ppm 1500ppm - 1500ppm max
Potassium Benzoate max max
2. Sulphur dioxide 2000ppm max. 150ppm 2000ppm 350ppm 2000ppm max.
max. max. max.
3. Sorbic Acid and its Calcium, Sodium, 1500ppm max 1000ppm 2000ppm - 1500ppm max
Potassium salts(calculated as sorbic max. max.
acid)
4. Cass I preservative as listed under GMP GMP GMP GMP GMP
regulation 6.1.4
B. ANTICAKING AGENTS
(singly or in combination)
1. Calcium Phosphate - - - -
2. Silicon Dioxide 10 gm/ kg - - - -
3. Sodium Aluminium silicate max. - - 10 gm/ -
kg max.
C COLOURS(can be used singly or
in combination within the
specified but with in the same
- 639 -
 class i.e. either natural or
synthetic)
(a) Natural singly or in combination
1. Chlorophyll -
2. Caramel - Max.
3. Curcumin or Turmeric -- 100ppm
4. Beta – Carotene filled GMP
5. Beta-apo-8’ carotenal - chocolate GMP GMP
6. Ethyl ester of Beta-apo-8’-carotenoic only
acid
7. Methylester of Beta-apo-8’- -
carotenoic acid
8.. Canthaxanthin -
9. Riboflavin (Lactoflavin) -
10. Annatto --
11. Saffron -

- 640 -
- 641 -
- 642 -
- 643 -
- 644 -
- 645 -
- 646 -
9. Ethyl ester of Beta
apo 8 carotenoic
Acid
10. Canthaxanthin 100
mg/k
g
maxi
mum
11 Caramel Colours GMP
(Plain)
12 Caramel Colours 3.0
(Ammonium gm
Sulphite Process) /kg
maxi
mum
E. Colours (Synthyetic – Singly or in combination)
13 (a) Ponceau 4R 100 ppm 100
(b) Carmoisine, maximu mg/k
(c) Erythrosine, m (only g
(d) Tartrazine in maxi
(e) Sunset flavoure mum
Yellow FCF, d
(f) Indigo yoghurt)
Carmine
(g) Brilliant
Blue FCF
(h) Fast Green
FCF singly or in
combination
F. Acidity Regulators
1. Calcium GMP GMP
Carbonates
Magnesium

- 647 -
 Carbonates
2. Sodium
bicarbonate,
Sodium Carbonate
3. Sodium Hydroxide, 2000 2000m
Calcium Hydroxide mg/k g/kg
g maxim
maxi um
mum
4. Sodium Phosphate GMP GMP

G. Preservatives
1. Sorbic Acid, 3000 300 3000 2000
Sodium Sorbate, mg/kg 0 mg/kg mg/kg
Potassium maximu mg/ maximum maxim
Sorbate, Calcium m for kg um
Sorbate expressed cut maxi
as sorbic Acid sliced & mu
shredde m
d
cheese
1000
mg/kg
maximu
m

- 648 -
- 649 -
- 650 -
- 651 -
- 652 -
- 653 -
B. Colour-
1. Annatto
2 Beta Carotene 600 600 600 600 600 60 600 600 600 600 600
mg/kg mg/kg mg/ mg mg/ 0 mg/kg mg mg/kg mg/ mg/kg
maximu maximu kg /kg kg mg maximu /kg maxim kg maxim
m m maxi ma max /kg m ma um maxi um
mu xim imu ma xim mu
m um m xim um m
um
3 Riboflavin GMP
4 Chlorophyll 15
mg/
kg
maxi
mu
m
C. Enzymes
(1) Alpha Amylase G
(Aspergillus M
Oryzae var.) P
(2) Alpha- amylase (
Bacillus
Megaterium
expressed in
Bacillus Subtilis 1
gm /
(3) Alpha- amylase ( kg
Bacillus stearo 1 gm / of
themophilius kg of milk
expressed in B. milk solid
Subtilis) solids s
(4) Alpha amylase ( maximu maxi
Bacillus stearo m mu
themophilus) m
(5) Alpha amylase (

- 654 -
 Bacillus subtilis)
(6) Alpha amylase (
Carbohydrase )
Bacillus
licheniformis)
enzymes from
GMO should be
labelled
D. Preservatives
1. Sorbic Acid, 1 gm / 3
Sodium Sorbate, kg gm /
Potassium sorbate maximu kg
calculated as m maxi
sorbic acid mu
m

- 655 -
- 656 -
 APPE
DIX B: Microbiological Requirements:

TABLE 1
MICROBIOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEA FOODS

Sl Name of the Total Plate E. Coli Staphylococcus Salmonella & Vibro Cholerae Vibro Clostridium
No product count aureus Shigella Parahaemolyticus perfringens

1. Frozen
shrimps or
prawns

Raw Not more that Not more than Not more than Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
five lakhs /gm 20/gm 100 / gm
Cooked Not more that Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
one lakh /gm

2. Frozen
Lobsters

Raw Not more that Not more than Not more than Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
five lakhs /gm 20/gm 100 / gm
Cooked Not more that Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
one lakh /gm
Frozen Not more that Not more than Not more than
3. Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
five lakhs /gm 20/gm 100 / gm
Frozen Not more that Not more than Not more than
4. Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
finfish five lakhs /gm 20/gm 100 / gm

Frozen fish Not more that Not more than Not more than
5 Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
fillets or five lakhs /gm 20/gm 100 / gm

- 657 -
 minced fish
flesh or
mixtures
thereof

Name of the Total plate E. Coli Staphylococcus

product count aureus
Sl Salmonella & Vibro cholerae Vibro Clostridium
No Shigella parahaemolyticus perfringens

6 Dried Shark Not more than Not more than Not more than Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
fins five lakhs / gm 20 / gm 100 / gm

7. Salted fish / Not more than Not more than Not more than Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
dried salted fivelakhs / gm 20 / gm 100 / gm
fish

8. Canned Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25

finfish gm

9. Canned Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm

shrimp
__
Canned
10.
sardines or Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm
sardine type
products
__
Canned
11. Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm
salmon

Canned crab __
12. meat Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm

- 658 -
 Canned tuna Nil Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm __
13. and Bonito Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm

__

- 659 -
 TABLE 2*
MICROBIOLOGICAL PARAMETER FOR MILK PRODUCTS

Sl No Requirements Ice cream / Cheese / Evaporated Sweetened Butter Butter Oil / Yoghurt / Dahi
Frozen Dessert / Processed Cheese Milk Sweetened Condensed Butter Fat /
Milk Lolly / Ice / Cheese Spread / Condensed Milk Milk Ghee
Candy / Dried All other Cheeses
Ice Cream mix
1 Total Plate Count Not more than Not more than Not more than Not more than Not more than Not more than Not more than
2,50,000 / gm 50,000 / gm 500 / gm 500 / gm 5000 / gm 5000 / gm 10,00,000 / gm
2 Coliform Count Not more than Absent in 0.1 gm Absent in 0.1 Absent in 0.1 Not more than Absent in 1.0 Not more than
10 / gm gm gm 5 / gm gm 10 / gm
3 E. Coli Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1.0
gm
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 gm
gm gm gm
5 Shigella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 gm
gm gm gm
6 Staphylococcus Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than Not more than Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than
aureus 100 / gm 100 / gm 100/gm
7 Yeast and Mould Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than Not more than Absent in 1 gm Not more than
Count 10 / gm 20 / gm 100/gm
8 Anaerobic Spore Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than 5 Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm
Count / gm
9 Listeria Absent in 1 gm Cheese other than Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm
monocytogens hard cheese:
Absent in 25 gm
Hard cheese:
Absent in 1 gm

- 660 -
Sl No Requirements Milk powder / Edible Casein UHT Milk / Pasteurised Sterilized Milk Khoya / Chhana Chakka /
Cream Powder / Products UHT flavoured Milk / Boiled / / Sterilized / Paneer Srikhand
Whey powder Milk Pasteurised Flavoured
Flavoured milk Milk
1 Total Plate Count Not more than Not more than Nil Not more than Nil Not more than Not more than
50,000 / gm 50,000 / gm 30,000 / gm 50,000 / gm 50,000 / gm
2 Coliform Count Absent in 0.1 Absent in 0.1 gm Absent in 0.1 Absent in 0.1 Absent in 0.1 Not more than Not more than 10
gm gm gm gm 90 / gm / gm
3 E. Coli Absent in 0.1 Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm
gm
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 gm
gm gm gm
5 Shigella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 gm
gm gm gm
6 Staphylococcus Absent in 0.1 Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than Not more than
aureus gm 100 / gm 100 / gm
7 Yeast and Mould Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than Chakka: Not more
Count 250 / gm than 10 / gm
Shrikhand: Not
more than 50 / gm
8 Anaerobic Spore Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Not more than 5 Absent in 1 gm Not more than Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm
Count / gm 5 / gm
9 Listeria Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm Absent in 1 gm
monocytogens

*The above mentioned standards are deferred till 6th September 2010 and will be enforced after 7th September, 2010.

- 661 -
 TABLE 3
MICROBIOLOGICAL PARAMETER FOR SPICES

Sl No Requirements Caraway Cardomom Chillies and Cinnamon Cassia (Taj) Cloves (Laung) Coriander
(Shiahjira) (Elaichi) Capsicum (Lal (dalchini) (Dhania)
Mirchi)
1 Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2 Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3 E. Coli - - - - - - -
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25
gm gm gm gm gm gm
5 Shigella - - - - - - -
6 Staphylococcus - - - - - - -
aureus
7 Yeast and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8 Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9 Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens

Sl No Requirements Cumin (Zeera, Fennel (Saunf) Fenugreek Ginger (Sonth, Mace (Jaipatri) Mustard (Rai, Nutmeg
Kalaunji) (Methi) Adrak) Sarson) (Jaiphal)
1 Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2 Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3 E. Coli - - - - - - -
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent in 25 Absent
gm gm gm in 25 gm
5 Shigella - - - - - - -

- 662 -
6 Staphylococcus - - - - - - -
aureus
7 Yeast and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8 Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9 Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens

Sl No Requirements Pepper Black Poppy (Khas Saffron (Kesar) Turmeric Curry Powder Mixed Masala Aniseed
(Kalimirch) Khas) (Haldi) (Saunf)
1 Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2 Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3 E. Coli - - - - - - -
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 gm Absent in 25 - - Absent in 25
gm gm
5 Shigella - - - - - - -
6 Staphylococcus - - - - - - -
aureus
7 Yeast and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8 Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9 Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens

Sl No Requirements Ajowan Dried Dried Mango Pepper Garlic Celery Dehydrated Asafoetida Edible
(Bishops seed) Mango Powder White (Lahsun) Onion Common
Slices (Amchur) (Sukha Salt

- 663 -
 Pyaj)
1 Total Plate Count - - - - - - -
2 Coliform Count - - - - - - -
3 E. Coli - - - - - - -
4 Salmonella Absent in 25 - - Absent in Absent in - - - -
gm 25 gm 25 gm
5 Shigella - - - - - - -
6 Staphylococcus - - - - - - -
aureus
7 Yeast and Mould - - - - - - -
Count
8 Anaerobic Spore - - - - - - -
Count
9 Listeria - - - - - - -
monocytogens

- 664 -
TABLE 4: Microbiological requirements of food products given below: -
Sl No Products Parameters Limits
1 Thermally processed fruits and a) Total plate count a) Not more than 50 / ml
vegetable products b) Incubation at b) No changes in pH
37°C for 10 days
and 55°C for 7
days
2 a) Dehydrated fruits and Total plate count Not more than 40,000 /
vegetable products gm
b) Soup powders
c) Desiccated coconut
powder
d) Table olives
e) Raisins
f) Pistachio nuts
g) Dates
h) Dry fruits and nuts
3 Carbonated beverages, ready – a) Total plate count Not more than 50 cfu /
to – serve beverages including b) Yeast and mould ml
fruit beverages count Not more than 2.0 cfu /
c) Coli form count ml
Absent in 100 ml
4 Tomato products
a. Tomato juices and (a) Mould count Positive in not more than
soups 40.0 percent of the field
examined
b. Tomato puree and paste (b) Yeast and spores Not more than 125 per 1
/ 60 c.m.m
(a) Mould count Positive in not more than
60.00 percent of the field
examined
Positive in not more than
c. Tomato ketchup and (a) Mould count
40.00 percent of the field
Tomato Sauce examined
Not more than 125 per 1
(b) Yeast and spores / 60 c.m.m
Not more than 10000 /
(c )Total plate Count ml

5 Jam / Marmalade / Fruit jelly / Total plate count Positive in not more than
Fruit Chutney and Sauces 40.00 percent of the field
examined
Yeast and spores Not more than 125 per 1
/ 60 c.m.m

6 Other fruits and vegetables Yeast and mould count Positive in not more than
products covered under item A. 100 count / gm
16 of Appendix B
7 Frozen fruits and vegetables Total plate count Not more than 40,000 /
665
 products gm

8 Preserves Mould count Absent in 25 gm / ml

9 Pickles Mould count Absent in 25 gm / ml
10 Fruits Cereal Flakes Mould count Absent in 25 gm / ml
11 Candied and Crystalised or Mould count Absent in 25 gm / ml
Glazed Fruit and Peel
12 a) All Fruits and a. Flat Sour Organisms (i) Not more than 10,000
Vegetable products and cfu / gm for those
ready – to – serve products which have pH
Beverages including Fruit less than 5.2
Beverages and Synthetic (ii) Nil for those
products covered under A. products which have pH
16 of Appendix B more than 5.2
b) Table olives b. Staphylococcus aureus Absent in 25 gm / ml
c) Raisins c. Salmonella Absent in 25 gm / ml
d) Pistachio nuts d. Shigella Absent in 25 gm / ml
e) Dates e. Clostridium botulinum
f) Dry fruits and nuts f. E. Coli Absent in 25 gm / ml
g) Vinegars g. Vibrio Cholera Absent in 1 gm / ml
Absent in 25 gm/ ml

666
 APPE
DIX C - FORMS

FORM A- Form of Guarantee

(Refer Regulation 10.1)

Invoice No. _____ Place:________

From: _________ Date:_________
To: _________

Date of Nature and quality of Batch Quantity Price

sale article/brand name, if No or
any Code
No.
1 2 3 ` 4 5

I/We hereby certify that food/foods mentioned in this invoice is/are

warranted to be of the nature aqnd quality which it/these
purports/purport to be.

Signature of the manufacturer/Distributor/Dealer

Name and address of

Manufacturer/Packer
(in case of packed article)
Licence No. (wherever applicable)

667
 FORM B
(Refer Regulation 7.3.8 (2))

Declaration
I/ We on behalf of .................................................................
solemnly declare that the ghee sold by me / us/ on behalf of ............
....../ ghee used by me / us / on behalf of ............................ in the
preparation of .................................. .Confectionary (including
sweetmeats) is / was from a tin containing ghee of .....................
origin and having "AGMARK" seal. The said tin pertains to batch
number.......................... from Shri/ Shrimati/ Kumari/ Sarvsri
......................................................... on the ....................... as
per invoice / cash/ credit memo.

No...................... Dated.......................

Signature of Trader/ Traders

Date..................................
Place.................................

668
 FORM C
(Refer regulation 9.1.2)
CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS BY THE REFERRAL FOOD LABORATORY
Certificate No. …………………….
Certificate that the sample , bearing number ……..purporting to
be a sample/of ……….. was received on ………….. with Memorandum No.
……. Dated ………….. From ……… [Name of the Court] ………… for
analysis. The condition of seals on the container and the outer
covering on the receipt was as follows:
………………………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………………………
I …………….. (name of the Director)_ …………….. found the sample
to be ……………….. (Category of food sample) ……………… falling under
item No. ……….. of Chapter 5 of Food Safety and Standards
Regulations, 2010 food. The sample was in a condition fit for analysis
and has been analyzed on ………….. (Give date of starting and
completion of analysis)……………… and the result of its analysis is given
below /*was not in a condition fit for analysis for the reasons given
below:-
Reason:-
……………………………………………………………………………………

Analysis Report:-
(i) Sample Description:-
……………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) Physical Appearance :-

…………………………………………………………………………………….

669
 (iii) Label: - …………………………………………………………………………

Sl.No. Name of Results Prescribed

the Method Standards as
of the test per:-
Quality used
Characteristics

(a) Chapter 5
(b) As per label
declaration for
proprietary
foods
(c)As per the
provisions of
the Act and
Regulations, for
both above

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Options **

670
Place:
(Signature)
Date:
Director Referral Food Laboratory
(Seal)

671
 Form D: Report of the Food Analyst

(Refer Regulation (ii) of 9.2.1)

Report No._______.

Certified that I ___________ (name of the Food Analyst) duly

appointed under the provisions of Food Safety and Standards Act,
2006 (34 of 2006), for _____ (name of the local area) received from
_______* a sample of ____, bearing Code number and Serial Number
_____ of Designated Officer of _____ area* on_________(date of
receipt of sample) for analysis.

The condition of seals on the container and the outer co ering on

receipt was as follows:

____________________________________________
I found the sample to be …….. (category of the sample) falling under
item No.____ of Chapter 5 of Food Safety and Standards Regulations,
2010. The sample **was in a condition fit for analysis and has been
analysed on _____ (give date of starting and completion of analysis)
and the result of its analysis is given below/** was not in a condition
fit for analysis for the reason given below:
Reasons:
………………………………………………............................
...........................................
Analysis report

(i) Sample Description

……………………………….

672
 (ii) Physical Appearance
……………………………….
(iii) Label
……………………………….

Sl Quality Nature Result Prescribed standards

No. characteristics of as per
method (a) Chapter 5
of test (b) As per label
used declaration for
proprietary food
(c) As per
provisions of the Act ,
rules and regulations
for both the above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Opinion***

Signed this _____ day of ______ 20

Address: (Sd/-) Food Analyst.

673
* Give the details of the senders
** Strike out whichever is not applicable
*** When opinion and interpretation are included, document the
basis upon which the opinions/interpretations have been made.

674